SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC
10SB12G/A, 1998-11-06
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING SERVICES
Previous: EQUITY OFFICE PROPERTIES TRUST, 10-Q, 1998-11-06
Next: COMMONWEALTH INCOME & GROWTH FUND III, 10-Q, 1998-11-06




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                   FORM 10-SB-A-1


                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                  OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER UNDER SECTION 12(b)
                  OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934



                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                 -----------------------------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)


         Utah                                                   87-032620
- --------------------------------                         ----------------------
State or other Jurisdiction of                            (IRS Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)                         Identification No.)


                                       N/A
                                 --------------
                                 (SEC File No.)


31324 Via Colinas, Suite 106, Westlake Village, CA               91362
- --------------------------------------------------             ---------------
 (Address of principal executive offices)                       (Zip code)

Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code:             (818) 707-6000
                                                                ---------------

        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      NONE

        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value Per Share
                     ---------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  See Exhibit Index herein.


<PAGE>
                                     PART I.
                                     -------

Item 1. Business
- ----------------

(a)  Business Development

     Synthonics Technologies, Inc., (the "Company") was organized under the laws
of the State of Utah on March 27,  1974,  under  the name  "Columbine  Financial
Corporation."  The Company was  incorporated  for the purpose of engaging in the
real estate  development  business in the State of Utah. No business  activities
were engaged in and the company became  inactive and remained so until 1978 when
it was  reactivated  and commenced  business in the State of California  for the
purpose of  originating  loans on  swimming  pools  construction,  primarily  in
Southern  California.  The loan origination  business operations ceased in 1991.
The Company was  reclassified  as a development  stage company and began seeking
new business opportunities believed to hold a potential profit.

     The Company was initially  authorized to issue a total of 5,000,000  shares
of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share.  Copies of the  Company's
initial Articles of Incorporation and its current Bylaws are attached hereto and
incorporated herein by reference. See the Exhibit Index, Part III.

     The Board of Directors of the Company unanimously  resolved on May 18, 1995
pursuant to Section 16-10a-1007 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, to
restate the Articles of  Incorporation  to increase its authorized  capital from
5,000,000  shares to  50,000,000  shares of  common  stock,  with a par value to
remain at $0.01 per share. A copy of the Articles of  Incorporation  as Restated
whereby  the  Company  effected  this  increase  is  attached  hereto,   and  is
incorporated herein by this reference. See the Exhibit Index, Part III.

     In May Synthonics Incorporated,  a California Corporation,  was acquired by
the Company,  then known as Columbine  Financial  Corporation  by way of a stock
exchange  providing  4.5  shares  of  Columbine  stock  for  every  one share of
Synthonics  Incorporated  stock.  The  acquisition was completed in August 1995.
Columbine  Financial  Corporation was dormant,  but still fully  registered as a
public corporation at the time of the merger.  Synthonics  Incorporated  pursued
this merger as a method of  guaranteeing a means to enter into public trading of
its stock as soon as it was determined to be  strategically  desirable.  At this
time,  public  trading has  resumed.  A Form 211  pursuant  to Rule  15c-211 was
prepared and submitted by its market maker in order to resume trading.

     On  September  16,  1996,  the  Company  changed  its  name to  "Synthonics
Technologies,  Inc." A copy of the  Amendment of the  Articles of  Incorporation
whereby  the  Company  effected  this name  change  is  attached  hereto  and is
incorporated herein by this reference. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

     On November 4, 1996, the Company qualified itself as a foreign  corporation
in the State of California.  A copy of the Statement and  Designation by Foreign
Corporation  whereby  the  Company  qualified  to do  business  in the  State of
California is attached hereto and is incorporated herein by this reference.  See
Exhibit Index, Part III.

     Synthonics  Incorporated,  a  California  Corporation  (now a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of the Company) was founded in August 1993.  Its primary focus since
its founding has been to develop technology that will have an extremely positive
impact on any industry  where  success can be enhanced by improving  measurement

                                  Page 2 of 64
<PAGE>
accuracy,   eliminating   dangerous   environments,   extending   human   vision
capabilities, or replacing animation with realism. Virtually all efforts to date
have been focused on market research, technology concept definition,  technology
design, and technology validation.

     The Board of  Directors of the Company  unanimously  resolved on August 22,
1997,  to Amend Article IV, of the Articles of  Incorporation  to add a class of
Preferred Stock which would consist of 550,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with a
par value of $10.00 per share. The Preferred Stock would receive a dividend on a
cumulative  basis at the rate of 12.0% of its par value per annum,  payable on a
quarterly  basis.  The Preferred  Stock is redeemable by the Company at a sum of
$10.50 per share and is  convertible  into  common  stock at a rate of $2.00 per
share of  common  stock  being  converted  into.  At a  special  meeting  of the
shareholders  held September 6, 1997, the  shareholders  of the Company voted to
adopt the amendment to Article IV, of the Articles of  Incorporation  to add the
class of Preferred  Stock,  with  9,687,803  shares  voting in favor,  no shares
voting against and none  abstaining.  A copy of the  Certificate of Amendment to
the Articles of  Incorporation  whereby the Company effected the addition of the
class of preferred stock is attached  hereto and is incorporated  herein by this
reference. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

     The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  unanimously  resolved on March 3,
1998,  to Amend and  Restate  its  Articles  of  Incorporation  to provide for a
staggered board of directors.  At the Annual Meeting of the Shareholders held on
April 8, 1998,  the  shareholders  of the Company voted to adopt the Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation,  with 14,243,526 shares voting in favor, 525
shares voting  against and 21,800 shares  abstaining.  A copy of the Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation  are attached hereto and incorporated  herein
by this reference. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

                               OPERATING STRATEGY
                               ------------------

     The operating  plan being  employed by Synthonics  was chosen to facilitate
rapid growth while  optimizing  the use of  resources  within the Company.  This
strategic  approach is also designed to result in maximum  growth of shareholder
value. Simply stated,  Synthonics'  operating objective is to rapidly deploy its
technological advantage into many diverse markets in order to entrench itself as
the standard for accurate and affordable 3D graphical content.

     In order to accomplish this mission,  Synthonics has embarked on a strategy
that provides the  marketplace  with the option of acquiring  either the content
generation tools through  strategic  partner  affiliations or the content itself
directly  from  Synthonics.  Although  preferring to be strictly a software tool
provider, the Company discovered,  while doing its market research,  that a very
large market exists for completed, but customized, 3D graphical content. It also
determined  that by providing  content  directly it could reach several  markets
sooner,   thereby  validating  the  utility  of  the  technology  in  a  shorter
time-frame.  The Company believes that it will attract  strategic  partners in a
quicker  fashion by virtue of its ability to  demonstrate  market demand for its
patented technology.

     Business Model
     --------------

     Synthonics  receives  its revenues  from  supplying  software  tools and 3D
graphical content for direct sale to end users. The Company's primary goal is to
provide 3D content generation tools through strategic  alliances with brand name
software tool providers  currently supplying the markets described later in this

                                  Page 3 of 64
<PAGE>
document.   These  include  Animation,   Multimedia   Authoring,   CAD,  Virtual
Environment,  Configuration,  and 3D  Clip-Art.  By entering  the market in this
fashion,  Synthonics takes advantage of the distribution  channel access already
established  by its  strategic  partner  and  can  remain  focused  on its  core
strengths -  technology  and  business  development.  In some  cases,  it may be
advantageous for Synthonics to form a joint venture with its strategic partners.
This  approach was taken by the Company as it  positioned  itself to service the
Medical  Market.  Synthonics  could not find a suitable  product to align itself
with,  so it chose to  partner  with  medical  professionals  to form  Acuscape.
Synthonics supplies this venture with technology (via a license agreement) while
its partners  provide the management  expertise and capital  required to develop
the business.

     The secondary  focus of the business  model is to create and provide actual
3D graphical content. Synthonics determined that its ability to secure strategic
partners  quickly was  directly  related to an  established  credibility  in the
marketplace.  A decision to supply 3D content was selected as the most effective
approach to  accomplish  this  objective.  The museum market was selected as the
target of this direct  approach  due to the vast  market size and the  outspoken
need  on  behalf  of the  museum  industry  to  extend  the  benefits  of  their
collections  to  audiences  around the world.  Further,  the Company  decided to
target the prestigious  Smithsonian Institution as its initial customer in order
to leverage this  relationship  both inside and outside the museum industry.  To
implement this revenue path,  Synthonics formed a wholly owned subsidiary called
Christopher Raphael, Inc. Below is a graphical display of the business model.

     Business Revenue Model 
     ----------------------

          Revenue Source based on
          Tools Customers               Revenues From
          -----------------------       -------------
          Software Partners             License
          Joint Ventures                License
          Buyers of Software            Service
          Database Visitors             Subscriptions

          Revenue Source based on
          Content Customers             Revenues From
          ------------------------      -------------
          Museums                       Multimedia and Databases
                                        Services and Subscription
          Education Publishers          Multimedia
          Science Centers               Multimedia
          Computer Based Training       Databases, Services and Subscriptions
          Distance Learning Center      Databases, Services and Subscriptions

     As part of the business model,  Synthonics intends to "spin-off" its equity
interest in Christopher Raphael,  Inc., Acuscape, and other similar subsidiaries
or joint  ventures,  it may form or be involved  with at future dates when it is
strategically and economically advantageous. This enables Synthonics to focus on
its core  strength  once it has  adequately  entrenched  itself  in the  various
markets it has targeted.  Upon divesting itself of each entity,  stock dividends
(if done by way of an IPO or stock  exchange) or cash  dividends (if done by way
of a cash  transaction)  will be issued to the Company's  shareholders.  No such
divestitures  are  included  in the  Company's  financial  projections  as it is
impossible to forecast such an event.

     Further,   while   Synthonics   is  interested  in  pursuing  any  business
opportunity,  venture, or strategic alliance that meets the operational goals of
the Company and would result in added value to the Company and its common stock,
other than the use of its website to  advertise  a need for a specific  business
partner or  service  provider,  the  Company  does not  presently  utilized  any
advertisements seeking such opportunities.

                                  Page 4 of 64

<PAGE>
     Marketing Plan
     --------------

     Because Synthonics will focus in two major market segments,  Software Tools
and 3D Content, the access to each market will be different.

     As discussed below, the Software Tools market has defined participants that
have been  identified and Synthonics has begun to approach  segments  within the
market based upon each segment's need and the value  Synthonics'  RVR(TM) brings
to that need.  Initially,  this marketing  thrust will require a small,  focused
effort with modest mass media-based-expenditures.

     Due to the fact that RVR(TM) is a technology  that  substantially  improves
productivity  and lowers cost,  Synthonics  will begin its marketing  efforts on
those software  providers who have tools that are known to  immediately  benefit
from  RVR(TM)'s  technology  (i.e.  Animation  tools).  Synthonics'  own content
generation organization uses many of these tools and has first-hand knowledge of
how RVR(TM)  will  assist both the target  partner's  product  offering  and the
ultimate user.

     In addition to improved productivity,  RVR(TM)'s technology will afford the
opportunity to the targeted tools  providers to penetrate a new and large market
that they currently have great difficulty servicing --- Electronic Commerce. The
difficulty  lies in the large  computer  file sizes  generated by the  available
methods used to create 3D digital  models in the market today.  These large file
sizes  and  the  resulting  slow  throughput  of the  Internet  result  in  high
frustration levels among potential  electronic  shoppers such that they will not
wait  to make  the  proposed  Electronic  Commerce  transaction.  By  virtue  of
innovative  RVR(TM)  technology,  these same digital  models can have file sizes
smaller than one-tenth the size of those  generated by  conventional  processes.
Thus, the long download and slow response times are eliminated when examining 3D
graphical  content  generated with  Synthonics'  tools. As a result,  the market
opportunity  afforded  Synthonics'  customers will provide them with significant
incremental revenue growth.

     Once the frustration  level  associated with delays is eased, an additional
benefit  is  available  to the  ultimate  Electronic  Commerce  user.  Using the
Company's  viewing tools, they will have full control of the 3D digital model of
the product on their computer monitor. They will be able to move and examine the
object from virtually any angle.  They will be able to, for example,  change the
color of the dress and place the dress on a 3D mannequin of their own body.  The
user will literally be able to shop as though they were in the store without the
hassles of having to travel  (likely to several  stores);  dealing with salesman
pressure tactics and having to pay the store mark-ups.  The same process applies
to homes, landscaping,  car purchases,  grocery shopping,  catalog shopping, and
many  others.  For the  software  tools  providers,  this is an  opportunity  of
enormous size. Synthonics will benefit from this emerging market.

     Another of the major benefits to the Company's  targeted tools customers is
ease of use.  The major  market  realization  that  Windows NT is perceived as a
lower cost  platform  than UNIX is well  documented,  Thus,  the end  customers'
benefit is that the Windows  Graphical Users Interface (GUI) is known and easier
to use.  Synthonics  will  leverage  not  only its  presence  in NT but also the
genuine  technical and financial benefit of the RVR(TM) tool set. In some cases,
RVR(TM)  will add  capability  the  customer  has not  possessed  in its current
product  offering  (e.g.  Autodesk's  AutoCAD).  The  ability  of RVR(TM) to use
photogrammetry  as a measurement  and creation tool is a capability  that is not
currently  available in AutoCAD or any other CAD product.  The inclusion of this
tool from Synthonics provides the CAD user with much improved  productivity when
creating 3D digital models of objects or  environments  that already exist. In a
very real sense, RVR(TM) brings technical and productivity  benefits to existing
software  tools in the Windows NT market that have existed in UNIX but have been
too expensive, cumbersome and not practical for the Windows users.

                                  Page 5 of 64

<PAGE>
     Synthonics  will  offer to  license  its tools to each of the major  brands
currently  participating in the animation,  CAD,  authoring,  configuration  and
virtual  realty  software tool markets.  The market is such that once any one of
the major participants  adopts RVR(TM),  the balance will have increasing market
pressure to match the capability.  The Synthonics  patents are strong protection
to assist in the total market adoption.

     The  three  dimensional  content  focus  of the  marketing  effort  will be
centered on the Museum and Electronic  Commerce segments.  The museum market was
selected  due to the  enormous  need of  that  market  to be  able  to  increase
accessibility  to  their  artifact  collections  by  their  customers.  The vast
majority of most museums treasures are not accessible due to:

     (1)  Lack of display space;
     (2)  The fragile nature of the artifact;
     (3)  The inability to fully explain the use, value,  history,  etc., of the
          artifact;
     (4)  Sheer  volume of known  artifacts  (over 800  million  worldwide);
     (5)  Required travel

     The museum market was identified by Synthonics as an immediate  opportunity
to validate the technology.  With the limited financial  resources of the museum
market,  both  the  combination  of  RVR(TM)s  low cost of  development  and the
opportunity  to  generate  revenues  from  products   containing  the  digitized
collections of the museum is a significant mutual benefit for both parties.

     Again,  the list of museums is well known and a highly  targeted effort can
be  accomplished  with lower cost  methods  such as  broadcast  fax,  e-mail and
through  industry  shows  associated  to that market.  There will be very little
media advertising required except through related industry magazines.

     The Electronic  Commerce  market for 3D content will be pursued through end
user or software  partners in the market.  Due to the significant  technological
benefit of three  dimensional  objects with relatively  small file sizes and the
growing need for home shopping over the Internet,  RVR(TM) will optimize network
throughput and minimize consumer frustration.  This will be greatly aided by the
imminent  increase of overall  network speed.  Essentially,  Synthonics  will be
optimizing  the  utility  created by the  resources  established  for the Museum
Industry  as those  resources  will be  applied  to the same  volume of need for
Electronic Commerce.  Companies involved with home shopping,  that do not desire
or possess  internal  resources,  will opt to use  Synthonics'  team/network  of
content providers to provide their electronic commerce content needs.

     Sales Plan
     ----------

     A small direct sales force will possess the  appropriate  skills to sell to
both the  software  tools market and the content  target  markets  selected.  An
integral  part of the  selling  effort is to  develop a  multi-tier  channel  of
distribution.  Targeted  customers in the tools market will be sold  directly by
the Synthonics sales force. Due to the size and geographical distribution of the
museum market, only the largest  transactions for 3D content will be made by the
direct sales force. The sheer number of the museums  dictates the  establishment
of  alliances  with  organizations  that can service the smaller and more remote
locations.

                                  Page 6 of 64

<PAGE>

     The financial  models  associated  with the tools market have accounted for
the tiers of distribution  for the tools market and the direct sale processes in
the content markets.  For example,  in the tools market,  the Company expects to
allow a 50% margin for partner and allow a 50% margin for its partner's  channel
of distribution.

(b)  Business of Issuer

     (1) Principal products or services and their markets

                                 TARGET MARKETS
                                 --------------

     Realistic 3D graphic  content is a very desirable  commodity that currently
costs far too much to be utilized effectively by those who desire it. Synthonics
believes that many  industries  would move rapidly to incorporate 3D graphics if
these could be  procured  at  significantly  lower cost than is  available  from
today's traditional processes. This belief is founded on research conducted with
several experts from different  industries.  A sampling of the vertical  markets
that would benefit most from the use of Rapid Virtual Reality(TM)  (RVR(TM) ) is
summarized below:

     Computer Aided Design (CAD)
     ---------------------------

     Includes all engineering functions where a product or an environment can be
     modified by virtue of starting  with an  accurate 3D digital  model  rather
     than a blank sheet of paper.  Most all design engineers perform their tasks
     in this  regard by using a CAD  software  package.  Many new  products  are
     renditions  of existing  products and their  designs can be completed  much
     quicker  by  using   Synthonics'   technology.   Reverse   engineering  and
     competitive  analysis  are both  ideal  applications.  Another  significant
     advantage  afforded CAD users by RVR(TM) is the ability to extract accurate
     measurements   from  difficult  to  measure  objects  through  the  use  of
     photogrammetry.

     Medical/Dental
     --------------

     Includes all medical  procedures  requiring  three-dimensional  analysis to
     achieve optimum results. This would include orthodontics, cosmetic surgery,
     forensics, growth forecasting and veterinary.

     Education/Edutainment
     ---------------------

     Includes all educational  applications where interaction between a computer
     and the focused  subject of the  learning  would result in a more rapid and
     thorough rate of knowledge transfer to occur. For example, interactive case
     studies  requiring  diagnosis and reaction plan formulation could easily be
     constructed for medical and criminology courses with the use of accurate 3D
     graphical  content.  Virtual  laboratories  could be brought into the home,
     thereby overcoming  scheduling and content availability problems that often
     occur with physical  laboratories.  When targeting the younger generations,
     many forms of education are  camouflaged as games,  hence the derivation of
     the term Edutainment.  Another very attractive segment of Education is that
     of the rapid expansion and acceptance of the Distance Learning concept as a
     primary  method  for  obtaining  formal  education.  Synthonics'  tools are
     ideally suited to serve both Edutainment's and Distance Learning's need for
     3D graphical content.

                                  Page 7 of 64

<PAGE>

     Video Games
     ----------

     Includes video game customization  applications where users can personalize
     their  games  by  installing  familiar  faces on a  game's  avatars  and by
     inserting  familiar  environments  into a game. Also enables more realistic
     graphics  to be  included  in the game by the game  developers.  For  those
     players desiring a virtual reality experience, the ability to play the game
     under full depth perception  viewing  conditions could be made available by
     utilizing RVR(TM) stereoscopic viewing capability.

     Electronic Commerce
     -------------------

     Includes  on-line  commerce where virtual  handling of the product and a 3D
     walk-around  viewing  on  the  Internet  would  dramatically   enhance  the
     presentation of all products,  thereby  replicating  the in-store  shopping
     experience without either the hassle of traveling to the store or having to
     pay the distributor's  mark-up.  Photo-realistic  3D digital models created
     using the RVR(TM) technology consists of much smaller file sizes than those
     images created by CAD engineering tools, thus making the RVR(TM) technology
     ideal  for  on-line  3D  digital  model  manipulation,   examination,   and
     transmission.

     Movie Industry
     --------------

     The costs of special effects could be significantly  reduced in the face of
     an escalating demand for more and more elaborate  special effects.  RVR(TM)
     is able to lower the overall costs of special  effects by lowering the cost
     to produce 3D digital  models,  by  substituting  digital  actors for stunt
     doubles,  by  bringing  environments  to  the  studio  by  way  of  digital
     replication,  and by  simplifying  the task of marrying  together  live and
     digital film footage.  RVR(TM) is also capable of  accurately  resurrecting
     actors  from the past in the form of 3D digital  models  allowing  them to,
     once again,  perform on the big  screen.  Finally,  it is also  possible to
     convert  existing  two  dimensional  (2D) films into true  virtual  reality
     experiences.

     Museums
     -------

     Collections of valuable artifacts can be easily and accurately digitized in
     3D with RVR(TM)  technology.  Museums that want to extend their collections
     beyond physical viewing constraints,  or the private collector who wants an
     accurate 3D digital  record of his  valuables  are both well served by this
     technology.  Most  importantly,  the  ability  to  interact  with  accurate
     digitized  replicas of the artifacts  greatly  expands both the ability and
     desire to increase  knowledge  which, of course,  is the major objective of
     most museums.  Now anyone can view,  and interact  with, the wonders of the
     Louvre or the Smithsonian  Institution  from the comfort of their own home.
     Not just view these treasures,  as one would a movie film, but, instead, be
     able to walk around each item and dwell on any aspect they choose - just as
     if they were in the museum. The original utility of each and every artifact

                                  Page 8 of 64

<PAGE>

     can be  demonstrated,  without  fear  of  damage,  by  interacting  with an
     animated 3D digital  replica of the artifact.  Also, the huge problem of no
     access  to  stored  artifacts  (as high as 95% of the  collections  of many
     museums) is  eliminated  as all  artifacts  can be accessed in a 3D digital
     format.  These needs have all been  validated  by a number of museums  that
     have witnessed the Company's  presentations (both on-site at museums and at
     the American Association of Museums annual show).

      Accident and Crime Scene Investigation
     --------------------------------------

     Most accident and crime scene work  involves the capture of all  conditions
     as they existed at the time of the incident.  This  information  is used to
     solve the crime, settle claims, and for courtroom  presentations.  Accuracy
     and  speed  are  essential  when  gathering  such  data as the  scene  will
     deteriorate very quickly.  Video recording  (speed) can be performed with a
     calibration  target  inserted in the view. When a rendition of the scene is
     required,  RVR(TM)  can be  utilized  to  create  an  accurate  3D  digital
     environment  or simply to extract  precise  measurements  important  to the
     resolution of the case.

     Synthonics  believes  its  patented  software  offers the only  solution to
providing  accurate 3D digital  images at a  non-prohibitive  cost. In fact, the
cost drops so dramatically that virtually all the industries within the vertical
markets described above will be demanding products utilizing Synthonics' RVR(TM)
technology  in order to better serve their  customers as well as increase  their
own profits.

     The  targeted  vertical  markets,  described  above,  are  currently  being
serviced by many established  software tool providers.  These  providers,  whose
tools fall into the following categories,  are able to provide horizontal access
to the targeted vertical markets.

          Animation  Software  - The  software  that  "brings  to  life"  the 3D
          graphical    content   (i.e.    an   animal   that   displays    human
          characteristics).

          Multimedia Authoring Software - The software that creates a story-line
          around 3D graphical content (i.e. an interactive CD-ROM presentation).

          CAD Software - The software that enables complex designs to take shape
          in  a 3D  digital  format  (i.e.  the  creation  of  an  architectural
          structure).

          Virtual Reality  Environments - The software that creates simulated 3D
          environments  without  the use of  true  3D  digital  models  (i.e.  a
          furniture showroom with chairs that spin around).

          Configuration  Software - The software that enables an on-line shopper
          to  configure  the desired  product  from a list of optional  features
          (i.e.  selecting and viewing a home theater system from many available
          combinations).

          Clip-Art  Libraries - The suppliers of  non-custom,  off-the-shelf  3D
          graphical content (i.e. an automobile for a website where the make and
          model is unimportant).

     Each of these families contain several prominent  suppliers of the software
tools, and Synthonics' RVR(TM) portfolio of tools is very complimentary to most.
Therefore,  Synthonics will seek to partner with these established software tool
providers to provide its tools to these same vertical markets.  This strategy is
detailed in the Operating Plan section of this Business Plan.

                                  Page 9 of 64

<PAGE>

     Each of these vertical and horizontal applications represents a significant
business  opportunity  on  its  own.  Taken  as a  whole,  they  define  a  huge
opportunity the likes of which is only available to very few companies.

     Synthonics  believes the markets described above are by no means a complete
listing  of  all  possible  applications.  While  the  Company  believes  it has
sufficient  market-entry  barriers  against  competition  by  virtue of both its
current  lead over all  competitors  and the  likelihood  of many aspects of the
technology  being  patented,  the sheer size of the  market  makes the advent of
additional  competition a minor  concern.  In fact,  the size of the market will
certainly attract  competitors in the not-too-distant  future.  Competition will
also serve to accelerate technological advances within Synthonics.

                                  THE PRODUCTS
                                  ------------

     Thus far,  Synthonics  has developed a portfolio of software tools that can
be used separately or collectively to dramatically reduce the cost of generating
photo-realistic  3D  graphical  content.  Overall,  Synthonics  refers  to  this
portfolio as Rapid  Virtual  Reality(TM).  A brief  description  of each tool is
included below:

          3D  Model  Generator  - A tool  that  enables  the  construction  of a
          wireframe and the  photo-rendering of same starting with as few as two
          photographs  of an  object or  environment.  The  output  files can be
          exported to different formats including DXF, 3DS, and VRML II.

          Single Object Viewer - A tool that enables real time  examination of a
          3D digital model  constructed by the 3D Model Generation tool (above).
          The object can be viewed  from any  perspective,  sized to fit viewing
          need, measured, and converted to an anaglyph for stereoscopic viewing.

          Multi-Object  Viewer  - A tool  that  enables  several  objects  to be
          present in the viewer at the same time. Thus, entire  environments can
          be altered or examined. Scenes can be rearranged, objects can be added
          or subtracted from a scene, or objects can be altered within a scene.

          Camera  Parameter  Tracking  - A tool that  precisely  determines  the
          position,  in free  space,  of the image  capture  device  (camera  or
          camcorder) in six degrees of freedom (x-axis,  y-axis,  z-axis,  tilt,
          rotation,  & azimuth)  with only the focal  length  and a three  point
          calibration target as input.  Knowing this information is essential to
          the accurate  projection of the third  dimension  from a 2D flat image
          such as a photograph.

          Morphing Editor - A tool that enables very rapid wireframe  generation
          by morphing a  "standard"  wireframe of similar  shape by  introducing
          several landmark data points to the editor.  Thus difficult shapes can
          be  altered  instantaneously  from the  standard  to create  custom 3D
          digital models containing all the "one-of-a-kind" traits of the object
          of concern.

          Optical  Tape  Measure  -  A  tool  that  enables  extremely  accurate
          measurements   of  complex   shapes  in  very  little  time  by  using
          photogrammetry.  Overcomes  the  problems  of  access  to  an  object,
          mobility  of an  object,  complexity  of shape,  and  firmness  of the
          surface  of  the  object  which  are  inherent  to  all  sophisticated
          measurement  devices,  including laser scanners,  optical comparators,
          mechanical digitizers, and survey range finding equipment.

                                 Page 10 of 64

<PAGE>

          Anaglyph Generation - A tool that enables a pair of stereo photographs
          to be  quickly  converted  to an  anaglyph  which  allows  full  depth
          perception viewing with the assist of red and blue glasses worn by the
          viewer.  The images  can be output to  devices  as simple as  red/blue
          glasses or as sophisticated as total immersion headsets.

          3D Stereo Movie Maker - A tool that enables stereo video capture to be
          quickly  converted to a series of anaglyphs  that play as a full depth
          movie with the assist of red and blue glasses worn by the viewer.  The
          images can be output to devices  as simple as  red/blue  glasses or as
          sophisticated as total immersion headsets.

          File Converter - A tool that provides file format  conversion  between
          Synthonics' tools and popular software tool formats.

          M-PEG  Converter - A tool that enables an efficient  means of reducing
          movie film file sizes.

     Synthonics  has  determined  that  these  software  tools meet the needs of
several markets in their quest to secure an affordable solution for 3D graphical
content generation.  Specifically,  Education,  Edutainment, Museums, Electronic
Commerce,  Medical,  Video Games, and Movies are all industries that are seeking
the ability to enhance  their own  products  or  services  through the use of 3D
graphical  content.  The Company has also  determined  that several  families of
available  software tools currently reach most of these vertical markets.  These
tool families include:

          Animation Tools that bring life to inanimate objects.

          Authoring Tools that wrap a story-line around content for presentation
          purposes.

          CAD  Tools  that are used by  engineers  and  animators  to  create 3D
          digital objects and scenes.

          Virtual  Environment  Tools  (video  games)  that are  used to  create
          synthetic environments for display on computers.

          Configuration  Tools that are used by on-line  shoppers  to  configure
          product selections that offer several optional features.

          Clip Art  Libraries  that are  accessed as a resource for 3D graphical
          content when generic content will suffice.

                                 Page 11 of 64

<PAGE>

     The table  below  displays  the current  use levels of each  software  tool
across each targeted market:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Software Tool Usage by Vertical Market
                     --------------------------------------

                       Education/            Electronic          Video
                       Edutainment  Museum   Commerce   Medical  Game    Movies
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>

Animation Tools          High       High     Low        Low      High    High
Authoring Tools          High       High     Medium     None     High    None
CAD Tools                None       None     None       Low      None    High
Virtual Environment
Tools                    High       High     High       None     Medium  None
Configuration Tools      Medium     None     High       None     None    None
Clip Art Libraries       High       None     Low        None     Medium  Low

</TABLE>

     This data  suggests  that several  opportunities  exist for  Synthonics  to
partner with current tool providers that currently supply complimentary software
tools to the very markets that  Synthonics has  determined  have a real need for
its own software tools. Even the applications identified as "none" are, in fact,
opportunities  because  the lack of use is  usually a result of the high cost of
the processes  currently  available.  An example of a vertical market that falls
into this classification is the Medical Industry. By offering an affordable, yet
accurate  solution  (Synthonics'  RVR(TM)  ),  this  market  will open up to our
strategic  partners.  In the same  vein,  if CAD  tool  providers  possessed  an
inexpensive  option  (Synthonics'  RVR(TM)),  they  would  be able to  penetrate
several untapped markets.

                                 THE TECHNOLOGY
                                 --------------

     Definition of Technology
     ------------------------

     Synthonics has developed  patented software that enables its user to create
photo-realistic,  three-dimensional  (3D)  digital  models  from  as  few as two
photographs  of an object or  environment.  Accurate 3D digital  replicas can be
constructed  of anything  that can be seen,  or anything that is now extinct but
had previously  been well documented on film.  Synthonics  calls this technology
Rapid Virtual Reality(TM)(RVR(TM)).

     To better  understand the  significance of what Synthonics has created with
its revolutionary  RVR(TM) technology,  one needs to understand what is required
to create a digital model that is accurately  portrayed in all three dimensions.
Most are familiar with the  construction  of a house or the human body. They are
comprised of a frame or skeleton to support the  structure and an outer shell or
skin which is overlaid to define the  appearance.  3D digital models require the
same structure to be accurate and viewable in all three dimensions. The skeleton
is called a wireframe and the skin is referred to as the surface texture.

     Like building a house, a wireframe is first  constructed and then a skin is
overlaid  to  complete  the model.  When 3D  digital  models are built with most
conventional  processes,  the  builder  must decide on the exact  dimension  and
orientation  of each "stick" used to complete  the  wireframe.  The builder must
also place each "stick" close enough to each other to adequately  hold the shape
of the yet-to-be-applied  surface texture. Surface textures are then selected or
fabricated to best replicate the actual  surface of the physical  object that is
being digitally duplicated.  The builder of 3D digital models using conventional
processes  must  be an  engineer,  an  artist,  and a  highly  trained  computer
operator.

                                 Page 12 of 64

<PAGE>
     RVR(TM) is based on complex algorithms that trace their origins back to the
tracking  of  Russian  submarines  via  satellites.  That  technology  has  been
dramatically  altered in order to generate the commercial  application  known as
Rapid Virtual  Reality(TM).  Despite the complexity of what is "under the hood",
the  RVR(TM)  process  is quite  simple to  operate  and can be  performed  on a
standard PC. The basic steps of the process include:

     (1)  Capture at least two 2D images of subject;
     (2)  Digitize  the 2D images;
     (3)  Assist the  computer to construct a wireframe; and
     (4)  Photo-texturing  of the wireframe by the computer.

     The key to  Synthonics'  RVR(TM)  is its  ability  to  pinpoint  the  exact
location of the camera when the 2D image was captured. It does so in six degrees
of  freedom:  x axis,  y  axis,  z  axis,  tilt,  rotation,  and  azimuth.  This
essential-for-accuracy  data is  determined  with  only two  known  facts  being
provided to the software by the user, these include:

     (1) Focal length of the camera, and

     (2) A  calibration  target  in the  viewing  window  (defined  as the known
     distance  between three points).  This target can be something as simple as
     placing a business card in the  photograph or the  dimensions can come from
     some known measurement on the object being captured).

     With  this  data,  the  precise  physical  location  of the  camera  by the
photographer  is not required  when  capturing the 2D images at the start of the
process.  The camera can be stationary or in motion with a different location in
free space for every frame. The three point calibration requirement dramatically
simplifies  the  3D  model  building  process,  as  virtually  all  mathematical
solutions  require a minimum of six points which is an extremely  difficult  and
very costly  method when used to  determine  the  location of the camera in free
space.  In fact, the three point solution is so unique that its  application has
been the  basis  for one of the  patents  thus far  granted  by the U.S.  Patent
Office.

     Benefits of the Technology
     --------------------------

     Rapid Virtual  Reality(TM) by Synthonics is so  revolutionary  it virtually
eliminates  most of the skill,  time and equipment  investment  requirements  of
conventional  processes  that  provide the same  output.  The 3D digital  models
created by RVR(TM) are  accurate,  realistic in  appearance,  comprised of small
file sizes, and constructed on low-end PCs.

     Another advantage of the RVR(TM) process is that it is extremely  flexible.
In other words the output  quality can be  "adjusted " to fit the exact needs of
the content application. In some cases, a very simple wireframe and the textures
acquired from a few "tourist type"  photographs may be all that is required.  An
example  of this  grade of 3D  digital  model  might be those used for the three
dimensional  layout  of  a  factory.  The  RVR(TM)  process  also  supports  the
generation  of higher  grade  requirements  such as 3D digital  models  used for
research.  In such cases, a denser  wireframe is constructed and the photographs
providing the surface texturing will be of a higher resolution.

                                 Page 13 of 64
<PAGE>

     Until the  innovations  brought  about by  Synthonics,  achieving  the same
output  as  available  from  RVR(TM)  has  been  extremely  expensive  and  time
consuming. Traditional approaches also require very large initial investments in
human resources,  assets, and training.  Consequently,  many companies, and even
entire industries,  that could benefit from three dimensional  graphical content
have been blocked from using it due to the prohibitive costs involved.  Prior to
the development of the Synthonics RVR(TM) process of creating 3D digital models,
only the movie industry  could recover the costs of today's  process to generate
accurate 3D digital models.

     Future of the Technology
     ------------------------

     Synthonics'  current patented technology requires a "human assist" in order
for the computer to  successfully  correlate  data points between  images.  This
correlation of points is defined as the identification of the same data point in
each of two or more photos. Synthonics is currently developing tracking software
that will enable the "human  assist"  requirement  to be eliminated  altogether.
Once  completed  and  integrated  into a system that  contains an image  capture
device and RVR(TM) software,  a 3D copy machine is possible.  Synthonics expects
to utilize digital signal processors (DSPs) to accelerate the entire system such
that 3D digital  models can be generated in a targeted  time of 15 to 30 seconds
with the push of a single button. (Note:  Synthonics does not intend to get into
the hardware  business  with this  development,  but rather will seek to partner
with someone who is an established hardware supplier).

     If the above  automation is described as the second  generation of RVR(TM),
the third generation is defined as real time modeling of video streams. In other
words,  data will be  simultaneously  captured  and  converted  to 3D  graphical
content.  For example,  with such an advance,  real-time,  full-depth-perception
internal  viewing  will be  available  to  surgeons  while  performing  invasive
surgeries.  The evolution of this  generation  of technology  will take three to
four years of dedicated resources.

     (2)  Distribution methods of the products or services

     Synthonics'  business strategy is to exploit its technical  expertise while
minimizing  its need for capital.  The primary focus of its strategy will be the
development of strategic  alliances with software providers that can immediately
benefit from the RVR(TM) technology. Examples of such providers include those in
the animation and authoring  markets,  which already  require more  effective 3D
capabilities.  Synthonics will license its technology to its alliance  partners,
who will embed the technology  into their own branded product  offerings.  Thus,
the Company remains a technology  provider while benefiting from its association
with a brand name software company and from access to that partner's established
distribution channels and custom service operations.

     In certain industries,  companies that desire the RVR(TM) technology may be
unwilling  or  unable  to  make  direct  use of the  technology  themselves.  To
accommodate  this demand,  Synthonics  has  developed an internal  capability to
provide 3D content.

     Strategic Alliances
     -------------------

     Synthonics  will seek high  profile  software  tool  providers as strategic
business  partners.  Alliances  with these partners are essential to the overall
success of Synthonics.  These  alliances  themselves are  Synthonics'  immediate
customers and, while the technology benefits the ultimate user functionally, its
business  practices must take into account multiple levels of support.  In other
words,  Synthonics must establish an infrastructure  that meets the needs of its
alliance partners but also incorporates the requirements of the end user as part
of its future technology development.

                                 Page 14 of 64

<PAGE>

     Clearly,  the Company's  major customer is the software tools industry and,
by definition,  it must have product design,  documentation,  technical support,
marketing and sales  support,  and business  policies  which support this model.
This support  structure  does not  conflict  with that which is required for the
segment of the business model that provides 3D content.  In fact,  direct access
to end users  will  provide an  accurate  assessment  of market  needs that will
facilitate the Company's  ability to service its strategic  alliance partners as
customers.

     Several potential  strategic  partners  (customers) have been identified by
Synthonics and discussions are underway with many of those shown below:

                      Targeted Strategic Alliance Partners
                      ------------------------------------

  Animation            Authoring       CAD               Virtual Environment
  ---------            ---------       ---               -------------------   
  Kinetix (Autodesk)   Macromedia      Autodesk          Apple
  Alias                Adobe Systems   SDRC              Infinite Pictures, Inc.
  Newtek               Microsoft       Parametric Tech.  Live Picture
  Adobe Systems                        MetaCreations     Black Diamond
  Microsoft                            IBM
  MetaCreations                        Cadence
  Corel                                Computervision

     In most cases,  the Company  expects to form a strategic  alliance with its
partners. In doing so, Synthonics will provide the appropriate interface for its
partner  to embed  Synthonics'  tools  as part of its own  product.  The  merged
product  offerings  will be distributed  through  established  channels  already
maintained by Synthonics' strategic partner.  Synthonics benefits from increased
revenues  by  virtue  of  brand  name  association  and  access  to  established
distribution  channels.  Synthonics' partner benefits from increased revenues by
providing  a  solution  to markets it hasn't  yet  penetrated  and by  providing
value-added upgrades to its existing user base. Neither  Configuration Tools nor
3D Clip Art  Libraries  are addressed in the table above.  Both  categories  are
relatively  new and comprised of new  companies  for the most part.  Synthonics'
partners  in this area will  likely be lesser  known  than the  companies  noted
above,  consequently its selection criteria will involve a forward assessment of
a company's potential based on its resources and marketing strategy.

     In some  situations,  the  strategic  alliance may take the form of a joint
venture. Such is the case with Synthonics' entree into the Medical Industry when
it took an equity position (30%) in Acuscape.  Synthonics'  partners  include an
orthodontist,  a  radiologist,  and an image  capture  expert.  Initially,  this
company will  provide  software  tools to existing  image  processing  labs that
support orthodontists, oral surgeons, and dentists throughout the United States.
To utilize this service,  the doctor simply transmits digitized  photographs (of
the teeth and face) and  x-rays of the head from  his/her  patient  to the image
processing lab. Using Synthonics'  RVR(TM)  technology,  the lab will generate a
precise 3D digital  replica from these  submissions.  Upon accessing the patient
specific  model  on-line,  the  doctor can  perform  appropriate  diagnosis  and
determine  the  optimum  treatment  plan in the  comfort of his office  with the
software  tools  provided by Acuscape.  The accuracy and utility of the software
applies to the full range of  complexity  from the  installation  of braces,  to
implants,  to a full facial  reconstruct.  This service  center  concept  should
shorten  the  analysis  phase  of  treatment,  provide  a more  accurate  custom
treatment,  and produce "near perfect"  smiles on its patients.  Future products
will benefit  medical  education,  forensics,  growth  forecasting  and cosmetic
surgery.  Synthonics is receiving revenues currently for its product development
work.  Licensing royalties to Synthonics will commence during the second half of
1998.

                                 Page 15 of 64
<PAGE>

     Production Plan
     ---------------

     As mentioned  earlier,  a large source of Synthonics  future  revenues will
come from the generation of custom 3D graphical  content for those industries or
major customers that desire the benefits of the revolutionary technology brought
forth by Synthonics but are unwilling or unable to install internal capabilities
to do so. To  accommodate  this source of  revenues,  Synthonics  has its wholly
owned subsidiary called Christopher Raphael, Inc. The objective of this business
unit is to solicit content contracts with prominent  customers that will display
the content to large audiences that, in turn will promote demand for Synthonics'
licensed  software tools.  This subsidiary is capable of outputting 3D graphical
content in many formats. CD-ROMs, DVDs, kiosks,  interactive websites, and asset
databases are all within Christopher Raphael's capabilities.

     Initially,  Christopher  Raphael,  Inc.  is  focused on  providing  content
solutions to the huge museum industry.  By using RVR(TM) technology to create 3D
digital  replicas of artifacts,  several current museum problems are eliminated.
Access to the artifacts is no longer  limited by the ability to travel or by the
availability  of display  space at the museum.  Access via the  Internet or with
CD-ROMs is both easy and more  convenient  for many  interested  in viewing  the
treasures contained in museums throughout the world. Most museums are faced with
having  to store  large  portions  of their  collections  due to  display  space
limitations.  For example, despite having sixteen large museums, the Smithsonian
currently has over 137 million  artifacts  (more than 90% of its  collection) in
storage.  For all  practical  purposes,  stored  artifacts  are only  accessible
through a digital medium.

     Another  severe  problem  within  museums is  finding a way to let  viewers
interact with artifacts so that an optimum  learning  experience can take place.
Interaction  with a museum artifact is often limited so as to not risk damage to
the  artifact.  If the  artifact  is a device of some  sort,  it is also  highly
desirable  to  demonstrate  the  original  utility  of the  artifact  during the
interactive experience.  RVR(TM) enables interaction with an animated 3D digital
model.  Thus,  3D digital  replicas  of  artifacts  can be  handled,  magnified,
measured,  put into  operation,  disassembled,  and  explored - all in a digital
format.  Until now, museums have been unable to utilize the power of 3D graphics
due to the high cost of current  processes  necessary  to portray  the  accuracy
level demanded by museums.  RVR(TM) technology now insures the accuracy required
is available at a very reasonable cost.

     To provide  the above  capabilities,  Christopher  Raphael,  Inc.  has been
staffed with a  regionally  located  sales team,  project  management,  3D model
builders and graphic designers. Outside resources will be utilized to supplement
this  subsidiary's  staff as much as  possible.  The  subsidiary  is housed in a
separate facility located two miles from Synthonics' main office.  Separation of
production  from  development  is  very  desirable  in  order  to  maintain  the
appropriate  environment  for  each.  However,  the  close  proximity  makes  it
convenient to provide technical assistance when required.

     (3)  Status of any publicly announced new product or services

     Rapid Virtual Reality(TM) -- On October 15, 1996, the Company announced the
introduction of Rapid Virtual Reality(TM) technology as a productivity enhancing
approach to the generation of  photo-realistic  3D content.  To date the Company
has  developed ten software  tools that it makes  available for licensing and is
also utilizing in its own production environment (Christopher Raphael, Inc.)

                                 Page 16 of 64

<PAGE>

     SynthaScan - On December 15, 1996,  the Company  announced the formation of
SynthaScan, a wholly owned subsidiary of Synthonics.  This company has done some
preliminary  development work on a 3D copier. At present,  Synthonics is seeking
an alliance partner to supplement its own expertise in the development of the 3D
copier. Until a partner is secured, SynthaScan is not investing time or money on
any future development.

     Acuscape -- On August 15, 1997, the Company  announced its participation in
the formation of 3D DiagnosTx, LLC (now Acuscape,  Inc.). Synthonics owns 30% of
the equity of Acuscape.  This company has raised  initial  capital,  started its
staffing,   opened  their  headquarters  in  Glendale,  CA,  and  is  completing
development of their first product offering.  Acuscape's first product should be
available in late summer.

     Smithsonian  Institution  Contract.  -- On October  20,  1997,  the Company
announced  the  License  Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company and the
Smithsonian Institution.  At present, the contracted CD-ROM is under development
and  scheduled  for a late summer  release.  A copy of the  Smithsonian  License
Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to the Smithsonian  License Agreement are attached
hereto and is  incorporated  herein by this reference.  See Exhibit Index,  Part
III.

     Christopher  Raphael.  -- On November 3, 1997,  the Company  announced  the
completion of its acquisition of Christopher Raphael, Inc. With the acquisition,
Synthonics has an internal production capability to produce 3D graphical content
in many formats.

     (4) Competitive business conditions and the Company's  competitive position
         in the industry and methods of competition

     As noted earlier,  digital 3D model construction is possible by means other
than Synthonics' Rapid Virtual  Reality(TM).  These  competitive  processes vary
dramatically  as to the  cost and  accuracy  of their  output.  The most  common
processes are noted below:

          (1)  Animation studio process
          (2)  CAD software and rendering software
          (3)  3D Scanners
          (4)  Other Photogrammetry processes

     Animation Studio Process - This is the most sophisticated and costly of the
competitive  processes.  It is the output of this  process  that people are most
familiar with. If you've seen a movie with any special effect,  it is likely the
computer graphic model used to create the special effect came from this process.
Because it is both the most  familiar and extreme form of  generating 3D digital
models,  it is  presented  in much more detail  below as compared to the RVR(TM)
process.

     CAD Software and Rendering  Software - CAD Software,  such as Pro Engineer,
can be utilized to construct a wireframe model.  Rendering software,  such as 3D
Studio Max, can then be utilized to texture over the wireframe.  This process is
expensive  as it requires  skilled  operators  (artists  and/or  engineers)  and
sophisticated  hardware (UNIX workstation or very high-end PCs).  Normally,  the
resultant  model is not  realistic  in  appearance  as it is very  difficult  to
construct  realism from nothing.  On the other hand, the  photo-realistic  model
generated by RVR(TM) has the exact same  appearance as viewed in the photograph.
This competitive process is best utilized for creating digital models of objects
or  environments  that don't already exist.  If the desired  digital model is of
something  that already  exists,  the RVR(TM)  process by  Synthonics  is a much
better choice due to lower cost, less time required and the realistic appearance
of the digital model.

                                 Page 17 of 64

<PAGE>

     3D Scanners - A number of 3D  Scanners  exist and their  prices  range from
$2,000 to $400,000.  At the low end, the 3D scanners are touch and probe devices
that record each data point (relative to a fixed 3D coordinate  axis),  one at a
time,  as the probe makes  contact with the object.  This is  extremely  tedious
requiring  the object to be secure from  movement.  There are also  considerable
problems  associated  with the probing of "soft skinned"  objects.  Applications
requiring  tight  dimensional  tolerances do not fare well with these low-end 3D
scanners.  At the  high  end,  3D  scanners  are  sophisticated  laser  scanners
recording  millions of data points.  Typical  data files from  high-end 3D laser
scanners must be  considerably  reworked in order to retain only  essential data
before  they are  usable in the  construction  of a 3D digital  model.  The huge
deficiency  with  today's  3D  scanners  is  that  they  are  little  more  than
measurement  devices.  One still has to  construct a  wireframe  and texture the
wireframe  in order  to  complete  the 3D  digital  model.  RVR(TM)  allows  for
completion of the entire 3D model  generation  process in much less time,  for a
lot less money, and with a photo-realistic appearance.

     Other  Photogrammetry  Processes  - The  Company  is  aware  of  two  other
companies offering products that create 3D digital models from photographs.  EOS
Systems,  located  in  Canada,  has  a  product  called  Photomodeler,   and  3D
Construction Co., located in California,  has a product called 3D Builder.  Both
products  require more photos and data points  (resulting  in larger file sizes)
than does the RVR(TM) process.  More  importantly,  both competitive  approaches
cannot  precisely  determine  the  location of the camera  when it captured  the
photograph,  whereas  RVR(TM)  makes use of a  calibration  target and precisely
locates  the  camera.  This  patented  feature  results in a much more  accurate
digital  replica and also  facilitates  the marrying of live and digital images.
Additionally,   neither  competitive  product  offers  a  stereoscopic   viewing
capability.

     As suggested above, in many cases,  Synthonics' technology can generate the
same  output as an  animation  studio does today for as little as 3% the cost of
the  animation  studio  process.  This  reduction  in cost comes in two forms --
operating and  investment  savings.  The table below  describes the magnitude of
difference  between the required elements of the Synthonics and animation studio
processes.

     Synthonics Process                 vs.      Animation Studio Process
     ------------------                          ------------------------
     Digitized 2D images                         Clay models
     Synthonics patented software                Molds from clay models
                                                 Cast urethane maquettes
                                                 Laser-generated 3D template
                                                 High-powered, branded software

     In both cases,  the output is accurate 3D digital models.  The leading-edge
technology  developed by  Synthonics  requires only one man-hour for every sixty
man-hours required by the animation studio to produce the same output.  Further,
the skill levels  required  for the  animation  studio  process are much higher,
resulting  in a higher  cost per hour for each hour  invested  in the  animation
studio process as compared to the Synthonics process. The absolute investment in
man-hours will depend on the complexity of the project.

                                 Page 18 of 64

<PAGE>

     The difference in costs required from an investment  standpoint are equally
impressive and are noted below:

     Synthonics Process                    vs.    Animation Studio Process
     -------------------                          -------------------------
     35MM or video camera                         Mold-making equipment
     inexpensive photographic digitizer           Casting equipment
     Standard PC                                  Laser scanner
                                                  UNIX workstation

     There is another  class of  competitors  that  create a  simulated  virtual
reality (VR) environment without the use of 3D digital models. These photography
based approaches  include Apple's Quicktime VR, Black Diamond's  Surround Video,
and RealVR  Traveler by Live  Picture &  Realspace.  The viewer of  environments
created by these  software  programs is subjected to a simulated  portrayal of a
virtual reality  panorama from specific points of view. In other words,  several
photographs  are  stitched  together  and, as either the object or the viewer is
rotated  in a  fixed  plane,  the  sensation  of  depth  is  created.  In  these
approaches,  true virtual  reality is not achieved.  The objects or environments
cannot  be  controlled  by  the  viewer,   nor  can  any  information  (such  as
measurements)  be extracted  directly from this simulated VR environment,  as 3D
digital models are necessary for true virtual reality to occur.

     Finally,  Synthonics'  RVR(TM) technology is totally flexible as it is able
to adopt to the full range of needs,  in terms of 3D digital model  intricacies,
from those of Electronic  Commerce on the low end to those of the Movie Industry
on the high end. It is the combination of accuracy,  affordability,  flexibility
and compact file sizes that sets Synthonics apart from its competition.  Each of
the  competitors  discussed  possesses  at least one of these  traits,  but only
Synthonics is capable of providing all four as a package.

                                 Page 19 of 64

<PAGE>

     The  following   chart   summarizes  the  differences  of  the  competitive
technologies discussed earlier in this section.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Competitive Technology Comparison
                        ---------------------------------

                                       CAD
                           Animation   Plus                        Other
             Synthonics    Studio      Rendering        3D       Photogrammetry
              RVR(TM)      Process     Software       Scanners     Processes
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>

Description  3D Digital   3D Digital   3D Model       Dimensional  3D Digital
             Model        Model        Replication    Measurement  Model
             Replication  Replication  or creation    of object    Replication
                          or creation

Applications A Realistic  Creation of  Creation of    Complicated  A Realistic
             Digital      Digital      Digital models objects      Digital Model
             Model of     Models with  from a Concept Requiring    of object or
             object or    very High                   Many Data    Environmental
             Environment  Quality                     Points in    that Exists
             that Exists  Viewing                     Order to
                          Requirements                Re-Create

Strength     * Low Cost   * Realistic   * Accurate    * Accurate   * Low Cost
             * Easily       Accuracy    * Excellent                * Easily
               Produced   * High Level    creation                   Produced
             * Low Data     of Detail     capabilities             * Low Data
              files sizes * Excellent                               files sizes
             * Photo-       creation                               * Photo-
               Realistic    and                                      Realistic
               Appearance   Replication                              Appearance
             * Flexible to  capabilities                           * Flexible to
               meet end                                              meet end
               need                                                  need
             * Stereo-
               scopic
               viewing
             * Accurate

Weakness     * Object     * Extremely   * High cost   * High       * Object must
               must exist   high cost   * High         investment    exist
                          * Multiple      skill         cost       * Accuracy
                            high skills   requirement * Time        limitations
                           requirements * Large         consuming  * More complex
                          * Very large    data file   * Require      than
                            data file     size          secondary    Synthonics
                            size        * Time          operation    process
                          * Very time     consuming     to complete
                            consuming     to produce    model
                                                      * Moderate to
                                                        high skill
                                                       level requirement
                                                      * Very large
                                                       data file size

</TABLE>

                                 Page 20 of 64
<PAGE>

     (5)  Sources  and  availability  of raw  materials  and names of  principal
suppliers

     The Company does not utilize any  specialized raw materials and as such any
and all materials and raw materials,  if any,  required,  are readily available.
The Company is not aware of any problem  that exists at present  time or that is
projected to occur with the near future that will  materially  affect the source
and availability of raw materials which would be required by the Company.

     (6) Dependence on one or a few major customers

     The Company feels that by the diversity of the applications and uses of the
technology in various  products and services that  alleviates  the dependence on
any one or major  customer.  Through the  widespread  use of the  technology  in
medical,  multimedia,   electronic  commerce,  education  and  other  developing
industries, the Company will develop a wide base of customers.

     (7)  Patents,  trademarks,   license,  franchises,   concessions,   royalty
agreements or labor contracts

                                     PATENTS
                                     -------

     Without knowing the precise location of the camera, it is impossible to use
photogrammetry  to build 3D digital models.  Without the use of  photogrammetry,
the  low-cost  construction  of 3D  digital  models is  impossible.  Synthonics'
technology is based on photogrammetry, and its algorithms "nail the location" of
the camera in free space with the  extremely  unique and simple  requirement  of
only three known points in the same plane. Synthonics believes its technology to
be unique in its approach and application.  The Company is also dedicated to the
protection  of its trade  secrets and source code through  tight  security,  the
advancement  of  the  technology,   and  the   establishment  of  strong  patent
protection.  Therefore,  the  Company  has  retained a  prominent  legal firm to
develop and submit patent applications for several technologies that the Company
views as patented. To date,  twenty-three patent applications have been filed in
the US and  internationally.  A very brief summary of the categories  covered by
the patent applications is listed below:

     Subject Matter of Patent Applications
     -------------------------------------

     (1) High-speed  correlation  engine for P.C. using Field  Programmable Gate
     Array computer chips.

     (2) Digital creation and transmission of 3D images.

     (3) Digital methods of creating photo-realistic computer models.

     (4) Capturing and transmitting stereoscopic 3D images for the entertainment
     industry.

     (5) Camera parameter determination from photo image data.

     (6) Improved methods for morphing and special effects for the entertainment
     industry.

     (7) Converting existing 2D films to a 3D virtual reality experience.

     (8) Multi-user interactive 3D on the Internet.

     (9) 3D scanner or copier technology.

                                 Page 21 of 64

<PAGE>
     To date,  two  patents  have been issued by the U.S.  Patent and  Trademark
Office.  These include U.S. Patent No.  5,661,518  titled "Methods and Apparatus
for the Creation and Transmission of Three Dimensional  Images"; and U.S. Patent
No.  5,699,444  titled  "Methods and Apparatus for Using Image Data to Determine
Camera Location and Orientation". The Company has also been notified by the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office that four additional  applications contain allowable
claims. Each is expected to issue soon. Finally,  the remaining seventeen patent
applications  (eleven  in U.S.,  three in  Europe,  and three in Japan)  are all
pending.  As discussed above, the ability to pinpoint the location of the camera
with  a  simple   calibration  target  (three  points)  is  fundamental  to  the
extraordinary benefits derived from using the RVR(TM) technology,  therefore the
issuance of U.S. Patent No.  5,699,444 not only adds great value to the Company,
but also  establishes an effective  barrier  against  competition.  Considerable
value to the Company will be added with the granting of each  additional  patent
as well.

                                   TRADEMARKS
                                   ----------

     Synthonics  owns  trademarks  for Rapid Virtual  Reality(TM),  RVR(TM).  3D
Maker(TM), and Wireframe Express(TM).

                         LICENSES and ROYALTY AGREEMENTS
                         -------------------------------

     Synthonics  has  entered  into  license  and  royalty  agreements  with the
following entities:

     On November 30, 1996, Synthonics Incorporated (a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company) entered into a License  Agreement with MedScape,  LLC (now known as
Acuscape,  Inc.) wherein Acuscape will utilize  Synthonics'  technologies in the
creation its own  analysis and  treatment  planning  software  tools for medical
professionals.  The Agreement grants Acuscape exclusive  worldwide rights to use
Synthonics'  technologies only for tools to be used by orthodontists,  dentists,
oral  surgeons,  and cosmetic  surgeons in return for a 3% royalty of Acuscape's
gross sales. The Agreement also provides for recovery of costs from all Acuscape
required  development.  A copy of the  Acuscape  License  Agreement  is attached
hereto and is  incorporated  herein by this reference.  See Exhibit Index,  Part
III.

     On October 2, 1997, the Company  entered into a License  Agreement with the
Smithsonian  Institution  wherein the  Company  will  utilize its Rapid  Virtual
Reality(TM)  technology  to produce an  interactive  CD-ROM  introducing  all 16
Smithsonian  museums,  and the National Zoo. This agreement allows Synthonics to
utilized the name and trademark of the  Smithsonian  upon and in connection with
the products which  Synthonics will produce  pursuant to the License  Agreement.
The agreement also requires Synthonics to fund the production of the CD-ROM. All
initial  revenues  from  the  sale of the  CD-ROM  belong  to  Synthonics.  Once
Synthonics has recovered their  production  costs,  all subsequent  revenues are
split 50/50 with the Smithsonian Institution.  The term of the License Agreement
is for  three  (3) years and for only the  territory  designated  as the  United
States. A copy of the Smithsonian  License  Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to the
Smithsonian  License Agreement are attached hereto and is incorporated herein by
this reference. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

     On November 1, 1997, the Company and the  Smithsonian  Institution  entered
into  Amendment  No. 1 to the above  mentioned  License  Agreement  wherein  the
Company and the  Smithsonian  modified the dates and  timetable for approval and
delivery as to the various phases in the production,  among other things, of the
storyboards,  images, script, packaging,  prototype products,  samples and final
product, pursuant to the License Agreement. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

     On December 19, 1997,  the Company  entered into a Contract  Agreement with
Centro Alameda, Inc. (an Affiliations Partner of the Smithsonian Institution) to
provide a 3D database and associated  analysis  tools. A down payment of 50% was
paid by Centro Alameda in December when the Company had completed  approximately
50% of the project. Accordingly the downpayment was recorded in revenues in 1997
and the balance with be  recognized  when earned.  A payment of 25% of the total
project  fees due the  Company  are payable at the tie of the Beta review of the
product  and the final  payment of 25% is due and  payable to the Company at the
time the  final  product  is ready  for the  conference  being  hosted by Centro
Alameda, Inc. as set forth in the Contract Agreement.  Synthonics' 3D tools will
be utilized by  Christopher  Raphael,  Inc. (a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company) to create the  database and the  analysis  tools.  A copy of the Centro
Alameda Contract Agreement is attached hereto and is incorporated herein by this
reference. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

                                 Page 22 of 64
<PAGE>
     On February 17, 1998,  the Company  signed a Strategic  Alliance  Agreement
with  KnowledgeLINK to provide  non-exclusive use of its 3D tools for electronic
commerce.  Synthonics will receive a royalty payment of $100 per month for every
website produced by KnowledgeLINK  that utilizes any of the 3D tools provided by
Synthonics. The Agreement also enables the Company to recover development costs,
be paid $50 per hour for customer  maintenance  support,  and be paid for any 3D
content  generated for  KnowledgeLINK's  customers.  A copy of the KnowledgeLINK
Strategic  Alliance  Agreement is attached hereto and is incorporated  herein by
this reference. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

     (8) Need for Government approval

     The products and services provided through use of the Company's  technology
are not subject to approval of any government regulation.

     (9) Effect of existing or probable governmental regulations on the business

     The Company has voluntarily filed this Registration Statement on Form 10-SB
in order to register it common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.

     As a result of the  effectiveness  of its  Registration  Statement  on Form
10-SB,  the Company shall be subject to Regulation 14A of the Commission,  which
regulates proxy  solicitations.  Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934,  as amended  (the "1934  Act"),  requires all  companies  with  securities
registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(g)  thereof  to comply  with the rules and
regulations  of the Commission  regarding  proxy  solicitations,  as outlined in
Regulation 14A. Matters submitted to stockholders of the Company at a special or
annual meeting thereof or pursuant to a written consent will require the Company
to provide its  stockholders  with the information  outlined in Schedules 14A or
14C of Regulation 14;  preliminary  copies of this information must be submitted
to the Commission at least 10 days prior to the date that  definitive  copies of
this information are forwarded to stockholders.

     The Company will also be required to file annual reports on Form 10-KSB and
quarterly  reports on Form 10-QSB with the  Commission on a regular  basis,  and
will be required to timely disclose  certain events (e.g.,  changes in corporate
control;  acquisitions or  dispositions of a significant  amount of assets other
than in the ordinary course of business;  and bankruptcy) in a Current Report on
Form 8-K.

     The Company's Management believes that it is in the Company's best interest
to become subject to the periodic reporting  requirements as set forth above, in
order to provide a mechanism  for the  disclosure  and  publication  of material
information  about the Company and its financial  condition to its  shareholders
and the financial community.  In the event that the Company's obligation to file
periodic  reports is  suspended  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act, it is the
intention of the Company to continue to voluntarily file period reports as if so
required to do so.

     Management  believes  that these  reporting  obligations  will increase the
Company's  annual legal and accounting  costs,  but it is expected that revenues
will be sufficient to meet these costs.

     The  Company  is not aware of any  other  governmental  regulations  now in
existence  or that may  arise in the  future  that  would  have an effect on the
business of the Company.

     (10)  Estimate of the amount spent during each of the last two fiscal years
     on research and development activities.

     R&D expenditures for 1996 and 1997 were $368,593 and $753,014 respectively.
In some cases (as described  above),  customer  contracts require direct payment
for  specific  development  requirements.  In general,  R&D  activities  will be
recovered through the application of a burden rate to all quotes.

     (11) Costs and effects of  compliance  with  environmental  laws  (federal,
     state and local)

     The Company does not plan to manufacture the products that are derived from
the application and use of its technology.  The Company does not feel that it is
effected  by any rules  which  have  been  enacted  or  adopted  regulating  the
discharge of material into the environment.

                                 Page 23 of 64

<PAGE>
     (12) Number of total employees and number of full time employees

     At the present  time the Company  employs a total of 13 persons or which 13
are full time  employees.  These full time  employees  include F. Michael  Budd,
Charles S. Palm,  and Joseph R. Maher who are also officers and directors of the
Company.
                                
     Risk Factors.
     -------------

     Forward Looking Statements.  When used in this Registration Statement,  the
words or phrases "will likely result",  "are expected to", "will continue",  "is
anticipated",  "estimate",  "projected", "intends to" or similar expressions are
intended  to  identify  "forward-looking  statements"  within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to
certain risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to market conditions,
competition,  factors  affecting the  Company's  ability to implement its growth
strategy,  the  Company's  dependence  on  future  financing,   fluctuations  in
operating   results,   the  Company's  ability  to  sustain  levels  of  growth,
diversification of the Company's  business,  contingent risks, state and federal
regulation and licensing  requirements,  and  environmental  concerns that could
cause the Company's  actual results to differ  materially  from those  presently
anticipated or projected.  Such factors,  which are discussed in "Risk Factors,"
"Business" and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the notes to consolidated financial statements, could
affect the Company's financial  performance and could cause the Company's actual
results for future periods to differ  materially from any opinions or statements
expressed with respect to future periods in this  Registration  Statement.  As a
result  all  parties  are  cautioned  not to place  undue  reliance  on any such
forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of the date made. The Company's
independent   accountants   have  not  examined  or  compiled  the  accompanying
forward-looking  statements  and  accordingly  do not provide any assurance with
respect to such statements.

     The  Company's  present and  proposed  business  operations  will be highly
speculative  and  subject  to the same  types of  risks  inherent  in any new or
unproven venture,  as well as risk factors particular to the industries in which
it will  operate,  and will  include,  among other  things,  those types of risk
factors outlined below.

     Developmental  Stage Company.  The Company was only recently  organized and
has only a limited  operating  history.  Although the Company and the  Company's
operating  subsidiaries do have limited operating  experience,  they too must be
deemed to be developmental stage companies.  Taken together, the Company and its
subsidiaries must be considered to be in an early formative stage.  There can be
no assurance that the Company's  business plans will prove  successful,  or that
the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiaries will be able to operate profitably.

     Competition.  There are numerous corporations,  firms and individuals which
are engaged in the type of business activities in which the Company is presently
engaged.  Many of those entities are more experienced and possess  substantially
greater  financial,  technical and personnel  resources  than the Company or its
subsidiaries.  While the  Company  hopes to be  competitive  with other  similar
companies, there can be no assurance that such will be the case.

     Limited and Volatile Market for Common Stock. The Company's common stock is
quoted on the OTC  Bulletin  Board of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") under the symbol "SNNT",  however, there is a limited
and  thinly  traded  trading  market  for the  common  stock and there can be no
assurance that an active market will ever develop or be  maintained.  Any market
price for shares of common  stock of the Company is likely to be very  volatile,
and numerous  factors  beyond the control of the Company may have a  significant
effect. In addition, the stock markets generally have experienced,  and continue
to  experience,  extreme price and volume  fluctuations  which have affected the
market price of many small capital companies and which have often been unrelated
to  the  operating   performance   of  these   companies.   These  broad  market
fluctuations,  as  well  as  general  economic  and  political  conditions,  may
adversely  affect the market price of the  Company's  common stock in any market
that may develop.

     Year 2000 Issues - Uncertainty  Of The Effects Of The Year 2000 On Computer
Programs And Systems.  Many currently  installed  computer  systems and software
programs  were  designed  to use only a two digit  date  field.  These date code
fields will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish  21st century dates

                                 Page 24 of 64
<PAGE>
from 20th  century  dates.  Until the date fields are  updated,  the systems and
programs could fail or give erroneous  results when referencing  dates following
December 31, 1999.
     
None of the Company's  products use dates,  and therefore there are no Year 2000
issues over which the Company has direct control.

Given that the  Company's  products  operate on certain  hardware  platforms and
within certain software  operating  systems and  environments,  the Company must
rely upon the efforts of the hardware and software vendors and  manufacturers to
be in the vanguard with respect to OS and Platform  issues  relating to the Year
2000  compliance.  The Company has not made an assessment as to whether hardware
and software  vendors and  manufacturers  have brought their  products into Year
2000 compliance, or if any of its customers, suppliers or service providers will
be so affected.  Failure of the Company's  software resulting from a hardware or
software vendor to be Year 2000 compliant,  or that of its customers,  suppliers
or  service  providers  could have a material  adverse  impact on the  Company's
business, financial condition and result of operations.
   
     Risks of "Penny  Stock."  The  Company's  common  stock may be deemed to be
"penny  stock"  as  that  term is  defined  in Reg.  Section  240.3a51-1  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  Penny stocks are stocks (i) with a price of
less than five  dollars  per share;  (ii) that are not traded on a  "recognized"
national  exchange;  (iii) whose  prices are not quoted on the NASDAQ  automated
quotation system  (NASDAQ-listed  stocks must still meet requirement (i) above);
or (iv) of an issuer with net  tangible  assets less than  US$2,000,000  (if the
issuer  has  been  in  continuous   operation  for  at  least  three  years)  or
US$5,000,000  (if in continuous  operation  for less than three years),  or with
average annual revenues of less than US$6,000,000 for the last three years.
                                  
     Section 15(g) of the 1934 Act and Reg. Section  240.15g-2 of the Commission
require  broker-dealers  dealing in penny stocks to provide potential  investors
with a document  disclosing  the risks of penny  stocks and to obtain a manually
signed  and  dated  written  receipt  of  the  document  before   effecting  any
transaction in a penny stock for the investor's account.  Potential investors in
the  Company's  common  stock  are  urged to  obtain  and read  such  disclosure
carefully before purchasing any shares that are deemed to be "penny stock."

     Moreover,  Reg. Section 240.15g-9 of the Commission requires broker-dealers
in penny stocks to approve the account of any investor for  transactions in such
stocks before selling any penny stock to that investor.  This procedure requires
the broker-dealer to (i) obtain from the investor information  concerning his or
her financial situation,  investment experience and investment objectives;  (ii)
reasonably  determine,  based on that  information,  that  transactions in penny
stocks are  suitable  for the  investor  and that the  investor  has  sufficient
knowledge and experience as to be reasonably  capable of evaluating the risks of
penny stock  transactions;  (iii) provide the investor with a written  statement
setting forth the basis on which the  broker-dealer  made the  determination  in
(ii) above;  and (iv) receive a signed and dated copy of such statement from the
investor,  confirming  that it  accurately  reflects  the  investor's  financial
situation,  investment  experience and investment  objectives.  Compliance  with
these  requirements  may make it more  difficult  for investors in the Company's
common stock to resell their shares to third parties or to otherwise  dispose of
them.

     Dependence  on Key  Employees.  Historically,  the Company has been heavily
dependent  on the  ability of its  founder,  Dr.  Charles S. Palm as well as its
President,  F. Michael Budd, to contribute  essential  technical and  management
experience.  In  the  event  of  future  growth  in  administration,  marketing,
manufacturing and customer support  functions,  the Company may have to increase
the depth and  experience  of its  management  team by adding new  members.  The
Company's success will depend to a large degree upon the active participation of
its key officers and employees.  Loss of services of any of the current officers
and directors  could have a significant  adverse  effect on the  operations  and
prospects  of the  Company.  There can be no  assurance  that it will be able to
employ  qualified  persons on acceptable  terms to replace  officers that become
unavailable.  

     Future Capital  Requirements;  Uncertainty of Future Funding. The Company's
plan of operation calls for additional  capital to facilitate growth and support

                                 Page 25 of 64

<PAGE>
its long-term  development and marketing programs. It is likely that the Company
would need to seek  additional  financing  through  subsequent  future public or
private sales of its securities,  including equity  securities.  The Company may
also seek funding for the  development  and  marketing  of its products  through
strategic  partnerships and other arrangements with investment  partners.  There
can be no assurance, however, that such collaborative arrangements or additional
funds will be available when needed,  or on terms acceptable to the Company,  if
at all. Any such  additional  financing  may result in  significant  dilution to
existing stockholders.  If adequate funds are not available,  the Company may be
required to curtail one or more of its future programs.

     Intense Competition and Rapid  Technological  Change. The industry in which
the Company operates is highly competitive, rapidly growing and the Company will
have to compete with a multitude of similar companies,  possessing substantially
greater  financial,  personnel,  technological  and marketing  resources.  It is
particularly  difficult  for small  independent  companies  to compete with such
major companies for recording artists,  radio air time and floor space for their
releases  in retail  outlets.  The  Company is not a  significant  factor in the
industry. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to compete in such
an environment.
             
Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Plan of Operation
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

                               FINANCIAL CONDITION
                               -------------------

     During its first three and  one-half  years of  existence,  the Company was
involved in the development of its technology.  During this time,  revenues were
virtually  non-existent  and expenditures  primarily  attributed to research and
development.  Without adequate revenues to offset expenditures,  the Company has
reported  a loss in each of its  years of  existence.  To date the  Company  has
funded  itself  by way of a series of  private  equity  sales.  As of the end of
fiscal 1997, the Company had offset its  accumulated  deficit in this manner and
has  therefore  not found it  necessary  to incur any long term  debt.  The most
valuable  asset of the Company is its  technology  for which it has been granted
several patents and has several more pending.  Although the Company believes its
patents to be very  valuable in a real sense,  this value is not  quantified  as
such on the Company's Balance Sheet. At the end of 1997,  shareholder equity was
essentially equal to the cash on hand.

                               OPERATIONAL RESULTS
                               -------------------

     During  each of the last two years (1996 and 1997),  the  Company  reported
revenues of $208,224  and $417,574  respectively.  Revenues  during  1996,  were
almost  exclusively the result of two license agreements that have both elapsed.
The balance of revenues for 1996 came as a result of some minor development work
for which the Company was reimbursed.  During 1997, revenues were generated from
two primary  sources:  (1) a license  agreement  with  Acuscape,  Inc. and (2) a
contract with Centro Alameda,  Inc. Nearly 50% of 1997's revenue occurred during
the fourth quarter reflecting the start of the Centro Alameda project. 

     The cost of goods sold  increased both in the amount and as a percentage of
sales in 1997 versus 1996. These increases are due to the Company's  securing of
contracts  to produce  3D  content.  Both the  Smithsonian  and  Centro  Alameda
contracts are for the production of 3D content.

     The gross profit  percentage of the Company  decreased  substantially  from
1996 to 1997 as a result of the purchase of Christopher  Raphael during the 1997
fiscal year. Christopher Raphael was acquired by the Company on October 1, 1997,
and was accounted for as a purchase. Christopher Raphael was operating at a loss
with a very low  gross  operating  profit  percentage.  Upon  consolidating  the
companies  for the year ended  December  31, 1997,  the gross profit  percentage
decreased.  The Company  believes that the gross profit  percentage for the 1997
year is a better indicator of the Company's future profit margins.  

     Expenditures  increased  by more than 50% in 1997 as compared to 1996.  The
primary reasons for this occurrence are:

     Acquisition  of  Christopher  Raphael,  Inc. in order to acquire the needed
     multimedia capability.

                                 Page 26 of 64

<PAGE>
     Smithsonian  CD-ROM  Contract.  The terms of the CD-ROM  contract  with the
     Smithsonian  Institution  require  Synthonics to fund the entire production
     with  expenses  to be paid back from the  initial  revenues  of the CD-ROM.
     During 1997, $87,000 of CD-ROM production costs were incurred.

     Acuscape's Software Tools. Development of Acuscape's tools commenced during
     1997 and $267,000 of programming effort was completed during the year.

     Option Exercise. An expense in the amount of $249,000 was booked in 1997 to
     offset the  difference in the share market price and the share option price
     for 750,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.

     Amortization and  Depreciation.  An increase of $78,000 in the current year
     over the prior year reflects the additional amortization of patent costs as
     well  as  the  write-off  of  $48,000  of  goodwill   associated  with  the
     acquisition of Christopher Raphael, Inc.

     During each of the last two fiscal years,  certain  officers of the Company
     deferred,  then forgave  compensation owed to them by the Company.  In each
     year,  the debt  forgiveness  was in  return  for stock  options.  In 1996,
     options to purchase  600,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $1.00 per
     share were  issued in return for  $236,500  of debt  forgiveness.  In 1997,
     options to purchase  588,290 shares of Common Stock at a price of $1.00 per
     share were  issued in return for  $279,133  of debt  forgiveness.  The debt
     forgiveness was recorded as a contribution to capital.
                                  
                                 CAPITAL FUNDING
                                 ---------------

     The Company currently is unable to generate sufficient cash from operations
to sustain its  business  efforts as well as to  accommodate  its growth  plans.
Until it is able to generate sufficient cash flow, the Company will seek capital
funding from  outside  resources.  At present,  the Company is seeking a capital
infusion of at least  $3,000,000 and  anticipates  the funding to be in exchange
for a  combination  of debt incurred and the sale of a percentage of its equity.
The Company  presently has no commitment  for such funding and has not concluded
what form, whether debt or equity, such funding will be derived through.

                                 FUTURE REVENUES
                                 ---------------

     The Company has established two basic paths from which to achieve revenues.
These include 3D content creation and the licensing of the Company's 3D creation
software tools. The creation of 3D content,  not only generates  revenue through
the physical sale of the content but, also  stimulates  demand for the licensing
of the Company's tools by demonstrating the capabilities of same.

          3D Content Creation.  The prestigious and large museum industry is the
          primary market targeted for 3D content sales. Museums around the world
          are actively searching for ways to dramatically extend access to their
          collections. The Company believes its patented technology provides the
          only  practical  solution  to this  problem  as it does not  require a
          compromise between the quality of the 3D content and the affordability
          of  acquiring  same.  The  museum  industry  is  huge as  billions  of
          artifacts  are  contained in  collections  throughout  the world.  The
          Company  anticipates  that by both  utilizing an aggressive  marketing
          campaign  and by  leveraging  its  contractual  relationship  with the
          Smithsonian   Institution,   it  will  be  able  to  make  significant
          penetration  into this market  commencing in 1998.  Additionally,  the
          Company  anticipates  that its efforts to advance its technology  will
          further  reduce the cost of high quality 3D content and thereby enable
          it to accelerate its penetration of the museum industry.

          Licensing of 3D Content  Creation  Tools.  The Company has constructed
          its 3D content  creation  tools in such a manner that it believes they
          are natural  productivity  extensions to currently  available software
          tools  from name  brand tool  providers.  These  name brand  providers
          distribute animation,  multimedia authoring,  CAD, configuration,  and
          virtual  reality  tools  to  several  markets   including   electronic
          commerce,  education,  edutainment,  video  games,  and movie  special
          effects. The Company believes that, if these name brand tool providers
          were to offer  their  customers  access to the tools  provided  by the
          Company, each name brand tool provider would be able to increase their
          own revenues by way of gaining  additional  market share as well as by
          having  access to new  markets.  The Company is seeking  non-exclusive

                                 Page 27 of 64
<PAGE>
          licensing  relationships  thus  allowing  it to  engage  in  licensing
          relationships  with all  providers  in any given  market.  The Company
          believes  that the  advantage in 3D content  creation  afforded by its
          tools is so  powerful  that the  adoption by any one of the name brand
          tool  providers  in a given market will prompt  their  competitors  to
          provide the same Synthonics advantage to their customers.  The Company
          anticipates  significant  revenue  growth from the licensing of its 3D
          content  creation  tools over the next several  years as this approach
          provides rapid access to already established  channels of distribution
          as well as  market  validation  by  partnering  with name  brand  tool
          providers.
                               
Item 3. Properties
- ------------------

     The Company does not own any real property.  The Company currently occupies
approximately  2,430 square feet of space where it maintains its  administrative
and  development  offices  which are  located at 31324 Via  Colinas,  Suite 106,
Westlake Village,  California 91362. The Company leases this space from Westlake
Village  Industrial Park.  Westlake Village Industrial Park is not affiliated in
any way  with  the  Company  and the  terms  of the  lease  were  negotiated  at
arms-length.

     A summary of the terms of the lease are as follows:
     ---------------------------------------------------
     Lease Term:         From  September 1, 1996 through  August 31, 1999.  
     Security Deposit:   $6,762.00     
     Rental rate:        Year 1 was $2,254 per month;
                         Year 2 was $2,376 per month;
                         Year 3 is  $2,497 per month;

     Option to Renew:  One option to renew for one (1) additional  year provided
          that  written  notice of  Synthonics'  intent to renew is delivered to
          Lessor at least six (6) months before  expiration of the initial term.
          Monthly rent during the renewal term will be $2,618.00 per month.

     Real Property  Taxes:  Lessor is  responsible  for the  payment of property
          taxes. However, Lessee (i.e. Synthonics) shall pay as additional rent,
          the amount, if any, by which the real property taxes applicable to the
          premises  increases  over the fiscal real  estate  taxes year 1996 and
          1997.

     Personal Property Taxes:  Synthonics  shall pay all taxes assessed  against
          and levied upon trade fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment and all other
          personal property of Lessee contained in the premises.

     Utilities:  Synthonics shall pay for all gas, heat, light,  power telephone
          and other  utilities and services  supplied to the premises,  together
          with any taxes thereon/

     Subleasing:    Consent of Lessor is required.
       
     A copy of the Industrial  Lease Agreement for the premises located at 31324
Via Colinas,  Suite 106, Westlake Village,  California 91362, is attached hereto
and incorporated herein by reference. See the Exhibit Index, Part III.

     The  Company  also  leases  approximately  1,692  square  feet to house its
production operation of its subsidiary,  Christopher Raphael, Inc. These offices
are located at 30423 Canwood,  Suite 203, Agoura Hills,  California  91301. This
space is leased on a month to month basis and is  presently  sufficient  to meet
the current requirements of the Company and the business which it conducts.  The
Company  leases  this  space  from  The  Evelyn  L.  Matton  Trust  which is not
affiliated  in any way with the  Company  and the  terms  of  which  lease  were
negotiated at arms-length.
     
     A summary of the terms of the lease are as follows:
     --------------------------------------------------
     Lease Term:         From  September 15, 1996 through  September 14, 2000  
     Security Deposit:   $2,080.40 
     Rental rate:        Year 1 was $2,030.40 per month;
                         Year 2 was $2,030.40 per month;
                         Year 3 is  $2,115.00 per month;
                         Year 4 is  $2,199.60 per month.

                                 Page 28 of 63
<PAGE>
     Option to Renew:  One option to renew for one (1) additional  year provided
          that  written  notice of  Synthonics'  intent to renew is delivered to
          Lessor at least six (6) months before  expiration of the initial term.
          Monthly rent during the renewal term will be $2,618.00 per month.

     Real Property  Taxes:  Lessor  shall  be  responsible  for the  payment  of
          property taxes.

     Personal Property  Taxes:  Lessee shall pay all taxes assessed  against and
          levied  upon  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment  and all other
          personal property of Lessee contained in the premises.

     Utilities:  Lessee shall pay for all water,  gas,  heat,  light,  power and
          other  utilities and services  specifically  or  exclusively  supplied
          and/or metered exclusively to the premises or to Lessee, together with
          any taxes thereon.  If any such services are not separately metered to
          the Premises,  Lessee shall pay at Lessor's  option,  either  Lessee's
          Share or a  reasonable  proportion  to be  determined  by  Lessor  for
          charges jointly metered with other premises in the Building.

     Subleasing:    Consent of Lessor is required.
       
     A  copy  of the  Standard  Office  Lease-Gross  American  Industrial  Lease
Agreement for the premises  located at 30423 Canwood,  Suite 203,  Agoura Hills,
California 91301, is attached hereto and incorporated  herein by reference.  See
the Exhibit Index, Part III.
 
     The Company  also lease  various  computers  and  computer  equipment  from
various  companies as follows:

     Dell Financial  Services Leases. The Company has two (2) lease through Dell
Financial  Services  for various  equipment.  The first lease with  through Dell
Financial  Services is for a term of 36 months  commencing in November 1997. The
monthly lease  payment is $183.89.  At the end of said lease the Company has the
option to purchase the leased equipment at a fee equal to 10% of the acquisition
costs of said equipment.  The second lease with through Dell Financial  Services
is also for a term of 36 months  commencing  May 22,  1998.  The  monthly  lease
payment is $157.46.  At the end of said lease the Company also has the option to
purchase the leased equipment at a fee equal to 10% of the acquisition  costs of
said equipment. See the Exhibit Index, Part III.

     Americorp  Financial  Inc.  The  Company  has  a  lease  through  Americorp
Financial Inc., for certain Epson equipment. The term of this lease is 36 months
commencing  June 19,  1998,  with a monthly  lease  payment of $285.75.  See the
Exhibit Index, Part III.

     Sanwa Leasing Corporation.  The Company's  subsidiary,  Christopher Raphael
Inc., has a through Sanwa Leasing Corporation for various computers and computer
equipment.  The term of this lease is for 36 months  commencing  on  February 5,
1996.  The monthly lease payment is $367.60.  At the expiration of the lease the
Company has the option to  purchase  the leased  equipment  for  $1,026.82  plus
applicable sales tax. See the Exhibit Index, Part III.

     AT & T Capital  Corporation.  The Company has two (2) lease  through AT & T
Capital  Corporation  for various  computers and computer  equipment.  The first
lease  with  through  AT & T Capital  is for a term of 24 months  commencing  in
November  1997.  The monthly lease payment is $2,266.00 with two (2) months paid
in advance, along with applicable sales tax and a one time documentation fee. At
the end of said  lease  the  Company  has the  option  to  purchase  the  leased
equipment  for the fair market value of said  equipment as  determined at in the
reasonable  judgment of the Lessor. The second lease with through AT & T Capital
is also for a term of 24 months  commencing  December in December 22, 1997.  The
monthly lease payment is $205.00 with two (2) months paid in advance, along with
applicable sales tax and a one time  documentation fee. At the end of said lease
the Company has the option to purchase the leased  equipment for the fair market
value of said  equipment  as  determined  at in the  reasonable  judgment of the
Lessor. See the Exhibit Index, Part III.

                                 Page 29 of 64
<PAGE>
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

     The following  table sets forth  security  ownership  information as of the
close of business on December  31, 1997,  for any person or group,  known by the
Company to own more than five percent (5%) of the Company's voting securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Title of            Name of                   Amount of          Percent of
Class               Beneficial Owner          Ownership          Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                       <C>                <C>
Common Stock        F. Michael Budd           1,170,750           6.7%
                    743 Cedar Point Pl.
                    Westlake Village, CA 91362
</TABLE>

     F.  Michael Budd has sole  investment  power and sole voting power over the
shares set forth in the above table.

                                  Page 30 of 64
<PAGE>
     (b) Security Ownership of Management

     The following  table sets forth  security  ownership  information as of the
close of business on December 31, 1997, for any director,  executive  officer or
group of the Company's voting securities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Title of            Name of                   Amount of          Percent of
Class               Beneficial Owner          Ownership          Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                       <C>                <C>
Common Stock        LeRoy K. Speirs             200,334          1.1%
                    312 West Palm Dr.
                    Arcadia, CA 91007

Common Stock        F. Michael Budd           1,170,750          6.7%
                    743 Cedar Point Pl.
                    Westlake Village, CA 91362

Common Stock        Charles S. Palm             428,751          2.4%
                    31324 Via Colinas
                    Suite 106
                    Westlake Village, CA 91362

Common Stock        David L. Stewart              8,897          0.1%
                    99 Canal Center Plaza
                    Suite 300
                    Alexandria, Virginia 22314

Common Stock        Ronald Speirs                50,000          0.3%
                    1632 S. Pacific Coast Hwy.
                    #455
                    Redondo Beach, CA 90277

Common Stock        Joseph R. Maher              10,000          0.1%
                    1336 N. Moorpark Rd.
                    #161
                    Thousand Oaks, CA 91360

Common Stock        Timothy J. Andrews                0          0.0%
                    550 South Hope St.
                    22nd Floor
                    Los Angeles, CA 90071

Common Stock        Thomas K. Carpenter               0          0.0%
                    29 Via Falerno
                    Laguna Hills, CA 92656

Common Stock        Timothy G. Paulson           20,000          0.1%
                    21240 Burbank Blvd.
                    Woodland Hills, CA 91367

Common Stock        All Directors & Officers
                    as a Group (9 Persons)     1,888,732        10.8%
                    -----------------------------------------------------------                    
</TABLE>

     (c)  Change in Control.

     There are no present  arrangements  or pledges of the Company's  securities
which may result in a change in control of the Company.
          
                                  Page 31 of 64
<PAGE>
Item 5. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons
- --------------------------------------------------------------------

     (a) Identity of Directors and Executive Officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name and Address         Age       Position            Term      Served Since
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>       <C>                 <C>       <C>

F. Michael Budd          51        President, CEO,     3 Years   1995
                                   Director

Charles S. Palm          54        Chief Technology    3 Years   1995
                                   Officer, Secretary,
                                   Director

LeRoy K. Speirs          74        Chairman of Board   3 Years   1978

Ronald S. Speirs         46        Director            2 Years   1996

Timothy G. Paulson       51        Director            2 Years   1997

Thomas K. Carpenter      56        Director            2 Years   1997

Timothy J. Andrews       38        Director            1 Year    1997 to 9/25/98
                                                                 
Joseph R. Maher          37        VP Marketing        1 Year    1997
                                   & sales,  Director

David L. Stewart         54        Director            1 Year    1995

</TABLE>

     Each of the persons  listed in the above table  possesses  sole  investment
power and sole voting power over the shares set forth in the above table.

     There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the directors or
executive  officers,  or any other person or person  pursuant to which they were
selected as directors and/or officers.

     F. Michael Budd is a founder of Synthonics,  Incorporated. He holds a BS in
Industrial Engineering from the General Motors Institute in Flint, Michigan, and
an MBA from the  University  of  Detroit  in 1973.  Mr.  Budd has had a long and
distinguished  career in the  administration  of engineering  and  manufacturing
facilities,  including 30 years of  increasing  management  responsibility  with
General Motors Corporation,  Rockwell International, ITT Corporation, and Harman
International.  During his career, Mr. Budd has orchestrated successful mergers,
acquisitions,  divestitures,  expansions,  and start-ups for the companies  with
whom he has been  affiliated.  He has  successfully  managed business units with
revenues  up to $500  million,  more than 7,000  employees,  and with  locations
around the world.  Although  he is most  noted for his  "turnaround"  management
capabilities  that convert  marginal or losing  operations  into strong positive
cash-flow  operations,  Mr. Budd has been equally  successful  with new start-up
endeavors.  Mr. Budd has been associated with the Company since its inception as
a director and shareholder.

     Dr. Charles S. Palm, the "father" of Synthonics'  technology,  is a founder
of Synthonics,  Incorporated.  He received a Ph.D. in Engineering  Sciences from
the University of Florida in 1975.  Prior to joining the Company,  he co-founded
Colorocs  Corporation  in Atlanta,  Georgia.  Colorocs  developed  and  marketed
full-color copier and full-color laser printers that were marketed under several
different  Brand names (such as Sharp and Savin)  worldwide.  Dr. Palm  received
nine patents  related to  electro-photographic  technologies  used in his copier
designs.  He was a member of the management  team that took Colorocs  through an
initial  public  offering in 1986.  Dr. Palm  supervised the Lunar Laser Ranging
Experiment at the  University  of Texas  McDonald  Observatory  between 1975 and
1977.  While in that  capacity,  he  modified a gigawatt  laser  system  used to

                                  Page 32 of 64
<PAGE>
measure  the  distance  from the  Earth to the moon  within an  accuracy  of 1.5
inches.  Dr.  Palm  has led or been  part of  teams  that  have  developed  many
important  inventions  during his career.  Besides those mentioned above, he was
very  instrumental  in the  development  of a  device  that  was  used by the US
Department  of  Defense,  for nearly two  decades,  to track  submerged  Russian
submarines from satellite stereo photos of the ocean's surface.

     Joseph R. Maher, combines sales, marketing,  and promotional expertise with
a broad financial  background.  Mr. Maher has been  responsible for the founding
and the senior level management of a variety of successful companies, both local
and  national in scope.  These  include  the  publishing  of consumer  and trade
magazines,  producing  live  entertainment  for corporate  and private  clients,
directing the sales effort of the top  out-placement  firm in the United States,
and spearheading the growth and capital fund raising for several  for-profit and
non-profit  corporations.  Mr.  Maher was the founder  and owner of  Christopher
Raphael Marketing Design which was acquired by Synthonics during 1997.

     LeRoy K. Speirs has been a successful  entrepreneur  throughout  his entire
adult  life with a number of  different  companies  in  endeavors  as diverse as
opening a  bookstore  upon  returning  from World War II to founding of Contract
Insurance Underwriters located in Pasadena,  California, which was a credit life
managing general agency, that grew to be the third-largest  independent producer
of credit life  insurance in  California.  He was a founder of the Brigham Young
University Center for  Entrepreneurship in the Marriott School of Management and
recently  received the  prestigious  Honorary  Alumni Award (a life  achievement
award) from Brigham Young University.

     Ronald S.  Speirs,  was  awarded BS and MS degrees in  Computer  Integrated
Manufacturing by Brigham Young University in 1986/1987.  Mr. Speirs was a Senior
Industrial  Engineer in Advanced  Manufacturing  Technologies  for Allied Signal
Aerospace for five years,  and is currently an independent  computer  consultant
and project facilitator for various high-tech enterprises.

     David L.  Stewart,  Esq.,  is a patent  attorney and partner in the firm of
McDermott,  Will and  Emory in  Alexandria,  Virginia.  He holds a  Bachelor  of
Science degree in physics from California  State University at Los Angeles and a
Juris  Doctor  degree  from  George  Washington  University  in the  District of
Columbia.  Mr. Stewart was a Ph.D. candidate in information technology at George
Mason   University  in  Fairfax,   Virginia.   He  also  served  four  years  as
Administrative Patent Judge  (Examiner-in-Chief)  at the Board of Patent Appeals
and Interferences, United States Patent and Trademark Office.

     Timothy J.  Andrews  served as a director of the Company from April 8, 1998
until his  resignation  on September 25, 1998.  Mr.  Andrew's  resignation  as a
director was not because of any disagreements between himself and the management
of the Company relating to the Company's operations,  policies or practices. Mr.
Andrews is currently a Senior Vice President for Oaktree Capital Management, LLC
located in Los Angeles.  His career has spanned  seventeen years, all within the
investment community.  Prior to Oaktree, Mr. Andrews held prominent positions at
Trust  Company of the West,  Govaars &  Associates,  and Price  Waterhouse.  Mr.
Andrews has also been  appointed  a member of several  Boards of  Directors  for
companies in which Oaktree Capital has been involved.  Mr. Andrews' expertise in
the areas of financial analysis, mergers & acquisitions, and capital funding are
essential skills resident within the Company.

     Thomas  K.  Carpenter  is  an  experienced  executive  with  extensive  P&L
responsibility   and  a  heavy  involvement  in  operational,   technical,   and
marketing/sales responsibilities.  Mr. Carpenter has gained particular expertise
with software tools and  applications  within  industrial,  retail,  government,
distribution,  and  medical  marketplaces.  Known as a  persuasive,  high energy
problem solver,  he has demonstrated  successes in both start-up and turn around
situations.  Mr. Carpenter, a veteran of the software industry, is playing a key
role for the Company in the formation  and execution of its operating  strategy.
Mr.  Carpenter  is  currently a member of the Board of Directors or the Board of
Advisors for three other companies all involved in the software industry.

     Timothy G. Paulson has been a Corporate Vice President and the Treasurer of
Litton Industries,  Inc. since 1994. With Litton since 1970, Mr. Paulson started
his career as a staff auditor and has  progressed  through  several senior level
management positions prior to being appointed its Treasurer.  He also earned his
Certified Public Accountant status in 1974. As a key member of management during
Litton's rise to prominence as a premier  defense  contractor,  Mr. Paulson will
provide expert oversight  guidance as Synthonics grows into a prominent software
tool provider.

                                  Page 33 of 64
<PAGE>
     (1) Directorships

     No  Director  of the  Company  or  person  nominated  or chosen to become a
Director holds any other  directorship in any company with a class of securities
registered  pursuant  to  section  12 of  the  Exchange  Act or  subject  to the
requirements of section 15(d) of such Act or any other company  registered as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     (a) Identity of Significant Employees.

     The Company has no employees  who are not executive  officers,  but who are
expected to make a significant  contribution  to the Company's  business.  It is
expected that current  members of management  and the Board of Directors will be
the only persons whose activities will be material to the Company's  operations.
Members of management  are the only persons who may be deemed to be promoters of
the Company

     (b) Family Relationships.

     The Chairman of the Board, LeRoy K. Speirs is the father of director Ronald
S. Speirs. Other than the father - son relationship of Messrs.  Speirs, there is
no family relationship between any director or executive officer of the Company.

     (c) Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings.

     During  the past five  years,  no  present  or former  director,  executive
officer or person nominated to become a director or an executive  officer of the
Company:

          (1) was a general partner or executive officer of any business against
          which any  bankruptcy  petition  was filed,  either at the time of the
          bankruptcy or two years prior to that time;

          (2) was  convicted  in a  criminal  proceeding  or named  subject to a
          pending criminal  proceeding  (excluding  traffic violations and other
          minor offenses);

          (3) was  subject to any order,  judgment or decree,  not  subsequently
          reversed,   suspended   or   vacated,   of  any  court  of   competent
          jurisdiction,   permanently   or   temporarily   enjoining,   barring,
          suspending  or  otherwise  limiting  his  involvement  in any  type of
          business, securities or banking activities; or

          (4)  was  found  by a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  (in a civil
          action),  the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  or the  Commodity
          Futures  Trading  Commission  to have  violated  a  federal  or  state
          securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed,
          suspended or vacated.

                                 Page 34 of 64
<PAGE>
Item 6.  Executive Compensation
- --------------------------------

     The  following  table sets  forth the  aggregate  compensation  paid by the
Company for services rendered during the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                           ---------------------------

                                                     Long Term Compensation
                                                -------------------------------
                      Annual Compensation               Awards          Payouts
                      ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Securities        All
                                    Other               Underlying       Other
Name and      Year or               Annual   Restricted Options/   LTIP  Compen-
Principal     Period  Salary Bonus  Compen-  Stock      SAR's    Payouts  sation
Position      Ended   ($)    ($)    sation)  Awards     (#)       ($)       ($)
                                    ($)      ($)
(a)            (b)    (c)    (d)    (e)      (f)        (g)       (h)       (i)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>    <C>

F. Michael     1997  $90,000  $0    $0      $0          378,860   $0      $0
Budd,
President      1996  $0       $0    $0      $0          750,000   $0      $0
               1995  N/A      N/A   N/A     N/A             N/A   N/A     N/A

Charles S.     1997  $150,000 $0    $0      $0          189,430   $0      $0
Palm, CTO      1996  $150,000 $0    $0      $0        1,162,260   $0      $0
               1995  $ 38,500 $0    $0      $0                0   $0      $0

Joseph R.      1997  $36,000  $0    $0      $0          780,000   $0      $0
Maher, VP      1996  N/A      N/A   N/A     N/A             N/A   N/A     N/A
Sales &        1995  N/A      N/A   N/A     N/A             N/A   N/A     N/A
Marketing
<FN>
     As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, there were accrued wages due and owing by
     the Company to F. Michael Budd, the CEO and President of the Company in the
     amount of $99,299 for 1997 and $120,000 for 1996.
</FN>

</TABLE>


                   EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS/STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
                   ------------------------------------------

     F. Michael Budd the CEO and President of the Company and a director and Dr.
Charles S. Palm, the Chief Technical  Officer and a director of the Company each
have employment contracts with the Company.  Each of these employment agreements
provide for an annual base salary of $240,000 per year. Each of these employment
agreements  begin on July 1, 1996 and end on December 31,  2,000.  Each contract
contains an Incentive  Stock Option for 750,000 shares of common stock, of which
F. Michael Budd has exercised  300,000 shares from the option that he holds. The
option  price per share is $0.50 and the  750,000  shares  vest over a four year
period  with all  shares  being  vested by July 1, 2000  Joseph R.  Maher has an
employment  contract with the Company. It is effective until September 30, 2001.
His  contract  contains an Incentive  Stock option for 750,000  shares of common
stock.  The option  price per share is $1.00 and the 750,000  shares vest over a
three year  period.  The total  number of shares that vest is  dependent  on the
overall performance of Christopher  Raphael,  Inc., but cannot exceed a total of
750,000 shares.

                                  Page 35 of 64

<PAGE>
          INCENTIVE AWARDS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS OF 1998, 1999, AND 2000
         --------------------------------------------------------------

     The specific  Performance  Goals and Incentive Awards available to eligible
Participants for the fiscal years 1998, 1999, and 2000, have been  predetermined
and shall be determined as set forth below. Any and all Incentive Awards for the
periods  thereafter  shall be determined  in  accordance  with the terms of this
Plan.

     Fiscal Year 1998 - In order for any  Incentive  Award to be granted  during
fiscal  year  1998,  the  Company  must book no less than four  million  dollars
($4,000,000)  of gross sales on a  Consolidated  Basis (i.e.  the  combined  and
consolidation  of sales from the  Company  and its  subsidiaries).  If the gross
sales  exceed the  $4,000,000  level,  then there  shall be created a bonus pool
equal to five percent (5%) of the total  consolidated gross sales of the Company
for 1998, which shall be available for Incentive Awards.

     Fiscal Year 1999 - In order for any  Incentive  Award to be granted  during
fiscal  year 1999,  the  Company  must book no less than eight  million  dollars
($8,000,000)  of gross sales on a  Consolidated  Basis (i.e.  the  combined  and
consolidation  of sales from the  Company  and its  subsidiaries).  If the gross
sales exceed the $8,000,000  level,  then the bonus pool  contribution  for 1999
shall be equal to ten percent (10%) of the total pretax  earnings of the Company
for 1999, which shall be available for Incentive Awards.

     Fiscal Year 2000 - In order for any  Incentive  Award to be granted  during
fiscal year 2000,  the Company  must book no less than fifteen  million  dollars
($15,000,000)  of gross sales on a  Consolidated  Basis (i.e.  the  combined and
consolidation  of sales from the  Company  and its  subsidiaries).  If the gross
sales exceed the  $15,000,000  level then the bonus pool  contribution  for 2000
shall be equal to ten percent (10%) of the total pretax  earnings of the Company
for 2000, which shall be available for Incentive Awards.

     Incentive Awards from the bonus pool shall be made at the discretion of the
committee as set forth herein, up to the maximum of the entire bonus pool.

                                  KEY EMPLOYEES
                                  -------------

     At the time of publication of this Annual Report,  the Company has no other
employees that could not be replaced with other non-skilled labor.  However,  if
the Company is to grow,  additional key personnel will be needed in the areas of
marketing,   sales,  and  new  product  development.  As  the  company  expands,
additional sales, marketing, production, and support staff will be added.

Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- -------------------------------------------------------

                     TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS
                     ---------------------------------------

     Technology  Acquisition:  In 1993,  Synthonics  Incorporated  made one-time
payments of $25,000 each to Dr.  Charles Palm and Mr. Bruce Binns to acquire the
technology  and image  processing  concepts  that have  become  the  proprietary
technological  foundation of the Company's business for the foreseeable  future.
Both Dr. Palm and Mr. Binns were full-time employees of the Company and occupied
significant executive positions within the Company's management structure.

     Life  Insurance on Key  Employees:  The Company  obtained a life  insurance
policy in the amount of $5 million on Dr. Palm.  The Company is the  beneficiary
of the policy.  The  insurance  is intended  to help  protect the  shareholder's
investment  against  the loss of the  individual  during the  critical  founding
period of the Company's growth cycle. See Exhibit Index, Part III.

     Corporate Identity Artwork: Since the inception of Synthonics Incorporated,
the  Company   expended   or   committed   approximately   $66,850  in  cash  or
stock-equivalents  of cash, in related-party  transactions  with Janet E. Jones,
one of the founders of the Company.  The payments  were made for work related to
establishing  the corporate log and the corporate  image  graphics  system,  the
product packaging design, artwork for six (6) trademark application filings, and
numerous art projects  related to magazine and Internet  advertising and product
packing concepts for all of the product  mentioned  herein.  Payment was made as
approximately  $20,000  in cash with the  balance  paid in shares of  Synthonics
Incorporated  Common Stock issued at price per share valuations  associated with

                                  Page 36 of 64

<PAGE>
the time that the work was  actually  performed.  It is  expected  that she will
continue to be used as a designer for additional  trademark filings,  additional
packaging  designs  and to guide the  development  of all  corporate  brochures,
advertising literature,  corporate office designs, trade show booth designs, and
all other visual  manifestations  of the corporate  image on an as-needed  basis
throughout the balance of 1996.

     Incentive  Stock Options  Exercised By Key  Individuals By Means of Company
Loans:  In 1993,  a large  number of shares  (1,645,000)  were  allocated to the
founders,  future  officers of the  Company,  and other key people as  incentive
stock options.  The exercise  price of the options was $.50 per share,  the same
per share amount paid by all first round investors. In January 1994, the Company
made loans to eight  individuals  that  allowed  them to  exercise  their  stock
options,  Company,  in  accordance  with  California  Corporations  Code Section
315(c).  The  voting  rights  associated  with the  shares  were  passed  to the
individual shareholders,  but the Company as collateral for the notes is holding
the shares themselves  issued.  This action further provides,  in effect, a call
option to the Company as collateral  for the notes issued.  This action  further
provides,  in effect, a call option to the Company that allowed the Company,  at
the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, to repurchase the shares from any
key individual at the existing fair market value. The incentive shares were thus
recoverable if a key individual  loses key individual  status in the eyes of the
Board of  Directors.  The notes carried an interest at a rate of 6% per year, an
amount  sufficient  to pay for  office  rental  and a portion  of the  operating
expenses  each month.  The notes were due and  payable on or before  December 1,
1996, by which time the Company would have received  payments  totaling $822,500
or the company would  foreclose on and reclaim all shares  covered by notes that
remain unpaid. These shares represented a significant overall dilution of voting
power and  potential  dividend  distributions  (of which,  none are  planned) to
subscribes under this offering and to subscribers of earlier offerings.

     In late 1994, it was recognized that certain  individuals were not going to
participate in the business in a material way and the remaining  individuals who
had  contributed  in a material  way had not  performed as a group to a level of
performance  that was  anticipated at the start of the business and thereby felt
to be over-compensated by means of the stock purchase plan. Therefore, a program
was initiated to recover a significant portion of the incentive shares that were
felt to be attributed to over  compensation.  All recipients and participants in
the  incentive  stock plan either  returned 50% of the  incentive  shares to the
Company  for  retirement  or  converted  the shares to options to  purchase at a
higher  price  or did  both  with  each  individual  transaction  covered  by an
agreement  that  provided  full  satisfaction  and  accord to all  parties.  The
recovery of the incentive  shares  started in late 1994 and was  completed  just
prior to the tender offer made by Columbine  Financial  Corporation in May 1995.
The incentive share recovery program had a significant  anti-dilution  effect on
the Synthonics  Incorporated  minority  shareholders  that resulted in a greater
percentage   ownership  of  the  Company  being  pushed  over  to  the  minority
shareholders.                                 

     There  have  been  no  preliminary  contact  or  discussion  by  any of the
Company's officers,  directors,  promoters,  their affiliates or associates with
any  representatives  of the owners of any  business  or company  regarding  the
possibility  of any  acquisitions  or  mergers  transactions,  and  there are no
present plans,  proposals,  arrangements  or  understandings  with any person or
company  regarding the possibility of any  acquisitions  or merger  transaction.

                          TRANSACTIONS WITH PROMOTERS
                          ---------------------------

     There have been no material  transactions,  series of similar transactions,
currently proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which the
Company or any of its  subsidiaries was or is to be a party, in which the amount
involved exceeded $60,000 and in which any promoter or founder, or any member of
the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had a material interest.

                                  Page 37 of 64
<PAGE>
Item 8.  Description of Securities
- ----------------------------------

     The  Company  has two  classes  of  securities  authorized,  consisting  of
50,000,000 authorized shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share
and 550,000  authorized shares of preferred stock with a par value of $10.00 per
share.

                                  COMMON STOCK
                                  -------------

     The  holders of the  Company's  common  stock are  entitled to one vote per
share on each  matter  submitted  to a vote at a meeting  of  stockholders.  The
shares of common stock do not carry cumulative  voting rights in the election of
directors.

                                
     The  shareholders  of the  Company  have no  pre-emptive  rights to acquire
additional shares of common stock or other  securities.  The common stock is not
subject to redemption  rights and carries no subscription or conversion  rights.
In the event of  liquidation  of the  Company,  the  shares of common  stock are
entitled  to  share  equally  in  corporate  assets  after  satisfaction  of all
liabilities  or the  company and the  liquidation  preference  of the  preferred
shares.  All  shares of the  common  stock now  outstanding  are fully  paid and
non-assessable.

                                 PREFERRED STOCK
                                 ---------------

     The Company has authorized  550,000 shares of preferred  stock having a par
value of $10.00 per share. The Preferred Stock has dividend preferences over the
common  stock.  The  preferred  stock is  entitled  to  receive  dividends  on a
cumulative  basis at the rate of 12% of the stated par value per annum,  payable
on a quarterly basis on the fifteenth day of the next month following the end of
each fiscal  quarter.  In addition,  in the event of a voluntary or  involuntary
liquidation or dissolution  of the Company,  the holders of the preferred  stock
have a liquidation preference over the holders of the common stock.

     The Company, at the option of the Board of Directors, may at any time after
December  31,  1998  redeem all the  outstanding  shares of  preferred  stock by
paying,  in cash,  a sum equal to $10.50  per share of each  preferred  share so
redeemed.

     The holders of the preferred  stock may, at any time up to 2 days fixed for
redemption,  convert  and  receive 5 shares of  common  stock for each  share of
preferred  stock being  converted at the rate of $2.00 per share of common stock
being converted into.

                                  Page 38 of 64

<PAGE>                                  
                     OUTSTANDING STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.
                     ---------------------------------------

     As of the year ended  December 31, 1997, as well as March 6, 1998 there are
outstanding options to purchase additional shares of common stock of the Company
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         # Of Option    Exercise Price      Last
Name                     Shares         Per Share           Exercise Date
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>                 <C>
David Berkus             153,000        $1.00               Dec.  1999
F. Michael Budd          450,000        $0.50               July  2006
F. Michael Budd          378,860        $1.00               Dec.  2002
Janet Jones              187,740        $1.00               Dec.  2001
Janet Jones              909,855        $0.22               May   1999
Janet Jones               20,000        $1.00               Dec.  2002
Joseph R. Maher           30,000        $1.00               Dec.  2003
Joseph R. Maher          750,000        $1.00               Sept. 2003
Charles S. Palm        1,125,000        $0.22               May   1999
Charles S. Palm          750,000        $0.50               July  2006
Charles S. Palm          412,260        $1.00               Dec.  2001
Charles S. Palm          189,430        $1.00               Dec.  2002
Tony Riley                15,000        $1.00               Oct.  2002
Donald Cecil              15,000        $1.00               Oct.  2002
Timothy Paulson           90,000        $0.75               Oct.  2002
Timothy Andrews          180,000        $0.75               Oct.  2002
Thomas Carpenter         180,000        $0.75               Oct.  2002
LeRoy Speirs             200,000        $0.75               Oct.  2002
Ron Speirs               200,000        $0.75               Oct.  2002
David Stewart            100,000        $0.75               Oct.  2002

</TABLE>

     As of  December  31,  1997,  there are  outstanding  warrants  to  purchase
additional shares of common stock of the Company as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         # Of Shares    Exercise Price      Last
Name                     in Warrant     Shares              Per Share
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>                 <C>
Rio Energy               250,000        $1.00               July, 1998
Mees Pierson             100,000        $1.00               July, 1998
B Warrant (Group)        167,000        50% x Avg. Price    June, 1998

</TABLE>
     As of March 6, 1998, there are outstanding  warrants to purchase additional
shares of common stock of the Company as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         # Of Shares    Exercise Price      Last
Name                     in Warrant     Shares              Per Share
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>                 <C>
Rio Energy               250,000        $1.00               July   1998
Mees Pierson             100,000        $1.00               July   1998
B Warrant (Group)        167,000        50% x Avg. Price    June   1998
SPARC Fund                70,000        $0.75               Feb.   1999
Ramon Cantero-Frau        13,300        $2.00               March  2002
Guardo M. Albini           2,362        $2.00               March  2002
Jose Antonio Perez         1,838        $2.00               March  2002
Ramon Cantero-Frau        29,260        $0.65               March  2002
Guardo M. Albini           5,198        $0.65               March  2002
Jose Antonio Perez         4,042        $0.65               March  2002
Nelson Capote             84,616        $0.65               March  1999
Manuel Freije             19,231        $0.65               March  1999
V. Suarez & Co., Inc.     76,924        $0.65               March  1999
Rafael Cortes Dapena      19,231        $0.65               March  1999
Empire Gas Company, Inc.  25,000        $0.65               March  1999
Ramon Cantero-Frau        50,000        $0.65               March  1999

</TABLE>
                                  Page 39 of 64
<PAGE>
                                CHANGE IN CONTROL
                                -----------------

     There is no  provision  in the  Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation,  as
amended, or Bylaws, as amended,  that would delay, defer, or prevent a change in
control of the Company.

                                     Part II
                                     -------
Item 1. Market Price Of And Dividends On The Company's Common Equity And Related
        Stockholder Matters
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  
     The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Electronic  Bulletin Board. The
following  chart depicts the high and low trading prices for each fiscal quarter
that the Company's Common Stock has been publicly traded:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


          Quarter             High Price          Low Price
          -------------------------------------------------
          <S>                 <C>                 <C>
          1st, 1998           $1.00               $0.50
          4th, 1997           $1.375              $0.3125
          3rd, 1997           $1.0625             $0.3125
          2nd, 1997           $1.875              $0.50
          1st, 1997           $2.75               $1.25
          4th, 1996           $2.50               $1.75

</TABLE>

     These prices were obtained from the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc. (the
"NQB") and do not  necessarily  reflect  actual  transactions,  retail  markups,
markdowns or commissions.

     No assurance can be given that any active  "established public market" will
develop in the  Company's  common  stock,  regardless or whether its current and
proposed  business  operations  are  successful,  or if any active  market  does
develop, that it will be sustained for any period of time.

     Holders
     -------

     The Company has  approximately  600 Common Stock  shareholders and four (4)
Preferred Stock shareholders.

     Dividends
     ---------

     The Company has never paid a dividend on its common stock.  The Company has
paid a 12% dividend on its Preferred Stock in each of the last two quarters. The
dividends on the  Preferred  Stock were accrued  during the last quarter of 1997
and paid in January,  1998. The Preferred  stock is convertible to the Company's
Common Stock.  At the time of conversion,  the dividends on the Preferred  Stock
will cease.
                                  Page 40 of 64

<PAGE>
Item 2. Legal Proceedings
- -------------------------

     The company was  involved in  litigation  in the  calendar  year 1997.  The
company was a party Plaintiff in the matter of Synthonics, Inc. v. 3rd Dimension
Technologies,  Inc. and Affiliated  Defendants,  Los Angeles Superior Court Case
no.  LC-041882.  This matter was  concluded  favorably to the company.  All time
frames for appeal or new trial have  exhausted.  The judgment has become  final.
This matter  involved the company  prosecuting  an action  against 3rd Dimension
Technologies,  Inc. to protect the company's patent,  trademark and trade secret
interests in its three  dimensional  computer  software.  The relevant facts and
procedural history is as follows.

     The  action  grew out of a license  agreement  between  Synthonics  and 3rd
Dimension Technologies wherein 3rd Dimension was granted the right to distribute
Synthonics  three-dimensional  software known as 3D Express and Express  Mapper.
The software  programs perform three dimensional model creations and are used in
a number of industries, including medical and dental practices, aerial surveying
and mapping and the motion picture industry for animation  purposes.  Synthonics
maintains patents and copyright protection on all of their technologies.

     In February of 1997,  during a routine  check of the  Internet,  Synthonics
discovered numerous consumers were registering  complaints against 3rd Dimension
Technologies  for  various  business  practices.   Also,   consumers  registered
technical  complaints  regarding the software obtained from the distributor that
were unique to the programs  being  distributed  by 3rd Dimension  Technologies.
Further investigation by Synthonics found 3rd Dimenson Technologies attempted to
fabricate  the  programs  creating  unauthorized  duplications  of the  computer
software.  Synthonics immediately terminated the license agreement and conducted
an audit of the distributor.

     To protect its property  rights in the  technologies  being violated by 3rd
Dimension  Technologies,  Synthonics  filed a four  count  civil  action  in the
Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles on July 23, 1997;  alleging  Breach
of Contract, Accounting for misappropriated gains in the unlawful duplication of
computer software,  Violations of California Business & Professions Code Section
17200,  fraudulent and unfair business practices and  Misappropriation  of Trade
Secrets.  On July 28, 1997 a temporary  Restraining Order was issued against 3rd
Dimension Technologies and all of their individual officers,  directors,  agents
and  employees  enjoining the same from copying,  duplicating  and  distributing
Synthonics  3D Express  and  Express  Mapper  computer  software,  or copying or
duplicating any technology  contained in the software.  The  Restraining  Orders
were confirmed into a Preliminary  Injunction  with  identical  prohibitions  on
September 5, 1997.  On January 8, 1998 a final  judgment was entered in favor of
Synthonics and against 3rd Dimension  Technologies in the amount of $300,000.00.
Additionally,  the  trial  court  granted a  permanent  injunction  against  3rd
Dimension and all of its agents, servants, officers,  shareholders,  affiliates,
employees  and all those  individuals  or  entities  acting in concert  with 3rd
Dimension from copying,  duplicating and distributing Synthonics,  Inc. computer
software  or  the  technology  contained  in the  software.  The  injunction  is
enforceable  with the contempt powers of the Superior Court. As stated above the
judgment has become final. All illegal  competition and violations of Synthonics
rights  in its  computer  software  have been  halted.  The  entities  illegally
competing have been closed down. Finally, and most important to Synthonics,  the
integrity of the software was preserved.

     With the exception of the legal proceedings set forth above, the Company is
not presently a party to any  litigation,  claim,  or assessment.  Further,  the
Company is  unaware of any  unasserted  claim or  assessment,  which will have a
material effect on the financial position or future operations of the Company.

                                  Page 41 of 64

<PAGE>
Item 3. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
- -----------------------------------------------------

     There has been no change of the  independent  auditors  of the  Company and
there are no disagreements with such independent auditors.

Item 4. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
- -----------------------------------------------

     The following  transactions  describe the sales of the Company's securities
over the last three years:

          (a)  Transaction #1:

          Exercise of Warrants from a prior Private  Placement  Offering  during
          February,  1996 wherein  1,945,500 shares of Common Stock were sold at
          $0.27 per share. No  underwriters  were used. The securities were sold
          pursuant to an exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2)
          of the  Securities  Act of 1933.  The  warrants  were  exercised by 22
          investors  19  of  which  were  accredited   investors  based  on  the
          subscription  agreements  executed by said investors.  The three other
          investors  are believe to be  accredited  investors  or  sophisticated
          purchasers  but the  company  has  been  unable  as of the date of the
          filing to located the necessary documentation to verify this.

          (b)  Transaction #2:

          Private  Placement  Offering  dated March 4, 1996 under which  168,500
          Units consisting of one A Warrant and one B Warrant were sold at $2.00
          per Unit.  Each  Warrant  enables the owner to  purchase  one share of
          Common Stock at a 50% discount from the prior month's  average trading
          price. The A Warrant can only be exercised during June, 1997 and the B
          Warrant can only be exercised during June, 1998. No underwriters  were
          used.  The  securities   were  sold  pursuant  to  an  exemption  from
          registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933
          and  each  of  the  investors of  the  above  referenced  Units  were
          accredited investors.

          (c) Transaction #3:

          Private  sale of  Stock  and  attached  Warrants  to "high  net  worth
          entities"  during July,  1996 wherein  545,000  shares of Common Stock
          were  sold at  $1.00  per  share.  Each  purchase  of a share of stock
          included  the  purchase  of an equal  amount of  Warrants  to purchase
          additional  shares of Common  Stock at $1.00 per share  prior to July,
          1997.  The purchasers  included:  Rio Energy  200,000  shares;  Donald
          Livingstone 100,000 shares; Paul Jennings 100,000 shares; Mees Pierson
          A/C337 100,000 shares; and Lee Phillips 45,000 shares. No underwriters
          were used.  The  securities  were sold  pursuant to an exemption  from
          registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933
          and each of the investors and purchasers of the above referenced stock
          and warrants were accredited investors.

          (d) Transaction #4:

          Exercise of stock option by Ray Hartman, a founder of the Corporation,
          during December,  1996 wherein 78,591 shares of Common Stock were sold
          at $0.22 per share.  The securities were sold pursuant to an exemption
          from registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of
          1933. Mr. Hartman, as a founder was an accredited investor at the time
          of  issuance of the stock  option  and,  at the time of Mr.  Hartmen's
          exercise of the stock option he had full access to  information on the
          Company necessary for him to make and informed investment decision
     
          (e) Transaction #5:

          In February 1997, the Company issued 25,154 shares of common stock for
          services  rendered to the Company by  employees  and  contractors.  No
          underwriters  were  used.  The  securities  were sold  pursuant  to an
          exemption  from  registration  provided  under  Section  4(2)  of  the
          Securities Act of 1933. The two investors receiving said shares were a
          programer and an office administrator of the company, respectively and
          had full access to  information  on the Company  necessary for them to
          make and informed  investment  decision in accepting  shares of common
          stock in exchange for their services.

                                 Page 42 of 64
<PAGE>     
          (f) Transaction #6:

          Exercise  of stock  options  by Roger  Grant,  a  founder  and  former
          director of the company, during July of 1997 wherein 126,000 shares of
          common stock were issued and sold at $0.22 per share upon the exercise
          of the stock  options by Mr. Grant.  No  underwriters  were used.  The
          securities  were  sold  pursuant  to an  exemption  from  registration
          provided  under Section 4(2) of the  Securities Act of 1933. Mr. Grant
          was a founder  and former  director of the company and had full access
          to information  on the Company  necessary for him to make and informed
          investment decision in exercising his stock options.

          (g) Transaction #7:

          Exercise of Warrants from a prior Private  Placement  Offering  during
          July,  1997 wherein  350,000 shares of Common Stock were sold at $0.70
          per  share.  No  underwriters  were  used.  The  securities  were sold
          pursuant to an exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2)
          of the  Securities  Act of 1933.  Each of the investors and purchasers
          exercising their rights under the warrants were accredited investors.

          (h) Transaction #8:

          In August 1997, 179,700 shares of common stock were issued in exchange
          for all remaining  outstanding  shares of common stock of  Synthonics,
          Inc. to complete the acquisition of by Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.
          No  underwriters  were used. The securities were issued pursuant to an
          exemption  from  registration  provided  under  Section  4(2)  of  the
          Securities Act of 1933. The investor/shareholders of Synthonics, Inc.,
          had full access to  information  on the Company  necessary for them to
          make and informed  investment  decision in exchanging  their shares of
          stock of Synthonics, Inc., for shares of stock of the Company.
          
          (i) Transaction #9:

          Private  Placement  Offering  dated  September 8, 1997 wherein  50,000
          shares  of  Preferred   Stock  were  sold  at  $10.00  per  share.  No
          underwriters  were  used.  The  securities  were sold  pursuant  to an
          exemption  from  registration  provided by Rule 505 of Regulation D of
          the  Securities  Act of 1933.  Each of the investors and purchasers of
          the Preferred Stock were accredited investors.

          (j)  Transaction #10:

          In October  1997,  10,000 shares of common stock were issued to Joseph
          Maher for the acquisition of Christopher  Raphael Inc. No underwriters
          were used.  The  securities  were sold  pursuant to an exemption  from
          registration  provided  under  Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act of
          1933.  Mr.  Maher  is a  sophisticated  investor  and as  part  of the
          acquisition of Christopher Raphael, Inc., Mr. Maher was appointed as a
          director of the Company,  was an accredited  investor as a director of
          the Company and a sophisticated purchaser and had full access had full
          access to  information  on the Company  necessary  for him to make and
          informed  investment  decision  in  acquiring  stock of the Company in
          exchange for all his stock in Christopher Raphael.

          (k) Transaction #11:

          Exercise of stock  options by F.  Michael Budd during  December,  1997
          wherein  351,000  shares of Common  Stock were sold at $0.22 per share
          and 150,000  shares of Common Stock were sold at $0.50 per share.  The
          securities  were  sold  pursuant  to an  exemption  from  registration
          provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. Mr. Budd is
          the CEO,  President  and a director of the  Company and an  accredited
          investor.

          (l) Transaction #12:

          Exercise of stock option by George  Turner,  a founder of the Company,
          during  December 1997 wherein 562,500 shares of Common Stock were sold
          at $$0.22 per share. The securities were sold pursuant to an exemption
          from registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of
          1933. Mr. Turner, as a founder was an accredited  investor at the time
          of  issuance  of the stock  option  and,  at the time of Mr.  Turner's
          exercise of the stock option he had full access to  information on the
          Company necessary for him to make and informed investment decision
      
                                 Page 43 of 64
<PAGE>
          (m) Transaction #13:

          Common Stock issued as payment for  outstanding  debt in February 1998
          wherein  70,000  shares of Common Stock  issued to relieve  $50,000 of
          debt  ($0.71 per  share).  The  securities  were sold  pursuant  to an
          exemption  from  registration  provided  under  Section  4(2)  of  the
          Securities Act of 1933. The fund to whom shares were issued in payment
          of said debt was an accredited investors.
                                 
          (n) Transaction #14:

          Private  Placement  Offering  dated  January 20, 1998 wherein  550,000
          shares of Common Stock were sold at $0.65 per share.  No  underwriters
          were used.  The  securities  were sold  pursuant to an exemption  from
          registration  provided by Rule 506 of  Regulation D of the  Securities
          Act of 1933.  Each of the investors  and  purchasers  were  accredited
          investors.
                                
Item 5. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
- -------------------------------------------------

     Pursuant to Article 9., of the Articles of Incorporation, the Company shall
indemnify its directors,  officers,  employee,  fiduciaries  and agents as those
terms are defined in, and to the fullest extent permitted by, Part 9 of the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act.

     Sections  16-10a-902  through  16-10a-904  of  the  Utah  Revised  Business
Corporation Act provides as follows:

     Section 16-10a-902. Authority to indemnify directors.

          (1) Except as provided in subsection  (4), a corporation may indemnify
          an  individual  made a party to a  proceeding  because  he is or was a
          director, against liability incurred in the proceeding if:

               (a) his conduct was in good faith; and

               (b) he  reasonably  believed  that  his  conduct  was in,  or not
               opposed to, the corporation's best interests; and

               (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding,  he had no reasonable
               cause to believe his conduct was unlawful

          (2) A director's conduct with respect to any employee benefit plan for
          a  purpose  he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the
          interest  of the  participants  in and  beneficiaries  of the  plan is
          conduct that satisfies the requirement of Subsection (1)(b).

          (3) the  termination of a proceeding by judgment,  order,  settlement,
          conviction,  or upon a plea of nolo  contendere  or its  equivalent is
          not,  of  itself,  determinative  that the  director  did not meet the
          standard of conduct described in this section.

          (4) Corporation may not indemnify a director under this section:

               (a) in  connection  with a  proceeding  by or in the right of the
               corporation  in which the  director  was  adjudged  liable to the
               corporation; or

               (b) in  connection  with any other  proceeding  charging that the
               director  derived an improper  personal  benefit,  whether or not
               involving action in his official capacity, in which proceeding he
               was  adjudged  liable on the basis that he  derived  an  improper
               personal benefit.

          (5) Indemnification  permitted under this section in connection with a
          proceeding  by or in  the  right  of the  corporation  is  limited  to
          reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.

     Section 16-10a-903. Mandatory indemnification of directors.

     Unless  limited by its  articles  of  incorporation,  a  corporation  shall
indemnify  a director  who was  successful,  on the merits or  otherwise  in the
defense of any  proceeding or in the defense of any claim,  issue,  or matter in
the  proceeding,  to which he was a party because he is or was a director of the
corporation,  against reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the
proceeding or claim with respect to which he has been successful.
                               
                                  Page 44 of 64
<PAGE>
     16-10a-904. Advance of expenses for directors.

          (1) A  corporation  may pay for or reimburse the  reasonable  expenses
          incurred by a director  who is a party to a  proceeding  in advance of
          final disposition of the proceeding if:

               (a) the director furnishes the corporation a written  affirmation
               of his good faith belief that he has met the applicable  standard
               of conduct described in Section 16-10a-902;     
          (b)  the  director   furnishes  to  the   corporation  a  written
               undertaking,  executed  personally or on his behalf, to repay the
               advance if it is ultimately  determined  that he did not meet the
               standard of conduct; and

               (c) a  determination  is made that the facts  then known to those
               making the determination would not preclude indemnification under
               this part.

          (2) The undertaking required by Subsection (1)(b) must be an unlimited
          general  obligation of the director but need not be secured and may be
          accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.

          (3)  Determinations  and authorizations of payments under this section
          shall be made in the manner specified in Section 16-10a-906.

                                 Page 45 of 64
<PAGE>
                                    PART F/S
                                    --------

                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         September 30, 1998 (Unaudited)
                      December 31, 1997 and 1996 (Audited)

     Independent Auditors' Report ...................................... 47
     Consolidated Balance Sheet ........................................ 48
     Consolidated Statements of Operations ............................. 50
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity ................... 51
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ............................. 54
     Notes to the Financial Statement .................................. 56

                                  Page 46 of 64
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                          ----------------------------

The Board of Directors
Synthonics Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Synthonics
Technologies,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and cash
flows for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Synthonics Technologies, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
and the  consolidated  results of their  operations and their cash flows for the
years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.

Jones, Jensen & Company
Salt Lake City, Utah
February 6, 1998

                                  Page 47 of 64
<PAGE>

                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           Consolidated Balance Sheet

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     ASSETS

                                        September          December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                          1998         1997           1996      
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS

  Cash and cash equivalents             $101,653       $311,610       $525,731
  Accounts receivable (Note 1)            38,626          8,332             -
  Inventory (Note 1)                          -              -           4,296
  Prepaid expenses                         2,667          2,667          8,667
                                        ---------------------------------------

     Total Current Assets                142,946        322,609        538,694
                                        ---------------------------------------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Net) (Note 2)    100,165        124,534        100,166
                                        ---------------------------------------

OTHER ASSETS

  Organization costs, net of accumulated
   amortization of $1,195 and $920 (Note 1)   -             183            459
  Goodwill (Note 1)                       12,023         48,092             -
  Intangibles (Note 3)                   189,902        144,591         44,898
  Deposits                                15,083         15,083          7,372
                                        ---------------------------------------

     Total Other Assets                  217,008        207,949         52,729
                                        ---------------------------------------

     TOTAL ASSETS                       $460,119       $655,092       $691,589
                                        =======================================

</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements

                                  Page 48 of 64

<PAGE>

                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     Consolidated Balance Sheet (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                       
                                         September          December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                          1998         1997           1996      
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES

  Accounts payable                      $   136,385    $   126,034    $  74,149           
  Accrued salaries (Note 5)                 376,166         99,299      120,000  
  Other accrued expenses                     37,680         22,166          863 
  Notes payable (Note 6)                    555,000        100,000           -  
                                        ---------------------------------------

     Total Current Liabilities            1,105,231        347,499      195,012    
                                        ---------------------------------------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 4)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  Preferred stock; 550,000 shares 
   authorized of $10.00 par value, 10,000 
   50,000 and -0- shares issued and 
   outstanding, respectively               100,000         500,000           -    
  Common stock; 50,000,000 shares 
   authorized of $0.01 par value, 
   19,948,279, 17,823,387 and 
   15,902,033 shares issued and 
   outstanding, respectively               199,483         178,23       159,020   
  Additional paid-in capital             4,995,812      3,961,790     3,091,389
  Accumulated deficit                   (5,940,407)    (4,332,431)   (2,753,832)          
                                        --------------------------------------- 

     Total Stockholders' Equity            (645,112)      307,593       496,577    
                                        ---------------------------------------

     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND 
         STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY           $   460,119    $  655,092    $  691,589    
                                        =======================================

</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements

                                  Page 49 of 64
<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               For the Nine      For the Years Ended
                               Months Ended            December 31,
                               September 30,  ---------------------------------
                                 1998           1997         1996         1995
                               ------------------------------------------------
                               (Unaudited)
<S>                            <C>             <C>          <C>        <C>

REVENUE
   Net sales                   $   179,947  $   417,574   $  208,224  $ 182,436
   Cost of goods sold              105,740      264,850       53,816     43,671
                               ------------------------------------------------

     Gross Profit                   74,207      152,724      154,408    138,765    
                               ------------------------------------------------

EXPENSES

   Research and development        326,261      753,014     368,593     344,362
   General and administrative    1,248,414      830,415     690,779     436,384
   Depreciation and amortization    83,842      110,979      32,918      38,627
                               ------------------------------------------------

     Total Expenses              1,658,517    1,694,408   1,092,290     819,373
                               ------------------------------------------------

     Loss From Operations       (1,584,310)  (1,541,684)  ( 937,882)   (680,608)
                               ------------------------------------------------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

   Other income                         -         2,104         971       1,075
   Interest income                   6,326        6,603       2,304       1,941 
   Interest expense                (29,992)      (9,142)     (7,229)     (6,795)
   Bad debt expense                     -       (34,780)     (8,376)     (1,000)
   Income from debt release             -            -           -       64,286
                               ------------------------------------------------

 Total Other Income (Expense)      (23,666)     (35,215)    (12,330)     59,507
                               ------------------------------------------------

Loss before provision 
  for income taxes               (1,607,976)  (1,576,899)  (950,212)    621,101)

Provision for income 
  taxes (Note 8)                          -        1,700        800         800
                               ------------------------------------------------

NET LOSS                       $(1,607,976)  $(1,578,599) $(951,012)  $(621,901)
                               ================================================

LOSS PER SHARE                 $     (0.08)  $     (0.10) $   (0.07)  $   (0.05) 
                               ================================================

</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements


                                  Page 50 of 64

<PAGE>

                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional
                    ---------------    -------------    Paid-In   Accumulated
                     Shares   Amount  Shares   Amount   Capital     Deficit
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
Balance,
December 31, 1994      -     $   -   3,339,641 $ 33,396  $1,113,540 $(1,180,919)

Common stock issued 
for acquisition of
Synthonics 
Incorporated           -         -   9,983,301   99,833     274,137          -

Common stock issued
for services rendered
at $0.05 per share     -         -      10,000      100         400          -

Contribution to capital
by the Subsidiary      -         -          -        -        7,745          -

Net loss for the
year ended
December 31, 1995      -         -           -        -           -    (621,901)
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
December 31, 1995      -     $   -  13,332,942 $133,329  $1,392,822 $(1,802,820)

Common stock issued
for cash at prices
ranging from $0.22
to $1.00 per share     -         -   2,515,500   25,155   1,027,523          -

Common stock issued
for services rendered
at $0.18 per share     -         -     275,000    2,750      45,830          -

Common stock issued
in lieu of debt and
equipment at $0.50
 per share             -         -     105,000    1,050      51,450          -

Cancellation of
common stock           -         -    (326,409)  (3,264)      3,264          -

Contribution to
capital for the
 purchase of
stock warrants
 and options           -         -           -        -     570,500          -

Net loss for the
year ended
December 31, 1996      -         -           -        -           -    (951,012)
                    -----------------------------------------------------------

Balance,
December 31,
1996                   -    $    -  15,902,033  $159,020 $3,091,389 $(2,753,832)
                    -----------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements

                                  Page 51 of 64

<PAGE>

                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional
                    ---------------    -------------    Paid-In   Accumulated
                     Shares   Amount  Shares   Amount   Capital     Deficit
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>
Balance,
December 31, 1996      -   $   -  15,902,033  $159,020  $3,091,389  $(2,753,832)

Common stock issued
upon exercise of
warrants               -         -    167,000    1,670    (1,670)            -

Common stock issued
upon exercise of
warrants at
$0.70 per share        -         -    350,000    3,500   241,500             -

Common stock issued
upon exercise of
options at
$0.22 per share        -         -    688,500    6,885   144,862             -

Common stock issued
to acquire Christopher
Raphael, Inc. at
$0.52 per share        -         -     10,000      100     5,100             -

Common stock issued
to replace original
shares of Synthonics,
Inc. recorded at
predecessor cost       -         -      179,700   1,797    (1,797)           -

Common stock issued
for services rendered
at $1.00 per share     -         -       25,154     252    24,903            -

Common stock issued in
exchange for the
forfeiture of 750,000
stock options          -        -        501,000  5,010   243,990            -

Preferred stock
issued for cash at
10.00 per share     50,000   500,000           -      -         -            -

Stock offering
costs                  -        -              -      -    (50,620)          -

Additional capital
contributed            -        -              -      -     279,133          -

Dividends declared     -        -              -      -     (15,000)         -

Net loss for
the year ended
December 31, 1997      -        -              -       -         -  (1,578,599)
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
December
31, 1997        50,000  $500,000  17,823,387  $178,234  $3,961,790  $(4,332,431)
               ================================================================
</TABLE>
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements

                                  Page 52 of 64
<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
                                  (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional
                    ---------------    -------------    Paid-In   Accumulated
                     Shares   Amount  Shares   Amount   Capital     Deficit
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>
Balance,
December
31, 1997        50,000  $500,000  17,823,387  $178,234  $3,961,790  $(4,332,431)

Common stock issued
for cash at
$0.65 per share      -         -     550,002     5,500     352,000           -

Common stock issued
in lieu of debt at
$0.71 per share      -         -      70,000       700      49,300           -

Common stock issued
for services rendered
at $0.66 per share   -         -      34,815       348      22,630           -

Conversion of preferred
to common shares  (40,000) (400,000) 615,200     6,152     393,848           -

Common stock issued
upon exercise of
warrants at
$0.20 per share      -         -      420,000    4,200      79,800           -

Common stock issued
upon exercise of 
warrants             -         -      167,000    1,670      (1,670)          -

Dividends declared   -         -          -        -       (21,000)          - 

Stock offering costs -         -          -        -       (30,176)          -

Common stock issued
upon exercise of
warrants at
$0.75 per share      -         -      250,000    2,500     185,000           -

Common stock issued
in lieu of debt at
$0.25 per share      -         -       17,875      179      4,290            -

Net loss for the
nine months ended
September 30, 1998   -        -           -         -          -     (1,607,976)
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
Balance,
September
30, 1998        10,000  $100,000   19,948,279 $199,483  $4,995,812  $(5,940,407)
               ================================================================
</TABLE>
 
                                 Page 53 of 64
<PAGE>

                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               For the Nine       For the Years Ended
                               Months Ended          December 31,
                               September 30, -----------------------------------
                                  1998       1997         1996        1995
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               (Unaudited)     
<S>                            <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING 
 ACTIVITIES
  Net loss                      $(1,607,976) $(1,578,599) $(951,012)  $(621,901)         
  Adjustments to reconcile net 
  loss to net cash used by 
  operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization     83,842      110,979     32,918      38,627
   Stock issued for services         22,978      274,155     48,580      36,178
   Changes in assets and 
    liabilities:
   (Increase) decrease in 
     restricted cash                     -            -          -       14,357
   (Increase) decrease in 
     accounts receivable            (30,294)      (7,244)    24,922     (24,922)
   (Increase) decrease in prepaid 
     expenses and deposits               -         1,505     (2,797)      3,942
   (Increase) decrease in inventory      -         4,296     (4,296)      4,838
   (Increase) decrease in other 
    assets                          (61,011)          -          -           - 
   Increase (decrease) in 
    accounts payable                 14,820      (39,327)     8,434       7,642
   Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable - shareholder               -            -     (62,500)     62,500
   Increase (decrease) in accrued 
     expenses                       292,381      (10,157)     4,680      64,590
                               -------------------------------------------------

  Net Cash Used by Operating 
   Activities                    (1,285,260)  (1,244,392)  (901,071)   (414,149)
                               -------------------------------------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING 
  ACTIVITIES
  Purchase of fixed assets           (7,521)    ( 18,530)  ( 77,893)    (10,405)
  Patent costs                           -      (126,459)        -      (20,966)
                               ------------------------------------------------
  Net Cash Used by Investing 
   Activities                        (7,521)    (144,989)  ( 77,893)    (31,371)
                               ------------------------------------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING 
  ACTIVITIES
  Principle payments on notes 
   payable                          (45,000)           -   (127,500)         -
  Cash received from notes payable  550,000        50,000        -      127,500
  Dividends paid                    (21,000)           -         -           -
  Capital contributions                  -        279,133   570,500          -
  Issuance of common and preferred 
   stock                            598,824       846,127 1,052,678     271,500
                               ------------------------------------------------
   Net Cash Provided by 
    Financing Activities          1,082,824     1,175,260 1,495,678     399,000
                               ------------------------------------------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN 
 CASH                              (209,957)     (214,121)  516,714     (46,520)

CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD         311,610       525,731     9,017      55,537
                               ------------------------------------------------

CASH AT END OF PERIOD          $    101,653     $ 311,610 $ 525,731   $   9,017       
                               ================================================

</TABLE>
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements

                                  Page 54 of 64

<PAGE>

                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               For the Nine       For the Years Ended
                               Months Ended          December 31,
                               September 30, -----------------------------------
                                  1998       1997         1996        1995
                               -------------------------------------------------
                               (Unaudited)     
<S>                            <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 CASH PAID FOR
  Interest                      $    29,992  $     9,142  $   7,229   $   6,795  
  Income Taxes                  $        -   $       900  $     800   $     800

NON CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES

  Stock issued for services     $    22,978  $   274,155  $  48,580   $  36,178
  Stock issued in conversion 
   of debt to common stock      $    54,469  $        -   $  45,000   $  71,537
  Income from debt release      $        -   $        -   $      -    $  64,286
  Stock issued for equipment    $        -   $        -   $   7,500   $      -
  Stock issued for acquisition 
   of subsidiary                $        -   $     5,200  $        -  $      -

</TABLE>

In  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  95,
"Statements  of  Cash  Flows,"  the  cash  flows  related  to  the  purchase  of
Christopher  Raphael,  Inc.  during  1997 are shown for the three  months  ended
December  31,  1997.  As a result,  amounts  related to assets  and  liabilities
reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree
with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.

The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial
statements

                                  Page 55 of 64
<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
               September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         a. Organization

          The  consolidated   financial   statements   presented  are  those  of
          Synthonics Technologies, Inc. (STI) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries,
          Synthonics  Incorporated  (Synthonics) and Christopher  Raphael,  Inc.
          (CRI). Collectively, they are referred to herein as the "Company". STI
          was  incorporated  on March  27,  1974  under the laws of the State of
          Utah.  Effective  May 19,  1995,  STI issued  9,983,301  shares of its
          common stock in exchange for 98% of the issued and outstanding  common
          stock of  Synthonics.  During 1997,  STI issued an additional  179,700
          shares of its common stock for the remaining 2%. In 1996,  STI changed
          its name to Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

          Synthonics was incorporated on August 26, 1993 under the state laws of
          California.   Synthonics  was  organized  to  engage  in  the  design,
          development    and    marketing    of     computer-interactive     and
          computer-automated image analysis software and hardware products. With
          the  acquisition  of  Synthonics,  STI  continued  to  engage in these
          activities.

          At the time of the  acquisition  of  Synthonics,  STI was  essentially
          inactive,  with no operations and minimal  assets.  Additionally,  the
          exchange  of STI's  common  stock for the common  stock of  Synthonics
          resulted in the former stockholders of Synthonics obtaining control of
          STI.   Accordingly,   Synthonics  became  the  continuing  entity  for
          accounting  purposes,  and  the  transaction  was  accounted  for as a
          recapitalization  of  Synthonics  with no  adjustment  to the basis of
          Synthonics'  assets  acquired  or  liabilities   assumed.   For  legal
          purposes, STI was the surviving entity.

          On October 1, 1997,  STI  purchased  CRI for $5,200 by issuing  10,000
          shares of its  common  stock in  exchange  for 100% of the  issued and
          outstanding  stock of CRI.  The common  stock issued was valued at its
          trading price of $0.52 per share. The acquisition was accounted for as
          a purchase.  Initially,  goodwill was recorded which  consisted of the
          excess of the  purchase  price over the fair value of the net tangible
          assets of CRI. The goodwill is amortized over a two year period.

          CRI  was  incorporated  on June  17,  1997  under  the  state  laws of
          California.  CRI was organized as a graphic design and print brokerage
          firm.

          b. Accounting Methods

          The  Company's  financial  statements  are prepared  using the accrual
          method of accounting. The Company has elected a December 31, year end.

          c. Cash and Cash Equivalents

          Cash equivalents  include  short-term,  highly liquid investments with
          maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition.

          d. Loss Per Share

          The  computations  of loss per share of common  stock are based on the
          weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period
          of the consolidated  financial  statements.  Common stock equivalents,
          consisting  of warrants  and  employee  stock  options,  have not been
          included  in the  calculation  as  their  effect  is  antidilutive  or
          immaterial for the periods presented.

          e. Computer Software Development

          The Company records all costs incurred to establish the  technological
          feasibility  of  its  computer   software  products  as  research  and
          development expenses.

                                  Page 56 of 64
<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
                September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          f. Inventory

          Inventory is stated at the lower-of-cost or market using the first-in,
          first-out method.  The inventory was $0, $0 and $4,296 as of September
          30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  and consisted of
          computer software products and packaging supplies.

          g. Property and Equipment

          Property  and  equipment  is recorded  at cost.  Major  additions  and
          improvement  are  capitalized.   The  cost  and  related   accumulated
          depreciation  of  equipment  retired  or sold  are  removed  from  the
          accounts and any differences between the undepreciated  amount and the
          proceeds  from  the  sale  are  recorded  as  gain  or loss on sale of
          equipment.  Depreciation  is computed using the  straight-line  method
          over a period of three years.

          h. Organization costs

          Organization  costs are recorded at cost and are  amortized  using the
          straight-line method over a period of five years. Amortization expense
          for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997  and  1996 was $275 and $0,
          respectively.

          i. Accounts receivable

          Accounts  receivable  are  shown  net of the  allowance  for  doubtful
          accounts.

          j. Provision For Taxes

          As  of  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  has  net  operating  loss
          carryfowards  of  approximately  $5,900,000 that may be offset against
          future  taxable  income through 2012. No tax benefit has been reported
          in the consolidated financial statements, because the Company believes
          there is a 50% or greater chance the net operating loss  carryforwards
          will not be used.  Accordingly,  the potential tax benefits of the net
          operating loss  carryforwards  are offset by a valuation  allowance of
          the same amount.

          k. Principles of Consolidation

          The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  those of Synthonics
          Technologies,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Synthonics
          Incorporated and Christopher Raphael, Inc.

          All  material   intercompany   accounts  and  transactions  have  been
          eliminated.

          l. Uninsured Cash Balances

          The Company  maintains its corporate  cash balances at various  banks.
          Corporate  cash  accounts  at banks are  insured by the FDIC for up to
          $100,000.  Amounts  in excess of  insured  limits  were  approximately
          $142,377 at December 31, 1997.

                                  Page 57 of 64

<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
               September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued))

          m. Estimates

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
          liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
          date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of revenues
          and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
          from those estimates.

          n. Goodwill

          Goodwill  consists of the excess of the  purchase  price over the fair
          value  of net  tangible  assets  of the  purchased  subsidiary  and is
          amortized  on the  straight-line  method over a two year  period.  The
          Company  periodically  reviews  goodwill for impairment.  Amortization
          expense on the  goodwill  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997 was
          $48,092.

          o. Unaudited Financial Statements

          The accompanying  unaudited  financial  statements  include all of the
          adjustments  which, in the opinion of management,  are necessary for a
          fair presentation. Such adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature.

NOTE 2 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following:
                                        September 30,       December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                           1998           1997          1996 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Unaudited)
          Computer equipment            $  174,821       $168,057    $  114,329 
          Furniture and fixtures            18,546         17,789        11,403
          Photographic equipment            55,122         55,122        55,122
                                        ---------------------------------------

                                           248,489        240,968       180,854
          Accumulated depreciation        (148,324)      (116,434)     ( 80,688)
                                        ---------------------------------------

          Net property and equipment    $  100,165      $ 124,534    $  100,166
                                        =======================================

          Depreciation  expense for the years ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996
          was $35,746 and $23,842, respectively.

NOTE 3 - INTANGIBLES

          Intangible costs incurred are as follows:

                                        September 30,       December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                           1998           1997          1996 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Unaudited)
          Trademarks                    $    1,484      $   1,484     $   1,484
          Patents                          247,686        186,675        60,116
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                           249,170        188,159        61,600
          Less accumulated amortization    (59,268)      ( 43,568)      (16,702)
                                        ---------------------------------------

          Total                         $  189,902      $ 144,591     $  44,898 
                                        =======================================

                                  Page 58 of 64
<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
               September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 3 - INTANGIBLES (Continued) 

               The patent costs that have been capitalized  relate to legal fees
               incurred to develop and secure the  Company's  patents on the 3-D
               technology.  The patents are recorded at costs and are  amortized
               using the straight-line method over a period of seven years.
 
               Amortization  expense for the years ended  December  31, 1997 and
               1996 was $26,866 and $9,076, respectively.

NOTE 4 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

          During 1997, the Company  entered into three separate  operating lease
          agreements  for various  computer  equipment.  The lease terms  expire
          beginning  in  November  1999 and ending  November  2000.  The monthly
          rental payment for all three leases combined is $2,668.

          The Company entered into a lease  agreement for its office  facilities
          effective  September 1, 1996 and expiring August 31, 1999. The monthly
          rental payment is $2,254.

          CRI has also entered into a lease agreement for its office facilities.
          The lease  expires  September  14, 2000 and  requires  monthly  rental
          payments of $2,030.

          Minimum  future  lease  payments on all the leases as of December  31,
          1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Year Ended
          December 31,                       Amount
          ----------------------------------------------
          <S>                                <C>
          1998                               $  83,427
          1999                                  69,473
          2000                                  26,336
          2001                                   8,121
          2002 and thereafter                        -
          -----------------------------------------------
                        Total                $ 187,357
                                             ============
</TABLE>

          The Company also has entered into  employment  agreements with certain
          officers  of the  Company.  The  Company  has  agreed to pay its Chief
          Executive  Officer and Chief Technical Officer a base annual salary of
          $240,000,  each,  beginning on July 1, 1996 and ending on December 31,
          2000. The Company's  Board of Directors may also authorize  bonuses on
          an ad-hoc basis.

NOTE 5 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          As of September  30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the Company
          owed  $376,166,  $99,299 and  $120,000 to certain of its  officers and
          shareholders. These amounts represent accrued wages.

                                  Page 59 of 64

<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
               September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 6 - NOTES PAYABLE

         Notes payable consisted of the following:

                                        September 30,       December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                           1998           1997          1996 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Unaudited)
         Note payable to a corporation,
         principal and 7.50% interest
         originally due April 1, 1997.
         Secured by 70,000 shares of common
         stock and 70,000 warrants to
         purchase common stock.         $       -       $  50,000     $      - 

         Notes payable to various 
         individuals, interest at 10% 
         due semi-annually, principal
         due in May 1999 (payable in
         cash or stock at $0.20 per 
         share, at the option of the    
         Company), unsecured               550,000             -             - 

         Unsecured bank line-of-credit
         at 11.5% interest, interest
         paid monthly, principal
         amount due December, 1998           5,000         50,000            -
                                        ---------------------------------------
              Total Notes Payable       $  555,000     $  100,000     $      -
                                        =======================================

NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTIONS, WARRANTS AND RIGHTS

         a. Stock Subscription Receivable

          During  1993,  the Board of  Directors of  Synthonics  approved  stock
          purchase  option  agreements  for  certain  of its key  employees  and
          officers.  During  January 1994, all  outstanding  options to purchase
          common stock were  exercised at $0.50 per share.  A total of 7,402,500
          shares of common  stock were issued as a result of the exercise of the
          stock options.  Synthonics  received promissory notes in the amount of
          $822,500 in return for all options exercised.  During 1995,  6,997,500
          of the shares of common stock issued were  returned to the Company for
          cancellation  and the related  promissory  notes of $777,500 were also
          canceled.  During 1996,  326,409 of the 405,000  remaining shares were
          returned to the Company for cancellation  and an additional  amount of
          $35,000 on the  promissory  notes was canceled.  The remaining  78,591
          shares were paid for by the receipt of $10,000 during 1996.

          b. Stock "Rights" and Warrants

          In connection with its acquisition of Synthonics, the Company acquired
          from  Synthonics  stockholders,   warrants  and  "rights"  to  acquire
          1,369,190 shares of Synthonics common stock. In exchange,  the Company
          granted the exchanging  stockholders warrants and "rights" to purchase
          6,161,355  shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  1,950,500  of the
          2,124,000 stock purchase  warrants were exercised during 1996 at $0.27
          per share and the remaining  173,500 warrants  expired  unexercised on
          February 15, 1996. There are 2,597,355 uncertificated "rights" with an
          exercise  price of $0.11 per share  outstanding  at December 31, 1997.
          562,500 expire January 1, 1998 and 2,034,855 expire May 31, 1999.

          During 1996,  337,000  warrants were  purchased at $1.00 per share for
          $337,000. 168,500 of the warrants are "A" warrants and 168,500 are "B"
          warrants.  They are  redeemable  at 50% of the average price the month
          before being  exercised.  The "A" warrants were exercised  during June
          1997 and the "B" warrants expire during June 1998.

                                  Page 60 of 64
<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
               September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTIONS, WARRANTS AND RIGHTS (Continued)

          c. Common Stock Options

          During 1996,  certain of the  Company's  officers  were granted  stock
          options for a total of 600,000 restricted common shares of the Company
          at $1.00  per  share in  return  for  their  forgiveness  of  deferred
          compensation  debt in the  amount  of  $236,500.  During  1997,  these
          officers were granted  additional  stock  options to purchase  588,290
          shares of  restricted  common  stock at $1.00 per share in return  for
          their  forgiveness  of  deferred  compensation  debt in the  amount of
          $279,133.  The Company  also  issued  501,000  shares of common  stock
          during 1997 in exchange  for the  forfeiture  of 750,000  common stock
          options.  450,000  of those  stock  options  were  valued at $0.22 per
          option and the  remaining  300,000  stock options were valued at $0.50
          per  option.  The  amounts  are  recorded  as  contributed  capital at
          December  31, 1996 and 1997.  The options can be exercised in total or
          in part prior to December 31, 2001 and 2002.

          The total  amount of  outstanding  stock  options  of the  Company  at
          December 31, 1997 is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Shares         Exercise Price      Exercised By
          ------------------------------------------------
          <S>            <C>                 <C>
          2,034,855      $     0.22          May 1999
          1,200,000      $     0.50          July 2006
          2,151,290      $     1.00          December 1999 - December 2002
            950,000      $     0.75          October 2002

</TABLE>
NOTE 8 - PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

          The provision  for income taxes for the years ended  December 31, 1997
          1996 and 1995, consists of the following:

                                                       December 31,
                                        --------------------------------------
                                           1997           1996        1995
                                        --------------------------------------
           State Franchise Taxes        $  1,700       $   800        $   800
                                        ======================================

NOTE 9 - PREFERRED STOCK

     At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had  50,000  outstanding  shares of
     cumulative convertible preferred stock. Prior to September 30, 1998, 40,000
     of the shares were converted early into 615,200 shares of the common stock.
     The early conversion was at a 15.38 to 1 conversion as an incentive for the
     preferred  shareholders to give up their future dividens from the preferred
     stock.  Thus,  at September  30, 1998,  the Company has 10,000  outstanding
     shares of cummulative  convertible preferred stock. The remaining preferred
     stock is  convertible  at the option of the holder  into five shares of the
     Company's  common stock, for each share of preferred stock, are non-voting,
     and feature a 12% annual dividend, paid quarterly.  Accrued dividends as of
     September  30,  1998  and  December  31,  1997  were  $3,000  and  $15,000,
     respectively.

                                  Page 61 of 64

<PAGE>
                 SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
               September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996

NOTE 10 - GOING CONCERN

          The Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  are prepared using
          generally accepted accounting principles applicable to a going concern
          which  contemplates  the  realization  of assets  and  liquidation  of
          liabilities  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  The  Company  has
          historically  incurred  significant  losses which have  resulted in an
          accumulated  deficit of  $4,332,431  at December 31, 1997 which raises
          substantial  doubt about the Company's  ability to continue as a going
          concern.  The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements do not
          include   any   adjustments   relating  to  the   recoverability   and
          classification   of  asset   carrying   amounts   or  the  amount  and
          classification  of  liabilities  that might result form the outcome of
          this uncertainty.  It is the intent of management to create additional
          revenues  through  the  development  and sales of its  image  analysis
          software and to rely upon additional  equity  financing if required to
          sustain operations until revenues are adequate to cover the costs.

NOTE 11 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          On January 8, 1998,  a default  judgment  was  granted in favor of the
          Company  for breach of a license  agreement  and  misappropriation  of
          trade secrets.  The Company was awarded  damages from the defendant in
          the amount of $300,000. It is unlikely, however, that the Company will
          receive any amount from the judgment.
                                     
                                  Page 62 of 64
<PAGE>
                                    PART III
                                    --------
Item 1.  Index to Exhibits
- --------------------------

     The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Registration Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Exhibit
     Number    Description*
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>       <C>
     3.1       Articles of Incorporation  of Columbine  Financial filed on March
               27, 1974

     3.2       Restated  Articles of Incorporation of Columbine  Financial dated
               May 18, 1995

     3.3       Articles of  Amendment  to Articles  of  Incorporation,  filed on
               September 16, 1996

     3.4       Statement and  Designation  as Foreign  Corporation in California
               filed November 4, 1996

     3.5       Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles of  Incorporation  filed
               September 6, 1997.

     3.6       Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  filed April 23,
               1998.

     3.7       Bylaws of Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

     4.1       Statement of Rights,  Preferences,  and  Privileges of Common and
               Preferred Stock as of September 6, 1997.

     10.1      Management Cash Incentive Plan

     10.2      1998 Stock Option Plan

     10.3      Acuscape License Agreement

     10.4      Smithsonian License Agreement dated October 2, 1997

     10.5      Amendment No. 1 to Smithsonian License Agreement
 
     10.6      Centro Alameda Inc. Contract Agreement dated December 19, 1997

     10.7      Knowledge LINK Strategic Alliance Agreement            

     10.8      Synthonics Technologies - Industrial Lease Agreement

     10.9      Joseph Maher - Industrial Lease Agreement

     10.10     Dell Financial Lease No. 004591649-001

     10.11     Dell Financial Lease No. 004591649-002

     10.12     Americorp Financial Inc. - Lease 6976-2

     10.13     Sanwa Leasing Corporation - Lease Agreement

     10.14     AT & T Equipment Lease - 003866952

     10.15     AT & T Equipment Lease - 003871854

     10.16     F. Michael Budd Employment Agreement

     10.17     Charles S. Palm Employment Agreement

     10.18     First Colony Life Insurance Policy

     21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant

     27        Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
     * Summaries of all exhibits  contained within this  registration  statement
     are modified in their entirety by reference to these exhibits.

                                 Page 63 of 64
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

     In accordance  with Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the
Company has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                        Synthonics Technologies, Inc.


Date: November 6, 1998                  /S/ F. Michael Budd
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        By:  F. Michael Budd,
                                        Its: President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                             and Director


Date: November 6, 1998                  /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        By:  Charles S. Palm
                                        Its: Vice President of Technology,
                                             Secretary and Director


                                  Page 64 of 64


                                  Exhibit 3.1
                                  -----------

[Stamp of  approval  of the  Secretary  of State of Utah  dated  March 27,  1974
appears here]

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                         COLUMBINE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     We the  undersigned,  natural persons being more than  twenty-one  years of
age, acting as incorporators of a Corporation  pursuant to the provisions of the
Utah  Business  Corporation  Act,  do hereby  adopt the  following  Articles  of
Incorporation for such a Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

                                      NAME
                                      -----
     The name of the Corporation hereby created shall be:

                         COLUMBINE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------
                                    DURATION
                                    --------

     The  Corporation  shall  continue in existence  perpetually  unless  sooner
dissolved according to the law.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------
                                    PURPOSES
                                    --------

     The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are:

     1. To purchase or otherwise acquire,  and to hold, grant security interests
in pledge,  sell,  exchange,  or otherwise  dispose of,  securities  (which term
includes,  without limitation of the generality  thereof,  any shares of stocks,
bonds,  debentures,  contracts,  options, notes mortgages, or other obligations,
and any  certificates,  receipts,  or other instruments  representing  rights to
receive,  purchase,  or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights
or  interests  therein or in any  property  or assets)  created or issued by any
persons,  firm,  associations,  corporations,  or  governments  or  subdivisions
thereof;  to make payment  therefor in any lawful  manner;  and to exercise,  as
owner or holder of a any securities,  any and all rights, powers, and privileges
in respect thereof.

     2. To acquire by purchase, subscription, underwriting, or otherwise, and to
own, hold for  investment,  or otherwise,  and to use, sell,  assign,  transfer,
mortgage,  create security interests in, pledge,  exchange, or otherwise dispose
of real and  personal  property of every sort and  description  and  wheresoever
situated.

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

     3. To issue offer, underwrite, buy, sell sponsor, create, assign, transfer,
pledge  or  otherwise  deal  in  commodities,  options,  or  double  options  on
commodities of any kind whatsoever.

     4. To act as registrar  or transfer  agent either for itself or for others,
including the cancellation,  authentication,  validation, issuance and execution
of share  certificates;  the  preparation  and maintenance of any and all books,
ledgers,  journals and records in connection therewith; the execution,  signing,
verification,  and  acknowledgment  of any kind and all documents or writings of
any kind  whatsoever;  and all other acts necessary or appropriate in connection
thereto.

     5. To do any act or thing provided or permitted  herein either  directly or
indirectly   through   agents,   independent   contractors,    joint   ventures,
subsidiaries, divisions, contractual arrangements or otherwise.

     6. In general, to possess and exercise all the powers an privileges granted
by the laws of the State of Utah or by these Articles of Incorporation  together
with any powers  incidental  thereto,  so far as such powers and  privileges are
necessary or convenient  to the conduct,  promotion or attainment of the purpose
of the Corporation.

     7. The business and purposes  specified  in the  foregoing  clauses  shall,
except  where  otherwise  expressed,  be in no ways  limited  or  restricted  by
reference to, or inference from, the terms of any other clause in there Articles
of Incorporation  together with any powers  incidental  thereto,  so far as such
powers and privileges  are necessary or convenient to the conduct,  promotion or
attainment of the purpose of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------
                                 CAPITALIZATION
                                 --------------

     The aggregate  number of shares which the Corporation  shall have authority
to issue is 5,000,000 capital shares with a par value of $.01 per share, each of
which shall have equal voting rights.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   ----------
                                 PAID-IN CAPITAL
                                 ---------------

     The Corporation shall not commence business until  consideration of a value
of at least $1,000.00 has been received by it as consideration  for the issuance
of its shares.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------
                               PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS
                               ------------------

     No holder of the  Corporation  of any  class now or  hereafter  authorized,
shall have any preferential or pre-emptive right to subscribe for,

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   -----------
                        OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS CONTRACTS
                        ---------------------------------
     No contract of other  transaction  between this  Corporation  and any other
firm or corporation  shall be affected by the fact that a director or officer of
this Corporation has an interest in, or is a director or officer of such firm or
other corporation. Any officer or director,  individually or with others, may be
a party to, or may have an interest in, or is a director,  individually  or with
others,  may be a party to, or may have an interest in, any  transaction of this
Corporation  or any  transaction  in which the  Corporation is a party or has an
interest.  Each person who is now or may become an officer or a director of this
Corporation is hereby relieved from liability that might otherwise obtain in the
event that such an officer or director  contracts with this  Corporation for the
benefit of himself or any other  corporation  for the  benefit of himself or any
firm or  other  corporation  in which he may  have an  interest,  provided  such
officer or director acts in good faith.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------
                           REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
                           ---------------------------

     The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation is:

                             Suite 500 Continental Bank Bldg.
                             Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

     and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is:

                             Karin A. Lewis

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------
                                    DIRECTORS
                                    ---------

     The  internal  affairs  of the  Corporation  shall be  managed  by Board of
Directors  which  shall  have not less  than  three  (3) nor more  than nine (9)
directors,  as  determined  from  time to time by the  Board of  Directors.  The
original Board of Directors  shall be comprised of three (3) persons.  The names
and  residence  address of the person  who are to serve as  directors  until the
first annual  meeting of  shareholders  and until their  successors  are elected
shall qualify as follows:

                                      -3-

<PAGE>
          NAME                               ADDRESS
          ----                               -------
          Richard L. Chatham                 Suite 500 - Continental Bank Bldg.
                                             Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

          Gary L. Merrill                    Suite 500 - Continental Bank Bldg.
                                             Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

          Jo Lynda Mayhew                    Suite 500 - Continental Bank Bldg.
                                             Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

                                    ARTICLE X
                                    ---------
                                  INCORPORATORS
                                  -------------

     The names and residence addresses of the incorporators are:

          Karin A. Lewis                     5678 Holladay Blvd.
                                             Salt Lake City, Utah 84121

          Gary Lee Merrill                   5852 Fountaine Bleu Circle
                                             Salt Lake City, Utah 84121

          Sue Frankenberger                  151 South Main #18
                                             Midvale, Utah 84047

                                  INCORPORATORS
                                  -------------

                                             /S/ Karin A. Lewis
                                             --------------------------
                                             Karin A. Lewis

                                             /S/ Gary Lee Merrill
                                             --------------------------
                                             Gary Lee Mitchell

                                             /S/ Sue Frankenberger
                                             --------------------------
                                             Sue Frankenberger


STATE OF UTAH              )
                           ) ss
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE        )

     I, Jo Lynda Mayhew, a Notary Public, hereby certify that on the 24th day of
March, 1974, personally appeared before me Karin A. Lewis, Gary Lee Merrill, and
Sue  Frankenberger,  who being by me first duly sworn,  severally  declared that
they are the persons who signed the foregoing  documents as  incorporators,  and
that the statements therein contained are true.




                                   /s/ Jo Lynda Mayhew
                                   ------------------------
                                   Notary Public
                                   Residing at Salt Lake City, Utah

My commission Expires:
11-20-74
- --------
                                      -4-

                                  Exhibit 3.2
                                   -----------

[Stamp of approval of the Division of  Corporations  and Commercial  Code of the
State of Utah Department of Commerce dated May 19, 1995, appears here]


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                   (RESTATED)

                                       OF

                         COLUMBINE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     Pursuant to  ss.16-10a-1007  of the Utah Revised  Business  Corporation Act
("the Act") and a resolution  heretofore adopted (by written consent pursuant to
ss.16-10a-821  of the  Act)  by its  board  of  directors,  Columbine  Financial
Corporation hereby restates its Articles of Incorporation, as heretofore amended
and without any further amendment to be effectuated hereby, to-wit:

                                    ARTICLE I

     The name of this corporation is "Columbine Financial Corporation".

                                   ARTICLE II

     The  corporation  shall  continue in existence  perpetually  unless  sooner
dissolved according to law.

     The  Corporation  is  organized to engage in any and all lawful acts and/or
activities  for which  corporations  may be  organized  under  the Utah  Revised
Business Corporation Act.

                                   ARTICLE IV

     The  Corporation  is authorized  to issue a total of Fifty Million  shares,
which shares are all of the same class, to-wit $0.01 par value common stock, and
when issued shall have all  unlimited  voting rights and be entitled to received
the net assets of the Corporation on dissolution.

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE V

     The  Corporation  shall  indemnify  its  directors,   officers,  employees,
fiduciaries  and agents as those terms are defined in, and to the fullest extent
permitted by, Part 9 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.

                                   ARTICLE VI

     The shareholders of the Corporation shall not have any pre-emptive right to
acquire any additional shares of the Corporation and/or rights in respect of its
shares.

                                   ARTICLE VII

     (a) The board of directors of the Corporation  shall consist of such number
or persons,  not less than three,  as shall be determined in accordance with the
bylaws from time to time. As of the effective date of this article the number of
directors is three.

     (b) The officers of the Corporation are and shall hereafter be a President,
one or more Vice Presidents (as may be prescribed by the bylaws), a Secretary, a
Treasurer,  and such other  officers as may hereafter be designated by the board
of directors in a manner not inconsistent with the bylaws.

                                   -2-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

     The corporation may take action by the written consent of fewer than all of
the  shareholders  entitled  to vote with  respect to the  subject  matter of an
action in  question;  provided,  however,  that in order to be valid any and all
such  written  consents  shall  be made  and  provided  in  accordance  with all
applicable   requirements  of   ss.16-10a-704   of  the  Utah  Revised  Business
Corporation  Act and signed by the  holders  of not less than a majority  of the
corporation's  outstanding shares (calculated as of the record date provided for
by S16-10a-704(6)) of that Act.

                                   ARTICLE IX

     Shares present in person or by proxy at a duly called shareholders  meeting
shall constitute a quorum,  and the affirmative vote of the majority of a quorum
shall constitute the act of the shareholders.

     Upon filing by the Division of Corporations and Commercial Code of the Utah
Department of Commerce these  restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of Columbine
Financial Corporation shall supersede the original articles if incorporation and
all prior amendments to them.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  Secretary  of  Columbine  Financial
Corporation  hereby makes and executes these restated  Articles of Incorporation
pursuant to specific  authorization and direction from the board of directors of
said corporation to do so, on this 18th day of May, 1995:


                                             /S/ Richard M. Day
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Richard M. Day, Secretary


                                      -4-



                                   Exhibit 3.3
                                   -----------

                            AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF

                         COLUMBINE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


     1.  Article I of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of this  corporation  is
amended to read as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

          The name of this corporation is Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

     2. The foregoing  amendment of Articles of Incorporation  was duly approved
and adopted by the Corporation's Board of Directors on August 14, 1996.

     3. The  foregoing  amendment  of  Articles of  Incorporation  has been duly
approved  and  adopted  by  the  shareholders,   in  accordance  with  the  Utah
Corporations  Code.  The  number of  outstanding  shares of the  Corporation  is
15,283,442.  The number of votes  entitled to be cast is  15,283,442.  The total
number  of  votes  indisputably  represented  and  cast  for  the  amendment  is
9,490,835.  The  number  of  votes  cast for the  amendment  is  sufficient  for
approval.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I  certify  that  the  matters  set  forth  in  this
certificate are true and correct.

Date:  September 3, 1996


                                                  /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                  Charles S. Palm
                                                  President


[Stamp of receipt of the Utah Division of Corporations and Commercial Code dated
September 16, 1996, appears here]




                                   Exhibit 3.4
                                   -----------

[Stamp  of the  Office  of the  Secretary  of State of the  State of  California
Endorsed - Filed 1904683 dated November 4, 1996, appears here]

                            STATEMENT AND DESIGNATION
                                       BY
                               FOREIGN CORPORATION

     Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc., a corporation organized end existing under
the laws of Utah, makes the following statements and designation:

     1. The  address of its  principal  executive  office is 31324 Via  Colinas,
Suite 106 Westlake  Village,  CA 91362.  (Insert  complete  address of principal
executive office wherever located.) DO NOT USE POST OFFICE BOX

     2. The address of its principal  office in the State of California is 31324
Via Colinas, Suite 106, Westlake Village CA 91362

DESIGNATION OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA
(Complete either item 3 or item 4)

     3. F. Michael Budd, a natural  person  residing in the State of California,
whose complete address is 743 Cedar Point Pl., Westlake Village, CA 91362

     Is  designated  as agent  upon whom  process  directed  to the  undersigned
corporation may be served within the State of California, in the manner provided
by law.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

     4. (Use this  paragraph  if the  process  agent is a  corporation)  N/A,  a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of N/A, is designated as agent
upon whom process  directed to the undersigned  corporation may be served within
the State of California, in the manner provided by law.

          NOTE:  Before a corporation may be designated by any other corporation
          as an agent for  service  of  process,  a  corporate  agent  must have
          complied with Section 1505, California Corporations Code.

     5. The undersigned  corporation hereby  irrevocably  consents to service of
process  directed  to it upon the agent  designated  above,  and to  service  of
process on the  Secretary  of State of the State of  California  if the agent so
designated or the agent's  successor is no longer authorized to act or cannot be
found at the address given.


                                       Synthonics Technologies, Inc.
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                          (Name of Corporation)

                                       /S/ F. Michael Budd
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       (Signature of Corporate Officer)

                                       F. Michael Budd, President and CEO
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Typed Name and Title of Officer Signing)

                                      -2-

                                  Exhibit 3.5
                                  -----------

[Stamp of approval of the Division of  Corporations  and Commercial  Code of the
State of Utah Department of Commerce dated September 8, 1997, appears here]


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                          TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Charles S. Palm hereby certifies that:

     1. He is the Secretary of Synthonics Technologies, Inc., a Utah corporation
(the "Corporation").

     2. Article IV., of the articles of  incorporation  of this  Corporation  is
amended to read as follows:

                                   ARTICLE IV.
                                   -----------

     A.  This  Corporation  is  authorized  to issue two (2)  classes  of shares
designated  respectively  "Common Stocks" and "Preferred Stock", and referred to
herein as either Common Stock or Common Shares and Preferred  Stock or Preferred
Shares.  The total number of shares of capital stock this Corporation shall have
the  authority  to  issue is Fifty  Million  Five  Hundred  and  Fifty  Thousand
(50,550,000). No Fractional shares may be issued.

     B.  Common  Stock.  The  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  this
Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Fifty Million (50,000,000). The
Common  Stock  shall have a stated  par value of $0.01 per share.  Each shall of
Common Stock shall have, for all purposes one (1) vote per share. Subject to the
cumulative  dividend  preference  to holders of  Preferred  Stock as provided in
Paragraph C. below.  The shares of Common Stock are entitled to  participate  in
any dividends  available  therefor in equal amounts per share on all outstanding
Preferred and Common  Stock.  Subject to the  provisions  for the payment of the
Liquidation  Preference  to the  holders  of  Preferred  Stock  as  provided  in
paragraph  C.,  below,  the  Common  Stock is  entitled  to  participate  in all
distributions to shareholders made upon  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up
of the Corporation in equal amounts per share as all  outstanding  Preferred and
Common  Stock.  The holders of Common  Shares  issued and  outstanding  have and
possess the right to receive notice of shareholders'  meetings, and to vote upon
the election of  directors or upon any other matter as to which  approval of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock or approval of the common  shareholders  is
required or requested.

     C.  Preferred  Stock.  The total number of shares of  Preferred  Stock this
Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Hundred Fifty Thousand (550,000). The
Preferred  Stock  shall  have a  stated  par  value of  $10.00  per  share.  The
designations,  powers,  preferences,  rights and restrictions granted or imposed
upon the Preferred Stock and holders thereof are as follows:

                                  Page 1 of 5

<PAGE>

               (1)  Dividend  Preference:  The  Preferred  Stock is  entitled to
               receive  dividends  on a  cumulative  basis at the rate of twelve
               percent  (12%) of its stated  par value per annum (the  "Dividend
               Preference"),  payable  on a  quarterly  basis  on the  fifteenth
               (15th) day of the next  month  following  the end of each  fiscal
               quarter.  Such dividends  shall accrue from the date of issuance,
               whether or not earned. Dividends on the Preferred Shares shall be
               cumulative  so  that  if  dividends  required  to be paid on said
               shares  are not paid or set  apart  for  payment  by the Board of
               Directors on or before  fifteenth day of the month  following the
               end of each fiscal quarter, in which the same are due, the rights
               thereof  shall  cumulate  and  remain  due  and  payable  by  the
               Corporation.  No dividends or other  distributions may be made to
               the Common Stock during any fiscal year of the Corporation  until
               dividends  on the  Preferred  Stock in the amount of the Dividend
               Preference have been paid or set apart for payment.

               (2) Liquidation Preference:

                    (a) In the event of a voluntary or involuntary  liquidation,
                    dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of
                    Preferred  Shares  shall be  entitled  to receive out of the
                    assets of the  Corporation,  whether such assets are capital
                    or surplus of any nature,  an amount equal to the stated par
                    value less the aggregate  amount of all prior  distributions
                    to its Preferred  Shareholders  made to holders of Preferred
                    Stock,  plus any  accrued  previously  declared  but  unpaid
                    dividends  (the  amount  so  determined  being   hereinafter
                    referred   to   as   the   "Liquidation   Preference").   No
                    distribution  shall  be made to the  holders  of the  Common
                    Shares  upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up until
                    after the full amount of the Liquidation Preference has been
                    distributed  or  provided  to the  holders of the  Preferred
                    Shares.

                    (b) If, upon such  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up,
                    the assets thus distributed among the Preferred Shareholders
                    shall be insufficient to permit payment to such shareholders
                    of the full amount of the Liquidation  Preference,  then the
                    entire  assets  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  distributed
                    ratably among the holders of the Preferred Shares.

                    (c)  In  the   event  of  any   voluntary   or   involuntary
                    liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the  Corporation,
                    when the Corporation has completed  distribution of the full
                    Liquidating  Preference  to the  holders  of  the  Preferred
                    Shares,  the  Preferred  Shares shall be  considered to have
                    been redeemed,  and thereafter,  the remaining assets of the
                    Corporation   shall  be  paid  in  equal   amounts   on  all
                    outstanding shares of Common Stock.

                                  Page 2 of 5

<PAGE>

                    (d) A  consolidation  or merger of the  Corporation  with or
                    into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all
                    or substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation shall
                    not be  deemed a  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up
                    within the meaning of this Paragraph C(2).

               (3)  Redemption  Rights.  The  Corporation,  at the option of the
               Board of Directors, may at any time redeem all of the outstanding
               Preferred Stock by paying, in cash, a sum equal to the $10.50 per
               share for each  Preferred  Share so redeemed,  less the aggregate
               amount of all previously  paid  dividends,  through and including
               the  date  of   redemption,   hereinafter   referred  to  as  the
               "redemption  price",  by giving to each Preferred  Shareholder of
               record at his or her last known address,  as shown on the records
               of the  Corporation  at least  thirty  (30) days prior  notice in
               writing,  by first-class mail, postage prepaid,  stating the date
               and  plan  of  redemption,  hereinafter  called  the  "redemption
               notice".  On or after the date fixed for redemption,  each holder
               of  shares  called  for  redemption  shall  surrender  his or her
               certificate(s)  for such shares to the  Corporation  at the place
               designated  in the  redemption  notice  and  shall  thereupon  be
               entitled  to receive  payment of the  redemption.  price.  If the
               redemption  notice is duly  given,  and if  sufficient  funds are
               available  therefor  on the  date  fixed  for  redemption,  then,
               whether  or not the  certificates  evidencing  the  shares  to be
               redeemed are surrendered,  all rights with respect to such shares
               shall  terminate  on the date  fixed for  redemption,  except the
               right of the holders to receive  the  redemption  price,  without
               interest,  on surrender of their  certificates  therefor.  Shares
               redeemed  by the  Corporation  shall be restored to the status of
               authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation.

               (4)  Conversion  Rights.  At any time up to and including two (2)
               days before the date fixed for redemption of redeemable shares in
               a notice  of  redemption  (as  provided  above),  holders  of the
               Preferred   Shares   being   redeemed   who   endorse  the  share
               certificates  and deliver them together with a written  notice of
               their  intent to  convert  to the  corporation  at its  Principal
               office,  shall be entitled to convert and receive five (5) shares
               of Common  Stock for each share  being  converted  at the rate of
               $2.00  per share of  Common  Stock  being  converted  into.  Such
               redemption  is subject to the  following  adjustments,  terms and
               conditions:

                    (a) If the number of outstanding  shares of Common Stock has
                    been  increased or decreased  since the initial  issuance or
                    the Preferred Stock (or series having  conversion rights (by
                    reason of any split, stock dividend,  merger,  consolidation
                    or other  capital  change or  reorganization  affecting  the
                    number of outstanding shares of Common Stock), the number of
                    shares of Common  Stock to be  issued on  conversion  to the

                                   Page 3 of 5

<PAGE>

                    holders or  Preferred  Stock shall  equitably be adjusted by
                    appropriate  amendment of this article.  The purpose of such
                    adjustment  is to preserve  fairly and  equitably (as far as
                    reasonably  possible) the original  conversion rights of the
                    Preferred  shares  being  converted.  No  redemption  notice
                    pursuant to this  article  shall be given until an amendment
                    to the articles  required to effect this adjustment has been
                    made.

                    (b)  Shares  converted  under  this  article  shall  not  be
                    reissued.  The  corporation  shall at all times  reserve and
                    keep  available  a  sufficient   number  of  authorized  but
                    unissued common shares,  and shall obtain and keep in effect
                    any required permits,  to enable it to issue and deliver all
                    common shares  required to implement the  conversion  rights
                    granted herein.

                    (c) No  fractional  shares shall be issued upon  conversion,
                    but the corporation shall pay cash for any fractional shares
                    of Common Stock to which  shareholders  may be entitled,  at
                    the fair  value of such  shares  at the time of  conversion.
                    Such  fair  value  shall  be  determined  by  the  board  of
                    directors.

               (5) Default  Conversion  Rights. If the Corporation is in default
               in the  payment of any  dividend to be paid to the holders of the
               Preferred  Stock,  as  required  under this  Article,  then,  the
               holders of the Preferred  Stock,  at any time up to and including
               two (2) days before the date fixed for  redemption  of redeemable
               shares in a notice of redemption (as provided above), who endorse
               the share  certificates  and deliver them together with a written
               notice  of their  intent to  convert  to the  corporation  at its
               Principal office,  shall be entitled to convert and receive seven
               (7) shares of Common Stock for each share being  converted at the
               rate of $1.43 per share of Common  Stock  being  converted  into.
               Such  conversion  and  redemption is subject to the  adjustments,
               terms and  conditions  set forth in paragraph  C(4)(a)(b) and (c)
               above.

     3. The  foregoing  amendment  to the  Articles  of  Incorporation  was duly
approved and adopted by the Corporation's Board of Directors on August 25, 1997.

     4. The foregoing  amendment to the Articles of Incorporation  has been duly
approved and adopted by the  shareholders,  in accordance  with the Utah Revised
Business  Corporation  Act.  The  total  number  of  outstanding  shares  of the
Corporation  is  16,512,437.  The  number  of  votes  entitled  to  be  cast  is
16,512,437.  The total number of votes indisputably represented and cast for the
amendment  is  9,687,803.  The total  number of votes cast for the  amendment is
sufficient for approval.

                                  Page 4 of 5

<PAGE>

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  We  certify  that  the  matters  set  forth  in this
certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.

         Dated: September 6, 1997                    /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     By:  Charles S. Palm
                                                     Its:  Secretary

                                  Page 5 of 5


                                  Exhibit 3.6
                                  ------------

[Stamp of approval of the Division of  Corporations  and Commercial  Code of the
State of Utah Department of Commerce dated April 23, 1998, appears here]



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     F. Michael Budd and Charles S. Palm hereby certify that:

     1.  They are the  President  and  Secretary,  respectively,  of  Synthonics
Technologies, Inc., a Utah corporation (the "Corporation").

     2. The  Articles  of  Incorporation  of this  Corporation  is  amended  and
restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                                   ----------
                                      Name
                                      ----

     The name of this corporation is Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                   ----------
                                    Duration
                                    --------

     The  corporation  shall  continue in existence  perpetually  unless  sooner
dissolved according to law.

                                   ARTICLE 3.
                                   ---------
                                     Purpose
                                     -------

     The  Corporation  is  organized to engage in any and all lawful acts and/or
activities  for which  corporations  may be  organized  under  the Utah  Revised
Business Corporation Act.

                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                   ----------
                                 Capitalization
                                 --------------

     A.  This  Corporation  is  authorized  to issue two (2)  classes  of shares
designated  respectively  "Common Stock" and "Preferred  Stock," and referred to
herein as either Common Stock or Common Shares and Preferred  Stock or Preferred
Shares.  The total number of shares of capital stock this Corporation shall have
the  authority  to  issue is Fifty  Million  Five  Hundred  and  Fifty  Thousand
(50,550,000). No Fractional shares may be issued.

                                  Page 1 of 8
<PAGE>

     B.  Common  Stock.  The  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  this
Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Fifty Million (50,000,000). The
Common  Stock  shall have a stated  par value of $0.01 per share.  Each share of
Common Stock shall have, for all purposes one (1) vote per share. Subject to the
cumulative  dividend  preference  to holders of  Preferred  Stock as provided in
Paragraph C below. The shares of Common Stock are entitled to participate in any
dividends  available  therefor  in equal  amounts  per share on all  outstanding
Preferred and Common  Stock.  Subject to the  provisions  for the payment of the
Liquidation  Preference  to the  holders  of  Preferred  Stock  as  provided  in
paragraph  C  below,  the  Common  Stock  is  entitled  to  participate  in  all
distributions to shareholders made upon liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up
of the corporation in equal amounts per share as all  outstanding  Preferred and
Common  Stock.  The holders of Common  Shares  issued and  outstanding  have and
possess the right to receive notice of  shareholders'  meetings and to vote upon
the election of  directors or upon any other matter as to which  approval of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock or approval of the common  shareholders  is
required or requested.

     C.  Preferred  Stock.  The total number of shares of  Preferred  Stock this
Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Hundred fifty Thousand (550,000). The
Preferred  Stock  shall  have a  stated  par  value of  $10.00  per  share.  The
designations,  powers,  preferences,  rights and restrictions granted or imposed
upon the Preferred Stock and holders thereof are as follows:

          (1) Dividend  Preference.  The Preferred  Stock is entitled to receive
          dividends on a cumulative basis at the rate of twelve percent (12%) of
          its stated par value per annum (the "Dividend Preference"), payable on
          a  quarterly  basis on the  fifteenth  (15th)  day of the  next  month
          following the end of each fiscal quarter.  Such dividends shall accrue
          from the date of  issuance  whether or not  earned.  Dividends  on the
          Preferred Shares shall be cumulative so that if dividends  required to
          be paid on said  shares  are not paid or set apart for  payment by the
          Board of Directors on or before  fifteenth day of the month  following

                                  Page 2 of 8

<PAGE>

          the end of each fiscal quarter,  in which the same are due, the rights
          thereof shall cumulate and remain due and payable by the  Corporation.
          No  dividends or other  distributions  may be made to the Common Stock
          during any  fiscal  year of the  Corporation  until  dividends  on the
          preferred  Stock in the amount of the  Dividend  Preference  have been
          paid or set apart for payment.

          (2) Liquidation Preference.

               (a) In the  event  of a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Preferred
          Shares  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  out  of  the  assets  of the
          Corporation, whether such assets are capital or surplus of any nature,
          an amount equal to the stated par value less the  aggregate  amount of
          all prior distributions to its Preferred  Shareholders made to holders
          of Preferred Stock,  plus any accrued  previously  declared but unpaid
          dividends (the amount so determined being  hereinafter  referred to as
          the "liquidation  Preference").  No distribution  shall be made to the
          holders of the Common Shares upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding
          up until after the full amount of the Liquidation  Preference has been
          distributed  or provided to the holders of the Preferred  Shares.

               (b) If,  upon such  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up the
          assets thus  distributed  among the  Preferred  Shareholders  shall be
          insufficient to permit payment to such shareholders of the full amount
          of the  Liquidation  Preference,  the entire assets of the Corporation
          shall be  distributed  ratably  among  the  holders  of the  Preferred
          Shares.

               (c) In the event of any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, when the Corporation has
          completed  distribution  of the  full  Liquidating  Preference  to the
          holders  of the  Preferred  Shares,  the  Preferred  Shares  shall  be
          considered  to have been  redeemed,  and  thereafter,  the  remaining,
          assets  of the  Corporation  shall  be paid in  equal  amounts  on all
          outstanding  shares of Common Stock.

               (d) A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any
          other  corporation or corporations,  or a sale of all or substantially
          all  of  the  assets  of  the  Corporation   shall  not  be  deemed  a
          liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up within  the  meaning of this
          Paragraph C(2).

                                  Page 3 of 8

<PAGE>
               (3)  Redemption  Rights.  The  Corporation,  at the option of the
               Board of  Directors,  may at any time redeem  after  December 31,
               1998, all of the outstanding  Preferred Stock by paying, in cash,
               a sum equal to the $10.50 per share for each  Preferred  Share so
               redeemed,  hereinafter  referred to as the "redemption  price" by
               giving to each Preferred Shareholder of record at his or her last
               known  address,  as shown on the  records of the  Corporation  at
               least  thirty (30) days prior notice in writing,  by  first-class
               mail,  postage  prepaid  stating the date and plan of redemption,
               hereinafter  called he "redemption  notice." On or after the date
               fixed for redemption, each holder of shares called for redemption
               shall surrender his or her  certificate(s) for such shares to the
               Corporation at the place designated in the redemption  notice and
               shall  thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the redemption
               price. If the redemption  notice is duly given, and if sufficient
               funds are available  therefore on the date fixed for  redemption,
               then, whether or not the certificates evidencing the shares to be
               redeemed are surrendered,  all rights with respect to such shares
               shall  terminate  on the date  fixed for  redemption,  except the
               right of the holders to receive  the  redemption  price,  without
               interest,  on surrender of their  certificates  therefor.  Shares
               redeemed  by the  Corporation  shall be restored to the status of
               authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation.

               (4)  Conversion  Rights.  At any time up to and including two (2)
               days before the date fixed for redemption of redeemable shares in
               a notice  of  redemption  (as  provided  above),  holders  of the
               Preferred   Shares   being   redeemed   who   endorse  the  share
               certificates  and deliver them together with a written  notice of
               their  intent to  convert  to the  corporation  at its  Principal
               office,  shall be entitled to convert and receive five (5) shares
               of Common  Stock for each share  being  converted  at the rate of
               $2.00  per share of  Common  Stock  being  converted  into.  Such
               redemption is subject to the following  adjustments,  terms,  and
               conditions:

                                  Page 4 of 8

<PAGE>

                    (a) If the number of outstanding  shares of common Stock has
               been  increased  or decreased  since the initial  issuance of the
               Preferred Stock (or series having conversion rights (by reason of
               any split, stock dividend, merger, consolidation or other capital
               change or  reorganization  affecting  the  number of  outstanding
               shares of Common Stock),  the number of shares of common Stock to
               be issued on conversion  to the holders or Preferred  Stock shall
               equitably be adjusted by  appropriate  amendment of this article.
               The  purpose  of  such  adjustment  is  to  preserve  fairly  and
               equitably (as far as reasonably possible) the original conversion
               rights of the  Preferred  shares being  converted.  No redemption
               notice pursuant to this article shall be given until an amendment
               to the articles required to effect this adjustment has been made.

                    (b)  Shares  converted  under  this  article  shall  not  be
               reissued.  The  corporation  shall at all times  reserve and keep
               available a sufficient  number of authorized but unissued  common
               shares,  and shall obtain and keep in effect any required permits
               to enable it to issue and deliver all common  shares  required to
               implement the conversion rights granted herein.

                    (c) No  fractional  shares shall be issued upon  conversion,
               but the corporation  shall pay cash for any fractional  shares of
               Common  Stock to which  shareholders  may be entitled at the fair
               value of such  shares  at the time of  conversion.  The  board of
               directors shall determine such fair value.

               (5) Default  Conversion  Rights. If the Corporation is in default
               in the  payment of any  dividend to be paid to the holders of the
               Preferred  Stock,  at any time up to and  including  two (2) days
               before the date fixed for  redemption of  redeemable  shares in a
               notice of redemption (as provided  above),  who endorse the share
               certificates  and deliver them together with a written  notice of
               their  intent to  convert  to the  corporation  at its  Principal
               office, shall be entitled to convert and receive seven (7) shares
               of Common  Stock for each share  being  converted  at the rate of
               $1.43  per share of  Common  Stock  being  converted  into.  Such
               conversion  and redemption is subject to the  adjustments,  terms
               and conditions set forth in paragraph C (4)(a)(b) and (c) above.

                                  Page 5 of 8

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   ---------
                               Pre-Emptive Rights
                               -------------------

     The shareholders of the Corporation shall not have any pre-emptive right to
acquire any additional shares of the Corporation and/or rights in respect of its
shares.

                                   ARTICLE 6.
                                   ----------
                               Board of Directors
                               ------------------

     (a) Number. The board of directors of the Corporation shall consist of such
number of persons,  not less than three,  as shall be  determined  in accordance
with the bylaws from time to time. As of the effective  date of this article the
number of directors is nine.

     (b) Staggered  Board;  Tenure.  The  directors  shall be divided into three
classes: Class I, Class II, and Class III. The term of office of directors shall
be three years,  staggered by class so that one class is elected each year. Such
classes  shall be as nearly  equal in number as  possible.  Directors  chosen to
succeed  those  who have been  removed  or whose  terms  have  expired  shall be
identified as being of the same class as the directors they succeed and shall be
elected for a term expiring at the  expiration  date of such class or thereafter
when their  respective  successors are elected and have been  qualified.  If the
number of directors is changed,  any increase or decrease in directors  shall be
apportioned  among the classes so as to maintain  all classes as nearly equal in
number as possible,  and any individual director elected to any class shall hold
office for a term which shall coincide with the term of such class.  In no case,
will a decrease in the number of  directors  shorten  the term of any  incumbent
director.

                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                   ---------
                                    Officers
                                    --------

     The officers of the Corporation are and shall hereafter be a President, one
or more Vice  Presidents  (as may be prescribed by the bylaws),  a Secretary,  a
Treasurer,  and such other  officers as may hereafter be designated by the board
of directors in a manner not inconsistent with the bylaws.

                                  Page 6 of 8

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                                   ----------
                    Action by Written Consent of Shareholders
                    -----------------------------------------

     The corporation may take action by the written consent of fewer than all of
the  shareholders  entitled  to vote with  respect to the  subject  matter of an
action in  question;  provided,  however,  that in order to be valid any and all
such  written  consents  shall  be made  and  provided  in  accordance  with all
applicable   requirements  of   ss.16-10a-704   of  the  Utah  Revised  Business
Corporation  Act and signed by the  holders  of not less than a majority  of the
corporation's  outstanding shares (calculated as of the record date provided for
by ss.16-10a-704(6)) of that Act.

                                   ARTICLE 9.
                                   ----------
                                 Indemnification
                                 ---------------

     The  Corporation  shall  indemnify  its  directors,   officers,   employee,
fiduciaries  and agents as those terms are defined in, and to the fullest extent
permitted by, Part 9 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.

     3. The foregoing  Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation  has been
duly approved by the board of directors.

     4. The foregoing  Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation  has been
duly approved by the required vote of  shareholders  in accordance with the Utah
Revised Business  Corporation Act. The total number of outstanding shares of the
corporation  is  17,893,387.  The  number  of votes  entitled  to be cast on the
amended and restated  articles of  incorporation is 17,893,387 and the number of
votes indisputably represented at the meeting at which the foregoing amended and
restated articles of incorporation was approved was 15,985,914. The total number
of undisputed votes cast for the amended and restated  articles of incorporation
was 14,243,526, which was sufficient for approval of the same.

                                  Page 7 of 8

<PAGE>

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  We  certify  that  the  matters  set  forth  in this
certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.


     Dated: April 8, 1998                         /S/ F. Michael Budd
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  By: F. Michael Budd
                                                  Its: President


     Dated: April 8, 1998                         /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  By:  Charles S. Palm
                                                  Its:  Secretary


                                  Page 8 of 8


                                  Exhibit 3.7
                                  ------------
                                  
                                     BY-LAWS

                               ARTICLES I. OFFICES
                              --------------------

     The  principal  office of the  corporation  in the  State of Utah  shall be
located in Slat Lake City,  Utah. The  corporation  may have such other offices,
either  within or  without  the State of Utah,  as the  Board of  Directors  may
designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

     The  registered  office of the  corporation  required by the Utah  Business
Corporation  Act to be  maintained in the State of Utah may be, but need not be,
identical with the principal office in the State of Utah, and the address of the
registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                            ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS
                            ------------------------

     Section 1. Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be
held on 2nd Tuesday,  in the month of April,  in each year,  beginning  with the
year 1975,  at the hour of 10:00  o'clock  a.m.,  for the  purpose  of  electing
Directors and for the  transaction of such other business as may come before the
meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the
State of Utah, such meeting shall be held on the next  succeeding  business day.
If the election of Directors  shall not be held on the day designated  herein or
any annual meeting of the shareholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board
of  Directors  shall cause the  election to be held at a special  meeting of the
shareholders as soon as thereafter as conveniently may be.

     Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders,  for any
purpose or purposes,  unless otherwise  prescribed by statute,  may be called by
the  President  at the request of the holders of not less than  one-tenth of all
outstanding  shares of the corporation  entitled to vote at the meeting.  Should
the President  fail to call a  shareholders  meeting  within ten (10) days after
notification by ten percent of the shareholders,  said shareholders may call and
conduct the meeting by notifying the Company's transfer agent.

     Section 3. Place of  Meeting.  The Board of  Directors  may  designate  any
place,  either  within or without the State of Utah, as the place of meeting for
any annual meeting or for any special  meeting for any annual meeting or for any
special  meeting called by the Board of Directors.  A waiver of notice signed by
all shareholders  entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place,  either
within or  without  the State of Utah,  as the  place  for the  holding  of such
meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called,
the place of meeting shall be the  principal  office of the  corporation  in the
State of Utah.

     Section 4. Notice of Meeting.  Written  notice  stating the place,  day and
hour of the meeting and, in case of a special  meeting,  the purpose or purposes
for which the meeting is called,  shall, unless otherwise prescribed by statute,
be  delivered  not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by the direction of the President, or the
Secretary,  or the persons  calling the meeting,  to each  shareholder or record
entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be
delivered when deposited in the United State mail, addressed to the shareholders
at his  address as it appears on the stock  transfer  books of the  corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid.

     Section 5.  Closing of  Transfer  Books or Fixing or Record  Data.  For the
purpose  of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders  entitled to
receive  payment  of any  dividend,  or in  order  to  make a  determination  of
shareholders  for any other purposes,  the Board of Directors of the Corporation
may provide that the stock  transfer  books shall be closed for a stated  period
but not to exceed, in any case, fifty days. If the stock transfer books shall be
closed for the purpose of determining  shareholders  entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  such books shall be closed for at least ten
days immediately  preceding such meeting.  In lieu of closing the stock transfer
books,  the Board of Directors  may fix in advance a date as the record date for

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

any such  determination  of  shareholders,  such date in any case to be not more
than fifty days and,  in case of a meeting  of  shareholders,  not less than ten
days  prior  to  the  date  on  which  the  particular  action,  requiring  such
determination of  shareholders,  is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are
not closed and no record  date is fixed for the  determination  of  shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  or shareholders
entitled  to receive  payment  of a  dividend,  the date on which  notice of the
meeting is mailed or the date on which the  resolution of the Board of Directors
declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date
for such  determination  of  shareholders.  When a determination of shareholders
entitled  to vote at any  meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in
this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

     Section 6. Voting  Lists.  The officer or agent having  charge of the stock
transfer books for shares of the  corporation  shall make a complete list of the
shareholders entitled to vote at each meeting of shareholders or any adjournment
thereof,  arranged in alphabetical  order, with the address of and the number of
shares held by each.  Such list shall be produced  and kept open at the time and
place of the meeting and shall be subject to the  inspection of any  shareholder
during the whole time of the meeting for the purpose thereof.

     Section 7. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding  shares of the corporation
entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall constitute a quorum
at a meeting of shareholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares
are  represented  at a  meeting,  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  are
represented at a meeting,  a majority of the shares so  represented  may adjourn
the meeting from time to time without further notice.  At such adjourned meeting
at  which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
noticed.  The shareholders  present at a duly organized  meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

     Section 8. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote
in person or by proxy  executed  in  writing by the  shareholder  or by his duly
authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the
corporation before or at the time of the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid after
eleven months from the date of its execution,  unless otherwise  provided in the
proxy.

     Section 9.  Voting of Shares.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section 12 of
this Article II, each  outstanding  share  entitled to vote shall be entitled to
one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

     Section 10. Voting of Share of Certain Holders.  Shares  outstanding in the
name of another corporation may be voted by such officer,  agent or proxy as the
by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision,
as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.

     Shares held by an administrator,  executor,  guardian or conservator may be
voted by him,  either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer  of such shares
into his name.  Shares  standing  in the name of a trustee  may be voted by him,
either in person or by proxy,  but nor trustee  shall be entitled to vote shares
held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.


     Shares  standing in the name of a receiver  may be voted by such  receiver,
and  shares  held by or under the  control  of a  receiver  may be voted by such
receiver  without the  transfer  thereof  into his name if authority so to do be
contained  in an  appropriate  order of the  court by which  such  receiver  was
appointed.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

     A  shareholder  whose  shares are  pledged  shall be  entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the share so transferred.

     Neither shares of the own stock held by the corporation,  nor those held by
another  corporation  if a  majority  of the  shares  entitled  to vote  for the
election of directors  of such other  corporation  are held by the  corporation,
shall be voted  at any  meeting  or  counted  in  determining  total  number  of
outstanding shares at any given time for the purpose of any meeting.

     Section 11. Informal Action by Shareholders. Any action required to be take
at a meeting of the  shareholder,  or any action which may be taken at a meeting
of the  shareholders,  may be taken  without a meeting if a consent in  writing,
setting  forth the  action so taken  shall be signed by all of the  shareholders
entitled to vote with respect to the subject thereof.

     Section 12. Cumulative Voting. There shall be no cumulative voting.


                         ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                        --------------------------------

     Section 1. General  Powers.  The  business  and affairs of the  corporation
shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

     Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications. The number of directors shall
not be less than three nor more than  nine.  Each  shall  until the next  annual
meeting of  shareholders  and until his  successor  shall have been  elected and
qualified.  Directors need not be residents of the State of Utah or shareholders
of the corporation.

     Section 3. Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this by-law  immediately  after,  and at
the same  place  as,  the  annual  meeting  of the  shareholders.  The  Board of
Directors  may provide,  by  resolution,  the time and place,  either  within or
without the State of Utah, for the holding of additional regular meeting without
other notice than such resolution.

     Section 4. Special  Meeting.  Special meeting of the Board of Directors may
be called by or at the request of the President or any two Directors or more, or
10% of the  shareholders.  The  person or  persons  authorized  to call  special
meeting of the Board of Directors  may fix any place,  either within or without,
the State of Utah,  as the place  for  holding  of  additional  regular  meeting
without other notice than resolution.

     Section 5. Notice.  Notice of any special  meeting  shall be given at least
two days previously thereto by written notice delivered  personally or mailed to
each Director at his business address,  or by telegram.  If mailed,  such notice
shall be deemed to be delivered  when  deposited in the United  States mail,  so
addressed,  with postage thereon prepaid.  If notice be given by telegram,  such
notice  shall be deemed to be  delivered  when the  telegram is delivered to the
telegram company.  Any Director may waive notice of any meeting.  The attendance
of a Director at a meeting shall  constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except where a Director  attends a meeting for the express  purpose of objecting
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.  Neither  the  business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

     Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the number of Directors fixed by Section 2
of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at
any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such majority is present
at a meeting,  a majority of the Directors  present may adjourn the meeting from
time to time without further notice.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     Section 7. Manner of Acting. The act majority of the Directors present at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors may be taken without
a meeting if a consent in writing,  setting forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed all of the directors.

     Section 8. Vacancies.  Any vacancy  occurring in the Board of Directors may
be filled by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  remaining  Directors
though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  A Director elected to fill
a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his  predecessor in office.
Any  directorship  to be  filled  by  reason  of an  increase  in the  number of
Directors  may be filled by  election  by the Board of  Directors  for a term of
office continuing only until the next election of Directors by the shareholders.

     Section 9.  Compensation.  By resolution  of the Board of  Directors,  each
Director may be paid his expenses,  if any, of attendance at each meeting of the
Board of  Directors,  and may be paid a stated salary as director or a fixed sum
for  attendance  at each  meeting  of the Board of  Directors  or both.  No such
payment shall  preclude any Director from serving the  corporation  in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

     Section 10.  Presumption of Assent.  A Director of the  Corporation  who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any  corporate
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his dissent  shall be entered into the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
file his written  dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary
of the meeting before the  adjournment  thereof or shall forward such dissent by
registered  mail to the  Secretary  of the  corporation  immediately  after  the
adjournment of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director
who voted in favor of such action.

                              ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS.
                             ---------------------

     Section 1. Number.  The officers of the  corporation  shell be a President,
one or more Vice-Presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board of
Directors),  a  Secretary,  and a  Treasurer,  each of whom  shall be elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors.  Such other officers and assistant officers
as may  be  deemed  necessary  may be  elected  or  appointed  by the  Board  of
Directors.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same  person,  except the
offices of President and Secretary.

     Section 2. Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the corporation to
be elected by the Board of Directors  shall be elected  annually by the Board of
Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors  held after each annual
meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers  shall not be held as
soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his
death or until  he  shall  resign  or shall  have  been  removed  in the  manner
hereinafter provided.

     Section  3.  Removal.  Any  officer or agent may be removed by the Board of
Directors  whenever in its judgment,  the best interests of the prejudice to the
contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an
officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

     Section  4.   Vacancies.   A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,
resignation,  removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board
of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

     Section  5.  President.  The  president  shall be the  principal  executive
officer  of the  corporation  and,  subject  to the  control  of  the  Board  of
Directors,  shall be general  supervise  and  control  all of the  business  and
affairs of the corporation.  He shall, when present,  preside at all meetings of

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

the shareholders and of the Board of Directors.  He may sign, with the Secretary
or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board
of Directors,  certificated for shares of the corporation, any deeds, mortgages,
bonds  contracts,  or  other  instruments  which  the  Board  of  Directors  has
authorized  to be  executed,  except in cases where the  signing  and  executing
thereof  shall be  expressly  delegated  by the Board of  Directors  or by those
By-laws to some other officer or agent of the corporation,  or shall be required
by law to be otherwise  signed or  executed;  and in general  shall  perform all
duties  incident  to the office of  President  and such  other  duties as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

     Section 6. The  Vice-President.  In the absence of the  President or in the
event of his death,  inability or refusal to act, the  Vice-President (or in the
event there be more than one  Vice-President,  the  Vice-Presidents in the order
designated at the time of their election,  or in the absence of any designation,
them in the order of their  election) shall perform the duties of the President,
and so when  acting,  shall  have all the  powers of and be  subject  to all the
restrictions upon the President. Any Vice-President may sign, with the Secretary
an the Assistant  Secretary,  certificates  for shares of the  corporation;  and
shall  perform  such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the President or by the Board of Directors.

     Section 7. The Secretary.  The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the
proceedings  of the  shareholders  and of the Board of  Directors in one or more
books  provided  for that  purpose;  (b) see that all  notices are duly given in
accordance  with the  provisions of these By-laws or as required by laws; (c) be
custodian of the corporate  records and of the seal of the  corporation  and see
that the seal of the  corporation  is affixed to all  documents the execution of
which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a
register  of the post  office  address  of each  shareholder;  (e) sign with the
President, or a Vice-President,  certificates for shares of the corporation, the
issuance  of which  shall have been  authorized  by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors;  (f)  have a  general  charge  of the  stock  transfer  books  of the
corporation;  and (g) in general  perform  all duties  incident to the office of
Secretary  and such other  duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the President or by the Board of Directors.

     Section 8. The Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody
and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation;  (b) receive
and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation  from any source
whatsoever,  and deposit all such moneys in the name of the  corporation in such
banks,  trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance
with the  provisions of Article V of these By-laws;  and (c) in general  perform
all of the duties as from time to time may be assigned  to him by the  President
or by the  Board of  Directors.  If  requested  by the Board of  Directors,  the
Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum
and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

     Section 9. Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant  Treasurers.  The Assistant
Secretaries,  when  authorized  by the  Board of  Directors,  may sign  with the
President or a  Vice-President  certificates  for shares of the  corporation the
issuance of which shall have been  authorized  by a  resolution  of the Board of
Directors. The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board
of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.  The Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers,  in general,  shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the Secretary of the Treasurer, respectively, or by
the President or the Board of Directors.

     Section 10. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time
to time by the  Board  of  Directors  and no  officer  shall be  prevented  from
receiving  such  salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director  of the
Corporation.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

                ARTICLE V. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS
                -------------------------------------------------

     Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of the
corporation  shall  be in such  forms as shall  be  determined  by the  Board of
Directors.   Such   certificates   shall  be  signed  by  the   President  or  a
Vice-President  and by the  Secretary  and sealed with the  corporate  seal or a
facsimiles  thereof.  The signatures of such officers upon a certificate  may be
facsimiles  if  the  certificate  is  countersigned  by  a  transfer  agent,  or
registered  by a  registrar,  other  than the  corporation  itself or one of its
employees.  All  certificates  for shares  shall be  consecutively  numbered  or
otherwise  identified.  The name and  address  of the  person to whom the shares
represented  thereby  are  issued,  with the number of shares and date of issue,
shall  be  entered  on  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the  corporation.   All
certificates  surrendered to the corporation for the transfer shall be canceled,
and no new certificates  shall be issued until the former certificate for a like
number of shares shall have been  surrendered and canceled,  except that in case
of a lost,  destroyed or mutilated  certificate a new one may be issued therefor
upon such terms and indemnity to the  corporation  as the Board of Directors may
prescribe.

     Section 2. Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of the corporation shall
be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of the
record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence
of authority to transfer,  or by his attorney  thereunto  authorized by power of
attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the  corporation,  and on
surrender for  cancellation of the  certificate  for such shares.  The person in
whose name shares stand on the books of the  corporation  shall be deemed by the
corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

                            ARTICLE VII. FISCAL YEAR.
                           --------------------------

     The fiscal year of the corporation  shall begin on the first day of January
and end on the thirty-first day of December in each year.

                            ARTICLE VIII. DIVIDENDS.
                            ------------------------

     The Board of Directors may, from time to time,  declare and the corporation
may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manners and upon the term and
conditions provided by law and its articles of incorporation.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE IX. CORPORATE SEAL.
                           ---------------------------

     The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal.


                          ARTICLE X. WAIVER OF NOTICE.
                          ----------------------------

     Whenever any notice is required to be given to any  shareholder or director
of the  corporation  under the  provisions of the articles of  incorporation  or
under the provisions of the Utah Business  Corporation  Act, a waiver thereof in
writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice,  whether before
or after the time stated  therein,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the giving of
such notice.

                             ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS.
                             -----------------------

     These  By-Laws may be altered,  amended or repealed  and new By-Laws may be
adopted by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board
of Directors.

                 ARTICLE XII. PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING MEETINGS.
                 -----------------------------------------------

     All  shareholders  and director  meetings  shall be conducted in accordance
with the rules and procedures set forth in the most current  edition of Robert's
Rules of Order.

                                      -7-



                                    Exhibit 4
                                    ---------

                 STATEMENT OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES
                     OF THE COMMON STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                               A Utah Corporation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The rights, preferences,  privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed
upon the Common stock and the Preferred stock of Synthonics Technologies,  Inc.,
a  Utah  Corporation,   as  established  by  Article  IV,  of  its  Articles  of
Incorporation, as amended are as follow:

     1.  Common  Stock.  The  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  this
Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Fifty Million (50,000,000). The
Common  Stock  shall have a stated  par value of $0.01 per share.  Each shall of
Common Stock shall have, for all purposes one (1) vote per share. Subject to the
cumulative  dividend  preference  to holders of  Preferred  Stock as provided in
Paragraph C. below.  The shares of Common Stock are entitled to  participate  in
any dividends  available  therefor in equal amounts per share on all outstanding
Preferred and Common  Stock.  Subject to the  provisions  for the payment of the
Liquidation  Preference  to the  holders  of  Preferred  Stock  as  provided  in
paragraph  C.,  below,  the  Common  Stock is  entitled  to  participate  in all
distributions to shareholders made upon  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up
of the Corporation in equal amounts per share as all  outstanding  Preferred and
Common  Stock.  The holders of Common  Shares  issued and  outstanding  have and
possess the right to receive notice of shareholders'  meetings, and to vote upon
the election of  directors or upon any other matter as to which  approval of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock or approval of the common  shareholders  is
required or requested.

     2.  Preferred  Stock.  The total number of shares of  Preferred  Stock this
Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Hundred Fifty Thousand (550,000). The
Preferred  Stock  shall  have a  stated  par  value of  $10.00  per  share.  The
designations,  powers,  preferences,  rights and restrictions granted or imposed
upon the Preferred Stock and holders thereof are as follows:

          (a) Dividend  Preference:  The Preferred  Stock is entitled to receive
          dividends on a cumulative basis at the rate of twelve percent (12%) of
          its stated par value per annum (the "Dividend Preference"), payable on
          a  quarterly  basis on the  fifteenth  (15th)  day of the  next  month
          following the end of each fiscal quarter.  Such dividends shall accrue
          from the date of  issuance,  whether or not earned.  Dividends  on the
          Preferred Shares shall be cumulative so that if dividends  required to
          be paid on said  shares  are not paid or set apart for  payment by the
          Board of Directors on or before  fifteenth day of the month  following
          the end of each fiscal quarter,  in which the same are due, the rights
          thereof shall cumulate and remain due and payable by the  Corporation.
          No  dividends or other  distributions  may be made to the Common Stock
          during any  fiscal  year of the  Corporation  until  dividends  on the
          Preferred  Stock in the amount of the  Dividend  Preference  have been
          paid or set apart for payment.

          (b) Liquidation Preference:

               (i) In the  event  of a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Preferred
          Shares  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  out  of  the  assets  of the
          Corporation, whether such assets are capital or surplus of any nature,
          an amount equal to the stated par value less the  aggregate  amount of
          all prior distributions to its Preferred  Shareholders made to holders

                                  Page 1 of 3

<PAGE>

          of Preferred Stock,  plus any accrued  previously  declared but unpaid
          dividends (the amount so determined being  hereinafter  referred to as
          the "Liquidation  Preference").  No distribution  shall be made to the
          holders of the Common Shares upon liquidation,  dissolution or winding
          up until after the full amount of the Liquidation  Preference has been
          distributed or provided to the holders of the Preferred Shares.

               (ii) If, upon such  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up, the
          assets thus  distributed  among the  Preferred  Shareholders  shall be
          insufficient to permit payment to such shareholders of the full amount
          of  the  Liquidation  Preference,   then  the  entire  assets  of  the
          Corporation  shall be  distributed  ratably  among the  holders of the
          Preferred Shares.

               (iii) In the event of any voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, when the Corporation has
          completed  distribution  of the  full  Liquidating  Preference  to the
          holders of the Preferred  Shares,  thereafter,  the  Preferred  Shares
          shall  be  considered  to have  been  redeemed,  and  thereafter,  the
          remaining assets of the Corporation  shall be paid in equal amounts on
          all outstanding shares of Common Stock.

               (iv) A consolidation  or merger of the  Corporation  with or into
          any  other   corporation  or  corporations,   or  a  sale  of  all  or
          substantially all of the assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed
          a  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up within the meaning of this
          Paragraph 2(b).

          (c) Redemption Rights. The Corporation,  at the option of the Board of
          Directors,  may at any time  redeem all of the  outstanding  Preferred
          Stock by paying, in cash, a sum equal to the $10.50 per share for each
          Preferred  Share  so  redeemed,  less  the  aggregate  amount  of  all
          previously  paid   dividends,   through  and  including  the  date  of
          redemption,  hereinafter  referred to as the  "redemption  price",  by
          giving  to each  Preferred  Shareholder  of  record at his or her last
          known  address,  as shown on the records of the  Corporation  at least
          thirty (30) days prior notice in writing, by first-class mail, postage
          prepaid,  stating the date and plan of redemption,  hereinafter called
          the  "redemption  notice".  On or after the date fixed for redemption,
          each holder of shares called for redemption shall surrender his or her
          certificate(s)  for  such  shares  to the  Corporation  at  the  place
          designated in the redemption notice and shall thereupon be entitled to
          receive payment of the redemption.  price. If the redemption notice is
          duly given, and if sufficient funds are available therefor on the date
          fixed for redemption, then, whether or not the certificates evidencing
          the shares to be redeemed are surrendered,  all rights with respect to
          such shares shall terminate on the date fixed for  redemption,  except
          the right of the  holders to receive  the  redemption  price,  without
          interest, on surrender of their certificates therefor. Shares redeemed
          by the  Corporation  shall be restored to the status of authorized but
          unissued shares of the Corporation.

          (d)  Conversion  Rights.  At any time up to and including two (2) days
          before the date fixed for redemption of redeemable  shares in a notice
          of redemption  (as provided  above),  holders of the Preferred  Shares
          being  redeemed  who endorse the share  certificates  and deliver them
          together  with a written  notice of their  intent  to  convert  to the

                                  Page 2 of 3

<PAGE>
          corporation at its Principal office,  shall be entitled to convert and
          receive five (5) shares of Common Stock for each share being converted
          at the rate of $2.00 per share of Common Stock being  converted  into.
          Such  redemption  is subject to the following  adjustments,  terms and
          conditions:

               (i) If the number of outstanding  shares of Common Stock has been
               increased  or  decreased  since  the  initial   issuance  or  the
               Preferred Stock (or series having conversion rights (by reason of
               any split, stock dividend, merger, consolidation or other capital
               change or  reorganization  affecting  the  number of  outstanding
               shares of Common Stock),  the number of shares of Common Stock to
               be issued on conversion  to the holders or Preferred  Stock shall
               equitably be adjusted by  appropriate  amendment of this article.
               The  purpose  of  such  adjustment  is  to  preserve  fairly  and
               equitably (as far as reasonably possible) the original conversion
               rights of the  Preferred  shares being  converted.  No redemption
               notice pursuant to this article shall be given until an amendment
               to the articles required to effect this adjustment has been made.

               (ii) Shares  converted  under this article shall not be reissued.
               The  corporation  shall at all times reserve and keep available a
               sufficient  number of authorized but unissued common shares,  and
               shall obtain and keep in effect any required  permits,  to enable
               it to issue and deliver all common  shares  required to implement
               the conversion rights granted herein.

               (iii) No fractional  shares shall be issued upon conversion,  but
               the  corporation  shall  pay cash for any  fractional  shares  of
               Common Stock to which  shareholders may be entitled,  at the fair
               value of such shares at the time of  conversion.  Such fair value
               shall be determined by the board of directors.

          (e) Default Conversion Rights. If the Corporation is in default in the
          payment of any  dividend  to be paid to the  holders of the  Preferred
          Stock,  as  required  under this  Article,  then,  the  holders of the
          Preferred  Stock,  at any time up to and including two (2) days before
          the date  fixed for  redemption  of  redeemable  shares in a notice of
          redemption (as provided above), who endorse the share certificates and
          deliver them together with a written notice of their intent to convert
          to the  corporation  at its  Principal  office,  shall be  entitled to
          convert  and receive  seven (7) shares of Common  Stock for each share
          being  converted  at the rate of $1.43 per share of Common Stock being
          converted  into.  Such  conversion  and  redemption  is subject to the
          adjustments,  terms and conditions set forth in paragraph  2(d)(i)(ii)
          and (iii) above.

                                  Page 3 of 3


                                  Exhibit 10.1
                                  ------------

                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                         MANAGEMENT CASH INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE TIME.

     This  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.,  Management Cash Incentive Plan (the
"Plan") is designed to provide a significant and flexible  economic  opportunity
to selected  officers  and  employees  of the Company  and its  Affiliates  as a
reflection of their  individual  and group  contributions  to the success of the
Company  and its  Affiliates.  Payments  pursuant to Section 10, of the Plan are
intended to qualify under Section  162(m)(4)(C) of the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, as excluded from the term "applicable  employee  remuneration"
(such payments are hereinafter referred to as "Excluded Income"). The Plan shall
be  effective  at the  Effective  Time,  as defined  below,  if the  shareholder
approvals required by Section 13, of the Plan are obtained.

2. DEFINITIONS.

     "Affiliate"  means (i) a  corporation  at least 50% of the common  stock or
voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly,  by the Company and (ii)
any other  corporation or other entity  controlled by the Company and designated
by the Committee from time to time as such.

     "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

     "Bonus Pool" shall mean the pool of available cash created  pursuant to the
Plan to be made available for Incentive Awards.

     "Change  in  Control"  shall  mean the  happening  of any of the  following
events:

     (a) An acquisition by any  individual,  entity or group (within the meaning
of Section  13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial
ownership  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding  shares of common stock of the
Company (the  "Outstanding  Company  Common  Stock") or (2) the combined  voting
power of the then outstanding  voting securities of the Company entitled to vote
generally  in  the  election  of  directors  (the  "Outstanding  Company  Voting
Securities");  excluding,  however, the following:  (i) any acquisition directly
from the  Company,  other than an  acquisition  by virtue of the  exercise  of a
conversion  privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired
directly  from the  Company,  (ii) any  acquisition  by the  Company,  (iii) any
acquisition  by any  employee  benefit  plan (or  related  trust)  sponsored  or
maintained by the: Company or any corporation  controlled by the Company or (iv)
any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this definition; or

     (b) A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who,
as of the Effective Time,  constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter
referred to as the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute  at
least  a  majority  of the  Board;  provided,  however,  for  purposes  of  this
definition,  that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to
the Effective Time, whose election,  or nomination for election by the Company's
shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals

                                  Page 1 of 8

<PAGE>

who are members of the Board and who were also  members of the  Incumbent  Board
(or deemed to be such  pursuant to this  proviso)  shall be considered as though
such individual were a member of the Incumbent  Board;  but,  provided  further,
that any such individual  whose initial  assumption of office occurs as a result
of either an actual or  threatened  election  contest (as such terms are used in
Rule 14a-11 of  Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act) or other
actual or  threatened  solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a
Person  other  than the  Board  shall  not be so  considered  as a member of the
Incumbent Board; or

     (c) The approval by the  shareholders  of the Company of a  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation,  share exchange, or sale, or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Corporate  Transaction") or, if
consummation  of such  Corporate  Transaction  is  subject,  at the time of such
approval by  shareholders,  to the  consent of any  government  or  governmental
agency,  the  obtaining of such consent  (either  explicitly  or  implicitly  by
consummation);  excluding,  however,  such a Corporate  Transaction  pursuant to
which (i) all or  substantially  all of the individuals and entities who are the
beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of the Outstanding  Company Common Stock and
Outstanding  Company  Voting  Securities  immediately  prior  to such  Corporate
Transaction will  beneficially  own,  directly or indirectly,  more than 60% of,
respectively,  the outstanding  shares of common stock,  and the combined voting
power of the then outstanding  voting  securities  entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from
such Corporate Transaction (including,  without limitation,  a corporation which
as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially  all of
the Company's  assets either  directly or through one or more  subsidiaries)  in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such
Corporate  Transaction,  of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding
Company  Voting  Securities,  as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than the
Company,  any employee  benefit  plan (or related  trust) of the Company or such
corporation  resulting from such Corporate  Transaction)  will beneficially own,
directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively,  the outstanding shares of
common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the
combined voting power of the outstanding  voting  securities of such corporation
entitled to vote  generally in the  election of  directors  except to the extent
that  such  ownership  existed  prior to the  Corporate  Transaction  and  (iii)
individuals  who were members of the Incumbent  Board will constitute at least a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the  corporation  resulting
from such Corporate Transaction; or

     (d)  The  approval  by  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  of a  complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Committee"  shall mean the  Compensation  Committee of the Board,  or such
other  committee  of the Board as the  Board  may from  time to time  determine,
which, except as specifically decided otherwise by the Board, is composed solely
of not less than two non-employee directors,  each of whom shall be appointed by
and serve at the pleasure of the Board.

     "Company" shall mean Synthonics Technologies, Inc., a Utah corporation.

     "Consolidated  Basis" shall mean the combined  and  consolidation  of sales
from the Company and its Affiliates.

                                  Page 2 of 8

<PAGE>

     "Covered  Employees"  shall mean  Participants  designated by the Committee
prior to the award of an Incentive  Award  opportunity  hereunder who are or are
expected to be "covered  employees"  within the meaning of Section  162(m)(3) of
the Code for the Incentive  Period as to which an Incentive  Award  hereunder is
payable  and for whom the  Committee  intends  that  amounts  payable  hereunder
constitute Excluded Income.

     "Disinterested Person" shall mean a member of the Board who qualifies as an
"outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

     "Effective  Time"  shall mean the  Effective  Time as defined in the Merger
Agreement.

     "Incentive Award" shall mean a cash award payable to a Participant pursuant
to the terms of the Plan, including a Special Incentive Award.

     "Incentive   Period"  shall  mean  the  period  with  respect  to  which  a
Participant is eligible to earn an Incentive Award.

     "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4., hereof.

     "Payment Date" shall mean the date following the conclusion of a particular
Incentive  Period on which the Committee  certifies that applicable  Performance
Goals have been  satisfied and  authorizes  payment of  corresponding  Incentive
Awards.

     "Performance Goals" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10, hereof.

     "Special  Incentive  Award" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10,
hereof.

     "Target  Incentive Award" shall mean the amount determined by multiplying a
Participant's base salary as of the last day of the applicable  Incentive Period
by a percentage  designated by the Committee in its sole  discretion at the time
the  award  is  granted,  which  percentage  need  not  be  the  same  for  each
Participant.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. In administering the Plan,
the Committee may at its option employ compensation consultants, accountants and
counsel (who may be the  compensation  consultants,  independent  auditors,  and
outside  counsel of the Company or an Affiliate)  and other persons to assist or
render advice to the Committee, all at the expense of the Company. The Committee
shall  have  sole  authority  to make  rules  and  regulations  relating  to the
administration  of the  Plan,  and  any  interpretations  and  decisions  of the
Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding.

4. ELIGIBILITY.

     The Committee shall, in its sole  discretion,  determine for each Incentive
Period those  full-time  officers and salaried  employees of the Company and its
Affiliates who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan (the "Participants")
for such Incentive  Period based upon such  Participants'  opportunity to have a
substantial  impact on the  operating  results of the  Company or an  Affiliate.

                                  Page 3 of 8

<PAGE>

Nothing  contained  in the Plan  shall be  construed  as or be  evidence  of any
contract of employment  with any  Participant for a term of any length nor shall
participation  in the Plan in any Incentive  Period by any  Participant  require
continued participation by such Participant in any subsequent Incentive Period.

5. INITIAL  PERFORMANCE  GOALS AND  INCENTIVE  AWARDS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS 1998,
1999 AND 2000.

     The specific  Performance  Goals and Incentive Awards available to eligible
Participants  for the fiscal years 1998, 1999 and 2000, have been  predetermined
and shall be determined as set forth below. Any and all Incentive Awards for the
periods  thereafter  shall be determined  in  accordance  with the terms of this
Plan.

         Fiscal  Year  1998 - In order  for any  Incentive  Award to be  granted
         during  fiscal  year  1998,  the  Company  must  book no less than four
         million  dollars  ($4,000,000)  of gross sales on a Consolidated  Basis
         (i.e. the combined and  consolidation of sales from the Company and its
         subsidiaries).  If the gross sales exceed the  $4,000,000  level,  then
         there shall be created a bonus pool equal to five percent (5.0%) of the
         total  consolidated gross sales of the Company for 1998, which shall be
         available for Incentive Awards.

         Fiscal  Year  1999 - In order  for any  Incentive  Award to be  granted
         during  fiscal  year  1999,  the  Company  must book no less than eight
         million  dollars  ($8,000,000)  of gross sales on a Consolidated  Basis
         (i.e. the combined and  consolidation of sales from the Company and its
         subsidiaries). If the gross sales exceed the $8,000,000 level, then the
         bonus pool  contribution for 1999 shall be equal to ten percent (10.0%)
         of the total  pretax  earnings of the Company for 1999,  which shall be
         available for Incentive Awards.

         Fiscal  Year  2000 - In order  for any  Incentive  Award to be  granted
         during  fiscal year 2000,  the Company  must book no less than  fifteen
         million dollars  ($15,000,000)  of gross sales on a Consolidated  Basis
         (i.e. the combined and  consolidation of sales from the Company and its
         subsidiaries).  If the gross sales exceed the $15,000,000  level,  then
         the bonus  pool  contribution  for 2000  shall be equal to ten  percent
         (10.0%) of the total  pretax  earnings of the  Company for 2000,  which
         shall be available for Incentive Awards.

          Incentive  Awards from the bonus pool shall be made at the  discretion
          of the Committee as set forth herein,  up to the maximum of the entire
          bonus pool.

6. DETERMINATION OF INCENTIVE AWARDS.

     Subject to Article 10, hereof, the amount and terms of each Incentive Award
to a Participant  shall be determined by and at the discretion of the Committee.
The  Committee  may  condition  the  earning  of an  Incentive  Award  upon  the
attainment  of specified  performance  goals,  measured  over a period ending no
later than the end of the applicable  Incentive  Period.  Such performance goals
may relate to the  Participant  or the Company,  or any  Affiliate,  division or
department  of the  Company for or within  which the  Participant  is  primarily
employed,  or upon  such  other  factors  or  criteria  as the  Committee  shall
determine,  and may be different for each Participant.  Incentive Awards payable
under the Plan will  consist  of a cash  award  from the  Company,  based upon a
percentage  (which  may  exceed  100%) of the Target  Incentive  Award  and,  if
applicable,  the  degree of  achievement  of such  performance  goals.  With the
exception of the Incentive  Periods for the fiscal years 1998, 1999 and 2000 for

                                  Page 4 of 8

<PAGE>

which  Performance  Goals  have  been  established  as set forth in  Section  5,
Incentive  Awards  under  this Plan for  Covered  Employees  shall be subject to
pre-established  Performance Goals in accordance with Section 10, hereof. Except
with respect to Covered  Employees,  the Committee may, in its sole  discretion,
increase or decrease the amount of any Incentive  Award payable to a Participant
and, in recognition  of changed or special  circumstances,  may award  Incentive
Awards  to  Participants  even  though  the  Incentive  Awards  are not  earned.
Incentive  Awards  earned  or  otherwise   awarded  will  be  paid  as  soon  as
administratively feasible on or after the Payment Date.

7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

     In the event  that a  Participant's  employment  with the  Company  and its
Affiliates terminates for any reason during the Incentive Period with respect to
any Incentive Awards, the balance of any Incentive Award which remains unpaid at
the time of such termination  shall be payable to the Participant,  or forfeited
by the  Participant,  in  accordance  with the terms of the award granted by the
Committee;  provided, however, that in the case of a Covered Employee, no amount
shall be payable pursuant to the Plan unless the Performance Goals are satisfied
or the  termination  of  employment  of the Covered  Employee is due to death or
disability. A Participant who remains employed through the Incentive Period, but
is  terminated  prior to the  Payment  Date shall be  entitled  to  receive  any
Incentive  Award  payable to such  Participant  with  respect to such  Incentive
Period.

8. AMENDMENT AND DISCONTINUANCE.

     The Board shall have the right to amend, alter,  discontinue,  or otherwise
modify the Plan from time to time but no such  modification  shall,  without the
consent  of the  Participant  affected,  impair  any  award  made  prior  to the
effective date of the modification.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

     It is presently  intended that the Plan  constitute an "unfunded"  plan for
incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of
trusts or other arrangements to meet the payment  obligations  created under the
Plan; provided,  however,  that, unless the Committee otherwise determines,  the
existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded"
status of the Plan.  The Plan shall be governed by and  construed in  accordance
with the laws of the State of  California,  without  regard to its principles of
conflict of laws.

10. PROCEDURES FOR CERTAIN DESIGNATED PARTICIPANTS.

     Incentive Awards under the Plan to Participants  who are Covered  Employees
shall be  subject  to  pre-established  Performance  Goals as set forth  herein.
Notwithstanding  Section 6, hereof,  the Committee  shall not have discretion to
modify the terms of awards to such Participants except as specifically set forth
in this Section 10.

     (a) Target Bonus. On or before the 90th day of each Incentive  Period,  and
in any  event  before  25% or more of the  Incentive  Period  has  elapsed,  the
Committee  shall  establish  in  writing  specific  Performance  Goals  for  the
Incentive Period  (provided that no Performance  Goals for such Incentive Period
has  been  previously  established),  upon  the  attainment  of  which  will  be
conditioned the payment of Incentive Awards ("Special Incentive Awards") to such
of the  Participants  who may be Covered  Employees.  A Special  Incentive Award
shall  consist of a cash award  from the  Company to be based upon a  percentage
(which may exceed  100%) of a Target  Incentive  Award.  The extent,  if any, to
which a Special Incentive Award will be payable will be based upon the degree of

                                  Page 5 of 8
<PAGE>

achievement  of  pre-established  Performance  Goals over a specified  Incentive
Period;  provided,  however,  that the  Committee  may, in its sole  discretion,
reduce the amount which would  otherwise be payable with respect to an Incentive
Period.

     (b)  Incentive  Period.   With  the  exception  of  the  Incentive  Periods
established in Section 5., the Incentive Period will be a period of up to twelve
months, unless a shorter period is otherwise selected and established in writing
by the Committee at the time the Performance  Goals are established with respect
to such Incentive Period.

     (c) Performance  Goals. The Performance  Goals established by the Committee
at the time a Special  Incentive Award is granted may be based on one or more of
the  following:  earnings per share,  market  share,  stock price,  gross or net
sales,  costs,  net  operating  income,  pretax  earnings,  cash flow,  retained
earnings, return on equity, results of customer satisfaction surveys,  aggregate
product  price  and  other  product  price  measures,   safety  record,  service
reliability,   demand-side   management   (including   conservation   and   load
management),  operating  and  maintenance  cost  management,  energy  production
availability,   and  individual   performance  measures;   provided,   that  all
Performance   Goals  shall  be  objective   performance   goals  satisfying  the
requirements for "performance-based  compensation" within the meaning of Section
162(m)(4)  of  the  Code.  Such  Performance  Goals  also  may be  based  on the
attainment  of  specified  levels  of  performance  of the  Company  and/or  any
Affiliates  under one or more of the measures  described  above  relative to the
performance of other corporations.

     (d) Payment of an Incentive Award. At the time the Special  Incentive Award
is granted,  the Committee shall prescribe a formula to determine the percentage
of the Target  Incentive  Award  which may be  payable  based upon the degree of
attainment of the Performance  Goals during the Incentive Period. If the minimum
Performance  Goals  established by the Committee are not met, no payment will be
made to a Participant who is a Covered Employee.  To the extent that the minimum
Performance Goals are satisfied or surpassed,  and upon written certification by
the Committee  that the  Performance  Goals have been  satisfied to a particular
extent and any other  material  terms and  conditions  of the Special  Incentive
Awards  have  been  satisfied,  payment  shall  be made on the  Payment  Date in
accordance  with the  prescribed  formula  based upon a percentage of the Target
Incentive  Award unless the Committee  determines,  in its sole  discretion,  to
reduce the payment to be made.

     (e) Maximum Payable. The maximum amount payable to a Covered Employee under
this Plan for any  fiscal  year of the  Company  pursuant  to this Plan shall be
$1,000,000.

11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  (i) upon a Change in
Control,  each  Participant  who is  employed  by the  Company  or an  Affiliate
immediately  before the Change in Control shall be entitled to receive a payment
equal  to his or her  Target  Incentive  Award  for the  Incentive  Period  that
includes the date of the Change in Control,  and (ii) any  additional  Incentive
Award that becomes payable to such a Participant for that Incentive Period shall
be  reduced  (but not  below  zero) by the  amount of the  payment  made to such
Participant pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 11.

12. DEFERRAL ELECTIONS.

     The  Committee  may at its option  establish  procedures  pursuant to which
Participants  are  permitted  to defer the receipt of Incentive  Awards  payable
hereunder.

                                  Page 6 of 8

<PAGE>

13. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.

     This Plan shall not become  effective with respect to  individuals  who are
Covered  Employees unless it shall have been approved by the affirmative vote of
a  majority  of the votes  entitled  to be cast by the  holders of the shares of
common stock of  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.,  represented  at a meeting and
entitled to vote thereon and by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the total
voting  power of the shares of common  stock,  present in person or by proxy and
entitled to vote thereon.

14. INDEMNIFICATION.

     To the extent  permitted by applicable  law in effect from time to time, no
member of the Board or the Committee  shall be liable for any action or omission
of any other  member of the Board or  Committee,  nor for any act or omission on
the member's own part, except only the member's own willful  misconduct or gross
negligence.  The Company shall pay expenses  incurred by, and satisfy a judgment
or fine rendered or levied  against,  a present or former  director or member of
the Committee in any action  against such person  (whether or not the Company is
joined as a party defendant) to impose liability or a penalty on such person for
an act alleged to have been  committed by such person while a director or member
of the Committee arising with respect to the Plan or  administration  thereof or
out of membership on the Committee or by the Company,  or all or any combination
of the preceding;  provided, the director or Committee member was acting in good
faith, within what such director or Committee member reasonably believed to have
been within the scope of his or her  employment  or authority  and for a purpose
which he or she  reasonably  believed to be in the best interests of the Company
or its  shareholders.  Payments  authorized  hereunder  include amounts paid and
expenses incurred in settling any such action or threatened action. This section
does not  apply to any  action  instituted  or  maintained  in the  right of the
Company by a shareholder  or holder of a voting trust  certificate  representing
shares of the Company. The provisions of this section shall apply to the estate,
executor, administrator,  heirs, legatees or devisees of a director or Committee
member,  and the term "person" as used in this section shall include the estate,
executor, administrator, heirs, legatees or devisees of such person.

15. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     (a) Further  Assurances.  All parties to this Plan agree to perform any and
all further acts and to execute and deliver any documents that may reasonably be
necessary to carry out the provisions of this Plan.

     (b) Attorneys' Fees. In any legal action or other proceeding brought by any
party to enforce or interpret the terms of this Plan, the prevailing party shall
be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.

     (c) Governing Law. The Plan and all  determinations  made and actions taken
pursuant  hereto,  to the  extent  not  otherwise  governed  by the  Code or the
securities laws of the United States,  shall be governed by the law of the State
of California.

     (d)  Notices.  Any  written  notice to the  Company  required by any of the
provisions of the Plan shall be addressed to the Chair of the Committee, if any,
the chief operational  officer or to the chief executive officer of the Company,
and  shall  become  effective  when it is  received  by the  office of the chief
personnel officer or the chief executive officer.

                                  Page 7 of 8

<PAGE>

     (e) Entire  Agreement.  This Plan,  together with those  documents that are
referenced in the Plan,  are intended to be the final,  complete,  and exclusive
statement  of the terms of this  Plan.  This  Plan  supersedes  all other  prior
agreements,  communications, and statements, whether written or oral, express or
implied, pertaining to that subject matter. This Plan may not be contradicted by
evidence  of any prior or  contemporaneous  statements  or  agreements,  oral or
written,  and may not be explained  or  supplemented  by evidence of  consistent
additional terms.

     (f) Interpretation.  This Plan shall be construed as a whole,  according to
its fair  meaning,  and not in favor of or against any party.  By way of example
and not in  limitation,  this Plan shall not be  construed in favor of the party
receiving  a benefit  nor  against  the  party  responsible  for any  particular
language in this Plan.  Captions are used for reference purposes only and should
be ignored  in the  interpretation  of the Plan.  Unless  the  context  requires
otherwise,  all  references in this Plan to Paragraphs  are to the paragraphs of
this Plan.

     The undersigned hereby certify that the foregoing Management Cash Incentive
Plan was duly  adopted and  approved by the Board of  Directors on March 3, 1998
and the shareholders on April 8, 1998.


/S/ F. Michael Budd                          Charles S. Palm
- -----------------------------                --------------------------------
F. Michael Budd - President                  Dr. Charles S. Palm -  Secretary

                                  Page 8 of 8



                                  Exhibit 10.2
                                  -------------

                          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                             1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     1. Purpose.

     The  purpose of this 1998 Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Plan") is to  attract,
retain, and reward persons providing services to Synthonics Technologies,  Inc.,
a Utah corporation, and any successor corporation thereto (collectively referred
to as the  "Company"),  and any  present  or  future  parent  and/or  subsidiary
corporations  of such  corporation  (all of which along with the  Company  being
individually referred to as a "Participating  Company" and collectively referred
to as the  "Participating  Company  Group"),  and to  motivate  such  persons to
contribute to the growth and profits of the  Participating  Company Group in the
future.  For  purposes  of the  Plan,  a  parent  corporation  and a  subsidiary
corporation  shall be as defined in Sections  424(e) and 424(f) of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

     2. Administration.

     (a)   Administration  By  Board  And/Or   Committee.   The  Plan  shall  be
administered  by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") and/or by a
duly  appointed  committee of the Board having such powers as shall be specified
by the Board. Any subsequent  references herein to the Board shall also mean the
committee if such  committee  has been  appointed,  and unless the powers of the
committee have been  specifically  limited.  The committee shall have all of the
powers of the Board granted herein, including,  without limitation, the power to
terminate  or amend the Plan at any time,  subject  to the terms of the Plan and
any applicable  limitations  imposed by law. All questions of  interpretation of
the  Plan or of any  options  granted  under  the Plan  (an  "Option")  shall be
determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon
all persons having an interest in the Plan and/or any Option.

     (b) Options  Authorized.  Options may be either  incentive stock options as
defined in Section 422 of the Code ("Incentive  Stock Options") or non-statutory
stock options.

     3. Eligibility.

     (a) Eligible Persons.  Options may be granted only to employees  (including
officers) and directors of the  Participating  Company Group,  or to individuals
who are  rendering  services  as  consultants,  advisors,  or other  independent
contractors to the  Participating  Company Group.  The Board shall,  in its sole
discretion,  determine which persons shall be granted  Options (an  "Optionee").
Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

     (b)  Restrictions on Option Grants.  A director of a Participating  Company
may only be granted a non-statutory  stock option unless the director is also an
employee of the  Participating  Company  Group.  An individual  who is rendering
services as a consultant,  advisor, or other independent  contractor may only be
granted a non-statutory stock option.

     4. Shares Subject to Option. Options shall be for the purchase of shares of
the  authorized  but unissued  common  stock or treasury  shares of common stock
$0.01 par value of the Company (the "Stock"),  subject to adjustment as provided

                                  Page 1 of 10

<PAGE>

in paragraph 10 below. The maximum number of shares of Stock which may be issued
under the Plan shall be Two Million  (2,000,000)  shares.  In the event that any
outstanding  Option for any reason  expires or is terminated or canceled  and/or
shares of Stock subject to repurchase are repurchased by the Company, the shares
allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option, or such repurchased shares,
may again be subject to an Option grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such
shares  shall be made  subject  to a new  Option  only if the  grant of such new
Option and the  issuance  of such shares  pursuant to such new Option  would not
cause the Plan or any Option granted under the Plan to contravene Rule 16b-3.

     5. Time for  Granting  Options.  All Options  shall be granted,  if at all,
within  three (3) years from the  earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the
Board or the date the Plan approved by the stockholders of the Company.

     6. Terms, Conditions and Form of Options.  Subject to the provisions of the
Plan,  the Board shall  determine  for each Option (which need not be identical)
the  number  of shares of Stock for  which  the  Option  shall be  granted,  the
exercise price of the Option, the timing and terms of exercisability and vesting
of the  Option,  the  time  of  expiration  of the  Option,  the  effect  of the
Optionee's  termination  of employment  or service,  whether the Option is to be
treated as an Incentive  Stock Option or as a  non-statutory  stock option,  the
method for satisfaction of any tax withholding  obligation arising in connection
with Option,  including by the  withholding or delivery of shares of stock,  and
all other terms and  conditions  of the Option not  inconsistent  with the Plan.
Options  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by written  agreements
specifying  the number of shares of Stock covered  thereby,  in such form as the
Board shall from time to time establish, which agreements may incorporate all or
any of the terms of the Plan by  reference  and shall comply with and be subject
to the following terms and conditions:

          (a)  Exercise  Price.  The  exercise  price for each  Option  shall be
     established in the sole discretion of the Board;  provided,  however,  that
     (i) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not
     less than the fair market value,  as determined by the Board, of a share of
     Stock on the date of the granting of the Option,  (ii) the  exercise  price
     per  share  for a  non-statutory  stock  option  shall  not  be  less  than
     eighty-five  percent (85%) of the fair market  value,  as determined by the
     Board,  of a share of Stock on the date of the  granting  of the Option and
     (iii) no Incentive  Stock Option granted to an Optionee who at the time the
     Option is granted owns stock  possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the
     total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of stock of a  Participating
     Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code (a "Ten Percent
     Owner  Optionee")  shall  have an  exercise  price per share  less than one
     hundred ten percent  (110%) of the fair market value,  as determined by the
     Board,  of a share  of Stock on the  date of the  granting  of the  Option.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option
     or a  non-statutory  stock  option) may be granted  with an exercise  price
     lower than the  minimum  exercise  price set forth  above if such Option is
     granted  pursuant to an assumption or substitution  for another option in a
     manner qualifying with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

          (b) Exercise Period of Options. The Board shall have the power to set,
     including by  amendment  of an Option,  the time or times within which each
     Option shall be  exercisable  or the event or events upon the occurrence of
     which all or a portion of each Option shall be exercisable  and the term of
     each Option;  provided,  however, that no Option shall be exercisable after
     the expiration of seven (7) years after the date such Option is granted.

                                  Page 2 of 10

<PAGE>

          (c) Termination of Employee Options. If an optionee who is an employee
     ceases to be an employee of the  Company,  his or her rights to exercise an
     incentive stock option then held shall be only as follows:

               (i) Death. If an optionee dies while he or she is employed by the
          Company,  the  optionee's  estate shall have the right for a period of
          six (6) months (or such longer  period as the  Committee may determine
          at the date of grant or during the term of the option)  after the date
          of death to  exercise  the  option  to the  extent  the  optionee  was
          entitled to  exercise  the option on that date,  provided  the date of
          exercise  is in no  event  after  the  expiration  of the  term of the
          option.  To the extent the option is not exercised within this period,
          the option  will  terminate.  An  optionee's  "estate"  shall mean the
          optionee's legal  representative  or any person who acquires the right
          to exercise an option by reason of the optionee's death.

               (ii)  Disability.  If an optionee's  employment  with the Company
          ends because the optionee becomes disabled, the optionee or his or her
          qualified  representative  (in  the  event  of the  optionee's  mental
          disability)  shall have the right for a period of twelve  (12)  months
          after the date on which the optionee's employment ends to exercise the
          option to the extent the  optionee was entitled to exercise the option
          on that date,  provided  the date of exercise is in no event after the
          expiration of the term of the option.  To the extent the option is not
          exercised within this period, the option will terminate.

               (iii) Resignation.  If an optionee  voluntarily  resigns from the
          Company,  the  optionee  shall  have the right for a period of two (2)
          months  after the date of  resignation  to exercise  the option to the
          extent the  optionee was entitled to exercise the option on that date,
          provided the date of exercise is in no event after the  expiration  of
          the term of the  option.  To the extent  the  option is not  exercised
          within this period, the option will terminate.

               (iv)  Termination  for Reasons other than Cause. If an optionee's
          employment  is  terminated  by the  Company  for  reasons  other  than
          "Cause,"  the  optionee  shall  have the right for a period of two (2)
          months  after the date of  termination  to exercise  the option to the
          extent the  optionee was entitled to exercise the option on that date,
          provided the date of exercise is in no event after the  expiration  of
          the term of the  option.  To the extent  the  option is not  exercised
          within this period, the option will terminate. For the purpose of this
          clause,  "Cause"  shall mean that:  the optionee is  determined by the
          Committee to have committed an act of embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty,
          or breach of fiduciary  duty to the Company,  or to have  deliberately
          disregarded  the rules of the Company which resulted in loss,  damage,
          or  injury  to the  Company,  or  because  the  optionee  has made any
          unauthorized   disclosure  of  any  of  the  secrets  or  confidential
          information of the Company,  has induced any client or customer of the
          Company  to break any  contract  with the  Company,  has  induced  any
          principal  for whom the Company acts as agent to terminate  the agency
          relationship,  or has engaged in any conduct that  constitutes  unfair
          competition with the Company.

               (v) Other Reasons.  If an optionee's  employment with the Company
          ends for any reason not mentioned above in this  Subsection  6(c), all

                                  Page 3 of 10

<PAGE>
          rights of the optionee in an  incentive  stock  option,  to the extent
          that it has not  been  exercised,  shall  terminate  on the  date  the
          optionee's employment ends.

          (d) Terminations of Non-employee  Director Options.  If a non-employee
     director  ceases to be a  director  of the  Company,  his or her  rights to
     exercise an option then held shall be only as follows:

               (i)  Death.  If a  nonemployee  director  dies while he or she is
          serving on the Board of the Company,  the director's estate shall have
          the right for a period of six (6) months (or such longer period as the
          Committee may determine at the date of grant or during the term of the
          option)  after the date of death to exercise  the option to the extent
          the  director  was  entitled  to  exercise  the  option on that  date,
          provided the date of exercise is in no event after the  expiration  of
          the term of the  option.  To the extent  the  option is not  exercised
          within this period, the option will terminate.  A director's  "estate"
          shall  mean the  director's  legal  representative  or any  person who
          acquires  the right to exercise an option by reason of the  director's
          death.

               (ii)  Disability.  If a nonemployee  director's  Board membership
          ends because the director becomes disabled, the director or his or her
          qualified  representative  (in  the  event  of the  director's  mental
          disability)  shall have the right for a period of twelve  (12)  months
          after  the date on  which  the  director's  Board  membership  ends to
          exercise  the  option to the  extent  the  director  was  entitled  to
          exercise the option on that date,  provided the date of exercise is in
          no event after the expiration of the term of the option. To the extent
          the option is not  exercised  within  this  period,  the  option  will
          terminate.

               (iii) Resignation.  If a nonemployee director voluntarily resigns
          from the  Company's  Board,  the  director  shall have the right for a
          period of six (6) months after the date of resignation to exercise the
          option to the extent the  director was entitled to exercise the option
          on that date,  provided  the date of exercise is in no event after the
          expiration of the term of the option.  To the extent the option is not
          exercised within this period, the option will terminate.

               (iv)  Termination  for Reasons other than Cause. If a nonemployee
          director's  Board  membership is terminated by the Company for reasons
          other than "Cause," the director  shall have the right for a period of
          six (6) months after the date of termination to exercise the option to
          the extent the  director  was  entitled to exercise the option on that
          date,  provided  the  date  of  exercise  is in  no  event  after  the
          expiration of the term of the option.  To the extent the option is not
          exercised  within  this  period,  the option will  terminate.  For the
          purpose of this  clause,  "Cause"  shall mean that:  the  director  is
          determined by the Committee to have committed an act of  embezzlement,
          fraud,  dishonesty,  or breach of fiduciary duty to the Company, or to
          have deliberately  disregarded the rules of the Company which resulted
          in loss, damage, or injury to the Company, or because the director has
          made any unauthorized disclosure of any of the secrets or confidential
          information of the Company,  has induced any client or customer of the
          Company  to break any  contract  with the  Company,  has  induced  any
          principal  for whom the Company acts as agent to terminate  the agency
          relationship,  or has engaged in any conduct that  constitutes  unfair
          competition with the Company.

                                  Page 4 of 10

<PAGE>

               (v) Other Reasons.  If a nonemployee  director's Board membership
          ends for any reason not mentioned above in this  Subsection  6(d), all
          rights of the  director  in an option,  to the extent  that it has not
          been  exercised,  shall  terminate  on the date the  director's  Board
          membership ends.

          (e) Payment of Exercise Price.

               (i) Forms of Payment  Authorized.  Payment of the exercise  price
          for the  number of shares of Stock  being  purchased  pursuant  to any
          Option shall be made (1) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (2) by
          tender to the  Company of shares of the  Company's  stock owned by the
          Optionee  having a fair market value,  as determined by the Board (but
          without regard to any  restrictions on  transferability  applicable to
          such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements
          with an  underwriter  for the  Company),  not less  than the  exercise
          price,  (3) by  the  Optionee's  recourse  promissory  note  in a form
          approved by the Company,  (4) by the  assignment  of the proceeds of a
          sale of some or all of the shares being  acquired upon the exercise of
          the  Option  (including,   without  limitation,  through  an  exercise
          complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time
          to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System),  (5)
          by the  withholding  of shares  being  acquired  upon  exercise of the
          Option  having a fair market  value,  as  determined by the Board (but
          without regard to any  restrictions on  transferability  applicable to
          such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements
          with an  underwriter  for the  Company),  not less  than the  exercise
          price, or (6) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or
          from  time  to time  grant  Options  which  do not  permit  all of the
          foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise
          price  and/or  which  otherwise  restrict  one  (1) or more  forms  of
          consideration.

               (ii) Tender of Company Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  an
          Option may not be  exercised by tender to the Company of shares of the
          Company's  stock to the extent such tender of stock,  as determined by
          the Board,  would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law,
          regulation   and/or  agreement   restricting  the  redemption  of  the
          Company's stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may
          not be exercised  by tender to the Company of shares of the  Company's
          stock unless such shares of the Company's stock either have been owned
          by the  Optionee  for more than six (6)  months or were not  acquired,
          directly or indirectly, from the Company.

               (iii) Promissory  Notes. No promissory note shall be permitted if
          an exercise  using a promissory  note would be a violation of any law.
          Any permitted  promissory  note shall be due and payable not more than
          four (4) years after the Option is  exercised,  and interest  shall be
          payable  at  least  annually  and be at  least  equal  to the  minimum
          interest  rate  necessary to avoid  imputed  interest  pursuant to all
          applicable sections of the Code. The Board shall have the authority to
          permit or require the Optionee to secure any  promissory  note used to
          exercise  an Option  with the shares of Stock  acquired on exercise of
          the Option  and/or with other  collateral  acceptable  to the Company.
          Unless  otherwise  provided by the Board,  in the event the Company at
          any time is subject  to the  regulations  promulgated  by the Board of
          Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System or any other  governmental
          entity  affecting  the  extension  of  credit in  connection  with the
          Company's  securities,  any  promissory  note shall  comply  with such
          applicable  regulations,   and  the  Optionee  shall  pay  the  unpaid
          principal  and accrued  interest,  if any, to the extent  necessary to
          comply with such applicable regulations.

                                  Page 5 of 10
<PAGE>

               (iv) Assignment of Proceeds of Sale. The Company reserves, at any
          and  all  times,  the  right,  in  the  Company's  sole  and  absolute
          discretion,  to  establish,  decline to approve  and/or  terminate any
          program  and/or  procedures for the exercise of Options by means of an
          assignment  of the  proceeds of a sale of some or all of the shares of
          Stock to be acquired upon such exercise.

     7. Standard Forms of Stock Option Agreement.

          (a) Incentive  Stock  Options.  Unless  otherwise  provided for by the
     Board  at the  time an  Option  is  granted,  an  Option  designated  as an
     "Incentive  Stock Option" shall comply with and be subject to the terms and
     conditions of an Incentive  Stock Option  Agreement  which shall be in such
     form as  designated  by the Board of Directors  or  Committee  from time to
     time.

          (b) Non-Statutory Stock Options.  Unless otherwise provided for by the
     Board  at the  time  an  Option  is  granted,  an  Option  designated  as a
     "Non-statutory  Stock Option" shall comply with and be subject to the terms
     and conditions of a  Non-statutory  Stock Option  Agreement  which shall in
     such form as designated by the Board of Directors or Committee from time to
     time.

          (c) Standard Term For Options.  Unless  otherwise  provided for by the
     Board in the grant of an Option,  any  Option  granted  hereunder  shall be
     exercisable for a term of seven (7) years.

     8. Authority To Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to
time to vary the terms of either of the standard forms of Stock Option Agreement
described in paragraph 7 above either in connection  with the grant or amendment
of an  individual  Option  or in  connection  with  the  authorization  of a new
standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of such
revised or amended  standard form or forms of stock option agreement shall be in
accordance with the terms of the Plan. Such authority shall include,  but not by
way of  limitation,  the authority to grant  Options  which are not  immediately
exercisable.

     9. Fair Market  Value  Limitation.  To the extent that the  aggregate  fair
market  value  (determined  at the time the  Option is  granted)  of stock  with
respect to which  Incentive Stock Options are exercisable by an Optionee for the
first time  during  any  calendar  year  (under  all stock  option  plans of the
Company,  including the Plan) exceeds one hundred thousand  dollars  ($100,000),
such Options shall be treated as  non-statutory  stock  options.  This paragraph
shall be applied by taking  Incentive Stock Options into account in the order in
which they were granted.

     10.  Effect of Change in Stock  Subject  to Plan.  Appropriate  adjustments
shall be made in the number and class of shares of Stock subject to the Plan and
to any outstanding  Options and in the exercise price of any outstanding Options
in  the  event  of  a  stock  dividend,   stock  split,   reverse  stock  split,
recapitalization,  combination,  reclassification, or like change in the capital
structure of the Company. In the event a majority of the shares which are of the
same class as the shares that are subject to  outstanding  Options are exchanged
for,  converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to a Transfer
of Control (as defined below)) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"),
the Company may unilaterally amend the outstanding  Options to provide that such
Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment,  the
number of shares and the  exercise  price of the  outstanding  Options  shall be
adjusted in a fair and equitable manner.

                                  Page 6 of 10

<PAGE>

     11.  Transfer of Control.  A "Transfer of Control"  shall be deemed to have
occurred in the event any of the following occurs with respect to the Company.

          (a) the  acquisition  of direct or indirect  ownership of stock by any
     person, entity or group of persons or entities acting in concert possessing
     more than a majority of the beneficial  interest in the voting stock of the
     Company;

          (b) the direct or indirect sale or exchange by the stockholders of the
     Company of all or  substantially  all of the stock of the Company where the
     stockholders  of the  Company  before  such sale or exchange do not retain,
     directly or indirectly,  at least a majority of the beneficial  interest in
     the voting stock of the Company after such sale or exchange;

          (c) a merger or  consolidation  where the  stockholders of the Company
     before such merger or consolidation do not retain,  directly or indirectly,
     at least a majority of the  beneficial  interest in the voting stock of the
     Company after such merger or consolidation;

          (d) the sale,  exchange,  or transfer of all, or substantially all, of
     the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange,  or transfer to one
     (1) or more  subsidiary  corporations  (as defined in paragraph 1 above) of
     the Company; or

          (e) a liquidation or  dissolution of the Company.  For purposes of the
     foregoing,  if a group of persons or entities begins to act in concert, and
     if such group  meets the  beneficial  ownership  requirements  set forth in
     clause (a) above, then such acquisition shall be deemed to have occurred on
     the date the Company first becomes aware of such group or its actions.

     A Stock Option  Agreement may, in the discretion of the Board,  provide for
accelerated  vesting in the event of a Transfer  of  Control.  In the event of a
Transfer  of  Control,  the  surviving,  continuing,  successor,  or  purchasing
corporation or parent  corporation  thereof,  as the case may be (the "Acquiring
Corporation"),  shall either assume the Company's  rights and obligations  under
outstanding  stock option  agreements  or  substitute  options for the Acquiring
Corporation's  stock for such  outstanding  Options.  In the event the Acquiring
Corporation  elects not to assume or substitute for such outstanding  Options in
connection  with the  Transfer of Control,  any  unexercisable  and/or  unvested
shares subject to such outstanding  stock option agreements shall be immediately
exercisable  and fully  vested  as of the date  thirty  (30)  days  prior to the
proposed effective date of the Transfer of Control.  The exercise and/or vesting
of any Option that was  permissible  solely by reason of this paragraph 11 shall
be conditioned  upon the  consummation  of the Transfer of Control.  Any Options
which are neither  assumed or  substituted  for by the Acquiring  Corporation in
connection  with the  Transfer  of Control nor  exercised  as of the date of the
Transfer of Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding  effective as of
the date of the Transfer of Control.

     12.  Provision  of  Information.  Each  Optionee  shall be given  access to
information concerning the Company equivalent to that information generally made
available to the Company's common stockholders generally.

                                  Page 7 of 10

<PAGE>

     13.  Options  Non-Transferable.  During the lifetime of the  Optionee,  the
Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.  No Option shall be assignable
or  transferable  by the Optionee,  except by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution.

     14. Termination or Amendment of Plan or Options.  The Board,  including any
duly  appointed  committee of the Board,  may terminate or amend the Plan or any
Option  at any  time;  provided,  however,  that  without  the  approval  of the
Company's  stockholders,  there shall be (a) no increase in the total  number of
shares of Stock  covered by the Plan (except by operation of the  provisions  of
paragraph 10 above),  (b) no change in the class  eligible to receive  Incentive
Stock  Options,   and  (c)  no  expansion  in  the  class  eligible  to  receive
non-statutory stock options.  In addition to the foregoing,  the approval of the
Company's  stockholders  shall be sought for any amendment to the Plan for which
the Board  deems  stockholder  approval  necessary  in order to comply with Rule
16b-3.  In any event,  no amendment  may adversely  affect any then  outstanding
Option or any unexercised portion thereof,  without the consent of the Optionee,
unless such amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive
Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

     15.  Information  to Optionees.  The Company shall provide to each Optionee
during  the  period  for  which he or she has one or more  outstanding  options,
copies of all annual  reports  and all other  information  which is  provided to
shareholders  of the Company.  The Company shall not be required to provide such
information to key employees  whose duties in connection with the Company assure
their access to equivalent information.

     16. Privileges of Stock Ownership,  Securities Law Compliance.  No Optionee
shall be  entitled to the  privileges  of stock  ownership  as to any Shares not
actually issued and delivered to the Optionee.  The exercise of any option under
the Plan shall be conditioned  upon the  registration of the Shares with the SEC
and  qualification  of the options and  underlying  Shares under the  California
securities laws, unless in the opinion of counsel to the Company registration or
qualification is not necessary.  The Company shall diligently endeavor to comply
with all  applicable  securities  laws before any options are granted  under the
Plan and before any Shares are issued pursuant to the exercise of such options.

     17.  Indemnification.  To the extent  permitted by applicable law in effect
from time to time, no member of the Board or the  Committee  shall be liable for
any action or omission of any other member of the Board or Committee nor for any
act or  omission on the  member's  own part,  excepting  only the  member's  own
willful misconduct or gross negligence.  The Company shall pay expenses incurred
by, and satisfy a judgment  or fine  rendered  or levied  against,  a present or
former  director or member of the  Committee  in any action  against such person
(whether or not the Company is joined as a party  defendant) to impose liability
or a penalty on such  person for an act alleged to have been  committed  by such
person while a director or member of the  Committee  arising with respect to the
Plan or  administration  thereof or out of membership on the Committee or by the
Company,  or all or any  combination of the preceding;  provided the director or
Committee  member  was  acting  in good  faith,  within  what such  director  or
Committee member reasonably believed to have been within the scope of his or her
employment or authority and for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to
be in the best interests of the Company or its shareholders. Payments authorized
hereunder include amounts paid and expenses incurred in settling any such action
or threatened  action.  This section does not apply to any action  instituted or
maintained  in the right of the Company by a  shareholder  or holder of a voting
trust  certificate  representing  shares of the Company.  The provisions of this
section shall apply to the estate, executor,  administrator,  heirs, legatees or
devisees of a director or  Committee  member,  and the term  "person" as used in
this section shall include the estate, executor, administrator,  heirs, legatees
or devisees of such person.

                                  Page 8 of 10

<PAGE>

     18. Miscellaneous Provisions.

          (a) Withholding  Taxes. In the event that the Company  determines that
     it is required to withhold federal,  state, or local tax as a result of the
     exercise of this option,  Employee,  as a condition to the exercise of this
     option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to
     satisfy all withholding requirements.

          (b) No Rights as a  Shareholder.  Employee  shall  have no rights as a
     shareholder  with  respect to any Shares  subject to this option  until the
     Shares have been issued in the name of Employee.

          (c) No Employment  Rights.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as
     giving Employee the right to be retained as an employee of the Company.

          (d) Further Assurances.  All parties to this Plan agree to perform any
     and all further  acts and to execute and  deliver  any  documents  that may
     reasonably be necessary to carry out the provisions of this Plan.

          (e) Attorneys' Fees. In any legal action or other  proceeding  brought
     by any party to enforce or interpret the terms of this Plan, the prevailing
     party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.

          (f) Governing  Law. The Plan and all  determinations  made and actions
     taken pursuant hereto, to the extent not otherwise  governed by the Code or
     the securities  laws of the United States,  shall be governed by the law of
     the State of California.

          (g) Notices.  Any written notice to the Company required by any of the
     provisions of the Plan shall be addressed to the chief personnel officer or
     to the chief executive  officer of the Company,  and shall become effective
     when it is  received  by the office of the chief  personnel  officer or the
     chief executive officer.

          (h) Entire  Agreement.  This Plan,  together with those documents that
     are  referenced in the Plan,  are intended to be the final,  complete,  and
     exclusive  statement of the terms of the agreement between Employee and the
     Company  with regard to the  subject  matter of this Plan.  This  Agreement
     supersedes  all other prior  agreements,  communications,  and  statements,
     whether  written or oral,  express or implied,  pertaining  to that subject
     matter.  This  Plan may not be  contradicted  by  evidence  of any prior or
     contemporaneous  statements or agreements,  oral or written, and may not be
     explained or supplemented by evidence of consistent  additional terms. This
     Plan does not effect the terms and conditions of any options granted by the
     Company  prior  to the  date of  adoption  of this  Plan  by the  Board  of
     Directors.

          (i) Successors and Assigns.  Optionee  agrees that he will not assign,
     sell, transfer,  delegate,  or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or
     involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this
     Plan,  except as  expressly  permitted  by this  Plan.  Any such  purported

                                  Page 9 of 10

<PAGE>

     assignment, sale, transfer,  delegation, or other disposition shall be null
     and void. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan, the Plan shall
     be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the
     Company and any successors and permitted assigns of Employee, including any
     of his executors,  administrators, or other legal representatives. It shall
     not benefit any person or entity other than those  specifically  enumerated
     in this Agreement.

     (j) Severability.  If any provision of this Plan, or its application to any
person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent
jurisdiction  to be invalid,  unenforceable,  or void,  that provision  shall be
enforced to the greatest  extent  permitted  by law,  and the  remainder of this
Agreement and of that provision shall remain in full force and effect as applied
to other persons, places, and circumstances.

     (k) Interpretation.  This Plan shall be construed as a whole,  according to
its fair  meaning,  and not in favor of or against any party.  By way of example
and not in  limitation,  this Plan shall not be  construed in favor of the party
receiving  a benefit  nor  against  the  party  responsible  for any  particular
language in this Plan.  Captions are used for reference purposes only and should
be ignored  in the  interpretation  of the Plan.  Unless  the  context  requires
otherwise,  all  references in this Plan to Paragraphs  are to the paragraphs of
this Plan.

     The  undersigned  hereby  certify that the foregoing 1998 Stock Option Plan
was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors on March 3, 1998 and the
shareholders on April 8, 1998.


/s/ F. Michael Budd                          Charles S. Palm
- ------------------------------               ----------------------------------
F. Michael Budd - President                  Dr. Charles S. Palm -  Secretary

                                 Page 10 of 10


                                  Exhibit 10.3
                                  ------------- 
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                            SYNTHONICS, INCORPORATED

                                       AND

                                  MEDSCAPE, LLC

     This LICENSE  AGREEMENT is entered  into between  Synthonics,  Incorporated
(hereinafter   referred  to  as   "Synthonics,   Incorporated"),   a  California
corporation  with principal  offices at 31324 Via Colinas,  Suite 106,  Westlake
Village,  California,  91362,  and  MedScape,  LLC  (hereinafter  referred to as
"MedScape"),  a California  limited  liability company with principal offices at
31324 Via Colinas, Suite 106, Westlake Village, CA 91362.

                                    RECITALS

     A. On or about  September 2, 1996,  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc., a Utah
corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as "Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.") and
William  E.  Harrell,  Jr.,  DMD,  P.C.,  an  Alabama  professional  corporation
(hereinafter  referred to as "Harrell") entered a written Operating Agreement as
members of MedScape.  MedScape came into  existence on or about August 13, 1996,
when its Articles of  Organization  were filed with the California  Secretary of
State.  Synthonics,  Incorporated  is the wholly owned  subsidiary of Synthonics
Technologies, Inc.

     B. Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc., and Harrell desire that H&M Associates,
LLC  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "H&M  Associates"),  a  California  limited
liability company,  be added as a member of MedScape.  H&M Associates desires to
become a member of MedScape. Therefore,  concurrently with the execution of this
License  Agreement,  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.,  Harrell,  and Harrell are
executing a First Amended Operating Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "First
Amended Operating Agreement") pursuant to which H&M Associates is being added as
a member of MedScape.

     C.  Also  concurrently  with or  prior  to the  execution  of this  License
Agreement, Harrell and H&M Associates have each entered a License Agreement with
MedScape  which is  virtually  identical  in form and  substance to this License
Agreement  except  that  those  separate  license  agreements  provide  for  the
licensing by H&M Associates and H&M Associates to MedScape of other  proprietary
technology which is owned by Harrell and H&M Associates, respectively.

     D. Harrell, Synthonics Technologies,  Inc., and H&M Associates have founded
MedScape to combine their proprietary  technologies to create, develop and offer
software products to the medical and dental  professions and their support labs.
The  software  will be modular  and  include a system for  sending,  retrieving,
cataloging and storing images.  Each module will have an application to solve or
enhance specific diagnostic challenges,  improve treatment planning capabilities
and may be used to enhance communication with colleagues and patients.

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>
     E. In accordance with the First Amended  Operating  Agreement,  Synthonics,
Incorporated is required to grant certain exclusive, worldwide license rights to
certain  proprietary  technology  under the terms and conditions of this License
Agreement  as the  initial  contribution  by  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc. to
MedScape.

     F.  MedScape  desires to use that  proprietary  technology  to develop  the
software products referenced above.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing,  the mutual covenants and
obligations  hereinafter contained,  and other good and valuable  consideration,
Synthonics, Incorporated and MedScape agree as follows:

                                      TERMS

1.0 DEFINITIONS

1.1 Usage

     All words,  terms and phrases  used in this  License  Agreement  shall have
meanings  ascribed to them in standard English language  dictionaries.  However,
where this License Agreement  specifically  defines a word, term or phrase, that
definition shall be used in this License Agreement. That definition shall govern
whether the term is used in the singular or plural,  and shall apply  regardless
of the  gender of the  object or person to which it is  applied.  Capitalization
will have no effect on the meaning of the word, term or phrase in question.

1.2 Synthonics, Incorporated

     "Synthonics,  Incorporated"  means the California  corporation  having that
name with its  principal  offices  at 31324 Via  Colinas,  Suite  106,  Westlake
Village,  California 91362, and its successors,  any surviving Entity into which
that corporation may be merged,  or any Entity resulting from a consolidation of
that corporation with any other Entity. Synthonics, Incorporated is the licensor
in this License  Agreement.  It is understood that  Synthonics,  Incorporated is
acting as the wholly owned subsidiary of Synthonics Technologies, Inc., and that
Synthonics,  Incorporated  is and shall be  completely  controlled by Synthonics
Technologies, Inc..

1.3 MedScape

     "MedScape" means the California  limited liability company having that name
with its principal offices at 31324 Via Colinas, Suite 106, Westlake Village, CA
91362,  and its  successors,  any  surviving  Entity  into  which  that  limited
liability company may be merged, or any Entity resulting from a consolidation of
that limited liability  company with any other Entity.  MedScape is the licensee
in this License Agreement.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>
1.4 Affiliate

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to a party to this License  Agreement,  any
Entity in which such party, its managers or members, singly or cumulatively, has
a direct or indirect  ownership  interest exceeding twenty percent (20%), or any
Entity  which,  directly  or  indirectly,  through  one or more  intermediaries,
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such party. The term
"control" means possession, direct or indirect, of the powers to direct or cause
the  direction  of the  management  or policies  of a person or Entity;  whether
through  ownership of equity  participation,  voting  securities,  or beneficial
interests; by contract; by agreement; or otherwise.

1.5 Distributor

     "Distributor" means any person or Entity engaged by MedScape,  or any agent
or representative of MedScape,  which distributes any Licensed Product(s) to any
End User, either directly or indirectly through other distributors.

1.6 Effective Date

     "Effective Date" means the date upon which this License  Agreement is fully
executed.

1.7 End User(s)

     "End  User"  means  any  individual  or  Entity  licensed  to use  Licensed
Product(s) for  his/her/its  own use, in the regular conduct of its own business
and not for licensing to other Entities or individuals.

1.8 Entity

     "Entity" means a corporation,  a limited liability company, an association,
a joint venture, a partnership,  a trust, a business,  a government or political
subdivision  thereof,  including an agency, or any other  organization which can
exercise independent legal standing.

1.9 Gross Revenues

     "Gross Revenues" means the actual money received, in the ordinary course of
business,  as  revenues  for goods or services  less any  returns or  allowances
granted.

1.10 Improvements

     "Improvements"   means   any   alterations,    modifications,    revisions,
enhancements,  betterments,  and the like of the software codes or ideas related
directly to the Licensed Technology,  made at the request of MedScape during the
term of this License Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, software codes or
ideas that are patentable  shall not be considered  Improvements of the Licensed
Technology under this License Agreement.

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
1.11     Invention

     "Invention"  means any idea,  design,  concept,  technique,  discovery,  or
Improvement,  whether or not patentable,  copyrightable or otherwise protectable
as intellectual property,  which is conceived or brought to practice as a result
of work done or acquisition made by MedScape or Synthonics,  Incorporated during
the term of this License Agreement.

1.12 Know-How

     "Know-How" means  information,  skills,  ingenuity,  and other intellectual
property  which  are  not  generally  known  to the  public,  including  without
limitation  knowledge,  techniques,  processes,  and  Inventions  relating to or
developed in connection with the Licensed  Technology and owned,  developed,  or
acquired by and proprietary to Synthonics,  Incorporated during the term of this
License  Agreement.  Information,  skills,  ingenuity,  and  other  intellectual
property which Synthonics,  Incorporated does not have the right, by restriction
in a prior contract, restriction under government law, or otherwise, to disclose
or transfer to MedScape  shall be  specifically  excluded from the definition of
Know-How for purposes of this License Agreement.

1.13 License Agreement

     "License  Agreement"  means the license  agreement in which this Subsection
1.13 appears.  This License Agreement is between  Synthonics,  Incorporated,  as
licensor, and MedScape, as licensee. Also included in this License Agreement are
all Exhibits attached hereto and all amendments which may be made.

1.14 Licensed Process

     "Licensed  Process"  means  any  process  or method  which  makes use of or
incorporates  all or any part of the Licensed  Technology  combined  directly or
indirectly  with  all or any  part of the  technology  licensed  in the  Harrell
License Agreement and the H&M Associates License Agreement.

1.15 Licensed Product(s)

     "Licensed  Product(s)"  means  any  product,   apparatus,  or  service  the
production,  manufacture, sale, lease, use, or practice of which incorporates or
makes use of all or any part of the  Licensed  Technology  combined  directly or
indirectly  with  all or any  part of the  technology  licensed  in the  Harrell
License  Agreement and the H&M Associates  License  Agreement.  It is understood
that the Licensed Products are products,  apparatus,  or services which are only
for use in diagnosis, treatment planning, and image management by orthodontists,
dentists, oral surgeons and cosmetic surgeons.

1.16 Licensed Technology

     "Licensed   Technology"  means  proprietary   technology  and  intellectual
property owned by Synthonics,  Incorporated relating to photogrammetry described
on  Exhibit B  attached  to this  License  Agreement  and  incorporated  by this
reference.

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
1.17 Original Members

     "Original Members" means Harrell,  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc., and H&M
Associates,  the three  members of  MedScape  after the  execution  of the First
Amended Operating Agreement.

1.18 Harrell License Agreement

     "Harrell License Agreement" means the license agreement between Harrell and
MedScape executed prior to or concurrently with this License Agreement.

1.19 H&M Associates License Agreement

     "H&M Associates  License Agreement" means the license agreement between H&M
Associates  and MedScape  executed  prior to or  concurrently  with this License
Agreement.

1.20 Confidential Information

     "Confidential  Information"  means  all  information  or  material  that is
confidential  and  proprietary  to  the  disclosing  party,  including,  without
limitation,  the following types of information or material or other information
or material of a similar nature:

     (a) Software (in various stages of development);

     (b) Designs;

     (c) Drawings;

     (d) Specifications;

     (e) Models;

     (f) Source Code;

     (g) Object Code;

     (h) Documentation;

     (i) Diagrams;

     (j) Flow Charts;

     (k) Marketing and Development Plans;

     (l) Business Plans;

     (m) Financial Information;

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>
     (n) Procedures;

     (o) Processes; and

     (p) Customer and Contact Lists.

All written  information  and material which are provided by either party to the
other shall be deemed to be Confidential Information if it is prominently marked
"Confidential." Additionally, all verbal information disclosed by a party to the
other party shall be deemed Confidential Information if it is identified as such
in writing  within five (5) days of  disclosure.  Information  disclosed  by one
party to the other shall cease to be Confidential  Information only if the party
or parties to whom such  disclosure  is made can prove by  written,  clear,  and
convincing  evidence  that  the  Confidential  Information  0)  is  now  or  has
subsequently  become generally known or available to or from the general public,
(ii) is  known  to the  party  to whom  such  disclosure  is made at the time of
receipt,  (iii) is provided  by the  disclosing  party to a third party  without
restriction or disclosure,  (iv) is  subsequently  provided to the party to whom
disclosure is made by a third party without restriction on disclosure, or (v) is
independently  developed by the party to whom disclosure is made, and the person
or  persons  developing  the  same  have  not  had  access  to the  Confidential
Information of the disclosing party.

2.0 LICENSE RIGHTS GRANTED/RESERVED

2.1 Grant of Rights

     (a)  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  License  Agreement,
Synthonics, Incorporated hereby grants to MedScape, and MedScape hereby accepts,
worldwide,  exclusive  license  rights to use the  Licensed  Technology  for the
development  of Licensed  Products and Licensed  Processes  and the  production,
manufacture,  marketing,  distribution,  sale,  lease,  or  other  transfers  of
Licensed  Products  and/or  Licensed  Processes  during the term of this License
Agreement.

     (b) MedScape shall be given only the object code for the computer  programs
included in the Licensed  Technology and any Improvements  thereon.  Synthonics,
Incorporated agrees that it will be reasonably responsive to MedScape's requests
for alterations and Improvements  that MedScape wants to have made in the source
code  of the  computer  programs  included  in  the  Licensed  Technology.  In a
reasonably timely manner,  Synthonics,  Incorporated shall make such alterations
and Improvements, where such can reasonably be made, at a cost to MedScape equal
to  Synthonics,   Incorporated's   actual  costs.  At  all  times,   Synthonics,
Incorporated  shall have title to and full ownership of the Licensed  Technology
including,  without limitation, all Improvements and all software codes or ideas
which are patentable.

     (c) Within thirty (30) days after the execution of this License  Agreement,
Synthonics,  Incorporated and MedScape shall execute and deliver a Master Source
Code Escrow Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Escrow Agreement") providing,
among other things, that MedScape would have the right to obtain the source code
from the escrow agent designated in the Escrow Agreement and use it to maintain,
update,  and  enhance the  computer  software  included as part of the  Licensed
Technology in the event that (i) Synthonics,  Incorporated  materially  fails to
perform its obligations pursuant to this License Agreement,  or (ii) Synthonics,
Incorporated becomes bankrupt or insolvent.

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>
     (d) This grant will extend to and  authorize the  production,  manufacture,
marketing,  distribution,  sale,  lease or other  transfer of Licensed  Products
and/or  Licensed  Processes  directly or through an Affiliate,  Distributor,  or
retail  outlet and shall  authorize End Users' use of Licensed  Products  and/or
Licensed   Processes   transferred   by  MedScape  or   MedScape's   Affiliates,
Distributors, or retail outlets.

2.2 Royalties

     As a royalty, Synthonics,  Incorporated will receive, quarterly in arrears,
three  percent  (3%) of the Gross  Revenues of MedScape.  MedScape  will provide
Synthonics,  Incorporated with a written  accounting of the royalty  calculation
along with each payment.  Synthonics,  Incorporated shall be entitled to inspect
and copy the financial books and records of MedScape relating to the calculation
of royalties at any time upon reasonable notice.

2.3 Rights to Sublicense

     Unless  specifically  authorized  in writing by  Synthonics,  Incorporated,
MedScape shall not either directly or indirectly,  sell,  transfer,  sublicense,
assign in whole or in part, convey, pledge, or otherwise dispose of this License
Agreement,  the Licensed  Technology,  or any right, duty, or license granted by
this License  Agreement to any  individual  or Entity  except as provided in the
immediately subsequent sentence.  MedScape shall be permitted to grant the right
to use the Licensed  Product(s) and the Licensed Processes to (i) End Users, and
(ii)  manufacturers or developers of Licensed  Products.  Except as specifically
provided in this License Agreement,  any attempted sale,  transfer,  sublicense,
assignment in whole or in part, conveyance, pledge, or other disposition of this
License  Agreement,  the Licensed  Technology,  or any right,  duty,  or license
granted by this License  Agreement  without the prior express written consent of
Synthonics,  Incorporated  is null  and void and is a  material  breach  of this
License  Agreement.  Synthonics,  Incorporated may refuse to give its consent to
such action in the sole and absolute discretion of Synthonics, Incorporated.

2.4 Rights Reserved

     This License Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed as granting to
MedScape  any rights,  express or implied,  by  estoppel  or  otherwise,  to any
copyrights,   patents,  patent  applications,   inventions,  methods,  technical
information,   confidential  information,  proprietary  information,  expertise,
Know-How,  trade secrets, or knowledge not specifically licensed by this License
Agreement;  and all such items and rights not  expressly  granted to MedScape by
this License Agreement are expressly reserved by Synthonics,  Incorporated.  The
words used in this  Subsection 2.4 are intended to have their broadest  possible
meanings,  and are not to be limited by  definitions  set forth in this  License
Agreement. Without limitation, nothing contained in this License Agreement shall
be  construed as granting  MedScape any right or license to produce,  process or
otherwise  manufacture,  use, sell, lease or otherwise  transfer any items other
than Licensed Product(s) and Licensed Process(es).

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>
2.5 Rights Granted Back to Licensor

     MedScape  hereby  grants  to  Synthonics,   Incorporated,  and  Synthonics,
Incorporated accepts, worldwide,  non-exclusive,  royalty-free license rights to
use, produce, manufacture, market, distribute, sell, lease or otherwise transfer
any Improvements and Inventions and all copyrighted, non-copyrighted,  patented,
non-patented,  technological or Know-How  developments  relative to the Licensed
Technology arising from MedScape's use, research, or development associated with
the Licensed Technology.

2.6 Training and Support

     At no additional  charge to MedScape,  Synthonics,  Incorporated  agrees to
provide,  from  time to time,  up to a total  of 40  (forty)  hours of  training
concerning the Licensed Technology to one or more of MedScape's representatives,
as shall be  designated  by  MedScape.  Any  training in excess of such 40 hours
shall  be  provided  at  reasonable  rates  to be  agreed  upon  by  Synthonics,
Incorporated  and  MedScape,  which shall in no event exceed  rates  Synthonics,
Incorporated may charge to third parties for similar training.

3.0 TERM AND TERMINATION

3.1 Term of Agreement

     The term of this License Agreement shall commence on its Effective Date and
this License  Agreement  shall  terminate on the sixth (6th)  anniversary of the
Effective Date unless this License Agreement earlier  terminates by operation of
law or by acts of the  parties  in  accordance  with the  terms of this  License
Agreement;  provided, however, that (i) Synthonics,  Incorporated shall have the
option to terminate this License Agreement at any time prior to the second (2nd)
anniversary of the Effective  Date of this License  Agreement in the event that,
for any three fiscal  quarters  taken as a whole,  the actual Gross  Revenues of
MedScape  are not at least  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the  projected  Gross
Revenues of MedScape  as shown in Exhibit A attached to this  License  Agreement
and  incorporated by this reference,  and (ii) MedScape shall have the option to
renew this License  Agreement for an unlimited  number of additional  successive
six (6) year terms  provided  that MedScape is not in default under this License
Agreement at the time any  particular  option is exercised  and, with respect to
the  option  for  any  particular   six  (6)  year  renewal  term,   Synthonics,
Incorporated  shall  have  received  during  the  previous  six (6) year term an
aggregate of at least  $5,000,000 in royalties under this License  Agreement and
cash member distributions from MedScape.

3.2 Licensee's Rights to Termination

     This License Agreement may be terminated at any time by MedScape.  In order
to terminate,  MedScape must give written  notice of  termination at least sixty
(60) days prior to actual termination.

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>
3.3 Licensor's Rights to Termination

     (a) Upon (i) any material breach of or default under this License Agreement
by MedScape,  (ii) the termination of the Harrell  License  Agreement or the H&M
Associates  License  Agreement,  or (iii) the  failure of  MedScape  to actually
receive at least $250,000 in cash contributions from equity investors other than
the  Original  Members  within  180  days  of the  Effective  Date,  Synthonics,
Incorporated may terminate this License Agreement.

     (b)  Synthonics,   Incorporated  shall  give  MedScape  written  notice  of
termination prior to terminating this License Agreement. Such notice shall state
the cause(s) for termination and the procedures, if any, MedScape must follow to
prevent  such  termination.  MedScape  shall  have  thirty  (30) days  after the
effective  date of the  notice to remedy the stated  cause(s)  for  termination,
according to the procedures  stated,  otherwise  this License  Agreement and all
rights  granted  MedScape  shall  automatically  terminate  at  the  end  of the
thirtieth (30th) day.

     (c) In the event MedScape  ceases  conducting  business in a normal course,
becomes  insolvent,  makes a general  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,
suffers or permits the appointment of a receiver for its business or assets,  or
avails  itself  of, or becomes  subject  to, any  proceeding  under the  Federal
Bankruptcy  Act or any  other  statute  of any  state  or  country  relating  to
insolvency or the protection of creditor  rights,  this License  Agreement shall
immediately and automatically terminate on the occurrence of any such event.

3.4 Results of Termination

     Should this License  Agreement be  terminated  for any reason,  excepting a
material  breach by Synthonics,  Incorporated  which is not cured or remedied by
Synthonics,  Incorporated  within thirty (30) days after the  effective  date of
notice  given to  Synthonics,  Incorporated  which  specifically  describes  the
material breach and the procedures, if any, Synthonics, Incorporated must follow
to  remedy  or cure  it,  then  MedScape  shall  cease  all use of the  Licensed
Technology  for any  purpose,  and shall  cease all  production,  manufacturing,
marketing, distribution, sale, lease, or transfer of the Licensed Product(s) and
Licensed Process(es). Termination of this License Agreement shall not affect the
rights granted back to Synthonics,  Incorporated  by this License  Agreement nor
any  other  provisions,  the  nature  of which  are  intended  to  survive  such
termination.  Within ten (10) days after termination of this License  Agreement,
MedScape shall return to Synthonics, Incorporated the computer programs included
as  part  of  the  Licensed  Technology  in the  form  provided  by  Synthonics,
Incorporated  or as  modified  by  Synthonics,  Incorporated  or as  modified by
MedScape,  and shall deliver to Synthonics,  Incorporated all  documentation and
records of any sort,  whether on paper,  magnetic media,  memory,  etc., and all
copies  wherever  located,  referring  or  relating  to all or any  part  of the
Licensed Technology.

4.0 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SYNTHONICS, INCORPORATED

     Synthonics, Incorporated hereby represents and warrants to MedScape that:

                                     Page 9
<PAGE>
     (a) To the best of its knowledge, Synthonics,  Incorporated's execution and
delivery of this License Agreement, and the performance of its obligations under
this  License  Agreement,  do not  breach,  and will not  result  in a breach or
violation  of  any  indenture,  security  interest,  mortgage,  grant,  research
project,  endowment,  gift,  contract or other  agreement or commitment to which
Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.,  Synthonics,   Incorporated  or  any  of  their
Affiliates is a party or is bound or of any law, governmental rule,  regulation,
order or grant.

     (b) To the best of its knowledge, Synthonics,  Incorporated owns all right,
title and interest in and to all the Licensed Technology.

     (c) To the best of its knowledge,  neither the Licensed Technology, nor any
component part thereof, nor the grant of the rights by Synthonics,  Incorporated
to MedScape  hereunder or MedScape's  exercise of such rights  infringes or will
infringe upon the  contractual or proprietary  rights or  intellectual  property
rights of any third party.

     (d)  To the  best  of its  knowledge,  there  is no  action,  suit,  claim,
arbitration,  or proceeding  pending or threatened (or basis therefor) which (i)
questions  this  License  Agreement  or  the  power,   authority  and  right  of
Synthonics,  Incorporated to execute,  deliver and perform its obligations under
this License Agreement,  or (ii) alleges that the Licensed Technology  infringes
any rights (including intellectual property rights) of any third party.

5.0 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION RESTRICTIONS

5.1 Protection Requirements

     (a) Each party  acknowledges that the other party (the "Disclosing  Party")
may be required to disclose to it (the "Receiving  Party")  information which is
Confidential  Information  considered to be the Disclosing Party's  intellectual
property.  Each party  agrees to take  reasonable  precautions  to protect  such
Confidential  Information and preserve its confidential,  proprietary,  or trade
secret  status.  The Receiving  Party shall use at least the same degree of care
and  precaution  as  is  customarily   used  to  protect  its  own  Confidential
Information  or  which  would  customarily  be  used  in the  software  or  high
technology   industries.   A  Receiving   Party  shall  hold  and  maintain  the
Confidential  Information  disclosed to it in the  strictest  confidence  and in
trust for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Disclosing Party.

     (b) The  Receiving  Party shall utilize all such  Confidential  Information
solely for furthering the objectives of this License  Agreement and it will not,
either  during the term of this License  Agreement or at any time  subsequent to
the termination of this License  Agreement,  otherwise use such  information for
its own benefit or for the benefit of others;  nor will it publish or  otherwise
disclose such Confidential Information to any other individual or Entity without
first complying with the terms of this License  Agreement and obtaining  written
consent from the  Disclosing  Party,  which  consent may be withheld in the sole
discretion of the Disclosing Party.

                                     Page 10
<PAGE>
     (c) The obligations of Synthonics,  Incorporated  and MedScape  pursuant to
the  provisions of this License  Agreement  regarding  Confidential  Information
shall  survive  termination  of this License  Agreement for a period of five (5)
years.

     (d) The Receiving Party may allow employees and independent  contractors to
access and use the  Confidential  Information  as  reasonably  necessary  in the
performance  of their duties for the Receiving  Party and in the exercise of the
Receiving  Party's  rights   hereunder.   All  such  employees  and  independent
contractors shall be contractually  obligated in writing to make no other use of
the  Confidential  Information  before  such access and use is  permitted.  Upon
request,  the  Receiving  Party  shall  provide  copies of said  writings to the
Disclosing  Party.  The Receiving  Party shall take all  reasonable  precautions
necessary  to  ensure  that no  employee  or  independent  contractor  makes  an
unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information.

     (e) In the event of a default or an  imminent  default  under this  License
Agreement, and upon request, the Receiving Party shall immediately return to the
Disclosing  Party any and all records,  notes, and other written,  printed,  and
tangible material, and copies thereof pertaining to the Confidential Information
disclosed.  The  Disclosing  Party may be liable to the Receiving  Party for any
damages which may be suffered by the  Receiving  Party as a result of compliance
with any such request which is improper or unjustified.

     (f)  MedScape  will not copy all or any  portion of the  computer  programs
which are included in the Licensed  Technology  other than as expressly  allowed
pursuant  to  this  License   Agreement  or  as  Synthonics,   Incorporated  may
specifically authorize in writing. MedScape agrees to respect and not to remove,
obliterate,  or cancel from view any copyright,  trademark,  or  confidentiality
notice,  mark, or legend  appearing on any of such  computer  programs or output
generated by such computer  programs.  Further,  MedScape  agrees not to modify,
disassemble, or decompile such computer programs, or any portion thereof.

     (g)  Notwithstanding  any of the  foregoing  provisions,  nothing  in  this
License Agreement shall prevent a Receiving Party from disclosing all or part of
the Confidential  Information that it is legally compelled to disclose,  by oral
deposition,  interrogatories,  requests for information or documents,  subpoena,
civil investigative demand, or any other process; provided, however, that before
any such  disclosure the Receiving  Party shall notify the  Disclosing  Party in
writing  of any  such  order or  request  to  disclose  and  cooperate  with the
Disclosing Party (at the Disclosing Party's cost) with respect to any procedures
sought  to be  pursued  by the  Disclosing  Party  in  protecting  against  such
disclosure.

6.0 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE AND MARKINGS

6.1 Maintenance

     Synthonics,  Incorporated  shall  prosecute  and maintain the  intellectual
property  included in the  Licensed  Technology  during the term of this License
Agreement.  Matters  related to the  prosecution,  filing and maintenance of all

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>
copyrights,  trademarks and patents related to the Licensed  Technology shall be
primarily the  responsibility of Synthonics,  Incorporated;  provided,  however,
MedScape  shall  be  given   reasonable   opportunity   to  advise   Synthonics,
Incorporated   concerning  such  matters,  and  MedScape  agrees  to  reasonably
cooperate with Synthonics, Incorporated in such matters.

6.2 Markings

     MedScape  shall  comply  with all  applicable  United  States  and  foreign
statutes  relating  to the  marking of  Licensed  Product(s),  Licensed  Product
packaging,  and  Licensed  Processes  with  patent  pending,  patent  number(s),
copyrights,  trademark  or  other  intellectual  property  notices  and  legends
required to maintain the  intellectual  property rights included in the Licensed
Technology.

7.0 WARRANTIES

7.1 Warranties, Rights and Liabilities

SYNTHONICS,  INCORPORATED  MAKES NO WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS,  IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY NOT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LICENSE
AGREEMENT.  ALL ITEMS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY ARE MADE AVAILABLE BY
SYNTHONICS,  INCORPORATED TO MEDSCAPE STRICTLY ON AN "AS IS" BASIS.  SYNTHONICS,
INCORPORATED DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY IS ERROR FREE OR THAT
IT WILL MEET  MEDSCAPE  REQUIREMENTS.  MEDSCAPE  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THE COMPUTER
SOFTWARE  INCLUDED IN THE LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY IS IN A DEVELOPMENT  STAGE AND IS
NOT IN A FINAL,  USABLE FORM.  ALL IMPLIED  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY  AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMED  AND  EXCLUDED.  THE
ENTIRE  RISK AS TO THE  RESULTS  AND  PERFORMANCE  OF THE  LICENSED  TECHNOLOGY,
TANGIBLE  ITEMS  TO BE  DELIVERED  TO  MEDSCAPE  WHICH  RELATE  TO THE  LICENSED
TECHNOLOGY,  AND  ANY  PRODUCTS,  SERVICES  OR  METHODS  BASED  ON THE  LICENSED
TECHNOLOGY  IS  ASSUMED  BY  MEDSCAPE.  NO  SYNTHONICS,  INCORPORATED  AGENTS OR
EMPLOYEES  SHALL ASSUME ANY PERSONAL  LIABILITY  RESULTING  FROM ANY EXERCISE OF
RIGHTS   GRANTED  UNDER  THIS  LICENSE   AGREEMENT.   NO  AGENT  OF  SYNTHONICS,
INCORPORATED  IS  AUTHORIZED  TO ALTER OR EXCEED  THE  WARRANTY  OBLIGATIONS  OF
SYNTHONICS, INCORPORATED SET FORTH IN THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT.

8.0 INFRINGEMENT; INDEMNIFICATION; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

8.1 Obligation to Notify

     (a) Should either Synthonics,  Incorporated or MedScape become aware of any
infringement  or potential  infringement  of any  intellectual  property  rights
included  in the  Licensed  Technology,  it shall  give the other  party  prompt
written notice detailing as many facts as possible  concerning such infringement
or potential infringement.

     (b)  Synthonics,  Incorporated  and MedScape agree that they shall promptly
give each  other  written  notice of any  action  taken to enforce or defend any
intellectual property rights included in the Licensed Technology.

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>
8.2 Obligation to Enforce

     Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this License  Agreement,  neither
Synthonics,  Incorporated  nor MedScape  shall be obligated to institute suit or
take any action against any alleged  infringer of the Licensed  Technology.  

8.3 Rights to Join or Obtain Support

     (a)  Synthonics,  Incorporated  shall have the right to join  MedScape as a
party plaintiff in any action brought by Synthonics, Incorporated to enforce any
intellectual  property  rights  included  in  the  Licensed  Technology.  Should
Synthonics,  Incorporated so join MedScape,  Synthonics,  Incorporated shall pay
all expenses  incurred by MedScape in connection with its  participation  in the
action,  and  Synthonics,  Incorporated  shall  indemnify  MedScape  against any
losses, judgments, or awards that MedScape may incur as a result of such action.

     (b) MedScape  shall have the right to join  Synthonics,  Incorporated  as a
party  plaintiff in any action  brought by MedScape to enforce any  intellectual
property  rights  included in the Licensed  Technology.  Should MedScape so join
Synthonics,   Incorporated,   MedScape  shall  pay  all  expenses   incurred  by
Synthonics, Incorporated in connection with its participation in the action, and
MedScape shall indemnify Synthonics, Incorporated against any losses, judgments,
or awards that Synthonics, Incorporated may incur as a result of such action.

     (c) At the expense of the requesting  party,  Synthonics,  Incorporated and
MedScape  agree to  furnish to the other  data,  records,  evidence,  testimony,
technical assistance,  and cooperation as reasonably necessary to facilitate any
actions or defenses against actions,  including without limitation reexamination
or  reissue  proceedings,  brought  by or against  Synthonics,  Incorporated  or
MedScape in  connection  with the  defense or  enforcement  of any  intellectual
property rights included in the Licensed Technology.

8.4 Licensed Technology Infringes Third Party's Rights

     Should a claim  that the  Licensed  Technology  infringes  a third  party's
intellectual   property  rights  be  threatened  or  made  against   Synthonics,
Incorporated,   MedScape,  or  any  Entity  receiving  rights  to  the  Licensed
Technology   through  MedScape  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  License
Agreement, Synthonics,  Incorporated and MedScape agree that they shall give the
other party prompt written notice detailing as many facts as possible concerning
such claim.

8.5 Indemnification

     (a) Synthonics,  Incorporated will indemnify  MedScape from and against any
and all liability,  costs, expenses or damages of any kind or nature,  including
but  not  limited  to  reasonable  fees  of  attorneys,  accountants  and  other
professionals,  incurred  by  MedScape  as a result of any  claim or  proceeding
brought against MedScape (or its sublicensees or customers) by any individual or
Entity not a party to this License Agreement, which claim or proceeding is based
in whole or in part on any of the  representations  and warranties  contained in

                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
Section 4 hereof being untrue,  provided  that  MedScape  will  promptly  notify
Synthonics,  Incorporated  of any such claim or  proceeding  in writing and will
give  Synthonics,  Incorporated  the opportunity to defend or settle by its sole
control such claim or proceeding.  MedScape agrees to cooperate with Synthonics,
Incorporated,  at Synthonics,  Incorporated's  expense, in defending or settling
any such claim or proceeding. Synthonics,  Incorporated will not be liable under
this  Section 8.5 to the extent  that the claim or  proceeding  brought  against
MedScape is based on  modifications  or enhancements to the Licensed  Technology
made by MedScape or its agents or Affiliates.

     (b) MedScape will indemnify  Synthonics,  Incorporated from and against any
and all liability,  costs, expenses or damages of any kind or nature,  including
but  not  limited  to  reasonable  fees of  attorneys,  accountants,  and  other
professionals,  incurred by Synthonics, Incorporated as a result of any claim or
proceeding brought against Synthonics,  Incorporated by any individual or Entity
not a party to this License  Agreement,  which claim or  proceeding  is based in
whole or in part on  MedScape's  (i) use of the Licensed  Technology in a manner
exceeding  the scope of rights  granted to  MedScape  pursuant  to this  License
Agreement, 00 use of the Licensed Technology in any manner inconsistent with the
terms and  conditions  of this License  Agreement,  or (iii) use of the Licensed
Technology  after  Synthonics,  Incorporated's  written  reasonable  notice that
MedScape should cease the use of the Licensed  Technology due to an infringement
claim.

8.6 Limitation of Liability

     EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN,  NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE
OTHER WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOSS (DIRECT OR INDIRECT) OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS
REVENUE, OR FAILURE TO REALIZE EXPECTED SAVINGS OR FOR ANY INDIRECT,  SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL   LOSS  OR  DAMAGES  OF  ANY  NATURE  OCCASIONED  BY  THE  PARTY'S
PERFORMANCE  OR  NON-PERFORMANCE  OF ITS  OBLIGATIONS  PURSUANT TO THIS  LICENSE
AGREEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL  SYNTHONICS,  INCORPORATED'S  AGGREGATE  LIABILITY
PURSUANT  TO THIS  LICENSE  AGREEMENT  EXCEED  THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF ROYALTY
PAYMENTS  RECEIVED  BY  SYNTHONICS,   INCORPORATED  FROM  MEDSCAPE.   THE  ABOVE
LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO VIOLATIONS OF THE  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES
DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4.0 ABOVE OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT.

9.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Assignment

     This License  Agreement may not be assigned or  transferred by either party
without  the prior  written  consent of the other  party.  Such  consent  may be
withheld in the sole, absolute discretion of either party.

9.2 Mediation

     If any dispute  arises  under this  License  Agreement,  the parties  shall
negotiate in good faith to settle such dispute.  If the parties  cannot  resolve
such dispute  themselves  within ten (10) days, then either party to the dispute
may submit the dispute to mediation by a mediator approved by both parties.  The
parties shall both cooperate  with the mediator.  If the parties cannot agree to
any mediator, then the dispute shall be mediated by the Judicial and Arbitration
Mediation  Service,  Inc. office nearest the party  submitting the dispute.  The
parties shall share equally in the costs of such mediator.

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
9.3 Arbitration

     In the event that any dispute which arises under this License  Agreement is
not resolved  within a total of thirty (30) days by mediation as provided  above
in Subsection 9.2 above of this License Agreement, such dispute shall be settled
by  arbitration  in  accordance  with  the  Commercial  Rules  of  the  American
Arbitration  Association.   After  the  failure  to  settle  through  mediation,
arbitration shall be the exclusive  dispute  resolution  process.  Any party may
commence  arbitration by sending a written  demand for  arbitration to the other
party.  Such  demand  shall set forth the nature of the matter to be resolved by
arbitration.  Any arbitration  shall take place in Sacramento,  California.  The
substantive law of the State of California shall be applied by the arbitrator to
the resolution of the dispute. The parties shall share equally all initial costs
of  arbitration.  The  prevailing  party shall be entitled to  reimbursement  of
attorney fees,  costs, and expenses incurred in connection with the arbitration.
All decisions of the arbitrator shall be final,  binding, and conclusive on both
parties.  Judgment  may be entered  upon any such  decision in  accordance  with
applicable  law in any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The  arbitrator (if
permitted  under  applicable law) or such court may issue a writ of execution to
enforce the arbitrator's decision.

9.4 Entire Agreement

     This License Agreement and the First Amended Operating Agreement constitute
the entire  agreement and  understanding  between  Synthonics,  Incorporated and
MedScape with respect to the Licensed  Technology,  and any modification of this
License  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be signed by a duly authorized
representative  of both  Synthonics,  Incorporated  and  MedScape.  There are no
understandings, representations, or warranties, between Synthonics, Incorporated
and MedScape concerning the Licensed Technology which are not fully expressed in
this License Agreement or in the First Amended Operating Agreement and no rights
are granted by this License  Agreement which are not expressly set forth in this
License Agreement.

9.5 Export Control

     This License  Agreement is subject to laws and regulations  controlling the
export of technical data,  computer  software,  laboratory  prototypes,  and all
other export controlled  commodities that may be imposed by the United States or
any  country or  organization  of nations  within  whose  jurisdiction  MedScape
operates or does business.  These laws include, but are not limited to, the Arms
Export Control Act and the Export Administration Act as they may be amended. All
rights granted by this License  Agreement are contingent  upon  compliance  with
these laws and regulations.  MedScape shall not, directly or indirectly,  export
any export controlled commodities,  which are subject to this License Agreement,
unless the required  authorization  and/or  license is obtained  from the proper
government  agency(ies)  prior to export.  By  granting  rights in this  License
Agreement, Synthonics, Incorporated does not represent that export authorization
or an  export  license  will  not be  necessary  or,  if  necessary,  that  such
authorization or export license will be granted.

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>
9.6 Force Majeure

     Neither  Synthonics,  Incorporated  nor MedScape shall be in default of the
terms of this  License  Agreement  because  it  delays  performance  or fails to
perform  such  terms,  provided  such  delay or failure is not the result of the
party's  intentional  or negligent  acts or omissions,  but the result of causes
beyond  the  reasonable  control of such  party.  Causes  reasonably  beyond the
control of  Synthonics,  Incorporated  and MedScape  shall  include,  but not be
limited to, revolutions; civil disobedience;  fires; acts of God, war, or public
enemies;  blockades;  embargoes;  strikes; labor disputes;  laws;  governmental,
administrative  or  judicial  orders,  proclamations,  regulations,  ordinances,
demands,  or  requirements;  delays in transit or  deliveries;  or  inability to
secure necessary permits, permissions, raw materials, or equipment.

9.7 Governing Law

     This License  Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in California and
shall be governed  and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
California.

9.8 Headings

     The section and  subsection  titles and headings  contained in this License
Agreement are for  convenience  and reference  only. Such titles and headings do
not form a part of this License  Agreement,  shall not define or limit the scope
of the  sections  or  subsections,  and shall not  affect  the  construction  or
interpretation of any of the sections or subsections.

9.9 Independence of the Parties

     Synthonics  Incorporated  and MedScape are independent  entities engaged in
independent  business,  and  neither  party nor any agent or  employee of either
party  shall be  regarded  as an agent or  employee  of the other  except to the
extent  that   Synthonics   Technologies,   Inc.,   the  parent  of  Synthonics,
Incorporated,  is a member of  MedScape.  Nothing  herein  shall be construed as
reserving  to either  party the right to control the other in the conduct of its
employees  or business,  nor shall  either party have the  authority to make any
promise, guarantee, warranty, or representation which will create any obligation
or liability  whatsoever,  whether  express or implied,  on behalf of the other.
Synthonics,  Incorporated and MedScape are not joint ventures or partners in any
sense.

9.10 Modifications

     Either  Synthonics,  Incorporated or MedScape may propose a modification to
this License  Agreement.  The proposing  party shall give the other party notice
which sets forth the proposed  modification.  Within thirty (30) days  following
the  effective  date of such notice,  the other party shall accept or reject the
modification  proposed.  Synthonics,  Incorporated and MedScape agree to work in
good faith to modify this License  Agreement should  modification be required to
meet the needs of either party.

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>
9.11 Notices

     Any notice,  demand, or communication  required or permitted to be given by
any  provision  of  this  License   Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been
sufficiently  given or served for all  purposes if  delivered  personally  or by
express mail or courier service (with receipt acknowledged) to the party or to a
manager of the party to whom the same is  directed,  if  telecopied  or sent via
facsimile (with receipt  acknowledged) to the party or a manager of the party to
whom the same is directed or, if sent by registered or certified  mail,  postage
and charges prepaid,  addressed to the party's address as appropriate,  which is
set forth below or to such other address as may be designated by written  notice
from either party to the other party.  Except as otherwise  provided herein, any
such notice shall be deemed to be given two (2) business  days after the date on
which the same was  deposited in the United  States mail,  addressed and sent as
indicated above, if sent by mail or upon confirmation of receipt if delivered by
telecopier, facsimile, personal delivery, or courier service.

      Synthonics, Incorporated's Notification Address:

          Synthonics, Incorporated
          31324 Via Colinas, Suite 106
          Westlake Village, CA 91362

     MedScape's Notification Address:

          MedScape, LLC
          31324 Via Colinas
          Suite 106
          Westlake Village, CA 91362

          With Copies to:

               H&M Associates, LLC
               1 Scripps Drive, Suite 101
               Sacramento, CA 95825

               and

               William E. Harrell, Jr., DMD, P.C.
               Suite 1A, Medical Arts Bldg.
               125 Alison Drive
               Alexander City, AL 35010

9.12 Severability

     The  provisions  of this License  Agreement are  severable,  and should any
provision(s) be determined, by agreement of the parties or by an arbitrator or a
court of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable,  the
parties  and the  arbitrator  or the court  shall  have the right to strike  the

                                    Page 17
<PAGE>
provision(s)  or modify  the  provision(s),  within the  original  intent of the
parties,  to make the provision(s) valid and enforceable.  The remainder of this
License Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

9.13 Waiver of Rights

     In order to be effective,  any waiver,  by either party, of any right under
this  License   Agreement   must  be  in  a  writing  signed  by  an  authorized
representative  of the party  making the  waiver.  No such  waiver or failure of
Synthonics,  Incorporated  or MedScape to enforce a right or strict  performance
under this License Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver or forbearance which
would in any way prevent Synthonics,  Incorporated or MedScape from subsequently
asserting or exercising any such right, making a claim not specifically  waived,
or requiring  strict  performance of this License  Agreement.  No such waiver or
failure to enforce  shall affect the validity of this License  Agreement or be a
continuing  waiver  excusing  compliance  with  any  provision  of this  License
Agreement in the future.

9.14 Insolvency

     Each   party   hereto    acknowledges    that   if   such   party,   as   a
debtor-in-possession,  or if a trustee in  bankruptcy,  in a case under of Title
11, United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") rejects this Agreement,  then the
other party may elect to retain its rights  under this  Agreement as provided in
Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy  Code. The parties  acknowledge  and agree that
the Licensed Technology hereunder  constitutes  "intellectual  property" as that
term is used in the Bankruptcy  Code.  Upon written request of a party hereto to
the other party or the  bankruptcy  trustee,  the party to whom such  request is
made or such trustee will not interfere with the rights of the requesting  party
as provided in this Agreement.

9.15 Counterparts

     This  Agreement  may  executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of which
shall be deemed an original,  and all of which together shall constitute one and
the same  instrument.  This  Agreement  shall  become  binding  when one or more
counterparts,  individually or taken together,  shall bear the signatures of all
the parties hereto.

9.16 Conditions Precedent

     Neither  Synthonics,  Incorporated  nor  MedScape  shall have any rights or
obligations  pursuant  to this  License  Agreement  until  all of the  following
conditions precedent have been satisfied:

     (a) The Harrell License Agreement has been fully executed and delivered;

     (b) The H&M  Associates  License  Agreement  has been  fully  executed  and
delivered;

     (c) The First  Amended  Operating  Agreement  has been fully  executed  and
delivered; and

                                    Page 18
<PAGE>
     (d) A research and development  agreement between MedScape and the Original
Members has been fully executed and delivered.

These  conditions  will be deemed to have  failed in the event that they are not
satisfied  on or before  November  30,  1996.  In the event of such  failure  of
conditions,  the  parties  to this  License  Agreement  shall  have no rights or
obligations pursuant to this License Agreement, and this License Agreement shall
be null and void as though it was never executed.

9.17 Legal Representation

     The  parties   acknowledge  and  agree  that  neither  of  them  have  been
represented  in  connection  with this License  Agreement  by attorney  James L.
Hanschu or the law firm of Moore,  Meegan,  Hanschu & Kassenbrock.  Although the
final  version of this  License  Agreement  was  generated by Mr.  Hanschu,  Mr.
Hanschu  and  the  law  firm  of  Moore,  Meegan,  Hanschu  &  Kassenbrock  have
represented H&M Associates only. The parties to this License Agreement consulted
with  independent  counsel of their own  choosing  prior to signing this License
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Synthonics,  Incorporated and MedScape have caused this
License Agreement to be executed in duplicate originals by their duly authorized
representatives.

LICENSOR:                                LICENSEE:

Synthonics, Incorporated,                MedScape, LLC
a California corporation                 a California limited liability company



/S/ F. Michael Budd                     F. Michael Budd
- -------------------------------         ---------------------------------------
By: F Michael Budd, President           By: F. Michael Budd, Manager

                                    Page 19
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "A"


                    PROJECTED GROSS REVENUES OF MEDSCAPE, LLC
Calendar
Year               1996            1997           1998           1999

Projected            $0            $669        $10,921        $36,286
Gross Revenues
(amounts in thousands)

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "B"

                               LICENSED TECHNOLOGY

The following is a description of the Licensed Technology:

Photogrammetry   (measurement  from  photographs)   proprietary  technology  and
intellectual property consisting of:

1. The  software  product  known  commercially  as  Wireframe  Express  4.0 that
contains the following software executable files:

     a. WFE40AB.EXE (the main executable program);

     b. Wmerge dll (a dynamic link library that merges wireframe components);

     c. WVRX dlI (a dynamic  link  library  that  creates  VRX  user-interactive
     files);

     d. WL.dII and WF30QL.dll  (dynamic link libraries that creates  "QuickLook"
     photorendered images);

     e.  and  various  support  libraries  including  Ddeml.dll,   Cmdialog.vbx,
     gauge.vbx, ikcoll6.dll,  ikdspl6.vbx, ikengl6.dll, Lead5ln.dll, Muscle.vbx,
     Spin.vbx, Spread20.vbx, Vbrun300.dll and Ver.dll;

2. VRX04.EXE:  a real-time,  user-interactive  rendering viewer that is based on
the  Argonaut  Brender game engine.  This viewer can display  wireframe  models,
surface models and phototextured models in standard 3D perspective views as well
as  stereoscopic 3D that convey depth  perception  when viewed through  red-blue
glasses;

3. Software modules that have yet to be incorporated in commercial products, but
have the following operating characteristics:

     a.   Assign3.dll:  a utility for assigning a "generic wireframe model" to a
          photograph by means of assigning three known  3-dimensional  locations
          on the generic  model to three 2  dimensional  perspective  projection
          image points of that same object.

     b.   Assign4.dll:  a utility  for  fitting (by  assignment  and  scaling) a
          "generic  wireframe  model" to a photograph by means of assigning four
          known   3-dimensional   locations   on  the  generic   model  to  four
          2-dimensional perspective projection image points of a similar object,
          thus creating a patient-specific wireframe model; and

4. All  Know-How  and  Confidential  Information  relating  in any manner to the
foregoing.


                                      B-1


                                  Exhibit 10.4
                                  ------------- 

                                    AGREEMENT

LICENSE  AGREEMENT made this 2nd day of October,  1997,  between the SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION ("Smithsonian") an educational,  non-profit organization established
by the Congress of the United  States in 1846 (20 U.S.C.  41 et seq.) and having
its principal offices at 1000 Jefferson Drive, S.W., Washington,  D.C. 20560 and
SYNTHONICS  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC. ("Licensee") a California corporation having its
principal place of business at Westlake Village, California.

WHEREAS,  Smithsonian  desires to encourage the development of quality  products
which are uniquely  related to Smithsonian  and its collections and which are in
keeping with the dignity, history, and traditions of Smithsonian, and which will
enable  Smithsonian  to further its mandate "for the  increase and  diffusion of
knowledge"; and

WHEREAS,  Licensee is the developer of Rapid Virtual Reality(TM) technology and,
by using this  innovative  technology,  desires  to develop a unique  CD-ROM for
commercial  sale  that  contains  high  quality,   three-dimensional  images  of
Smithsonian artifacts, while keeping with the dignity, history and traditions of
Smithsonian (the "Product");

WHEREAS, Licensee desires to acquire the right to use the name and the trademark
of Smithsonian upon and in connection with the Product; and,

WHEREAS,  Smithsonian  has the rights to said name, it having devolved under the
will of James Smithson,  benefactor,  and been designated by the Congress of the
United States as the official name of the Institution,  and being well known and
recognized by the general  public mind with the same  Smithsonian,  and it being
registered accordingly in the United States Patent and Trademark Office;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual  Agreements herein
contained, the parties agree with each other as follows:

1.   GRANT OF LICENSE.
     ----------------

     a.   Smithsonian grants to Licensee for the term of this Agreement, subject
          to  the  terms  and  conditions  herein  contained,   a  personal  and
          non-transferable   license   to   utilize   the   names   "Smithsonian
          Institution," and "Smithsonian"  ("Names") and all Smithsonian  images
          and materials, but only for the Product and purposes set forth herein.
          Synthonics Technologies,  Inc. shall use the license granted hereunder
          solely in connection with the design and  development  ("Development")
          of the Product under the Licensee label.

     b.   Smithsonian  agrees  not to issue to any other  party a license to use
          its Names or the same  images and  materials  in  connection  with the
          production or sale of the same product covered by this Agreement.

2.   SPECIFICATIONS OF THE PRODUCT.
     -----------------------------

     a.   The  Product  will  be  a  high  quality   CD-ROM  which   presents  a
          cross-section   of  the  most   popular   artifacts  in  each  of  the
          Smithsonian's  museums,  with the general theme of "An Introduction to
          the  `Electronic  Smithsonian'."  The  Smithsonian  shall  have  final
          approval concerning which artifact images shall appear on the Product.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

     b.   The  CD-ROM  will  contain  images of at least  600 to 800  artifacts.
          Licensee shall use its patented Rapid Virtual  Reality  (TM)technology
          to represent at least seventy-five (75) artifacts by three-dimensional
          models.  The  Smithsonian  shall  have  final  approval  as  to  which
          artifacts will be represented by three-dimensional  models. The images
          shall be accompanied by appropriate  educational  text, which shall be
          approved by Smithsonian. The CD-ROM shall employ the latest multimedia
          authoring tools to provide a full script around all  three-dimensional
          images.

     c.   Synthonics  agrees  that  Smithsonian  may  use the  digitized  images
          appearing on the Product for any non-profit use.

     d.   Smithsonian   encourages   Licensee  and  all  of  its   licensees  to
          manufacture  the  products  in the  United  States of  America  or its
          Territories  in keeping with the spirit and intent of the Buy American
          Act (ss.ss. 41 U.S.C. 10a et seq.).

     e.   It is understood  that Licensee shall  manufacture  the Product in its
          own factories, plants, or workshops in the United States of America or
          its  Territories.  Any  agency or  sublicense,  and/or  any  change in
          country  of  manufacture  must be  approved  based on a prior  written
          request  by  Licensee  and  prior  written  approval  by  Smithsonian.
          Licensee  agrees that the  identification  of the country of origin on
          all  copies  of the  Product  shall  be in  conformance  with all laws
          governing  manufacturing and said designated countries of origin shall
          be limited to those  countries  as  specified  above or as approved by
          Smithsonian.

     f.   In  the  event  that  Licensee  subcontracts  concerning  elements  or
          components of the Products, Licensee agrees that, prior to any product
          development  or  manufacture  by a  third  party,  it will  execute  a
          Trademark  and  Design  Protection  Agreement  (a  sample  of such and
          suggested wording is incorporated into Schedule C) which,  among other
          things,  will expressly  prohibit said third party from using the name
          and/or names of any  Smithsonian  program  offices and/or  Smithsonian
          trademarks.  In addition, such agreement will prohibit any third party
          from  exploiting in any manner its association  with the  Smithsonian,
          its collections,  products, or components or derivatives thereof. Each
          of the above  mentioned  Trademark  and Design  Protection  Agreements
          shall be kept on file by Licensee.

     g.   Licensee  agrees  that  every  copy  of  the  Product  shall  bear  an
          appropriate  identification  to avoid  confusion  in the  public  mind
          between  the images and the  original  artifacts.  The form and use of
          this identification must be approved, in advance, by Smithsonian.

     h.   Licensee  further  represents  and  warrants  that the Product and all
          copies  of the  Product  have not been and shall  not be  produced  or
          manufactured, in whole or in part by convict, forced or child labor or
          by any other matter  prohibited  by  applicable  law.  Licensee  shall
          provide  Smithsonian  with any guarantee of compliance in such form as
          Smithsonian  may from  time to time  designate,  with  respect  to the
          Product, as required or permitted under any law, rule or regulation of
          the  United  States  and any  other  countries  where the  Product  is
          produced or delivered.

                                     Page 2

<PAGE>

3.   LICENSEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES.
     ---------------------------

     a.   Licensee   shall   produce   the  Product  in   accordance   with  the
          specifications  agreed upon by Smithsonian and set forth above,  using
          the highest professional quality materials.

     b.   Licensee shall employ research  analysts as recommended by Smithsonian
          to insure the accuracy of the images of the artifacts and the artifact
          history included with the artifact images.

     c.   All costs  associated  with the  development  of the Product,  whether
          approved or disapproved at any stage by Smithsonian, shall be borne by
          Licensee and Smithsonian has no responsibility for any such costs even
          if the  Product  does not sell any  copies  or  generate  any  revenue
          whatsoever.

     d.   Licensee shall use its best efforts to complete and design  production
          of  the  Product  and  have  it  available  to  the   Smithsonian  for
          distribution  on or before  February 24,  1998,  but in no event shall
          complete  production  of the  Product  and  have it  available  to the
          Smithsonian for distribution later than March 10, 1998.

4.   SMITHSONIAN RESPONSIBILITIES.  Smithsonian shall:
     ----------------------------
     
     a.   Work with  Licensee  to agree to all  specifications  of the  Product,
          including  all content on the Product,  prior to the  commencement  of
          production of the Product.

     b.   Provide  all   Smithsonian   approvals  in  writing  and  as  soon  as
          practicable.

     c.   Allow  Synthonics  reasonable  access to the  artifacts  selected  and
          approved to appear on the Product.

5.   APPROVALS.
     ---------

     a.   All  manufacturing  shall be fine  quality and comply with the highest
          product  specifications,  standards,  and quality control  procedures.
          Licensee agrees to furnish Smithsonian with samples of the Products in
          their  consecutive  planned stages of  development  for inspection and
          judgment of accuracy, quality, style and appropriateness by curatorial
          and other  Smithsonian  staff. No Product will be manufactured or sold
          by  Licensee  until  Smithsonian  has given  written  approval at each
          appropriate  stage.  There  shall be a minimum  of six (6)  production
          stages for the  Smithsonian  to approve  prior to the  approval of the
          final sample of the Product,  including,  but not limited to, approval
          of 1) the final  storyboards for the Product;  2) list of assets to be
          included  on  the  Product;   3)  the  scripts,   any  final   assets,
          interactivity  planning  and  initial  packaging  of the  Product;  4)
          alphaprototype  CD and packaging;  5) the beta prototype CD; and, 6) a
          sample  of the final  Product.  Licensee  agrees to make all  changes,
          modifications  and  revisions  requested  by  Smithsonian  during  the
          approval  process.  A mutually  agreed upon  timetable for concept and
          design approvals is set forth in Schedule B and is hereby incorporated
          into this contract.  This schedule  incorporates the time necessary to
          meet  Licensee's  production  schedule and to ensure proper review and
          comment by Smithsonian's  curatorial staff.  Smithsonian agrees not to
          unreasonably   withhold  approval  or  unreasonably  delay  notice  of
          disapproval  to Licensee at any stage in  conformance  with the agreed

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>
      
          upon  schedules.  Approval of the final sample by Smithsonian  will be
          the last stage of approval.  All final  finished  samples  approved by
          Smithsonian  will be retained  unchanged  by Licensee  and they may be
          inspected by Smithsonian at any time during the term of this Agreement
          or within two (2)years thereafter. Any deviation in quality or content
          from the approved sample shall be grounds for Smithsonian to terminate
          this agreement.

     b.   Licensee  shall  submit  for  Smithsonian's  prior  written  approval:
          galleys,  drafts,  and samples of all  packaging  associated  with the
          Product;  and,  galleys,  drafts and  samples of all text,  images and
          other content contained in or on the Product.  Final packaging,  text,
          images and other  content of the Product  shall be approved in writing
          by Smithsonian before final production may begin.

     c.   For the purposes of this  Agreement,  "promotional  material" shall be
          defined as any materials,  whether audio, visual, or printed, designed
          by Licensee  and which is targeted  to promote the  Product.  Licensee
          shall submit for Smithsonian's  prior written approval all promotional
          materials.  If Licensee intends to use any media whatsoever,  Licensee
          shall seek Smithsonian's written approval prior to doing so.

     d.   Licensee  agrees  that  the  Names  possess  a  special,   unique  and
          extraordinary  character.  If at any time  Smithsonian  deems that the
          continued  development,  manufacture  or  sale of the  Product  or any
          copies of the Product will harm,  bring into disrepute,  or affect the
          integrity of the Names, or is not in keeping with the dignity, history
          and traditions of the Smithsonian Institution,  Smithsonian shall have
          the right to withdraw its approval previously given. Licensee shall be
          afforded the right to dispose of its  remaining  inventory of the item
          in question  for a period of six (6) months  according to the terms of
          Paragraph 19 herein.

     e.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  Licensee  shall not refer to
          Smithsonian or any of its museums, organizations, or facilities in any
          manner or through any medium,  whether written,  oral, or visual,  for
          any purpose  whatsoever,  including  but not  limited to  advertising,
          marketing, promotion, publicity or on any letterhead by any company.

6.   TERRITORY.  
     ---------

     Licensee shall be entitled to use the License granted hereunder only in the
     United States of America and its territories.

7.   LICENSE PERIOD.
     --------------

     The License  granted  hereunder  shall be  effective as of the date of this
     Agreement and terminate  three (3) years after the date of this  Agreement,
     unless sooner  terminated in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions of
     this Agreement ("License Period").

8.   DISTRIBUTION.
     ------------

     a.   The  parties  agree  that the  Product  shall be  initially  marketed,
          distributed and sold through Smithsonian outlets,  including,  but not
          limited to, the Smithsonian museum shops, the Smithsonian  catalogues,
          and Smithsonian websites. The Product will be offered for sale through
          in at least one (1)  Smithsonian  catalogue per year. The Product will
          also  be  offered  for  sale  on the  Smithsonian  website  and in the
          Smithsonian museum shops.

     b.   The Product shall be sold through  Smithsonian outlets on consignment.
          Synthonics shall provide  sufficient  copies of the Product,  packaged

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
      
          and ready for immediate sale to the public,  to Smithsonian at no cost
          to  Smithsonian.  Synthonics  shall pay for the costs of shipping  the
          Product  to  Smithsonian  for sale to the  public.  The  parties  will
          mutually agree on quantities  for initial and  subsequent  shipment to
          the Smithsonian Institution.

     c.   Both parties are free to explore the possibility of other distribution
          and sale through  non-Smithsonian  venues.  Should one party desire to
          market, distribute or sell the Product in a non-Smithsonian outlet, or
          should  one party  locate a  distributor  who is ready and  willing to
          distribute the Product,  the parties to this  Agreement  shall meet to
          negotiate  whether  such  distribution  and/or  sale of the Product is
          desirable  and  feasible for both  parties.  Both  Synthonics  and the
          Office of Contracting at  Smithsonian  must grant written  approval to
          engage in  negotiations  with a third party relating to the marketing,
          distribution   or  sale  of  the  Product  by  that  third  party.  If
          Smithsonian  is to be a signatory on an  agreement  with a third party
          for the marketing, distribution and/or sale of the Product, the Office
          of Contracting at Smithsonian shall participate in all discussions and
          negotiations  with that third party. The Product will not be marketed,
          sold or  distributed  in or by a  non-Smithsonian  outlet  without the
          written  approval of both parties to this  Agreement.  The Contracting
          Officer's   Representative   is  not   empowered  to  engage  in  such
          discussions  or  negotiations,  nor  authorized to grant the approvals
          required by this Paragraph.

     d.   Licensee shall promptly provide Smithsonian,  at no charge, reasonable
          quantities  of the  Products  for  purposes  such as quality  control,
          museum collections, trademark registration and other related needs.

     e.   Licensee may  distribute a limited  number of copies of the Product to
          demonstrate  Licensee's  technology to potential  customers.  Under no
          circumstances  shall  Licensee  sell or accept  anything  of value for
          promotional copies of the Product. Licensee may also use the Names for
          resume purposes only, which shall include 1) including the Names in an
          alphabetical list of all active clients;  2) including the Names in an
          alphabetical list of all clients within a specific  category;  and, 3)
          including  the  Names in an  alphabetical  list of a  significant  and
          representative sample of clients.

9.   REVENUE.
     -------

     a.   For the purpose of this Agreement,  "sales  proceeds" shall mean gross
          or invoiced  sales of copies of the Product less discounts and returns
          actually made or allowed, and uncollectible accounts.

     b.   At the  completion of the  production  stage of the Product,  Licensee
          shall submit to Smithsonian a detailed list of all direct  development
          costs for the Product. Licensee shall not include any profit or fee in
          the declared  development  costs.  Upon delivery and acceptance of the
          list by Smithsonian,  Licensee may retain all sales proceeds  received
          through the sale and  marketing of the Product  until it is reimbursed
          for the listed  development  costs.  The parties  anticipate  that the
          development costs will not exceed  $300,000.00.  Licensee shall not be
          entitled to  reimbursement  for more than  $450,000.00  in  developing
          costs.

     c.   After  Licensee  is  reimbursed  for  the  development  costs  for the
          Products,  the parties  shall each receive  fifty percent (50%) of all
          sales proceeds received in connection with the Product.

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>

10.  PAYMENTS AND STATEMENTS.
     -----------------------

     a.   Procedure for Payments.

          i.   Payments  from both  parties  shall be made  monthly and shall be
               accompanied  by the  Periodic  Statement  set forth in  Paragraph
               10.b. If the  accumulated  payment to one party from the other is
               less than three hundred  dollars  ($300.00),  such payment may be
               deferred  until the  accumulated  amount  reaches  three  hundred
               dollars ($300.00).

          ii.  Payments to  Synthonics  by  Smithsonian  should be mailed to the
               following address:

               Synthonics Technologies, Inc.
               31324 Via Collinas
               Suite 106
               Westlake Village, CA 91362

          iii. In  the  event   that  the   Product   is   distributed   through
               non-Smithsonian  outlets,  payments to the Smithsonian  should be
               mailed to the following address:

               Smithsonian Institution
               S.I. Contract Number RC9-821003-0000
               Department 0561
               Washington, DC 20073-0561

               All payments,  statements and  correspondence  shall refer to the
               Smithsonian Contract Number from page one of this Agreement.

     b.   Periodic  Statements.  Each party shall furnish to the other monthly a
          complete  and  accurate  statement,  certified  to be  accurate  by an
          officer of Licensee,  showing the number,  description and gross sales
          price and  itemizing  the  allowable  deductions  from the gross sales
          price of the Product  distributed and/or sold by that party during the
          preceding month. If Licensee withholds any moneys from Smithsonian for
          reimbursing  development  costs  pursuant to  paragraph  9.b.,  above,
          Licensee shall show such sum as an allowable deduction on its periodic
          statement to Smithsonian.

     c.   Receipt or acceptance by one party of any of the statements  furnished
          by the other  party  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or of any sums paid
          hereunder  by the other  party  shall not  preclude  that  party  from
          questioning the correctness thereof at any time, and in the event that
          any  inconsistencies  or mistakes are discovered in such statements or
          payments,  they shall  immediately  be rectified  and the  appropriate
          payments  shall  be  made.  In  the  event  that  either  party  has a
          reasonable  basis for needing an  independently  certified  statement,
          which need cannot  otherwise be met, and upon demand,  the other party
          shall at its own expense, but not more than one (1) time in any twelve
          (12)  month  period,  furnish  to  the  requesting  party  a  detailed
          statement by an independent  certified public accountant,  showing the
          number, description, gross sales price, itemized deductions from gross
          sales  price  and  net  sales  price  of  each   Smithsonian   Product
          distributed and/or sold by that party up to the date of the requesting
          party's demand.

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>

11.  BOOKS AND RECORDS.
     -----------------

     Licensee  shall keep  accurate  books of account and records  covering  all
     transactions  relating to the license hereby  granted;  Smithsonian and its
     duly  authorized  representatives  shall  have the right at all  reasonable
     hours of the day to an examination of, including the right to make extracts
     from and copies of,  said books of  account  and  records  and of all other
     documents  and material in the  possession or under the control of Licensee
     with  respect to the  subject  matter and the terms of this  Agreement.  To
     facilitate  inspection by Smithsonian of Licensee's  books and records with
     respect  to  the  amounts  due  Smithsonian,  Licensee  will  designate  an
     individual   identification  number  which  will  be  used  exclusively  in
     connection with Smithsonian  Products.  Licensee shall retain duplicates of
     all invoices to its customers for Smithsonian products.  Smithsonian agrees
     that it will conduct no more than one (1) examination pursuant to the terms
     of this  Agreement  during any twelve (12) month period that this Agreement
     is in effect.  All books of account and records shall be kept available for
     at least  two (2) years  after  the  termination  of this  License,  or any
     renewal  thereof,  and Licensee agrees to permit  inspection by Smithsonian
     during  such two (2) year  period  under the  conditions  stated  above and
     Licensee shall pay for such  inspection if the margin of error is in excess
     of five (5%) percent.

12.  WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATIONS.
     -------------------------------

     a.   Warranties.

          i.   Smithsonian Warranties.  Smithsonian warrants and represents that
               it has the full  right and  authority  to grant all of the rights
               granted herein, that except as may be noted in a separate writing
               from  Smithsonian  to Licensee,  no permission is required of any
               other party to filly enforce the rights granted  herein;  the use
               of  Smithsonian-provided  materials  is  not a  violation  of the
               copyright or any  proprietary  or personal right of any person or
               entity or otherwise  contrary to law; that it has not  previously
               assigned,  pledged or  otherwise  encumbered  the  rights  herein
               granted to Licensee;  that it will not grant to any other party a
               license to use the same images and materials in  connection  with
               the same  products  during  the life of this  Agreement.  Nothing
               herein shall bar Smithsonian from using other digitized images of
               the  same  objects  in other  products  centered  on a  different
               thematic approach.

          ii.  Licensee Warranties. Licensee warrants and represents that it has
               the full right and authority to enter into this  Agreement;  that
               none  of  the  non-Smithsonian   materials  incorporated  in  the
               completed  Smithsonian products are a violation of the copyright,
               patent right,  or any proprietary or personal right of any person
               or entity or otherwise  contrary to law;  that Licensee has fully
               complied with all applicable laws and regulations both within and
               outside the U. S.  pertaining  to the  development,  manufacture,
               distribution,   and  sale  of  the  Product  including,   without
               limitation,   consumer   products   safety   laws  and   labeling
               requirements applicable to the manufacture and sale of children's
               toys,  games,  and activity  kits;  and that licensee has not nor
               will not in any manner grant, assign, encumber, or dispose of any
               of the rights granted herein except as provided herein.

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>
     
     b.   Smithsonian hereby indemnifies Licensee and shall hold it harmless:
 
          i.   against any claims or suits asserting any  proprietary  rights in
               an artifact or image from Smithsonian  collections which Licensee
               has reproduced pursuant to this Agreement, but only to the extent
               of Licensee's out-of-pocket costs; and

          ii.  against  any  judgments  or  settlements  arising  out  of use by
               Licensee of the Names as authorized in this  Agreement,  but only
               to the  extent of such  authorized  use and only to the extent of
               Licensee's  actual   out-of-pocket  costs  including   reasonable
               outside attorneys' fees; and provided further that Licensee shall
               give prompt  written  notice to  Smithsonian of any such claim or
               suit, and provided further that Smithsonian shall have the option
               to  undertake  and  conduct  the  defense of any suit so brought.
               Nothing  contained  in this  subparagraph,  or  elsewhere in this
               Agreement,  shall create any liability on the part of Smithsonian
               for any other claims or suits against Licensee.

          iii. against any judgments or  settlements  arising out of a breach of
               one of the warranties made above in Paragraph  13.a., but only to
               the extent of Licensee's  actual  out-of-pocket  costs  including
               reasonable  outside  attorneys' fees;  Nothing  contained in this
               subparagraph,  or elsewhere in this  Agreement,  shall create any
               liability  on the part of  Smithsonian  for any  other  claims or
               suits against Licensee.

     c.   Licensee shall assist  Smithsonian,  to the extent  necessary,  in the
          protection  of  any  of   Smithsonian's   right  to  the  Names,   and
          Smithsonian,  if it so desires,  may  commence or prosecute at its own
          expense  any  claims  or  suits  in its own  Names  or in the  name of
          Licensee or join Licensee as a party  thereto.  Licensee  shall notify
          Smithsonian in writing of any infringements or imitations by others of
          the Names on articles  the same as and/or  similar to the  Smithsonian
          Products.  In the event that  Smithsonian does not take action against
          an  infringer,  Licensee may do so at its own expense and  Smithsonian
          will cooperate with Licensee in prosecuting any such action, provided,
          however,  that Licensee shall have given Smithsonian  thirty (30) days
          written  notice of its  intention to do so and  Smithsonian  shall not
          have objected  thereto in writing in that period,  it being understood
          that Smithsonian shall have the final determination whether or not any
          action shall be taken on account of such infringements or imitations.

     d.   Licensee  hereby agrees to  indemnify,  defend,  and hold  Smithsonian
          harmless from any claim or suit arising or alleging to arise out of or
          from the  development  of  Smithsonian  Products  or arising  out of a
          breach of Licensee's  warranties  under the Licensee  name,  excepting
          claims for which Smithsonian is indemnifying Licensee.

13.  INSURANCE.
     ---------

     a.   During the term of this  Contract,  Licensee shall secure and maintain
          at a minimum the following amount of insurance coverage:

          i.   Commercial   General   Liability   policy,   including   products
               liability,  in the  minimum  amount of two  million  ($2,000,000)
               dollars per  occurrence,  to include  coverage for bodily injury,
               property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, contractual
               liability and products and completed operations coverage.

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>
      
          ii.  Media  Professional  Liability  policy in the  minimum  amount of
               three million  ($3,000,000)  dollars per  occurrence,  to include
               coverage  for  defamation  or  harm  to  character,  invasion  or
               infringement  of right to  privacy,  infringement  of  copyright,
               infringement of patent,  plagiarism,  piracy and misappropriation
               of ideas  committed  in the  dissemination  of  printed  or other
               matter.

     b.   Policies evidencing the above coverage shall include Smithsonian as an
          Additional Insured and shall include or provide for insurance coverage
          for liability assumed under this Contract. All such insurance policies
          shall  contain  a  minimum  thirty  (30)  day  notice  requirement  to
          Smithsonian  prior to cancellation.  As evidence that Licensee has the
          required coverage,  original  certificates of insurance or true copies
          of the policies shall be presented to Smithsonian  upon signing of the
          Agreement  and for  review  on a yearly  basis.  Smithsonian  may also
          request  copies of the  policies  for further  review and  evaluation.
          Before the expiration or cancellation of any insurance policy required
          hereunder,   Licensee  shall  mail  to  Smithsonian   certificates  of
          insurance  evidencing  renewal or replacement  coverage  sufficient to
          satisfy its obligations  under this Section.  If Smithsonian  does not
          receive this evidence of insurance  coverage  within a reasonable time
          after this  contract is signed,  and/or if Licensee  fails to maintain
          the required  insurance during the term of this Contract,  Smithsonian
          shall provide written notice of its intention to cancel this Agreement
          unless this breach is remedied  within five (5) business  days. If the
          breach is not remedied within five (5) business days,  Smithsonian may
          cancel  this  Agreement.  If  Smithsonian  cancels  pursuant  to  this
          provision,  Smithsonian shall not incur any liability or penalty. Upon
          receipt of written  notice of such  cancellation,  Licensee shall make
          all remaining payments due and owing to Smithsonian, including but not
          limited to royalties, under this Contract.

14.  COPYRIGHT AND TRADEMARK.
     -----------------------

     a.   Trademark. Licensee agrees to cause an appropriate statutory notice of
          trademark  registration  to be affixed to or imprinted on each copy of
          the Product wherever the federally registered trademarks,  Smithsonian
          and/or Smithsonian Institution are first used. Such notice shall be in
          one of the following forms:

          i.   (R) placed on the right hand "shoulder" of the trademark and/or

          ii.  "This  trademark is owned by the  Smithsonian  Institution and is
               registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office".

          The Smithsonian logo shall not be changed, altered, moved, manipulated
          or incorporated into another design and it shall stand separate and on
          its own. Licensee agrees to submit an attachment sample containing the
          Smithsonian  logo  and the  Licensee  logo  before  completion  of the
          product design stage.

          Smithsonian  agrees  that  Licensee  may  affix its own  trademark  to
          Smithsonian   Product(s),   subject  to  Smithsonian's  prior  written
          approval before completion of the product design stage.

     b.   Copyright.  Licensee acknowledges that all materials produced pursuant
          to this  Agreement,  which are based on artifacts  and images from the

                                     Page 9
<PAGE>
      
          Smithsonian's collections,  shall be deemed derivative products within
          the meaning of the United States Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (17
          U.S.C.  section  101,  et jug.),  and all right,  title and  interest,
          including  copyright,  shall be owned by Smithsonian.  These materials
          include but are not limited to designs, sketches,  tracings, draft and
          finished   artwork,   packaging,   advertisements,   instructions  and
          descriptive  or textual  materials.  In the event such  materials  are
          adjudged not to be derivative products,  Licensee hereby transfers and
          assigns to Smithsonian, for fair consideration,  all rights, including
          copyright, in all materials produced pursuant to this Agreement.

          Licensee agrees to cause an appropriate  copyright notice to appear on
          all  copyrightable  materials  produced as a result of this agreement,
          including  but not  limited  to,  the  product  itself and any and all
          advertising,  packaging and/or  promotional  materials relating to the
          product.  Such  copyright  notice  shall be in a form  similar  to the
          following:

                    (C) 1997 Smithsonian Institution

          If requested by Smithsonian, Licensee shall secure and maintain United
          States copyright  registration in the name of Smithsonian within three
          (3) months of the date of first  publication  of the  Product,  as the
          term "first publication" is defined in the United States Copyright Act
          of 1976, as amended. Licensee shall submit proper samples and/or forms
          of the copyrighted  material for copyright  deposit  purposes with the
          United States Library of Congress.  Licensee shall be responsible  for
          any and all costs associated with such registration and deposit.

     c.   Goodwill.  Licensee  recognizes  the  great  value  of  the  prestige,
          publicity  and  good  will  associated  with  the  Names,  and in such
          connection,  acknowledges  that such goodwill  exclusively  belongs to
          Smithsonian and that the Names has acquired a secondary meaning in the
          mind of the  purchasing  public  as a source of  museum  services  and
          museum products.

15.  DISPOSAL OF SECONDS. 
     -------------------

     In the event a Product under a Smithsonian license fails to pass Licensee's
     normal quality control inspection, or otherwise deviates from the standards
     of the industry,  that Product shall by physically  destroyed and shall not
     be otherwise sold, traded or given away.

16.  SPECIFIC  UNDERTAKINGS  OF  LICENSEE.
     ------------------------------------

     During the term of the License Period and thereafter Licensee agrees that:

     a.   It will not  attack  Smithsonian's  rights in and to the Names and any
          copyright  or  trademark  pertaining  thereto,  nor will it attack the
          validity of the License granted hereunder. It will not harm, misuse or
          bring into  disrepute the name and, in the  development of Smithsonian
          Product,  will assist  Smithsonian  in preserving the integrity of the
          Names.   This  obligation   shall  continue   indefinitely   following
          expiration of the license;

     b.   It will ensure that the development of Smithsonian  Products  proceeds
          in an ethical manner in keeping with the dignity and traditions of the
          Smithsonian  and in  accordance  with the  terms  and  intent  of this
          Agreement;

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>
       
     c.   It agrees not to discriminate in its business practices  including but
          not limited to hiring,  marketing,  sub-contracting and wholesaling on
          the basis of race, creed, color, religion,  sex, age, national origin,
          handicap or for any other reason  prohibited  by Federal or applicable
          state law.

17.  TERMINATION.
     -----------

     a.   Breach.  Smithsonian  may terminate  this Agreement at any time if the
          continued manufacture or sale of any Smithsonian Products will harm or
          bring into  disrepute the Names or the reputation and integrity of the
          Smithsonian.

     b.   Material Breach. Smithsonian may terminate this Agreement in the event
          of a material breach by Licensee provided that Licensee has been given
          thirty  (30) days  written  notice of such  breach,  the nature of the
          breach has been  identified,  and Licensee  has failed to cure,  or to
          attempt  to  cure,  the  asserted   breach  to  the   satisfaction  of
          Smithsonian  within the notice  period.  Failure to meet  deadlines in
          Schedules shall constitute a material breach.

     c.   Default.  It is  understood  that Licensee will commence in good faith
          with the  development  of the Product and will actively  continue with
          the  development,  manufacture  and sale of the  Licensed  Products in
          accordance  with Schedule B. If Licensee  fails to have  manufactured,
          distributed  or  sold  any   Smithsonian   Products  in  any  two  (2)
          consecutive  calendar quarters during the License Period,  Smithsonian
          shall have the right,  in addition to all other remedies  available to
          it, to terminate  this  Agreement  upon thirty (30) days prior written
          notice.  If the Licensed Products consist of more than one (1) product
          and some but not all of such  products  are not  actively  distributed
          and/or sold during any two (2) consecutive  quarters,  Smithsonian may
          terminate the Agreement  entirely or only as to those certain products
          not being distributed  and/or sold by Licensee.  The effective date of
          such  termination  shall be thirty (30) days following  receipt of the
          notice by Licensee.

     d.   Bankruptcy/Cessation  of Business.  In the event Licensee  enters into
          proceedings relating to bankruptcy,  whether voluntary or involuntary,
          Licensee agrees to furnish, by certified mail, written notification of
          the bankruptcy to the Contracting Officer.  This notification shall be
          furnished  within five (5) days of the  initiation of the  proceedings
          relating to bankruptcy  filing.  This  notification  shall include the
          date on which the bankruptcy petition was filed, the name and location
          of the  court  where  the  petition  was  filed  and  the  Smithsonian
          Institution  Contract  Number as it  appears on the first page of this
          Agreement.  This  obligation  remains in effect until final payment is
          made under this Agreement. Upon receipt of such notice, and subject to
          such  approvals  as may be required  by the  bankruptcy  court  and/or
          trustee in bankruptcy,  Smithsonian have the first and exclusive right
          to purchase part or all of Licensee's remaining  Smithsonian Products.
          If  Smithsonian  chooses not to  purchase  the  remaining  Smithsonian
          Products,  Licensee may dispose of the remainder  consistent  with the
          terms and conditions of this Agreement and/or the terms and conditions
          of any arrangement ordered by the court and/or trustee.

     e.   Transfer.   Smithsonian   may  terminate  this   Agreement   effective
          immediately,  at its sole  option,  if  Licensee  sells  or  otherwise
          disposes  of  substantially  all of its  business or assets to a third
          
                                    Page 11
<PAGE>

          party, or control of Licensee is transferred, or present management of
          Licensee  is  changed,  or no  longer  is  involved  directly  in  the
          day-to-day  supervision of Licensee's performance under this Agreement
          unless Licensee shall have first obtained  Smithsonian's prior written
          permission to such transfer and/or changes.

     f.   Force Majeure. If by reason of the laws,  regulations,  acts, demands,
          orders,  or  interpositions  of any  government or any  subdivision or
          agent  thereof;  or by acts  of God,  strike,  fire,  flood,  weather,
          explosion, accidents, war, rebellion,  insurrection,  terrorism or any
          other cause  beyond the  control of either  party  whether  similar or
          dissimilar  to the  foregoing  Licensee  shall be delayed or prevented
          from performing this Agreement, such delay or failure to perform shall
          be excused during the  continuance of and to the extent of such cause,
          and the contract period for performance shall be extended for a period
          equal to the duration of such cause. If such delay exceeds ninety (90)
          days, either party hereto may terminate this Agreement, and all rights
          and obligations  hereunder shall cease,  except that Licensee shall be
          responsible for all sums due and owing as of the date of delay.

18.  CONDUCT UPON TERMINATION.
     ------------------------

     a.   Notice.  Upon  receipt of a notice of  termination  from  Smithsonian,
          Licensee shall cease the manufacture, sale, promotion and distribution
          of the Licensed Products  immediately,  except for the sell-off period
          as specified in paragraph l9.b.  Licensee shall deliver to Smithsonian
          within  thirty  (30)  days of the  date  of  termination  a  statement
          indicating the number and description of Smithsonian  Products on hand
          or in process of being manufactured at the time of termination.

     b.   Sell-off. Licensee has the right to dispose of the remaining inventory
          for six (6) months  following the date of  termination,  including the
          right to use promotional materials developed prior to termination, but
          only for purposes directly relating to disposal of remaining inventory
          with the prior written approval of Smithsonian. If Licensee intends to
          dispose of remaining  inventory at a discounted price,  Licensee shall
          notify  Smithsonian in advance and afford  Smithsonian the opportunity
          to buy part or all such inventory at the reduced price. If Smithsonian
          declines to buy the inventory,  Licensee may sell it at the discounted
          price, provided it pays Smithsonian in accordance with this Agreement.
          Smithsonian  shall  have the  right to  conduct  physical  inventories
          during the six (6) month disposal period following termination of this
          Agreement  and  during  normal  business  hours  upon five days  prior
          written notice to Licensee.

     c.   Use of  Name.  Upon  termination  or  expiration  of  this  Agreement,
          Licensee  shall  cease to use the Names and shall not  exploit  in any
          manner its association with  Smithsonian,  except as authorized during
          the sell-off period.  These  provisions shall survive  termination and
          expiration of this Agreement.

     d.   Production  Materials.  After  providing  a thirty  (30)  day  advance
          written  notification to Smithsonian,  Licensee shall destroy or, upon
          Smithsonian  request,  deliver to Smithsonian all production materials
          including  molds,  casts,  dyes,  plates,  film or other  photographic
          material, or similar production  necessities  containing the Names and
          first created as a result of this License.

     e.   Smithsonian   Materials.   Upon  termination  or  expiration  of  this
          Agreement,  Licensee  shall return all  materials,  including  but not


                                    Page 12

<PAGE>
       
          limited  to  color  transparencies,   slides,  photographs,  files  of
          digitized  images and text, or reference books provided by Smithsonian
          for the development of the Products under this Agreement.

     f.   Payment.  In the event the License granted hereunder is terminated for
          any reason,  each party shall pay  immediately to the other any monies
          owed but unpaid  pursuant to this  Agreement  and,  further,  Licensee
          shall pay Smithsonian in accordance with Paragraph 9 for all copies of
          Products sold during the six (6) month sell-off period.

     g.   Rights.  Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement,  all rights
          granted hereunder shall revert to Smithsonian.

19.  CONDUCT UPON  EXPIRATION OR RENEWAL OF THE LICENSE PERIOD.  
     ---------------------------------------------------------

     Smithsonian  shall  send a notice of  expiration  or  renewal  to  Licensee
     approximately  ninety (90) days prior to expiration of the license  period.
     Upon receipt of either notice,  Licensee shall have fourteen (14) days from
     receipt of the notice to respond  in  writing.  Smithsonian  may grant such
     renewal  in its  sole  discretion  and may  propose  modifications  of this
     Agreement as it deems appropriate.  Except as modified by the parties,  the
     terms and conditions  applicable  during the renewal term shall be the same
     as those  contained  herein.  In the event Licensee fails to respond within
     the specified period of time or Smithsonian  declines to grant renewal, the
     Agreement  shall be deemed  terminated  and the rights and  obligations  of
     Licensee shall be governed by Paragraph 18, above.

20.  RESERVATION OF RIGHTS.
     ---------------------

     Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, Smithsonian
     may  license  others,  including  but not  limited  to firms,  individuals,
     co-partnerships  or  corporations  to  use  the  Names  and  trademarks  in
     connection with other products and, except as specifically  granted herein,
     the Smithsonian reserves all rights pertaining to the Names and trademarks.

21.  AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES.
     --------------------------

     a.   Contracting  Officer  For the  purposes of liaison  and  direction  in
          contractual   interpretation  matters,  dispute  resolution,   or  for
          modification  of  this   Agreement,   Licensee  shall  deal  with  and
          Smithsonian  shall  be  represented  by  the  Smithsonian  Contracting
          Officer or his special designee.

     b.   Contracting   Officer's   Representative   For  purposes  of  liaison,
          providing  guidance  and  direction  in  daily  operational   matters,
          granting  approvals  or  withholding  same  and for  general  contract
          coordination  as  detailed   herein,   the   Smithsonian   Institution
          Contracting  Officer  shall be  represented  by J.  Michael  Carrigan,
          External Affairs Officer, Office of the Provost.

     c.   Licensee'  Representative  ("Licensee")  For  purposes  of liaison and
          direction in daily operational matters,  Licensee shall be represented
          by F. Michael Budd, President & CEO, Synthonics Technologies, Inc., or
          his/ her  designated  representative.  The  Licensee's  Representative
          shall be  responsible  for informing the staff of Licensee  working on
          Smithsonian  Products about each and every provision of this contract,
          including, but not limited to, Paragraph 5, above, Approvals.

                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
       
     d.   Substitution  of  Representative  Smithsonian  and Licensee shall each
          have the right to change their representatives and designees set forth
          herein by providing notice pursuant to Paragraph 23 below.  They shall
          also  advise  one  another in  writing  of any  substitution  for said
          representatives.

22.  NOTICES.
     -------
     
     All  correspondence,  notices,  royalty  payments  and  all  other  written
     communications  related to this  Agreement in any way shall be delivered by
     U. S. certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  or a
     similar carrier requiring signature and receipt.

     All notices which shall be required to be sent by  Smithsonian  to Licensee
     shall be sent to the following address:

          Synthonics Technologies, Inc.
          31324 Via Collinas
          Suite 106
          Westlake Village, CA 91362

     All notices  which shall be required to be sent by Licensee to  Smithsonian
     shall be sent to:

     For Contract Coordination:              For Contract Matters:
     -------------------------               --------------------
     J. Michael Carrigan                     Contracting Officer
     Office of the Provost                   Office of Contracting
     Smithsonian Institution                 Smithsonian Institution
     1000 Jefferson Drive, S. W., Rm. 230    955 L'Enfant Plaza, Suite P-114
     Washington, DC 20024                    Washington, DC 20560

                                             With copy to:
                                             ------------   
                                             Office of the General Counsel
                                             Smithsonian Institution
                                             1000 Jefferson Drive, S.W., Rm. 302
                                             Washington, DC 20560

     By  providing  notice  pursuant  to this  paragraph,  either  party to this
     Agreement  may  change  the   individuals   and/or  the   address(es)   for
     correspondence, notices, or royalties that are to be sent.

23.  NO PARTNERSHIP.
     --------------

     This   Agreement  does  not  constitute  and  shall  not  be  construed  as
     constituting  a  partnership  or  joint  venture  between  Smithsonian  and
     Licensee.  Neither party shall have the right to obligate or bind the other
     in any manner  whatsoever  and nothing  herein  contained  shall give or is
     intended to give any rights of any kind to any third persons.

24.  NO ASSIGNMENT.
     -------------

     This  Agreement  and all rights and  obligations  herein  are  personal  to
     Licensee  and shall not be assigned  without  Smithsonian's  prior  written
     consent.

25.  AMENDMENTS.
     ----------

     No amendments,  modifications  or waivers to this Agreement  shall be valid
     unless in writing and signed by all parties to this Agreement.

26.  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE.
     ----------------------

     The parties agree that time is of the essence in this  Agreement,  and that
     adherence to the  mutually-agreed  schedule is vital to the  performance of
     the parties' respective obligations.

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
27.  DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WAIVERS.
     -----------------------------

     The  failure  of  Smithsonian  to insist  upon the  strict  performance  by
     Licensee of any of RS the terms of this  Agreement,  or the  acceptance  by
     Smithsonian  of any  payments,  even partial  payments,  from Licensee with
     knowledge  of any default or breach  thereof,  shall not be  construed as a
     waiver by Smithsonian  of its right to insist at any  subsequent  time upon
     the full performance of any of the terms of this Agreement.

28.  CONSTRUCTION.
     ------------

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the applicable Federal
     laws  and laws of the  District  of  Columbia  regardless  of its  place of
     execution or performance.

29.  NECESSARY SIGNATURES AND CONSENT.
     --------------------------------

     This  Agreement and attached  Schedules A through C constitute the complete
     understanding of the parties. This Agreement shall not be deemed effective,
     final or binding upon  Smithsonian or Licensee until signed by each of them
     at the appropriate places at the conclusion of the annexed schedules.

30.  SEVERABILITY.
     ------------

     The terms of this  Agreement  are  severable.  If any term or  provision is
     declared  invalid,  it shall not affect the  remaining  terms  which  shall
     continue to be binding.

31.  HEADINGS.
     --------

     The Section headings hereof are for the convenience of the parties only and
     shall not be used in the interpretation of this Agreement.

32.  RECITALS.
     --------

     The recitals  herein  constitute an integral part of the Agreement  reached
     and are to be considered as such.

33.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
     ----------------

     This Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement  between the parties and
     supersedes  all  previous  agreements  in this  matter.  There are no other
     written or oral agreements,  representations or understandings with respect
     to the subject matter of this  Agreement.  This Agreement and its terms may
     be amended,  modified,  or waived only by written agreement,  signed by the
     authorized   representative  of  Licensee  and  the  Contracting   Officer,
     Smithsonian Institution. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party
     without the written consent of the other.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  THE PARTIES  hereto have  signed  this  Agreement  in
     duplicate originals as of the day and year above written.

Accepted and agreed,

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION                      SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

/S/  John F. Coffee                          /S/ F. Michael Budd
- --------------------------------             --------------------------------
By:  John F. Coffee for                      By:  F. Michael Budd
     John Cobert                             Its: President & CEO
Its: Contracting Officer                                   

Date: 10/2/97                                Date: 10/2/97



                                    Page 15
       
<PAGE>
                                    SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE A:  SMITHSONIAN PRODUCTS
- ---------------------------------

     As used herein the following words will have these definitions:

     REPRODUCTION:  A  reproduction  is a product  which is an exact copy of the
original.

     ADAPTATION:  An  adaptation  is a product  which is a  modification  and/or
derivative of the original. Through flexible interpretation of the artifact, the
resulting  product  will have an  appearance  similar to the  original,  but may
differ in terms of one or more of the  following:  function,  material,  type of
manufacture and/or size or color.

     CREATION: A creation is a product resulting from the use of the Smithsonian
Institution's collections and its mission as a source of inspiration and/or as a
reference  point.  Such an item  need not  focus on a  particular  object in the
collections, but rather might be a reflection of the collections as a whole.

                                     Page 16

<PAGE>

SCHEDULE B:  CONCEPT AND DESIGN APPROVALS
- ------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Approval Stages                               Month         Day       Year
<S>                                          <C>            <C>       <C>

Kick-off Date:                               October        3,        1997

Phase #1:
Approval of the final Storyboards, which
shall be delivered to Smithsonian
no later than:                               October        17,       1997

Phase #2:
Approval  of the final  lists of all  
assets to be  reproduced  on the Product,
including,  but not limited to, museum  
artifacts,  video clips and audio clips.
The  final  list  shall   state  which
artifacts   will  be   represented   by
two-dimensional   images   and   which
artifacts   will  be   represented   by
three-dimensional images. The final list
shall be delivered to Smithsonian 
no later then:                               October        31,       1997

Phase #3:
Approval of the  Product's  script 
(all text which shall appear on the Product),
credits, interactivity planning, and 
initial CD packaging, which shall
be delivered to Smithsonian no 
later than:                                  November       28,       1997

Phase #4:
Approval of the alpha prototype CD
and packaging, which shall be
delivered to Smithsonian no later than:      January        30,       1998

Phase #5:
Approval of beta prototype CD and
packaging, which shall be delivered
to Smithsonian no later than:                February       16,       1998

Phase #6:
Approval of sample of final Product,
which shall be delivered to
Smithsonian no later than:                   February       24,       1998

</TABLE>

If Smithsonian changes the date of any approval set forth above to a later date,
the remaining  approval and delivery  dates shall be similarly  moved to a later
date.  For example,  if one approval  date is moved back one (1) week,  then all
remaining dates will also be moved back one (l) week.

Failure to meet  scheduled  deadlines  as set forth  herein,  may be grounds for
termination  pursuant to Paragraph  18 of this  Agreement.  Modification  of the
scheduled deadlines may be made by mutual agreement between the parties.

                                    Page 17

<PAGE>

SCHEDULE C:    TRADEMARK AND DESIGN PROTECTION AGREEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------------

     RE: Sample/Purchase Orders and Manufacturing Contracts for:

Dear Sir or Madam:

     Our company may be entering into  Sample/Purchase  Order  Contract or other
manufacturing  arrangements  with you in the near  future and would like to take
this  opportunity  to call to your  attention the basis upon which we will enter
such arrangements.

     Pursuant to our  agreements,  we may be providing you with certain  designs
and artwork and requisitions for finished items (including samples), piece goods
and trim,  packaging,  business  materials  or labels,  among other  things.  By
accepting our instructions,  orders, or contracts,  your firm agrees that it has
only a  limited,  non-transferable  right  to use  any  trademarks,  characters,
designs,  names, symbols,  and/or other materials  copyrighted,  or owned by the
Smithsonian  Institution or any of its affiliates.  You agree that such Material
shall not be used by your firm at any time for any  purpose  other than that for
which they were placed in your trust,  i.e. in  fulfillment  of  sample/purchase
orders and/or manufacturing  arrangements,  and you shall exercise due diligence
so that they are not made available to third parties.  No rights shall remain in
your firm or its employees or agents as to such material of Smithsonian  and you
agree that to the extent your firm may acquire any rights to said material, such
rights  shall  revert to  Smithsonian,  or its  affiliates,  as the case may be,
without any further act of the parties hereunder.  All materials  containing the
aforementioned  Material  will be  returned  promptly  at any  time  Smithsonian
requests such return,  but in any event no later than when the finished  product
is shipped to Licensee.

     Please  place the  acknowledgment  signature  of two (2) of your  executive
officers in the space  provided  below and return one signed copy of this letter
to the undersigned as soon as possible. Thank you for your cooperation.

Respectfully yours,


- ------------------------------               -----------------------------------
By:                                          By: 
Title:                                       Title:

                         [SPECIMEN ONLY -- DO NOT SIGN]


                                    Page 18



                                  Exhibit 10.5
                                  ------------- 

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

     This  AMENDMENT is made this 1st day of  November,  1997 by and between the
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ("Smithsonian") an educational,  non-profit organization
established by the Congress of the United States in 1846 (20 U.S.C.  41 et seq.)
And having its principal offices at 1000 Jefferson Drive, S.W.,  Washington,  D.
C., and SYNTHONICS  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC.  ("Licensee"),  a California corporation
having its principal place of business in Westlake Village, California.

     WHEREAS,  Smithsonian  and Licensee  have  entered into an agreement  dated
October 2, 1997,  bearing S.I. Contract No.  RC9-821003-0000  (the "Agreement"),
wherein  Licensee  agreed to use its  innovative  technology to develop a unique
CD-ROM for commercial sale that contains high quality,  three-dimensional images
of Smithsonian artifacts ("Product");

     WHEREAS,  Paragraph  3.d. of the Agreement  specifies  that Licensee  shall
complete  production  of the Product on or before  February 24, 1998,  but in no
event shall  complete  production  of the Product and have it  available  to the
Smithsonian for distribution later than March 10, 1998;

     WHEREAS, Schedule B of the Agreements sets forth a timetable concerning the
approval and deliverable phases for the performance of this Agreement;

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to change the delivery deadlines and timetables
set forth in Paragraph 3.d. and Schedule B of the Agreement;

     NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the covenants and agreements  contained
herein and in the Agreement, the parties hereto further agree, and the Agreement
is hereby modified, as follows:

1.   DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized  terms used in this Amendment shall have the same
     meaning as in the Agreement.

2.   The parties agree that Paragraph 3.d. of the Agreement is hereby amended to
     read, in its entirety: "Licensee shall use its best efforts to complete and
     design  production of the Product and have it available to the  Smithsonian
     for  distribution on or before May 23, 1998, but in no event shall complete
     production  of the Product and have it  available  to the  Smithsonian  for
     distribution later than June 6, 1998."

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>

3.   The parties  agree that  Schedule B :Concept  and Design  Approvals  of the
     Agreement is hereby amended to read, in its entirety:


     Approval Stages                                            Date
     ---------------                                        --------------
     Kick-off Date:                                         October 3, 1997

     Phase #1 
     October 3, 1997 Approval of the final Storyboards,  
     which shall be delivered to Smithsonian no later than: October 3, 1997

     Phase#2                                                
     Approval of the final lists of all assets to 
     be  reproduced on the Product, including,  but 
     not limited  to,  museum  artifacts,  video 
     clips and audio clips.  The final list shall 
     state which  artifacts  will be represented by
     two-dimensional   images  and  which   artifacts  
     will  be  represented  by three-dimensional  images. 
     The final list shall be delivered to Smithsonian
     no later than:                                         November 22, 1997

     Phase #3
     Licensee shall deliver to Smithsonian for 
     its approval the Product's script (all
     text which shall appear on the Product), 
     credits, interactivity planning, and initial 
     CD packaging no later than:                            January 29, 1998

     Smithsonian  shall provide to Licensee its 
     written  approval or disapproval  and comments,  
     if any, of the  Product's  script (all text 
     which shall appear on the Product), credits, 
     interactivity planning, and initial CD 
     packaging no later than:                               February 7, 1998

     Phase #4
     Licensee shall deliver to Smithsonian for its
     approval the alpha prototype CD and packaging
     no later than:                                         April 2, 1998

     Smithsonian  shall provide to Licensee its 
     written  approval or disapproval and comments, 
     if any, of the alpha prototype CD and packaging
     no later than:                                         April 11, 1998

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

     Phase #5
     Licensee shall deliver to Smithsonian for its
     approval the beta prototype CD and packaging
     no later than:                                         April 23, 1998

     Smithsonian  shall provide to Licensee its 
     written  approval or disapproval  and
     comments, if any, of the alpha prototype CD 
     and packaging no later than:                           May 2, 1998

     Phase #6
     Licensee shall deliver to Smithsonian for its
     approval a sample of the final Product
     no later than:                                         May 14, 1998

     Smithsonian shall provide to Licensee its written
     approval or disapproval and comments, if any,
     of the sample of the final Product
     no later than:                                         May 23, 1998

If Smithsonian changes the date of any approval set forth above to a later date,
the remaining  approval and delivery  dates shall be similarly  moved to a later
date.  For example,  if one approval  date is moved back one (1) week,  then all
remaining dates will also be moved back one (l) week.

Failure to meet  scheduled  deadlines  as set forth  herein  may be grounds  for
termination  pursuant to Paragraph  18 of this  Agreement.  Modification  of the
scheduled deadlines may be made by mutual agreement between the parties.

4.   All other provisions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  THE PARTIES hereto have signed this Agreement in duplicate
originals as of the day and year above written.

Accepted and agreed,

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION                      SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


/S/  John F. Coffee                          /S/ F. Michael Budd
- --------------------------------             --------------------------------
By:  John F. Coffee for                      By:  F. Michael Budd
     John Cobert                             Its: President & CEO
Its: Contracting Officer                                   

Date: 11/12/97                               Date: 11/1/97

                                     Page 3



                                  Exhibit 10.6
                                  -------------      
                               Contract Agreement

     CONTRACT  AGREEMENT  made this 19th day of December,  1997  between  Centro
Alameda Inc.  ("Contractor"),  a non-profit  organization  having its  principal
place of business at 318 West Houston,  Suite 201, San Antonio,  Texas 78205 and
Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc.  ("Synthonics"),  a Utah corporation  having its
principal place of business at 31324 Via Colinas,  Suite 106,  Westlake Village,
California 91362.

     WHEREAS,  Contractor  desires  the  procurement  of a unique  data base for
display  purposes at a scheduled  conference with the Virgin Mary as the subject
of the conference,

     WHEREAS,  Contractor  represents that the scheduled conference is a preview
to a larger exhibit,  held in conjunction with the Smithsonian  Institution that
will require a much larger data base created from similar subject matter,

     WHEREAS,  Synthonics  will  utilize  its  patented  Rapid  Virtual  Reality
technology to create and provide the unique data base, and

     WHEREAS,  Contractor  shall  secure  access by  Synthonics  to the statues,
paintings, images, sketches, photographs, videos, etc. required for the creation
of the unique data base,

     NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises  and mutual  agreements
herein contained, the parties agree with each other as follows:

1. SPECIFICATIONS OF THE PRODUCT
   -----------------------------  

     a)   The  Product  will be a unique  data base with the Virgin  Mary as its
          central  theme.  Included in the Product will be the following sets of
          data:

          Twenty-five  (25) three  dimensional  (3D) digital  models of selected
          statues,

          Two (2) 3D digital  models of selected  statues  that also  include 3D
          digital models of x-ray images of each statue,

          A series of photographs of ten (10) paintings, and

          Two (2) 3D  digital  models  of above  selected  paintings  that  also
          include 3D digital models of x-ray images of each painting,

          Selected support data (videos,  text, audio recordings,  etc.) for one
          (1) of the 3D digital models described above.

     b)   The Product will include specific  features  designed for the analysis
          of the  data  base.  Included  in the  Product  will be the  following
          features:

          All 3D digital models will be viewable in  Synthonics'  latest version
          of its VRX(TM) Viewer,

          Side-by-side  viewing and comparison  capability of two (2) 3D digital
          models simultaneously,

          The ability to  "walk-thru"  layers of those 3D digital models created
          from x-rays,

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>      
          The ability to  overlay-multiple  two dimensional (2D) photographs for
          profile comparisons, and

          The  ability to access,  via "hot  spots" on the  selected  3D digital
          model, the support data.

     c)   A simple  CD-ROM will be created and produced that will only include a
          promotional  film clip (not to exceed  eight (8) minutes in  duration)
          provided by the  Contractor  and the VRX(TM)3D  digital model library.
          Except for the VRX(TM) 3D digital model library,  this CD-ROM will not
          include any other  Product  features as  described  above in Paragraph
          l(b).  A total  of one  hundred  (100)  CD-ROMs  will be  provided  by
          Synthonics in time for the scheduled  conference.  Additional  CD-ROMs
          may be purchased from  Synthonics at a price of $35 each for a minimum
          order quantity of 100 units or a price of $20 each for a minimum order
          quantity of 1000 units.

     d)   The Product  (defined as the unique data base,  its features,  and its
          associated  CD-ROM)  are for the  sole  use of the  Conference  on the
          Virgin Mary, the participants in this Conference,  and the Contractor.
          The Product is not to be licensed, sold or reproduced by any person or
          entity.

     e)   The underlying source code used to develop the Product (including data
          base, analysis features,  and the CD-ROM) is the proprietary  property
          of  Synthonics  and is not  considered  to be any part of the  Product
          being purchased by the Contractor under the terms of this Agreement.

     f)   Synthonics retains the right to use the Product for other promotional
         applications as it may choose.  Synthonics shall treat the data base in
         a proper  and  reverent  manner  in any other  promotional  application
         within which it may be used. The associated  CD-ROM may only be used by
         Synthonics in a  promotional  manner and is not to be offered for sale.
         Likewise,  Contractor  retains  the  right to use the data base and its
         features for other non-revenue  applications  within the context of the
         conference and subsequent  exhibit.  The associated  CD-ROM may only be
         used by the Contractor in a promotional manner and is not to be offered
         for sale.

2. SYNTHONICS' RESPONSIBILITIES
   ----------------------------

     a)   Synthonics   shall  produce  the  Product  in   accordance   with  the
          specifications set forth above.

     b)   Synthonics shall use its best efforts to complete the Product by April
          24, 1998, but, in no case, later than May 15, 1998, unless the penalty
          clause  included in  paragraph  4(b) is in effect.  In such case,  the
          terms defined in paragraph apply.

3. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
   -----------------------------

     a)   Contractor   shall   identify  and  provide  access  to  all  statues,
          paintings,  images,  photographs,  sketches,  videos,  etc.  that  are
          required for the Product.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

     b)   Contractor  shall work with Synthonics to provide all required Product
          approvals by the required dates provided,  however,  Contractor  shall
          not be  required  to incur  any  extraordinary  costs or  expenses  in
          connection with such approvals.

     c)   Contractor  shall make timely payments to Synthonics at the completion
          of specific milestones as described later in this Agreement.

4. PRODUCTION AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE MILESTONES
   -------------------------------------------

     a)   Both Synthonics and the Contractor shall be committed to achieving the
          scheduled  milestones required for an on-time delivery of the Product.
          These milestones are described below:

          Milestone #1:  Signed Agreement                     December 19, 1997
          Milestone #2:  All Product content identified by
                         Contractor 
                         (see Attachment A for details)       December 26, 1997
          Milestone #3:  Beta review of the Product           April 8, 1998
          Milestone #4:  Product ready for Conference         April 24, 1998
          Milestone #5:  100 CD-ROMS packaged                 May 15, 1998
          Milestone #6:  Conference start                     May 15, 1998

     b)   In the event Contractor does not achieve Milestone #2 (as described in
          Attachment  A) by December 26, 1997,  the dates set forth in the above
          description  of  Milestones  shall  be  extended  one day for each day
          Contractor fails to meet Milestone #2.

     c)   Both Synthonics and Contractor acknowledge that the Milestone schedule
          detailed  in  paragraph  3(a) is very  aggressive  and that each party
          shall commit  appropriate  resources to insure that product design and
          development,   along  with  associated  reviews  and  approvals,   are
          accomplished in a timely manner.

5. PAYMENTS TO SYNTHONICS FOR THE PRODUCT
   --------------------------------------

     a)   The  Contractor  shall pay to  Synthonics  a total of $235,800 for the
          Product.

     b)   A down payment of 50% of the total,  equal to $117,900,  is payable to
          Synthonics  by the  Contractor  at the  time  of the  signing  of this
          Agreement (Milestone # 1).

     c)   A progress payment of 25% of the total, equal to $58,950 is payable to
          Synthonics  by the  Contractor  at the time of the Beta  review of the
          Product (Milestone #3).

     d)   A final  payment of 25% of the  total,  equal to $58,950 is payable to
          Synthonics by the  Contractor at the time the Product is ready for the
          Conference (Milestone #4).

     e)   All payments are to be made by Contractor in US dollars and are due to
          Synthonics  upon receipt of the invoice by the Contractor and approval
          of meeting relevant Milestone by Contractor.

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>

6. WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATIONS
   -------------------------------
   
     a)   Warranties

               i) Contractor Warranties: Contractor warrants and represents that
               it has the full  right and  authority  to grant all of the rights
               granted herein, that except as may be noted in a separate writing
               from the Contractor to Synthonics, no permission is required from
               any other party to fully enforce the rights granted  herein;  the
               use of  Contractor  provided  materials is not a violation of the
               copyright or any  proprietary  or personal right of any person or
               entity or otherwise  contrary to law; that it has not  previously
               assigned,  pledged or  otherwise  encumbered  the  rights  herein
               granted to Synthonics;  that it will not grant to any other party
               a license to use the Product,  and that the Product  shall not be
               sold or reproduced by Contractor,  its agents, its principals, or
               its employees.

               ii)  Synthonics  Warranties:  Synthonics  warrants and represents
               that it has the full  right  and  authority  to enter  into  this
               Agreement;  that none of the  non-Contractor  provided  materials
               incorporated  in the  completed  Product are a  violation  of the
               copyright,  patent right, or any proprietary or personal right of
               any  person  or  entity  or  otherwise   contrary  to  law;  that
               Synthonics  has  fully  complied  with  all  applicable  laws and
               regulations both within and outside the United States  pertaining
               to the  development  and  manufacture  of the  Product;  and that
               Synthonics  has not nor will  not in any  manner  grant,  assign,
               encumber,  or dispose of any of the rights  granted herein except
               as provided herein.

     b)   Contractor hereby indemnifies Synthonics and shall hold it harmless:

               i) against any claims or suits asserting any  proprietary  rights
               in an item  identified  and provided for  inclusion by Contractor
               which Synthonics has reproduced  pursuant to this Agreement,  but
               only to the extent of Synthonics' out-of-pocket costs; and

               ii) against any judgments or settlements  arising out of a breach
               of one of the warranties  made above in paragraph  6(a), but only
               to the extent of Synthonics' actual out-of-pocket costs including
               reasonable legal fees. Nothing contained in this subparagraph, or
               elsewhere in this  Agreement,  shall create any  liability on the
               part  of  Contractor  for  any  other  claims  or  suits  against
               Synthonics.

     c)   Synthonics  hereby agrees to indemnify,  defend,  and hold  Contractor
          harmless from any claim, suit, judgment,  settlement,  loss, or damage
          arising or  alleging  to arise out of or from the  development  of the
          Product or arising out of a breach of Synthonics' warranties under the
          Synthonics name, excepting claims for which Contractor is indemnifying
          Synthonics.

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

7. TERMINATION
   -----------

     a)   Material Breach:  Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event
          of a material  breach by Synthonics  provided that Synthonics has been
          given  thirty (30) days written  notice of such breach,  the nature of
          the breach has been identified,  and Synthonics has failed to cure the
          asserted breach to the  satisfaction  of Contractor  within the notice
          period.  Failure  to  meet  any  of the  Milestones  as  described  in
          paragraph 4 shall be deemed a material breach,  providing the cause of
          failure  to meet  such  deadlines  was not the  responsibility  of the
          Contractor.   If  the  cause  of  a  miss  to  a   Milestone   is  the
          responsibility  of  Contractor or if the penalty  clause  described in
          paragraph  4(b) is activated,  the miss of any Milestone  shall not be
          considered a material breach of this Agreement.

     b)   Bankruptcy or Cessation of Business:  In the event  Synthonics  enters
          into  proceedings   relating  to  bankruptcy,   whether  voluntary  or
          involuntary,  Synthonics agrees to furnish, by certified mail, written
          notification  of the bankruptcy to the Contractor.  This  notification
          shall  be  provided  within  five (5)  days of the  initiation  of the
          proceedings  relating to bankruptcy  filings.  This notification shall
          include the date on which the bankruptcy  petition was filed, the name
          and  location  of  the  court  where  the  petition  was  filed.  This
          obligation  remains in effect  until final  payment is made under this
          Agreement.  Upon receipt of such notice, and subject to such approvals
          as  may  be  required  by  the  bankruptcy  court  and/or  trustee  in
          bankruptcy,  Contractor  shall have the first and  exclusive  right to
          purchase all or part of the Product being  developed by Synthonics for
          the Contractor.  If Contractor chooses not to purchase the in-progress
          development of the Product,  Synthonics may dispose of the in-progress
          development of the Product consistent with the terms and conditions of
          any arrangement ordered by the court and/or trustee.  The voluntary or
          involuntary  filing of bankruptcy  proceedings by Synthonics  shall be
          deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

     c)   Transfer:   Contractor   may  terminate   this   Agreement   effective
          immediately,  at its sole  option,  if  Synthonics  sells or otherwise
          disposes  of  substantially  all of its  business or assets to a third
          party, or control of Synthonics is transferred,  or present management
          of  Synthonics  is changed,  or no longer is involved  directly in the
          day-to-day supervision of Synthonics' performance under this Agreement
          unless Synthonics shall have first obtained Contractor's prior written
          permission to such transfer and/or changes.

     d)   Force Majeure: If by reasons of the laws, regulations,  acts, demands,
          orders,  or  interpositions  of any  government or any  subdivision or
          agent thereof; or by acts of God, strike, flood,  weather,  explosion,
          accidents, war, rebellion, insurrection,  terrorism or any other cause
          beyond the control of either party  whether  similar or  dissimilar to
          the foregoing Synthonics shall be delayed or prevented from performing
          this  Agreement,  such delay or  failure  to perform  shall be excused
          during the  continuance  of and to the extent of such  cause,  and the
          Agreement period for performance  shall be extended for a period equal
          to the duration of such cause. If such delay exceeds ninety (90) days,
          either party hereto may terminate this  Agreement,  and all rights and
          obligations  hereunder shall cease,  except that  Contractor  shall be
          responsible for all sums due and owing as of the date of delay.

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>

     e)   In the event Contractor  terminates this Agreement as provided herein,
          and the Contractor has met all of its obligations as described in this
          Agreement,  Synthonics  shall  immediately  pay to Contractor all sums
          which have been paid by  Contractor  to  Synthonics  as of the date of
          termination  and Contractor  shall have no further  obligations  under
          this Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated for any reason and the
          Contractor  has not  fulfilled  its  obligation  as  described in this
          Agreement all sums previously paid to Synthonics are not  reimbursable
          to  Contractor,  and  Synthonics  will be paid by  Contractor  for any
          non-billed  costs  that  they have  incurred  prior to the date of the
          termination.

8. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES
   --------------------------

     a)   Contractor's  Representative:  For  purposes  of  providing a liaison,
          providing  guidance  and  direction  in  daily  operational   matters,
          granting  approvals and  withholding  same, and for general  Agreement
          coordination as detailed  herein,  the Contractor shall be represented
          by Henry  Munoz,  President of Centro  Alameda Inc. or his  designated
          representative.

     b)   Synthonics'  Representative:  For the purpose of liaison and direction
          in daily operation matters,  Synthonics shall be represented by Joseph
          Maher, VP Marketing & Sales for Synthonics Technologies,  Inc., or his
          designated  representative.  The  Synthonics  representative  shall be
          responsible  for  informing  the staff of  Synthonics  working  on the
          Product about each and every provision of this contract.

9.  NOTICES
    -------

     All correspondence,  notices, payments and all other written communications
     related to this  Agreement  in any way should be  delivered by US certified
     mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  or a similar  carrier
     requiring signature and receipt.

     All notices  which shall be required to be sent by Contractor to Synthonics
     shall be sent to the following address:

     Synthonics Technologies, Inc.
     31324 Via Colinas, Suite 106
     Westlake Village, CA 91362
     Attention: Joseph Maher

     All notices  which shall be required to be sent by Synthonics to Contractor
     shall be sent to the following address:

     Centro Alameda Inc.
     318 West Houston, Suite 201
     San Antonio, TX 78205
     Attention: Henry Munoz

     By  providing  notice  pursuant  to this  paragraph,  either  party to this
     Agreement  may change the  individual  and/or  address for  correspondence,
     notices, or payments that are to be sent.

10. NO PARTNERSHIP
    --------------

     This   Agreement  does  not  constitute  and  shall  not  be  construed  as
     constituting  a  partnership  or  joint  venture  between   Contractor  and
     Synthonics.  Neither  party  shall have the right to  obligate  or bind the
     other in any manner  whatsoever and nothing herein  contained shall give or
     is intended to give any rights of any kind to any third persons.

11. NO ASSIGNMENT
    -------------

     This  Agreement  and all rights and  obligations  herein  are  personal  to
     Synthonics  and shall not be assigned  without  Contractor's  prior written
     consent.

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>
12. AMENDMENTS
    ----------

     No amendments,  modifications  or waivers to this Agreement  shall be valid
     unless in writing and signed by all parties to this Agreement.

13. TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE
    ----------------------

     The parties agree that time is of the essence in this  Agreement,  and that
     adherence to the mutually  agreed  schedule is vital to the  performance of
     the parties' respective obligations.

14. DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WAIVERS
    -----------------------------

     The  failure  of  Contractor  to  insist  upon the  strict  performance  by
     Synthonics  of any of the  terms of this  Agreement  or the  acceptance  by
     Synthonics of any payments,  even partial  payments,  from  Contractor with
     knowledge  of any default or breach  thereof,  shall not be  construed as a
     waiver by Contractor of its right to insist at any subsequent time upon the
*     full performance of any of the terms of this Agreement.

15. CONSTRUCTION
    ------------

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the applicable federal
     laws  and the  laws of the  State  of  Texas  regardless  of its  place  of
     execution or performance.

16. NECESSARY SIGNATURES AND CONSENT
    --------------------------------

     This Agreement constitutes the complete  understanding of the parties. This
     Agreement shall not be deemed  effective,  final or binding upon Contractor
     or Synthonics until signed by each of them at the appropriate places at the
     conclusion of this Agreement.

17. SEVERABILITY
    ------------

     The terms of this  Agreement  are  severable.  If any term or  provision is
     declared  invalid,  it shall not affect the  remaining  terms  which  shall
     continue to be binding.

18. HEADINGS
    --------

     The Section  headings hereof are for the convenience of the parties of this
     Agreement  only  and  shall  not be  used  in the  interpretation  of  this
     Agreement.

19. RECITALS
    --------

     The recitals  herein  constitute an integral part of the Agreement  reached
     and are to be considered as such.

20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
    ----------------

     This Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement  between the parties and
     supersedes  all  previous  agreements  in this  matter.  There are no other
     written or oral agreements,  representations or understandings with respect
     to the  matter  of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and its  terms may be
     amended,  modified,  or waived  only by  written  agreement,  signed by the
     authorized representatives of Synthonics and the Contractor. This Agreement
     may not be assigned by either party  without the prior  written  consent of
     the other.

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  THE PARTIES  hereto have  signed  this  Agreement  in
     duplicate originals as of the day and year above written.


     Accepted and Agreed:


     CENTRO ALAMEDA, INC.                    SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



     /S/ Henry Munoz                         /S/ Joseph Maher
     -----------------------------           ----------------------------------
     By:  Henry Munoz                        By:  Joseph Maher
     Its: President                          Its: VP Marketing & Sales


     Date: 12-18-97                          Date: 12-19-97

                                     Page 8

<PAGE>
                                  Attachment A

     Milestone #2 requires the delivery of the  information  described  below as
     well as access to extended information on the dates indicated.

     I. Items required from Contractor to create database:

          1) Twenty-five (25) Madonna statues.
 
          2) Two (2) Madonna  statues (from 25 statues  listed as #1 above) that
          have x-rays of sub-layers available.

          3) Ten  (10)  Madonna  paintings  that  are  considered  a  series  of
          paintings.

          4) Two (2)  Madonna  paintings  (from  the 10  paintings  listed as #3
          above) that have x-rays of sub-layers available.

          5) Support data (text,  audio,  video,  etc.) for the Madonna  statue,
          included  as  part  of  #1  above,   that  is  to  be  considered  the
          "centerpiece" statue of the data base.

     II. The following information is required for the items listed above:

          1) Location of statues and paintings. (I-1 & I-3)

          2) Date,  during  January,  when  Synthonics  will have access to each
          painting and each statue for photography purposes. (I-1 & I-3)

          3) Date,  during  January,  when  required  x-rays will be provided to
          Synthonics by Contractor. (I-2 & I-4)

          4) Name and  location  of  technical  resource(s)  that  will  provide
          Synthonics  with the required  background  information for the statues
          and paintings. (I-l, I-2, I-3, I-4, & I-5)

          5) Name and  location  of  technical  resource(s)  that  will  provide
          Synthonics  with the required  interpretations  of the x-rays taken of
          the statues and paintings. (I-2 & I-4)

          6)  Listing  of each  item of  support  data to be  included  with the
          "centerpiece" statue. (I-5) 

          7) Date, during January, when each support data item [II-6 above] will
          be provided to Synthonics by Contractor. (I-5)

     III. All items  identified by Contractor in Section I-1 through I-4 of this
     Attachment A must be  available  for  photography  by  Synthonics  prior to
     January 16, 1998.

                                     Page 9



                                  Exhibit 10.7
                                  ------------- 

                          STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT
                          ----------------------------

     This STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into by and
between  Synthonics  Technologies,  Inc., a Utah Corporation  ("Synthonics") and
Knowledge  LINK,  a  California  Company  ("KL") with  respect to the terms of a
strategic working relationship between the two companies.

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     A. Whereas,  Synthonics  represents that it is a provider of software tools
for the  generation,  of 3D  content,  and that  these  tools  are  collectively
referred to as Rapid Virtual RealityTM (RVRTM),

     B. Whereas,  Synthonics  represents  that it has developed and patented the
technology known as Rapid Virtual Reality(TM),

     C. Whereas, Synthonics desires to make its RVR(TM) technology available for
use by KL on a non-exclusive basis,

     D.  Whereas,  KL  represents  that it is a  provider  of custom  electronic
commerce solutions,

     E.  Whereas,  KL  represents  that its  customers  are comprised of leading
consumer   electronics,   home  appliance,   home  automation,   and  healthcare
manufacturers,

     F. Whereas, KL desires to integrate Synthonics' RVR(TM) technology into its
custom electronic commerce solutions,

     G. Whereas,  both parties desire to establish a formal working relationship
between  the two  companies  that is  focused  on  servicing  the  needs  of the
electronic commerce industry.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  based  upon the  foregoing  and in  consideration  of the
covenants, agreements, warranties and representations hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.   Definitions:
     -----------

     1.1  Rapid  Virtual  Reality(TM)  (RVRTM)  A  suite  of 3D  software  tools
consisting of Optical Tape Measure,  Camera Parameter  Tracker,  3D Model Maker,
Single Object Viewer,  Multi-Object Viewer,  Anaglyph Generator, 3D Stereo Movie
Maker, File Converter, and M-PEG Converter.

     1.2  Content  All  imagery,   including  two  dimensional  (2D)  and  three
dimensional (3D), required for electronic catalogs and storefronts  developed by
KL.

     1.3 Preferred Source A pre-selected  supplier of a specifically  identified
product or service for which  competitive  bids are not required.  To retain the
preferred source supplier status, a supplier must remain competitive.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

2.   Operating Relationship.
     ----------------------

     2.1 Synthonics  grants KL a license to incorporate or to include any of the
RVR(TM)  software  tools,  defined above in Paragraph l.l, as part of electronic
commerce solutions that it provides to its customers.

     2.2 KL designates Synthonics as its preferred source for content to be used
in any of the  electronic  catalogs  or  storefronts  that it  develops  for its
customers.

     2.3 Synthonics  agrees to make  reasonable  changes to the RVR(TM) suite of
tools as requested by KL.

     2.4 Synthonics  shall provide  support  services to KL as its "in-house" 3D
technical resource.

     2.5 The use of its  RVR(TM)  tools by KL is on a  non-exclusive  basis  and
Synthonics  is free to make  its  RVR(TM)  tools  available  to  other  entities
operating in the electronic commerce or any other industry.

     2.6  Synthonics  grants  KL the  right of  first  refusal  relative  to the
exclusive use of the RVR(TM) tools for the electronic  commerce industry.  Prior
to the  signing  of any  agreement  for the use of its  RVR(TM)  tools  with any
company that competes with KL,  Synthonics  shall allow KL to exercise its right
to procure the exclusive use of RVR(TM) for the  electronic  commerce  industry.
The value of an exclusive use agreement shall be determined by Synthonics at the
time of the intended exercise of this right by KL.

3.   Payment Terms.
     --------------

     3.1  Synthonics  shall be paid a license fee of one hundred  dollars ($100)
per  month  for each  website  produced  by KL that  contains  any of the  tools
included in the RVR(TM) suite of tools. A cap of one thousand  dollars  ($1,000)
per month applies to contracted CEDIA members only.

     3.2 Synthonics  shall be paid at the rate it quotes for all content that it
generates for KL. A progress schedule of payments shall be utilized for all work
performed in this manner.

     3.3  Synthonics  shall be paid at the rate of fifty  dollars ($50) per hour
for all maintenance  support  required by KL or its customers.  Synthonics shall
provide a weekly summary log to KL of the hours it has invested in maintenance.

     3.4 Synthonics shall be paid at the rate it quotes for any customization of
its RVR(TM) tools that is required by KL.

     3.5 Synthonics shall be financially  responsible for incorporating  "fixes"
to any of its RVR(TM) tools. KL agrees,  as much as possible,  to accumulate fix
requests so as to be included as a general update to a specific RVR(TM) tool.

     3.6  License  payments  payable to  Synthonics  by KL are due at the end of
every month in which they were incurred.  All other payments to Synthonics by KL
are due upon receipt of an invoice from Synthonics.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

4.   Length of Agreement.
     -------------------

     4.1 This Agreement  shall be in effect for twelve (12) months from the date
of signing by both parties.  It is the intent of both parties to continue  their
Strategic  Alliance  beyond  twelve (12) months.  Therefore,  it is both parties
intent to  re-negotiate  the terms of this  Agreement  on or before the  twelfth
month anniversary of this Agreement.

5.   Infringement.
     ------------

     5.1 Synthonics  hereby  authorizes KL, at its option,  to bring independent
infringement actions, including law suits, against third-party infringers of the
RVR(TM) on behalf of itself and/or Synthonics.

     5.2  Synthonics  agrees  to  defend  and  hold  KL  harmless  in case of an
infringement  action  brought  by a  third  party  against  KL for  any  and all
utilization of the RVR(TM) technology by KL.

     5.3 KL  agrees  to  defend  and  hold  Synthonics  harmless  in  case of an
infringement  action  brought  by a  third  party  against  KL for  any  and all
utilization  of  technology  and content not  directly  provided by  Synthonics.
Further,  KL agrees to defend and hold  Synthonics  harmless  for any  liability
claim made by its clients or its client's customers.

6.   Confidentiality.
     ---------------

     6.1  Synthonics  and KL agree and  understand  that the RVR(TM)  technology
licensed  hereunder and the KL technology to which  Synthonics may be exposed to
contains  certain  information  that is confidential  and proprietary  which the
parties  expressly  agree to retain in strictest  confidence  and to use only in
conjunction  with and  pursuant  to the  teems of this  Agreement.  The  parties
further  agree to keep all  protected  technology,  source  code and all related
documentation  confidential  and not to disclose such  information  to any third
party. Both Synthonics and KL shall require any sub-contractor and each of their
employees   granted   access  to  the   confidential   information   to  execute
confidentiality  agreements under which the third party and their employee agree
to limit their use of the  confidential  information to not disclose or make any
other use of the source code and/or  related  documentation  except for purposes
expressly authorized by Synthonics or KL. The parties shall further require such
third  parties to return all source code and  documentation  with respect to the
confidential  information  after  the  third  party has  completed  the  project
involving the confidential information for which they were hired.

     6.2 The parties  obligations with respect to such confidential  information
shall  survive the  termination  of this  Agreement for a period of three years.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in Section 6.1, both Synthonics and KL
shall not be prohibited frown using or disclosing information which:

          (a)  is  already  available  to the  public  as of the  date  of  this
     Agreement;

          (b) becomes publicly  available through no fault of Synthonics (or the
     fault of its  employees or agents) or KL (or the fault of its  employees or
     agents);

7.   Termination.
     -----------

     7.1 This Agreement and the license  granted  hereunder  shall  terminate if
either party commits an act of or is subject to a Default. A "Default" means any
one or more of the following events:

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>

          (a) The nonpayment of any amount due hereunder, or

          (b) a material breach of a term or condition of this Agreement.

     7.2 Upon the  occurrence  of a  Default,  the  non-defaulting  party  shall
provide  written  notice to the other party of the  Default  and the  defaulting
party shall have fifteen (15) days from the defaulting party's receipt of notice
of Default to cure the same. If the defaulting  party shall not effect such cure
then this Agreement  shall  terminate.  The parties' rights as set forth in this
Section 7 are  cumulative  and in addition  to any other  rights the parties may
have at law or in equity.

8.   General Terms.
     -------------

     8.1 Synthonics  shall have the right,  upon  reasonable  request and during
normal  business  hours,  to audit KL's  books to verify  revenue  from  sources
utilizing the RVR(TM) technology.

     8.2 If a dispute arises  resulting from a discrepancy in the payment of the
license fee, an audit shall be performed by an independent  auditor as appointed
and  agreed  to by both  parties.  The  payment  of the  audit  and all fees and
expenses ancillary and necessary thereto shall born by the parties as follows:

          (a) Synthonics agrees to pay all fees and expenses of the audit if the
     aggregate of the license fees paid by KL to Synthonics differs by less than
     10 % of the  aggregate of the fees that the  independent  audit  determines
     should have been paid to Synthonics.

          (b) KL  agrees  to pay all  fees  and  expenses  of the  audit  if the
     aggregate  of the license fees paid by KL to  Synthonics  differs by 10% or
     more than the aggregate of the fees that the independent  audit  determines
     should have been paid to Synthonics.

     8.3 KL and  its  principals,  employees,  and  agents  agrees  not to  use,
replicate,  disburse or divulge any of the technology developed on behalf of and
paid for by Synthonics.

     8.4  KL  and  Synthonics   agree  that  if  this  Agreement  is  terminated
prematurely,  for any reason,  both Synthonics and KL shall maintain and hold in
confidence each others  technology and not disclosure any such technology of the
other  without the  expressed  written  consent of the other party except as set
forth herein.

9.   Miscellaneous.
     -------------

     9.1 The  parties  will not incur  liability  to each  other for  failing to
perform any obligation under this Agreement if such failure results from a force
majeure or any force beyond their reasonable control.

     9.2 This  Agreement may be executed in any number of copies,  each of which
shall  be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of  which  taken  together  shall
constitute but one instrument.  The headings and  organization of this Agreement
are  included  and used  solely  for  convenience  of  reference  and  shall not
constitute a part in this Agreement for any other purpose

     9.3 This Agreement shall be deemed made and accepted in and governed by the
laws of the State of  California.  The  state and  federal  courts  situated  in
California  shall have  exclusive  jurisdiction  and venue to hear all  disputes
arising out of or related to this Agreement.

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

     9.4 The waiver of any breach of any covenant or condition of this Agreement
shall  not  hinder or  otherwise  prevent  the  subsequent  enforcement  of said
covenant or condition.

     9.5  Synthonics  shall  have the right to  assign  any and all  rights  and
obligations  granted  or  incurred  hereunder.  KL shall  not have the  right to
assign, or otherwise transfer,  without the prior written consent of Synthonics,
any and all rights and  obligations  created  hereunder  and such  assignment or
other  transfer  by KL  without  such  consent  shall be null and void and of no
effect.

     9.6 If any of the  provisions  in this  Agreement  shall for any  reason be
declared  or held  invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable  in any  respect,  such
invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision
thereof and this Agreement  shall be construed as if such invalid,  illegal,  or
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     9.7 Notices  under this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall,  for all
purposes,  be sent by registered or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,
postage  prepaid,  properly  addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth
below,  or at such other  address for either  party as may be  specified by such
party for purposes of this Agreement:

          If to KL, addressed to:
          ----------------------
          Sunil Mehrotra, President
          1012 Candlecrest Drive
          Westlake Village, California 91362

          If to Synthonics, addressed to:
          ------------------------------
          F. Michael Budd, President
          31324 Via Colinas
          Suite 106
          Westlake Village, California 91362

     9.8 This Agreement is the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto and
supersedes all previous  letters,  understandings,  or verbal  agreements  which
relate to the working  relationship  between the two parties. No modification of
this Agreement  shall be binding on the parties hereto unless such  modification
is in writing and duly signed by each party.

     IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the   parties   have   caused   their   authorized
representatives to make and sign this Agreement.

                                        Knowledge LINK


Dated: 2/17/98                          /s/ Sunil Mehrotra
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        By:  Sunil Mehrotra
                                        Its: President & CEO



                                        Synthonics Technologies, Inc.


Dated: 2/17/98                          /S/ F. Michael Budd
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        By:  F. Michael Budd
                                        Its: President


                                     Page 5


                                  Exhibit 10.8
                                  ------------- 
                        STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE - GROSS
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

1. Parties.  This Lease,  dated,  for reference  purposes only, July 8, 1996, is
made by and between  WESTLAKE  VILLAGE  INDUSTRIAL PARK (herein called "Lessor")
and SYNTHONICS INCORPORATED, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION (herein called "Lessee").

2.  Premises.  Lessor  hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for
the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the conditions set forth herein,  that
certain real property  situated in the County of LOS ANGELES State of CALIFORNIA
commonly known as 31324 VIA COLINAS,  UNITS 106/107,  WESTLAKE VILLAGE, CA 91362
and described as SAME AS ABOVE - WESTLAKE VILLAGE  INDUSTRIAL PARK APPROXIMATELY
2424 SQUARE FEET.  INCLUDING THE OVERHANG,  IF APPLICABLE AS OUTLINED IN EXHIBIT
"B"

Said real property  including the land and all improvements  therein,  is herein
called "the Premises"

3. Term.

     3.1 Term. The term of this Lease shall be for THREE (3) YEARS WITH ONE (1),
ONE (1) YEAR  OPTION TO RENEW  commencing  on  SEPTEMBER  1, 1996 And  ending on
AUGUST 31, 1999 unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.

     3.2 Delay in Possession. Notwithstanding said commencement date, if for any
reason Lessor cannot deliver  possession of the Premises to Lessee on said date,
Lessor shall not be subject to any  liability  therefor,  no; shall such failure
affect the  validity of this Lease or the  obligations  of Lessee  hereunder  or
extend the term hereof but in such case,  Lessee  shall not be  obligated to pay
rent until possession of the Premises is tendered to Lessee;  provided  however,
that if Lessor shall not have delivered  possession of the Premises within sixty
(60) days from said commencement date, Lessee may. at Lessee's option, by notice
in writing to Lessor within ten (10) days thereafter cancel this Lease, in which
event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations  hereunder;  provided
further,  however,  that It such  written  notice of Lessee Is not  received  by
Lessor  within  said ten (10) day  period,  Lessee's  right to cancel this Lease
hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

     3.3  Early  Possession.  If  Lessee  occupies  the  Premises  prior to said
commencement  date,  such occupancy  shall be subject to all provisions  hereof,
such occupancy shall not advance the termination date, and Lessee shall pay rent
for such period at the initial monthly rates set forth below.

4. Rent.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor as rent for the Premises,  monthly payments
of  $2,254.00,  in advance,  on the FIRST day of each month of the term  hereof.
Lessee shall pay Lessor PRIOR TO MOVE-IN $2,254.00 as rent for SEPTEMBER 1, 1996
THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1996.

Rent for any  period  during  the term  hereof  which Is for less than one month
shall be a pro rata portion of the monthly installment. Rent shall be payable in
lawful money of the United  States to Lessor at the address  stated herein or to
such other  persons or at such other places as Lessor may  designate in writing.

5. Security  Deposit.  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution  hereof $
6,762.00* as security for Lessee's faithful  performance of Lessee's obligations
hereunder.  If  Lessee  fails to pay rent or other  charges  due  hereunder,  or
otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease,  Lessor may use,
apply or retain all or any  portion of said  deposit for the payment of any rent
or other  charge in default or for the payment of any other sum to which  Lessor
may become obligated by reason of Lessee's default,  or to compensate Lessor for
any loss,  or damage  which  Lessor  may  suffer  thereby.  If Lessor so uses or
applies all or any portion of said  deposit,  Lessee  shall within ten (10) days
alter written demand therefor  deposit cash with Lessor in an amount  sufficient
to restore  said  deposit to the full  amount  hereinabove  stated and  Lessee's
failure to do so shall be a material  breach of this Lease.  If the monthly rent
shall, from time to time,  increase during the term of this Lease,  Lessee shall


                                     Page 1
<PAGE>
thereupon deposit with Lessor additional  security deposit so that the amount of
security  deposit held by Lessor shall at all times bear the same  proportion to
current rent as the original security deposit bears to the original monthly rent
set forth in  paragraph  4 hereof.  Lessor  shall not be  required  to keep said
deposit separate from its general  accounts.  If Lessee performs all of Lessee's
obligations  hereunder,  said deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore
been applied by Lessor, shall be returned,  without payment of interest or other
increment for its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option,  to the last assignee,
if any, of Lessee's  Interest  hereunder) at the  expiration of the term hereof,
and after  Lessee has vacated the  Premises.  No trust  relationship  is created
herein between Lessor and Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

* SEE ADDENDUM I PARAGRAPH 31, PREVIOUSLY PAID $4,140.00. AMOUNT DUE - $2,622.00
 
6. Use

     6.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for COMPUTER SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT  or any other use which is  reasonably  comparable  and for no other
purpose.

     6.2 Compliance with Law.

     (a) Lessor  warrants to Lessee that the Premises,  in its state existing on
the date that the Lease term commences,  but without regard to the use for which
Lessee will use the Premises,  does not violate any covenants or restrictions of
record,  or any applicable  building code,  regulation or ordinance in effect on
such Lease  term  commencement  date.  In the event it is  determined  that this
warranty has been violated, then it shall be the obligation of the Lessor, after
written  notice from  Lessee,  to promptly,  at Lessor's  sole cost and expense,
rectify any such violation.  In the event Lessee does not give to Lessor written
notice of the  violation of this  warranty  within six months from the date that
the Lease term commences,  the correction of same shall be the obligation of the
Lessee at Lessee's sole cost.  The warranty  contained in this paragraph 6.2 (a)
shall be of no force or effect if,  prior to the date of this Lease,  Lessee was
the owner or occupant of the Premises,  and, in such event, Lessee shall correct
any such violation at Lessee's sole cost.

     (b) Except as provided  in  paragraph  6.2(a),  Lessee  shall.  at Lessee's
expense,  comply  promptly  with  all  applicable  statutes,  ordinances,  rules
regulations,  orders,  covenants and restrictions of record. and requirements in
effect  during the term or any part of the term  hereof,  regulating  the use by
Lessee of the Premises.  Lessee shall not use nor permit the use of the Premises
in any manner that will tend to create waste or a nuisance or, if there shall be
more than one tenant in the  building  containing  the  Premises,  shall tend to
disturb such other tenants.

     6.3 Condition of Premises.

     (a) Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free of debris on
Lease  commencement  date (unless  Lessee is already in  possession)  and Lessor
further  warrants  to Lessee  that the  plumbing,  lighting,  air  conditioning,
heating and loading doors in the Premises shall be in good  operating  condition
on the Lease  commencement  date. In the event that it is  determined  that this
warranty has been  violated  then it shall be the  obligation  of Lessor.  after
receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with  specificity the nature
of the violation,  to promptly,  at Lessor's sole cost,  rectify such violation.
Lessee's  failure to give such written  notice to Lessor within thirty (30) days
after the Lease  commencement  date shall cause the conclusive  presumption that
Lessor has complied  with all of Lessor's  obligations  hereunder.  The warranty
contained  in this  paragraph  6 3(a) shall be of no force or effect if prior to
the date of this Lease, Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises.

     (b) Except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  Lessee hereby accepts the
Premises in their condition  existing as of the Lease  commencement  date or the
date that Lessee takes possession of the Premises,  whichever is earlier subject
to all  applicable  zoning,  municipal  county and state  laws,  ordinances  and
regulations  governing and  regulating the use of the Premises and any covenants
or  restrictions  of record and accepts  this Lease  subject  thereto and to all
matters  disclosed   thereby  and  by  any  exhibits  attached  hereto.   Lessee
acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor's agent has made any  representation
or warranty  as to the present or future  suitability  of the  Premises  for the
conduct of Lessee's business.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>
7. Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations.

     7.1 Lessor's  Obligations.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 6, 7.2,
and 9 and  except for  damage  caused by any  negligent  or  intentional  act or
omission of Lessee, Lessee's agents employees, or invitees In which event Lessee
shall repair the damage,  Lessor, at Lessor's expense, shall keep in good order,
condition and repair the  foundations,  exterior  walls and the exterior roof of
the Premises.  Lessor shall not,  however,  be obligated to paint such exterior,
nor shall Lessor be required to maintain the interior surface of exterior walls,
windows,  doors or plate glass.  Lessor shall have no obligation to make repairs
under this Paragraph 7.1 until a reasonable time after receipt of written notice
of the need for such  repairs.  Lessee  expressly  waives  the  benefits  of any
statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the right
to make  repairs at  Lessor's  expense  or to  terminate  this Lease  because of
Lessor's failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

     7.2 Lessee's Obligations.

     (a)  Subject  to the  provisions  of  Paragraphs  6, 7.1 and 9,  Lessee  at
Lessee's  expense,  shall keep in good order,  condition and repair the Premises
and every part  thereof  (whether or not the damaged  portion of the Premises or
the means of repairing the same are reasonably or readily  accessible to Lessee)
including,  without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  all plumbing,
heating;  air  conditioning,  (Lessee Shall  procure and  maintain,  at Lessee's
expense an air conditioning system maintenance contract) ventilating, electrical
and lighting  facilities and equipment within the Premises,  fixtures,  interior
walls and interior surface of exterior walls,  ceilings,  windows,  doors, plate
glass, and skylights, located within the Premises at Lessee's option.

     (b) If Lessee fails to perform  Lessee's  obligations  under this Paragraph
7.2 or under any other  paragraph of this Lease,  Lessor may at Lessor's  option
enter upon the Premises  after 10 days prior written notice to Lessee (except In
the case of emergency, in which case no notice shall be required),  perform such
obligations on Lessee's behalf and put the Premises in good order, condition and
repair,  and the cost thereof together with interest thereon at the maximum rate
then  allowable  by law shall be due and  payable as  additional  rent to Lessor
together with Lessee's next rental installment.

     (c) On the last  day of the  term  hereof,  or on any  sooner  termination,
Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition as received,
ordinary wear and tear excepted,  clean and free of debris.  Lessee shall repair
any damage to the  Premises  occasioned  by the  installation  or removal or its
trade  fixtures,  furnishings  and  equipment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee shall leave the air lines, power
panel,  electrical distribution systems,  lighting fixtures,  space heaters, air
conditioning, plumbing and fencing on the premises in good operating condition.

     7.3 Alterations and Additions.

     (a) Lessee  shall not,  without  Lessor's  prior  written  consent make any
alterations,  improvements,  additions, or utility installations in, on or about
the Premises,  except for  nonstructural  alterations  not  exceeding  $2,500 in
cumulative  costs during the term of this Lease.  In any event whether or not in
excess of $2,500 in cumulative  cost,  Lessee shall make no change or alteration
to the  exterior of the  Premises  nor the  exterior of the  building(s)  on the
Premises without  Lessor's prior written consent.  As used in this Paragraph 7.3
the term "Utility  Installation"  shall mean carpeting,  window  coverings,  air
lines, power panels,  electrical distribution systems,  lighting fixtures, space
heaters, air conditioning, plumbing, and fencing. Lessor may require that Lessee
remove  any or all of  said  alterations,  improvements,  additions  or  Utility
Installations  at the  expiration of the term. and restore the Premises to their
prior condition.  Lessor may require Lessee to provide Lessor,  at Lessee's sole
cost and  expense,  a lien and  completion  bond In an  amount  equal to one and
one-half times the estimated cost of such Improvements, to insure Lessor against
any liability for mechanic's and materialmen's liens and to insure completion of
the work. Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility
Installations  without  the prior  approval of Lessor,  Lessor may require  that
Lessee remove any or all of the same.

     (b) Any alterations,  improvements,  additions or Utility Installations in,
or about the Premises  that Lessee  shall desire to make and which  requires the
consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with proposed
detailed  plans.  If Lessor shall give its consent,  the consent shall be deemed
conditioned   upon  Lessee   acquiring  a  permit  to  do  so  from  appropriate
governmental  agencies,  the furnishing of a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the
commencement  of the work and the compliance by Lessee of all conditions of said
permit in a prompt and expeditious manner.

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
    (c) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished
or  alleged  to  have  been  furnished  to or for  Lessee  at or for  use in the
Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any mechanics' or materialmen's
lien against the Premises or any interest therein.  Lessee shall give Lessor not
less  than ten (10) days  notice  prior to the  commencement  of any work in the
Premises,  and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility
in or on the  Premises  as  provided  by law.  It Lessee  shall,  In good faith,
contest the validity of any such lien,  claim or demand,  then Lessee shall,  at
its sole  expense  defend  itself and Lessor  against the same and shall pay and
satisfy  any such  adverse  judgment  that may be  rendered  thereon  before the
enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises,  upon the condition that
it  Lessor  shall  require,  Lessee  shall  furnish  to  Lessor  a  surety  bond
satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to such contested lien claim or demand
Indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same and holding the Premises free
from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to
pay Lessor's  attorneys fees and costs in participating in such action it Lessor
shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

     (d) Unless Lessor requires their removal, as set forth in paragraph 7.3(a),
all alterations,  improvements,  additions and Utility Installation  (whether or
not such Utility Installations  constitute trade fixtures of Lessee),  which may
be made on the Premises, shall become the property of Lessor and remain upon and
be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the term,  Notwithstanding
the  provisions of this  Paragraph 7.3 (d).  Lessee's  machinery and  equipment,
other than that which is  affixed to the  Premises  so that it cannot be removed
without material damage to the Premises, shall remain the property of Lessee and
may be removed by Lessee subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.2(c).

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

     8.1 Liability Insurance - Lessee. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, obtain
and keep in force  during  the term of this  Lease a policy of  Combined  Single
Limit Bodily Injury and Property  Damage  Insurance  insuring  Lessee and Lessor
against any liability  arising out of the use,  occupancy or  maintenance of the
Premises and all other areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be in an
amount  not  less  than  $500,000  per  occurrence.   The  policy  shall  insure
performance  by Lessee of the  indemnity  provisions  of this  Paragraph  B. The
limits of said  insurance  shall not,  however,  limit the  liability  of Lessee
hereunder.

    8.2  Liability  Insurance - Lessor.  Lessor  shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined  Single Limit  Bodily  Injury
and Property Damage  Insurance.  Insuring  Lessor,  but not Lessee,  against any
liability  arising out of the  ownership,  use,  occupancy or maintenance of the
Premises and all areas  appurtenant  thereto in an amount not less than $500,000
per occurrence.

     8.3  Property  Insurance.  Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance  covering loss or damage to
the Premises, but not Lessee's fixtures,  equipment or tenant improvements in an
amount not to exceed the full replacement  value thereof,  as the same may exist
from time to time,  providing  protection against all perils included within the
classification of tire, extended coverage, vandalism,  malicious mischief, flood
(in the  event  same is  required  by a lender  having  a lien on the  Premises)
special  extended  perils  ("all  risk",  as such term is used in the  insurance
industry) but not plate glass  insurance.  In addition,  the Lessor shall obtain
and keep in force,  during  the term of this  Lease,  a policy  of rental  value
insurance  covering  a period of one year with loss  payable  to  Lessor,  which
insurance  shall also cover all real estate taxes and  insurance  costs for said
period. "Earthquake".

     8.4 Payment of Premium Increase.

     (a) Lessee shall pay to Lessor,  during the term hereof, in addition to the
rent,  the amount of any increase in premiums for the insurance  required  under
Paragraphs 8.2 and 8.3 over and above such premiums paid during the Base Period,
as hereinafter defined, whether such premium increase shall be the result of the
nature of Lessee's occupancy, any act or omission of Lessee, requirements of the
holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, increased valuation
of the Premises, or general rate increases.  In the event that the Premises have
been  occupied  previously,  the words "Base  Period" shall mean the last twelve
months of the prior  occupancy.  In the event that the Premises  have never been
previously occupied, the premiums during the "Base Period" shall be deemed to be
the lowest premiums  reasonably  obtainable for said insurance assuming the most
nominal use of the Premises.  Provided, however, In lieu of the Base Period, the

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
parties  may insert a dollar  amount at the end of this  sentence  which  figure
shall be considered as the insurance premium for the Base Period: $12,470. In no
event, however,  shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost
attributable to liability  Insurance  coverage in excess of $1,000,000  procured
under paragraph 8.2.

     (b) Lessee  shall pay any such premium  Increases to Lessor  within 30 days
after receipt by Lessee of a copy of the premium statement or other satisfactory
evidence of the amount due. If the insurance policies maintained hereunder cover
other  improvements  in addition to the  Premises,  Lessor shall also deliver to
Lessee a statement of the amount of such increase  attributable  to the Premises
and showing in reasonable  detail, the manner in which such amount was computed.
If the term of this Lease shall not expire  concurrently  with the expiration of
the period covered by such insurance,  Lessee's  liability for premium increases
shall be prorated on an annual basis.

     (c) If the Premises are part of a larger building, then Lessee shall not be
responsible for paying any increase In the property  Insurance premium caused by
the acts or  omissions of any other tenant of the building of which the Premises
are a part.

     8.5 Insurance Policies.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
holding a  "General  Policyholders  Rating"  of at least B plus.  or such  other
rating as may be  required  by a lender  having a lien on the  Premises,  as set
forth in the most  current  issue of  "Best's  Insurance  Guide".  Lessee  shall
deliver to Lessor  copies of  policies of  liability  insurance  required  under
Paragraph  8.1 or  certificates  evidencing  the  existence  and amounts of such
insurance.  No such  policy  shall be  cancelable  or  subject to  reduction  of
coverage or other  modification  except at least thirty (30) days' prior written
notice  to  Lessor.  Lessee  shall,  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior to the
expiration of such policies,  furnish Lessor with renewals or "binders" thereof,
or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee,  which
amount shall be payable by Lessee upon demand.  Lessee shall not do or permit to
be done anything which shall  invalidate the insurance  policies  referred to in
Paragraph 8.3

     8.6 Waiver of  Subrogation.  Lessee  and Lessor  each  hereby  release  and
relieve the other,  and waive their entire  right of recovery  against the other
for loss or damage  arising  out of or incident  to the perils  insured  against
under  paragraph 8.3,  which perils occur in, on or about the Premises,  whether
due  to  the  negligence  of  Lessor  or  Lessee  or  their  agents,  employees,
contractors  and/or  invitees.  Lessee  and Lessor  shall,  upon  obtaining  the
policies of insurance required  hereunder,  give notice to the insurance carrier
or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this
Lease.

     8.7  Indemnity.  Lessee shall  indemnify and hold harmless  Lessor from and
against any and all claims  arising from Lessee's use of the  Premises,  or from
the conduct of  Lessee's  business or from any  activity,  work or things  done,
permitted or suffered by Lessee in or about the Premises or elsewhere  and shall
further  indemnify and hold harmless  Lessor from and against any and all claims
arising  from any breach or  default in the  performance  of any  obligation  on
Lessee's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease. or arising from any
negligence of the Lessee. or any of Lessee's agents.  contractors, or employees,
and from and  against  all costs,  attorney's  fees,  expenses  and  liabilities
incurred  in the defense of any such claim or any action or  proceeding  brought
thereon;  and in case any  action or  proceeding  as brought  against  Lessor by
reason of any such claim,  Lessee upon notice from Lessor  shall defend the same
at Lessee's expense by counsel satisfactory to Lessor. Lessee as a material part
of the consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or
1I jury to persons,  In, upon or about the  Premises  arising from any cause and
Lessee hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Lessor.

     8.8.  Exemption of Lessor from Liability.  Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor
shall  not be  liable  for  injury to  Lessee's  business  or any loss of income
therefrom or for damage to the goods.  wares,  merchandise  or other property of
Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any ether person in or about
the  Premises,  nor shall  Lessor be liable  for injury to the person of Lessee,
Lessee's  employees.  agents or  contractors,  whether  such damage or Injury Is
caused by or results from tire, steam, electricity.  gas. water or rain, or from
the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires,
appliances,  plumbing,  air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause,  whether the said damage or injury results from  conditions  arising upon
the Premises or upon other  portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part.  or from ether  sources or places and  regardless  of whether the cause of

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>
such  damage or injury or the means of  repairing  the same is  inaccessible  to
Lessee.  Lessor  shall not be liable  for any  damages  arising  from any act or
neglect of any other  tenant,  if any, of the building in which the Premises are
located.
                                    
9. Damage or Destruction.

     9.1 Definitions.

     (a) "Premises  Partial  Damage" shall herein mean damage or  destruction to
the  Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is less than 50% of the fair
market value of the Premises  immediately  prior to such damage or  destruction.
"Premises  Building  Partial  Damage" shall herein mean damage or destruction to
the  building  of which the  Premises  are a part to the extent that the cost of
repair;  is less than 50% of the fair market  value of such  building as a whole
immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

     (b) "Premises Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or destruction to
the  Premises  to the extent  that the cost of repair is 50% or more of the fair
market value of the Premises  immediately  prior to such damage or  destruction.
"Premises Building Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or destruction to
the  building  of which the  Premises  are a part to the extent that the cost of
repair  is 50% or more of the  fair  market  value of such  building  as a whole
immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

     (c) "Insured Loss" shall herein mean damage or destruction which was caused
by an event required to be covered by the Insurance described in paragraph 8.

     9.2 Partial Damage  -Insured Loss.  Subject to the provisions of paragraphs
9.4,  9.5 and 9.6,  if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage
which is not an Insured Loss and which falls into the classification of Premises
Partial  Damage or Premises  Building  Partial  Damage,  then Lessor  shall.  at
Lessor's sole cost, repair such damage, but not Lessee's fixtures,  equipment or
tenant  improvements,  as soon as  reasonably  possible  and  this  Lease  shall
continue in full force and effect.

     9.3  Partial  Damage  -  Uninsured  Loss.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of
Paragraphs  9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease there
is damage which is not an Insured Loss and which falls within the classification
of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage, unless caused by
a  negligent  or willful  act of Lessee (in which  event  Lessee  shall make the
repairs at Lessee's  expense),  Lessor may at Lessor's  option either (i) repair
such damage as soon as reasonably  possible at Lessor's expense,  in which event
this Lease shall  continue in full force and effect or (ii) give written  notice
to Lessee  within  thirty  (30) days  after the date of the  occurrence  of such
damage of Lessor's  intention to cancel and terminate this Lease, as of the date
of the occurrence of such damage. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice
of Lessor's intention to cancel and terminate this Lease,  Lessee shall have the
right  within ten (10) days after the  receipt  of such  notice to give  written
notice  to Lessor of  Lessee's  intention  to  repair  such  damage at  Lessee's
expense,  without  reimbursement  from  Lessor,  in which event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect, and Lessee shall proceed to make such repairs
as soon as reasonably possible.  If Lessee does not give such notice within such
10-day period this Lease shall be canceled and  terminated as of the date of the
occurrence of such damage.

     9.4 Total  Destruction.  If at any time during the term of this Lease there
is damage whether or not an Insured Loss, (including destruction required by any
authorized public  authority).  which falls into, the classification of Premises
Total  Destruction  or Premises  Building  Total  Destruction,  this Lease shall
automatically terminate as of the date of such total destruction.
                                 
     9.5 Damage Near End of Term.

     (a) If at any time  during  the last six  months of the term of this  Lease
there is  damage,  whether  or not an  Insured  Loss,  which  falls  within  the
classification of Premises Partial Damage,  Lessor may at Lessor's option cancel
and  terminate  this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving
written notice to Lessee of Lessor's  election to do so within 30 days after the
date of occurrence of such damage.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  paragraph  9.5( a), in the event  that  Lessee has an
option to extend or renew this Lease,  and the time within which said option may
be exercised has not yet expired. Lessee shall exercise such option, if it is to
be  exercised at all, no later than 20 days after the  occurrence  of an Insured
Loss falling  within the  classification  of Premises  Partial Damage during the

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>
last six months of the term of this Lease.  If Lessee duly exercises such option
during said 20 day period, Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage
as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall  continue in full force and
effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option during said 20 day period,  then
Lessor  may at  Lessor's  option  terminate  and  cancel  this  Lease  as of the
expiration of said 20 day period by giving  written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election  to do so within 10 days after the  expiration  of said 20 day  period,
notwithstanding any term or provision In the grant of option to the contrary.
                                    
     9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

     (a) In the event of damage  described in paragraphs  9.2 or 9.3, and Lessor
or Lessee  repairs or restores the Premises  pursuant to the  provisions of this
Paragraph 9, the rent payable hereunder for the period during which such damage,
repair or restoration  continues  shall be abated in proportion to the degree to
which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired. Except for abatement of rent, it
any, Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason
of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

     (b) If Lessor shall be  obligated  to repair or restore the Premises  under
the  provisions  of this  Paragraph  9 and shall  not  commence  such  repair or
restoration  within so days after such obligations  shall accrue,  Lessee may at
Lessee's  option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Lessor written notice
of  Lessee's  election  to do so at any time prior to the  commencement  of such
repair or  restoration.  In such event this Lease shall terminate as of the date
of such notice.

     9.7  Termination-Advance  Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning  advance
rent and any  advance  payments  made by  Lessee to  Lessor.  Lessor  shall,  in
addition,  return to  Lessee so much of  Lessee's  security  deposit  as has not
theretofore been applied by Lessor.

     9.8 Waiver.  Lessor and Lessee waive the  provisions of any statutes  which
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10. Real Property Taxes.

     10.1 Payment of Tax  Increase.  Lessor shall pay the real  property tax, as
defined in paragraph 10.3,  applicable to the Premises provided,  however,  that
Lessee shall pay in addition to rent, the amount, if any, by which real property
taxes  applicable to the Premises  increase over the fiscal real estate tax year
1996,  1997.  Such payment shall be made by Lessee within thirty (30) days after
receipt of Lessor's written  statement setting forth the amount of such increase
and the  computation  thereof.  If the  term  of this  Lease  shall  not  expire
concurrently with the expiration of the tax fiscal year,  Lessee's liability for
increased  taxes for the last partial  lease year shall be prorated on an annual
basis.

     10.2 Additional Improvements. Notwithstanding paragraph 10.1 hereof, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor upon demand  therefor  the  entirety of any increase in real
property tax it assessed solely by reason of additional improvements placed upon
the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

     10.3  Definition  of "Real  Property  Tax".  As used  herein the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment,  general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary,  and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,  personal income
or estate taxes)  imposed on the Premises by any authority  having the direct or
indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal  government,  or any
school,  agricultural,  sanitary,  tire,  street,  drainage or other improvement
district  thereof,  as against any legal or equitable  interest of Lessor in the
Premises or in the real  property of which the Premises  are a part,  as against
Lessor's  right to rent or  other  income  therefrom,  and as  against  Lessor's
business  of  leasing  the  Premises.  The term "real  property  tax" shall also
include  any tax,  fee,  levy,  assessment  or charge  (i) in  substitution  of,
partially or totally,  any tax,  fee,  levy,  assessment  or charge  hereinabove
included  within the  definition of "real  property  tax," or (ii) the nature of
which was hereinbefore included within the definition of "real property tax," or
(iii) which is imposed for a service or right not charged prior to June 1, 1978,
or, if previously  charged,  has been increased since June 1, 1978 or (iv) which
is imposed as a result of a  transfer,  either  partial  or total,  of  Lessor's
Interest  in the  Premises  or which is  added to a tax or  charge  hereinbefore

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>
included  within the definition of real property tax by reason of such transfer,
or (v) which is  imposed by reason of this  transaction,  any  modifications  or
changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.

     10.4 Joint of  Assessment.  If the  Premises are not  separately  assessed,
Lessee's  liability shall be an equitable  proportion of the real property taxes
for all of the land and  improvements  included within the tax parcel  assessed,
such  proportion  to be  determined  by Lessor  from the  respective  valuations
assigned  in the  assessor's  work  sheets or such other  information  as may be
reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.
                                     
     10.5 Personal Property Taxes.

     (a) Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency  all taxes  assessed  against and
levied  upon  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment  and all other  personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Lessee
shall cause said trade fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed sod billed separately from the real property of Lessor.

     (b) If any of Lessee's said personal  properly shall assessed with Lessor's
real property,  Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes  attributable to Lessee within
10 days after receipt of a written  statement setting forth the taxes applicable
to Lessee's property.

11. Utilities.  Lessee shall pay for all gas, heat, light, power,  telephone and
other utilities and services  supplied to the Premises,  together with any taxes
thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall
pay a reasonable  proportion to be  determined by Lessor of all charges  jointly
metered with other premises.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

     12.1  Lessor's  Consent  Required.  Lessee  shall  not  voluntarily  or  by
operation of law assign.  transfer,  mortgage,  sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber all or any part of Lessee's  interest in this Lease or in the Premises,
without  Lessor's  prior written  consent,  which Lessor shall not  unreasonably
withhold.  Lessor shall respond to Lessee's  request for consent  hereunder in a
timely manner and any attempted assignment,  transfer, mortgage,  encumbrance or
subletting  without such consent shall be void, and shall constitute a breach of
this Lease.

     12.2 Lessee  Affiliate.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraph 12.1
hereof,  Lessee may  assign or sublet  the  Premises,  or any  portion  thereof,
without Lessor's consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with Lessee,  or to any  corporation  resulting from the
merger or consolidation  with Lessee,  or to any person or entity which acquires
all the  assets of  Lessee  as a going  concern  of the  business  that is being
conducted on the Premises,  provided that said assignee  assumes,  in full,  the
obligations of Lessee under this Lease.  Any such  assignment  shall not, in any
way,  affect or limit the liability of Lessee under the terms of this Lease even
if after such  assignment or subletting  the terms of this Lease are  materially
changed or altered without the consent of Lessee,  the consent of whom shall not
be necessary.

     12.3 No Release of Lessee. Regardless of Lessor's consent, no subletting or
assignment  shall  release  Lessee of Lessee's  obligation  or alter the primary
liability of Lessee to pay the rent and to perform all other  obligations  to be
performed by Lessee  hereunder.  The acceptance of rent by Lessor from any other
person  shall not be deemed  to be a waiver by Lessor of any  provision  hereof.
Consent  to one  assignment  or  subletting  shall not be deemed  consent to any
subsequent assignment or subletting.  In the event of default by any assignee of
Lessee or any successor of Lessee in the performance of any of the terms hereof,
Lessor may proceed  directly  against Lessee without the necessity of exhausting
remedies against said assignee.  Lessor may consent to subsequent assignments or
subletting  of this  Lease or  amendments  or  modifications  to this Lease with
assignees of Lessee,  without notifying Lessee, or any successor of Lessee,  and
without obtaining its or their consent thereto and such action shall not relieve
Lessee of liability under this Lease.

     12.4  Attorney's  Fees.  In the event  Lessee  shall  assign or sublet  the
Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any  assignment or subletting or if
Lessee  shall  request the  consent of Lessor for any act Lessee  proposes to do
then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable  attorneys fees incurred in connection
therewith, such attorneys fees not to exceed $350.00 for each such request.

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>
13. Default; Remedies

     13.1 Defaults.  The  occurrence of any one or more of the following  events
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:

     (a) The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee.

     (b) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other  payment
required  to be made by Lessee  hereunder,  as and when due where  such  failure
shall  continue  for a period of three days after  written  notice  thereof from
Lessor to Lessee.  In the event that Lessor  serves  Lessee with a Notice to Pay
Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable  Unlawful  Detainer  statutes such Notice to
Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice required by this subparagraph.

                                     
     (c) The  failure  by Lessee to observe  or  perform  any of the  covenants,
conditions  or  provisions  of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee,
other than  described in paragraph (b) above,  where such failure shall continue
for a period of 30 days after  written  notice  thereof  from  Lessor to Lessee;
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's default Is such that more than
30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not be deemed to
be in  default if Lessee  commenced  such cure  within  said  30-day  period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

     (d) (i) The making by Lessee of any general  arrangement  or assignment for
the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becomes a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S.C.
ss.101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed
against Lessee,  the same is dismissed within 60 days), (iii) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,  where possession
is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the  attachment,  execution or
other judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Lessee's assets located at the
Premises  or of  Lessee's  interest  in this  Lease,  where such  seizure is not
discharged within 30 days. Provided, however, in the event that any provision of
this paragraph 13.1 (d) is contrary to any applicable  law, such provision shall
be of no force or effect.

     (e) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to Lessor by
Lessee,  any  assignee of Lessee,  any  subtenant  of Lessee,  any  successor in
interest of Lessee or any guarantor of Lessee's obligation hereunder, and any of
them, was materially false.

     13.2  Remedies.  In the  event of any such  material  default  or breach by
Lessee. Lessor may at any time thereafter,  with or without notice or demand and
without  limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may
have by reason of such default or breach:

     (a)  Terminate  Lessee's  right to possession of the Premises by any lawful
means,  in which case this Lease shall  terminate  and Lessee shall  immediately
surrender  possession  of the Premises to Lessor.  In such event Lessor shall be
entitled  to recover  from  Lessee all  damages  incurred by Lessor by reason of

                                    Page 9
<PAGE>
Lessee's  default  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  cost  of  recovering
possession  of  the  Premises;   expenses  of  reletting,   including  necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises,  reasonable  attorney's fees, and any
real  estate  commission  actually  paid;  the worth at the time of award by the
court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the
balance  of the term  after the time of such  award  exceeds  the amount of such
rental loss for the same period that Lessee proves could be reasonably  avoided;
that portion of the leasing  commission  paid by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 15
applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.

     (b) Maintain  Lessee's  right to  possession in which case this Lease shall
continue in effect whether or not Lessee shall have  abandoned the Premises.  In
such event  Lessor  shall be  entitled  to enforce  all of  Lessor's  rights and
remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes
due hereunder.

     (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter  available to Lessor under the
laws or judicial decisions of the stale wherein the Premises are located. Unpaid
installments of rent and other unpaid  monetary  obligations of Lessee under the
terms of this Lease shall bear  interest  from the date due at the maximum  rate
then allowable by law.

     13.3 Default by Lessor.  Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor fails
to perform  obligations  required of Lessor within a reasonable  time. but in no
event later than thirty (30) days after  written  notice by Lessee to Lessor and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose
name and address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished  to Lessee in writing
specifying  wherein  Lessor  has failed to perform  such  obligation;  provided,
however that if the nature of Lessor's  obligation is such that more than thirty
(30) days are  required for  performance  then Lessor shall not be in default if
Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes the same to completion.

     13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder  will cause Lessor to incur costs
not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount of which will be  extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include.  but are not limited to, processing
and accounting  charges,  and late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the
terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises.  Accordingly,  if any
installment  of rent or any other sum due from  Lessee  shall not be received by
Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due,
then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee. Lessee shall pay to Lessor a
late charge equal to 10% of such overdue  amount.  The parties hereby agree that
such late charge  represents a fair and reasonable  estimate of the costs Lessor
will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee.  Acceptance  of such late charge
by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's default with respect
to such overdue  amount,  nor prevent  Lessor from  exercising  any of the other
rights  and  remedies  granted  hereunder.  In the event  that a late  charge is
payable  hereunder,   whether  or  not  collected,  for  three  (3)  consecutive
installments  of rent,  then rent shall  automatically  become  due and  payable
quarterly in advance,  rather than monthly,  notwithstanding  paragraph 4 or any
other provision of this Lease to the contrary.

     13.5  Impounds.  In the  event  that a late  charge is  payable  hereunder,
whether  or not  collected,  for  three  (3)  Installments  of rent or any other
monetary obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor,  if Lessor shall so request in addition to any other  payments  required
under this Lease, a monthly advance installment, payable at the same time as the
monthly  rent,  as estimated  by Lessor,  for real  property  tax and  insurance
expenses on the  Premises  which are  payable by Lessee  under the terms of this
Lease.  Such fund  shall be  established  to  insure  payment  when due,  before
delinquency,  of any or all such real properly taxes and insurance premiums.  If
the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee under the  provisions of this paragraph are
insufficient  to discharge,  the obligations of Lessee to pay such real property
taxes and Insurance premiums as the same become due, Lessee shall pay to Lessor,
upon Lessor's  demand,  each additional sums necessary to pay such  obligations.
All moneys paid to Lessor under this  paragraph may be  intermingled  with other
moneys of Lessor and shall not bear  interest.  In the event of a default in the
obligations  of Lessee to perform under this Lease,  then any balance  remaining
from funds paid to Lessor under the  provisions  of this  paragraph  may, at the
option of Lessor, be applied to the payment of any monetary default of Lessee in
lieu of  being  applied  to the  payment  of  real  property  tax and  insurance
premiums.

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>
14.  Condemnation.  If the  Premises or any portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain,  or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date  the  condemning  authority  takes  title or
possession,  whichever  first occurs.  If more then 10% of the floor area of the
building  on the  Premises,  or more than 25% of the land  area of the  Premises
which is not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation,  Lessee may, at
Lessee's  option,  to be  exercised  in writing only within ten ( 10) days after
Lessor shall have given Lessee  written notice of such taking (or in the absence
of such notice,  within ten ( 10) days after the condemning authority shall have
taken possession)  terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning  authority
takes such  possession.  If Lessee does not  terminate  this Lease in accordance
with the  foregoing,  this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the
portion of the Premises remaining,  except that the rent shall be reduced in the
proportion  that the floor area of the  building  taken bears to the total floor
area of the building situated on the Premises.  No reduction of rent shall occur
if the only area taken is that which does not have a building  located  thereon.
Any award for the taking of all or any part of the  Premises  under the power of
eminent  domain or any payment  made under  threat of the exercise of such power
shall  be  the  property  of  Lessor,  whether  such  award  shall  be  made  as
compensation  for  diminution  in value of the leasehold or for or the taking of
the fee, or as  severance  damages;  provided,  however,  that  Lessee  shall be
entitled  to any  award for loss of or damage to  Lessee's  trade  fixtures  and
removable personal  property.  In the event that this Lease is not terminated by
reason of such  condemnation,  Lessor shall to the extent of  severance  damages
received by Lessor in connection  with such  condemnation,  repair any damage to
the Premises  caused by such  condemnation  except to the extent that Lessee has
been  reimbursed  therefore by the  condemning  authority.  Lessee shall pay any
amount in excess of such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. Broker's Fee.

     (a) Upon  execution of this Lease by both parties,  Lessor shall pay to N/A
Licensed  real  estate  broker(s),  a fee as set forth in a  separate  agreement
between  Lessor  and  said  broker(s),  or in the  event  there  is no  separate
agreement  between  Lessor and said  broker(s)  the sum of $ N/A, for  brokerage
services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction.
                                  
     (b) Lessor further agrees that if Lessee exercises any Option as defined in
paragraph  39.1 of this Lease,  which is granted to Lessee under this Lease,  or
any  subsequently  granted  option which is  substantially  similar to an Option
granted to Lessee  under this  Lease,  or if Lessee  acquires  any rights to the
Premises  or other  premises  described  in this Lease  which are  substantially
similar to what  Lessee  would have  acquired  had an Option  herein  granted to
Lessee been exercised,  or if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises after
the  expiration  of the term of this Lease  after  having  failed to exercise an
Option,  or if said broker(s) are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale
entered into between the parties  pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent
property in which Lessor has an interest,  then as to any of said  transactions,
Lessor shall pay said  broker(s) a fee in  accordance  with the schedule of said
broker(s) in effect at the time of execution of this Lease.
                                   
     (c) Lessor  agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but also on
behalf  of any  person,  corporation,  association,  or other  entity  having an
ownership  interest in said real property or any part thereof,  when such fee is
due hereunder.  Any  transferee of Lessor's  interest in this Lease whether such
transfer is by Agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed
Lessor's  obligation under this Paragraph 15. Said broker shall be a third party
beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15.

16. Estoppel Certificate.

     (a) Lessee shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written
notice from Lessor  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to Lessor a statement  in
writing  (i)  certifying  that this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and
effect (or, if modified,  stating the nature of such modification and certifying
that this Lease,  as so  modified,  is in full force and effect) and the date to
which  the  rent  and  other  charges  are  paid in  advance,  it any,  and (ii)
acknowledging that there are not, to Lessee's knowledge, any uncured defaults on
the part of Lessor  hereunder,  or specifying  such defaults if any are claimed.
Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective  purchaser
or encumbrances of the Premises.

     (b) At Lessor's  option Lessee's  failure to deliver such statement  within
such time shall be a material  breach of this Lease or shall be conclusive  upon

                                    Page 11

<PAGE>
Lessee  (i) that this Lease is in full force and  effect,  without  modification
except as may be represented by Lessor,  (ii) that there are no uncured defaults
in Lessors  performance.  and (iii) that not more than one months  rent has been
paid in  advance or such  failure  may be  considered  by Lessor as a default by
Lessee under this Lease.

     (c) If Lessor desires to finance,  refinance,  or sell the Premises, or any
part  thereof,  Lessee  hereby  agrees to  deliver  to any  lender or  purchaser
designated  by Lessor such  financial  statements of Lessee as may be reasonably
required by such lender or  purchaser.  Such  statements  shall include the past
three years' financial statements of Lessee. All such financial statements shall
be received by Lessor and such lender or  purchaser in  confidence  and shall be
used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.  Lessor's  Liability.  The term  "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title or a Lessee's  interest
in a ground lease of the Premises, and except as expressly provided In Paragraph
15, in the event of any transfer of such title or interest,  Lessor herein named
(and in case of any  subsequent  transfers  then the grantor)  shall be relieved
from and alter the date of such transfer of all  liability as respects  Lessor's
obligations thereafter to be performed,  provided that any funds in the hands of
Lessor or the then grantor at the times of such transfer. in which Lessee has an
interest,  shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations  contained in this
Lease to be  performed  by Lessor  shall,  subject as  aforesaid,  be binding on
Lessor's  successors  and  assigns,  only  during  their  respective  periods of
ownership.

18.  Severability.  This invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-due Obligations.  Except as expressly herein provided,  any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear  interest at the maximum  rate
then  allowable  by law from the date due.  Payment of such  interest  shall not
excuse or cure any default by Lessee under this Lease,  provided,  however, that
interest  shall not be payable  on late  charges  incurred  by Lessee nor on any
amounts upon which late charges are paid by Lessee.
                                  
20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence.

21.  Additional  Rent.  Any monetary  obligations  of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be rent.
  
22.  Incorporation  of Prior  Agreements;  Amendments.  This Lease  contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. No prior
agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter shall be  effective.
This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at
the time of the modification.  Except as otherwise stated in this Lease,  Lessee
hereby  acknowledges  that neither the real estate broker listed in Paragraph 15
hereof  nor any  cooperating  broker on this  transaction  nor the Lessor or any
employees  or  agents  of any of said  persons  has  made  any  oral or  written
warranties  or  representations  to Lessee  relative to the  condition or use by
Lessee  of said  Premises  and  Lessee  acknowledges  that  Lessee  assumes  all
responsibility  regarding the Occupational  Safety Health Act, the legal use and
adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all applicable laws
and  regulations  in effect  during the term of this Lease  except as  otherwise
specifically stated in this Lease.

23. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified mail, and if given
personally or by mail, shall be deemed sufficiently given It addressed to Lessee
or to Lessor at the address noted below the signature of the respective parties,
as the case may be.  Wither party may by notice to the other specify a different
address for notice purposes  except that upon Lessee's taking  possession of the
Premises,  the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes. A
copy of all notices  required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall
be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24. Waiver.  No waiver by Lessor or any provision  hereof shall be deemed waiver
of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent  breech by Lessee of the same
or any other  provision.  Lessor's consent to, or approval of any act; shall not
be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to or approval

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>
of any  subsequent  act by Lessee.  The  acceptance of rent  hereunder by Lessor
shall not be a waiver of any preceding breech by Lessee of any provision hereof,
other  than the  failure  of  Lessee  to pay the  particular  rent so  accepted,
regardless  of  Lessor's  knowledge  of such  preceding  breech  at the  time of
acceptance of such rent.

25.  Deleted

26. Holding Over. If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of the
Premises  or any part  thereof  after the  expiration  of the term  hereof  such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease  pertaining to the  obligations  of Lessee,  but all options and rights of
first  refusal,  if any,  granted  under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed
terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy.  Rent
during any hold over period shall be subject to 50%  increase  over the rent due
during the last month prior to expiration of the Lease.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. Each provision of this Lease performable by Lessee
shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29. Binding Effect;  Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment or  subletting  by Lessee and subject to the  provisions of Paragraph
11,  this  Lease  shall  bind  the  parties,  their  personal   representatives,
successors  and  assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
herein the Premises are located.

30. Subordination.

     (a) This Lease,  at Lessor's  option,  shall be  subordinate  to any ground
lease,  mortgage,  deed of trust, or any other  hypothecation or security now or
hereafter  placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a part and to
any  and  all  advances  made  on the  security  thereof  and  to all  renewals,
modifications,    consolidations,    replacements   and   extensions    thereof.
Notwithstanding  such  subordination,  Lessee's right to quiet possession of the
Premises  shall not be  disturbed  if Lessee  is not in  default  and so long as
Lessee shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the  provisions of this
Lease,  unless this Lease is otherwise  terminated pursuant to its terms. it any
mortgagee,  trustee or ground Lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the
lien of its  mortgage,  deed of trust or ground  lease,  and shall give  written
notice  thereof to Lessee,  this Lease shall be deemed  prior to such  mortgage,
deed of trust, or ground lease,  whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent
to the  date of said  mortgage,  deed of trust  or  ground  lease or the date of
recording thereof.
      
Lessee agrees to execute any documents  required to effectuate an attornment,  a
subordination  or to make this Lease  prior to a lien of any  mortgage,  deed of
trust or ground  lease,  as the case may be.  Lessee's  failure to execute  such
documents  within 10 days  after  written  demand  shall  constitute  a material
default by Lessee hereunder,  or, at Lessor's option,  Lessor shall execute such
documents on behalf of Lessee as Lessee's  attorney-in-fact.  Lessee does hereby
make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee's attorney-in-fact and
in Lessee's name,  place and stead, to execute such documents in accordance with
this paragraph 30(b).

31.  Attorney's  Fees.  It silkier  party or the broker named  herein  brings an
action to enforce the terms whereof or declare rights hereunder,  the prevailing
party  in any  such  action,  on  trial or  appeal,  shall  be  entitled  to his
reasonable attorney's fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the count.
The provisions of this paragraph  shall inure to the benefit of the broker named
herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.
                                  
32. Lessors Access. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the
Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, showing the
same  to  prospective   purchasers,   lenders,  or  lessees,   and  making  such
alterations,  repairs,  improvements  or  additions  to the  Premises  or lo the
building  of which they are a part as Lessor may deem  necessary  or  desirable.
Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises  any  ordinary  "For Sale"
signs and  Lessor may at any time  during  the last 120 days of the term  hereof
place on or about the  Premises  any  ordinary  "For Lease"  signs,  all without
rebate of rent or liability to Lessee.

                                    Page 13

<PAGE>
33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary in this Lease,  Lessor  shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises  without  Lessor's
prior written consent.* (*see Addendum)

35.  Merger.  The  voluntary or other  surrender  of this Lease by Lessee,  or a
mutual  cancellation  thereof,  or a  termination  by  Lessor.  shall not work a
merger,  and shall,  at the option of Lessor,  terminate all or any existing sub
tenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor of
any or all of such sub tenancies.
                                       
36. Consents. Except for paragraph 33 hereof, wherever in this Lease the consent
of one party is required to an act of the other party, such consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

37.  Guarantor.  In the event  that there is a  guarantor  of this  Lease,  said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38. Quiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing
and performing all of the covenants,  conditions and provisions on Lessee's part
to be observed and performed  hereunder,  Lessee shall have quiet  possession of
the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this
Lease.  The individuals  executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor  represent and
warrant  to  Lessee  that they are  fully  authorized  and  legally  capable  of
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such execution is binding upon
all parties holding an [ownership interest in the Premises.
                                   
39. 0ptions.  *On terms which may be mutually agreeable to Lessor and Lessee and
at prevailing market rates.

     39.1  Definition.  As used in this  paragraph  the word  "Options"  has the
following  meaning:  (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or
to renew this Lease

     39.2  Options  Personal.  Each  Option  granted to Lessee in this Lease are
personal  to Lessee and may not be  exercised  or be  assigned,  voluntarily  or
involuntarily,  by or to any  person  or entity  other  than  Lessee,  provided,
however,  the Option may be exercised by or assigned to any Lessee  affiliate as
defined in paragraph  12.2 of this Lease.  The Options  herein granted to Lessee
are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease.

     39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple options to
extend or renew this Lease a later option  cannot be exercised  unless the prior
option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

     39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

     (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option,  notwithstanding  any
provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (i) during the time commencing
from the date Lessor  gives to Lessee a notice of default  pursuant to paragraph
13.1(b) or 13.1(c) and  continuing  until the default  alleged in said notice of
default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time commencing on the day, after
a monetary  obligation  to Lessor is due from  Lessee and  unpaid  (without  any
necessity for notice thereof to Lessee) continuing until the obligation is paid,
or (iii) at any time after an event of default described in paragraphs 13.1 (a),
13.1 (d), or 13.1 (e)  (without  any  necessity of Lessor to give notice of such
default to Lessee),  or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee  three
or more notices of default under paragraph 13.1(b),  where a late charge becomes
payable under  paragraph 13.4 for each of such defaults,  or paragraph 13.1 (c),
whether or not the defaults  are cured,  during the 12 month period prior to the
time that Lessee intends to exercise the subject Option.

     (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be
extended  or  enlarged  by reason of  Lessee's  inability  to exercise an Option
because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a)

     (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall  terminate
and be of no further  force or effect,  notwithstanding  Lessee's due and timely
exercise  of the Option,  if,  after such  exercise  and during the term of this
Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation of Lessee for a
period of 30 days after such  obligation  becomes due (without any  necessity of

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessee  fails to commence to
cure a default specified in paragraph 13.1(c) within 30 days after the date that
Lessor gives notice to Lessee of such default and/or Lessee fails  thereafter to
diligently prosecute said cure to completion,  or (iii) Lessee commits a default
described  In paragraph  13.1(a)  13.1(d) or 13.1(e)  (without any  necessity of
Lessor to give notice of such default to Lessee), or (iv) Lessor gives to Lessee
three or more notices of default under  paragraph  13.1(b),  where a late charge
becomes  payable  under  paragraph  13.4 for each  such  default,  or  paragraph
13.1(c), whether or not the defaults are cured.

40.  Multiple  Tenant  Building.  In the event that the  Premises  are part of a
larger  building or group of buildings then Lessee agrees that it will abide by,
keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from
time to time for the management,  safety.  care, and cleanliness of the building
and grounds,  the parking of vehicles and the preservation of good order therein
as well as for the  convenience of other  occupants and tenants of the building.
The  violations  of any such  rules and  regulations  shall be deemed a material
breach of this Lease by Lessee.

41. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of Lessee, its agents and
invitees from acts of third parties.
                               
42. Easements.  Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time. to grant
such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable,
and to cause the  recordation of Parcel Maps and  restrictions,  so long as such
easements,  rights,  dedications,  Maps  and  restrictions  do not  unreasonably
interfere  with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee shall sign any of the
aforementioned  documents  upon  request  of Lessor  and  failure to do so shall
constitute a material breach of this Lease.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money Is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary  payment.  and there shall survive the right on the part
of said  party  to  institute  suit for  recovery  of such  sum.  If it shall be
adjudged  that  there was no legal  obligation  on the part of said party to pay
such sum or any part  thereof,  said party shall be entitled to recover such sum
or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of
this Lease.

44.  Authority.  It  Lessee is a  corporation,  trust,  or  general  or  limited
partnership,  each  individual  executing  this  Lease on behalf of such  entity
represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this  Lease on behalf of said  entity.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation.  trust or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  execution  of this
Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
the handwritten provisions.

46. Addendum.  Attached hereto is an addendum or addenda containing paragraphs 1
through  31,  and 1 through  7 which  constitutes  a part of this  Lease and the
following documents incorporated herein:

         EXHIBIT "A" -SITE PLAN

         EXHIBIT "B" - UNIT PLAN

         EXHIBIT "C" - OPTION TO RENEW
                       
                       RECORDING OF THIS LEASE PROHIBITED

     LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM
AND  PROVISION  CONTAINED  HEREIN AND, BY  EXECUTION  OF THIS LEASE,  SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT  THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND  EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>
     IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN  PREPARED  FOR  SUBMISSION  TO
YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL.  NO  REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY
THE AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKER OR
ITS  AGENTS OR  EMPLOYEES  AS TO THE LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY.  LEGAL  EFFECT,  OR TAX
CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS LEASE OR THE  TRANSACTION  RELATING  THERETO;  THE PARTIES
SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.
                                    
     The  parties  hereto  have  executed  this  Lease at the place on the dates
specified immediately adjacent to their respective signatures.

Executed at Westlake Village Industrial Park

on July 17, 1996

Address:  31304 Via Colinas, Unit 101
          Westlake Village, CA 91362

LESSOR
- ------

By:  Mid Valley Management Company, a California Corporation 
     Managing Agent

/S/ Barbara Sellinger
- ----------------------------------------
By: Barbara Sellinger, Authorized Agent


LESSEE
- ------

SYNTHONICS INCORPORATED
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION


/S/ Charles S. Palm
- -----------------------------
By: Charles Palm, President


/S/ George Turner
- -----------------------------
By: George Turner, Secretary


                                     Page 16

<PAGE>

                  [WESTLAKE VILLAGE INDUSTRIAL PARK SITE PLAN]

                                  Exhibit "A"

<PAGE>

                       [WESTLAKE VILLAGE INDUSTRIAL PARK]

                       31324 Via Colinas, Suites 106/107
                         Approximately 2424 Square Feet


                                  Exhibit "B"
<PAGE>
                                 OPTION TO RENEW

     Provided  Lessee  has  never  been  in  default  in any of the  agreements,
covenants,  terms or conditions  of this Lease,  Lessee shall have the Option to
Renew  the  term of this  Lease  for ONE (1)  ONE  YEAR  term(s)  following  the
expiration of the initial term (herein called "renewal  term") provided  written
notice is delivered to Lessor at least six (6) months  before the  expiration of
the  initial  term of this Lease (or,  as to any  successive  renewals,  written
notice  to  Lessor  at  least  six (6)  months  prior to the  expiration  of the
immediately preceding term). The terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain
in full force and effect during the renewal teen, except that:

     1. The monthly rent shall be TWO  THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED  EIGHTEEN AND 00/100
($2,618.00).  However, in no event will the monthly rent during the renewal term
be less than the  monthly  rent for the last  month of the  initial  term or any
extensions  thereto.  If the renewal term is greater than one (1) year, the rent
for the first year of the renewal term shall be at a fixed rate; thereafter,  on
each yearly  anniversary of the renewal term, the rent shall be increased as set
forth in the  Addendum to Option to Renew.  If  successive  options are granted,
this Option to Renew shall apply to each renewal term.

     2.  Lessee  shall  accept the  Premises  "as is" and "with all  faults" and
Lessor has no obligation to improve same in any way.

     3. The security deposit shall be increased in direct proportion to each and
every rent increase. Promptly upon Lessee's receipt of written notification from
Lessor as to the rent  applicable to such renewal  term, at Lessor's  direction,
Lessor may request that Lessee pay to Lessor the rent for the first month of the
renewal term and the amount of any increase in security deposit.

     4. In the event that  Lessee has  multiple  options to extend or renew this
Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless prior option to extend or renew
this Lease has been exercised. This option to extend is personal to the original
Lessee and is not transferable or assignable in any manner whatsoever.

     5.  Lessee  shall have no other right to extend the term beyond the renewal
term.

     6. That in the event Lessor has prepared a new or revised  Lease  Agreement
covering the subject business or industrial complex,  then, in that event Lessee
shall  execute a new Lease  Agreement  for the extended  term and said new Lease
Agreement shall be applicable and operative during the extended option period.

     7. If Lessee is in default  on the date of giving  the option  notice or at
any time prior to the  commencement of the renewal term, the option notice shall
be totally  ineffective  and this Lease  shall  expire at the end of the initial
term.

The  parties  hereto  have  executed  this Option to Renew on the date set forth
below:

LESSOR:                                      LESSEE:
- -------                                      -------
Simi Valley Plaza, LLC, by                   SYNTHONICS INCORPORATED
Mid Valley Management Company                A California Corporation
A California Corporation 
Managing Agent

                                             /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             By: Charles Pal, President


/S/ Barbara Sellinger                        /S/ George M. Turner
- ------------------------------               ---------------------------------
By: Barbara Sellinger                        By:  George Turner, Secretary
    Authorized Agent

Dated:  July 17, 1996                        Dated: 

                                  Exhibit "C"

<PAGE>
                                   ADDENDUM I

THIS  ADDENDUM is attached to and  Integrated  as a part of that  certain  Lease
dated JULY 8, 1996 by and between WESTLAKE VILLAGE  INDUSTRIAL PARK, Lessor, and
SYNTHONICS  INCORPORATED,   A  CALIFORNIA  CORPORATION  Lessee  and  constitutes
additional Covenants, Conditions and Agreements contained herein, which Addendum
shall prevail In the event of any conflict between the Covenants, Conditions and
Agreements contained herein and those In said Lease.

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS

ACCEPTANCE OF LEASED PREMISES:

1. Lessee  accepts the  Premises  (as well as the  Improvements  thereon and the
facilities appurtenant thereto) In their present condition and acknowledges that
the Premises (as well as the  improvements  thereon and  facilities  appurtenant
thereto) are in good,  clean,  safe and  tenantable  condition as of the date of
this Lease.  Lessee  further  represents  to Lessor that the Premises  have been
Inspected  by Lessee and that he/she has been  assured by means  independent  of
Lessor or any Agent of Lessor regarding truth of all facts material to the Lease
and that the  Premises  are being  Leased by the  Lessee as a result of  his/her
Inspection  and  Investigation  and not as a result  of any  representations  by
Lessor or any Agent of Lessor.  Lessee's  failure to return the Unit  Inspection
"Check-List"  accompanying the Lease as provided by Lessor further  acknowledges
Lessee's acceptance of the Premises as stated herein.

PROTECTION OF PREMISES:

2. Lessee  assumes any and all  responsibility  for protecting its Premises from
theft, robbery, vandalism and pilferage, and holds Lessor free and harmless from
any responsibility or obligation in connection therewith, which includes keeping
doors locked and other means of entry to keep Premises closed.

REFURBISHING FEE AND KEY DEPOSIT:

3. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor a  non-refundable  refurbishing  fee of $0.00*
(*waived) and a key deposit of $40.00* (*previously paid)

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:

4. Tenant's Application (Assignment and Sublease).  Lessee shall be obligated to
notify Lessor In writing of Lessee's intent to Assign, Encumber, or Sublease the
subject  Premises  not  less  than  thirty  (30)  days  I  before  the  proposed
Subletting. This notification shall Include the name of the proposed Assignee or
Sublessee,  information concerning the financial  responsibility of the proposed
Assignee or Sublessee,  and the terms of the proposed  Assignment or Subletting.
Lessor may, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such written  notice,  request
additional  information required by Lessor concerning the proposed Assignee's or
Sublessee's financial responsibility and Lessor, at its option, may elect one of
the following  alternatives  in  conjunction  with the proposed  Assignment  and
Subletting:

     (a) Consent to such proposed Assignment, Encumbrance or Sublease;

     (b) Refuse to grant such consent,  which consent shall not be  unreasonably
     withheld,  which refusal shall be in accordance with the Industry standards
     in Southern California relating to a similar kind of Leasehold; or

     (c) Elect to terminate  this Lease in the event  Lessee  desires to proceed
     with said Assignment or Subletting without Lessor's consent,  provided that
     Lessee shall remain  responsible  and  obligated to Lessor for all monetary
     and  non-monetary  obligations  through the date of termination,  or in the
     case of a partial  Sublease,  terminate this Lease as to the portion of the
     Premises proposed to be Sublet.

     (d)  The  following  transactions,   and/or  transfers,   shall  be  deemed
     Assignments for purposes of the Leasehold Agreement. To wit:

          A.   (1) A transfer  by  operation  of law or  otherwise,  of Tenant's
               Interest in this Lease; or

               (2) A transfer  of any  percentage  interest  in Tenant  (whether
               stock,   partnership   interest,   or   otherwise)  in  a  single
               transaction or a related series of transactions; or

                              Addendum I - Page 1

<PAGE>
               (3) Any  increase  In the  amount  of issued  and/or  outstanding
               shares  of  capital  stock or any  Corporate  Tenant  and/or  the
               creation of one or more  additional  classes of capital  stock of
               any Corporate Tenant, In a single transaction or a related series
               of  transactions,  with the result that the beneficial and record
               ownership  In and to such Tenant  shall no longer be  identically
               held In the same  proportion by the  beneficial and record owners
               of the capital stock of such Corporate  Tenant as of the date the
               Tenant executed this Lease; or
                            
               (4) If a Tenant  is a  corporation,  and a  dissolution,  merger,
               consolidation or other reorganization of the Tenant.

          B.   Upon  the  execution  of this  Lease  and  upon  each  succeeding
               anniversary  date,  or  at  any  sooner  time  requested  by  the
               Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement, certified
               as  being  true  and  correct  and  verified  by  the   Corporate
               Secretary,  showing the names of all  existing  share  holders of
               record and their respective ownership Interests as of that date.

          C.   Whenever reference is made in this Article to a Corporate Tenant,
               the  same  obligations  and  restrictions   shall  apply  to  any
               permitted  Corporate  Assignee  entitled  to occupy  the  demised
               Premises.

Without limiting Lessor's ground for disapproval,  Lessor's disapproval shall be
deemed  reasonable  if it is based on  Lessor's  reasonable  analysis of (a) the
proposed   Assignee's  or   Sublessee's   credit,   character  and  business  or
professional standing, (b) that the Assignee or Sublessor's use and occupancy of
the Premises will not be consistent with the Lease Agreement,  and (c) Assignees
or Sublessee's proposed intensity of use is not consistent with the existing use
by Lessee.  Lessor shall require as a condition of the  Assignment or Subletting
that the rent payable by such Assignee or Sublessee at the then current the then
published  rental rate or the  Premises  or  comparable  Premises,  and that the
existing  Lessee waive any right to participate in any rental  increase or other
benefit derived from said Assignment or Subletting.  That the rent to be paid is
no less than the then  current  base rent under this Lease and that the Assignee
or  Sublessee  remit  directly  to Lessor on a monthly  basis all  monies due to
Lessee by said Assignee or Sublessee.

     4.1 Fees for Review.

     If Lessee shall  request to Assign,  Transfer,  Pledge,  Encumber or Sublet
     this  Lease  or  any  interest  therein,  Lessee  shall  pay  to  Lessor  a
     non-refundable  fee  for  Lessor's  time  and  processing  efforts  and for
     expenses  incurred by Lessor in connection with reviewing such  transaction
     (Including any administrative  expenses for Lessors Property Manager).  The
     amount of such  non-refundable  fee shall be the sum of  $300.00  or may be
     reasonably  amended  or changed  by  Lessor.  Lessee  shall pay such fee to
     Lessor  within  live (5) days after  written  request  therefore,  and said
     payment  shall be a  precondition  to  Lessor's  requirement  to review and
     consider any Assignment or Sublease.

     4.2 Collection of Rent by Sublessor.

     Any Lease  payment or other sums  received by Lessee or any other person in
     connection with this Lease shall be conclusively presumed to have been paid
     by Lessee or on Lessee's behalf. If, as a result of any proposed Assignment
     or Sublease, Lessee receives rent or other consideration,  either initially
     or over the term of the  Assignment  or  Sublease,  in  excess  of the rent
     called for  hereunder,  or, in the case of the Sublease of a portion of the
     Premises, in excess of the rent allocable to such portion, Lessee shall pay
     to Lessor as  additional  rent  hereunder,  all of the  excess of each such
     payment of rent or other  consideration  received by Lessee  promptly after
     its receipt.

MAINTENANCE:

(5) The Lease Agreement provided,  however,  that Lessor shall not be liable for
any damages to Lessee or the Property of Lessee  resulting from Lessor's failure
to make any repairs required by this section,  unless written notice of the need
for such  repairs has been given to Lessor by Lessee and Lessor has failed for a
period of thirty (30) days after receipt of notice  (unless  prevented by causes
not the fault of Lessor) to commence making the required repairs.

                              Addendum I - Page 2
<PAGE>
     5.1 The  provisions of the Lease  Agreement  notwithstanding,  Lessee shall
     repair at Lessee's  expense all damage to the Premises  resulting from acts
     of vandalism,  malicious  mischief,  burglary and other acts of Lessee, its
     Employees  and  Invitees  and  other  third  parties  (including,   without
     limitation,  damage to exterior  walls,  exterior  roofs,  vents,  overhead
     doors, etc.).

     5.2 Pursuant to the Lease Agreement, the cost to be charged hereunder shall
     include an additional  administrative  cost of twenty-five percent (25%) as
     additional rent to be paid by Lessee with the next rental payment.

     5.3 In  addition  to the Lease  Agreement,  upon  termination  of  Lessee's
     tenancy,  all keys shall he  delivered  to Lessor and any and all  Personal
     Property left in the Premises at said termination shall become the Property
     of Lessor.  Lessor  shall have the right to dispose of the  Property in any
     manner which at its sole  election it claims  appropriate.  Lessee  waives,
     releases and forever  discharges Lessor from any and all claims,  liability
     and expense with respect to such Personal Property,  including the right to
     account for any proceeds of sale.

UNDER THE INFLUENCE:

6. Lessor  reserves  the right to exclude or expel from the  Premises any person
who, in Lessor's  Judgment,  is  intoxicated  or under the  influence of liquor,
drugs or other abusive substances, or who is otherwise in violation of any Rules
and Regulations of the Project.

FOUL, NOXIOUS GAS OR SUBSTANCE AND ANIMALS:

7. Lessee shall not use or permit to be used in the  Premises any foul,  noxious
gas or  substance;  or permit or allow the  Premises to be occupied or used in a
manner  offensive or  objectionable to Lessor or other occupants of the Building
by reason of noise, odors or vibrations;  nor shall Lessee bring into or keep in
or about  the  Premises  any  birds or  animals  (except  seeing  eye dogs  when
accompanied by their masters).

ROOF ACCESS:

8. Neither Lessee,  Lessee's  Agents,  Contractors,  Employees or Invitees shall
enter upon the roof of the Premises (except in the case of an emergency) for any
purpose whatsoever without first receiving Lessor's written consent, which shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

     8.1 If the Lessee,  Lessee's  Agent's,  Contractors,  Employees or Invitees
     shall  enter upon the roof of said  Premises,  whether  with or without the
     consent of Lessor, then the Lessee  specifically  indemnifies and agrees to
     hold Lessor  harmless from any and all claims,  actions or causes of action
     resulting  from injuries  incurred to any of said  individuals or any other
     Person or  Property,  caused by or as a result of their  entering  upon the
     roof of said Premises.

     8.2 In the event that Lessor grants written permission to the Lessee or any
     of the persons  set-forth above to have roof access,  said consent shall be
     expressly  on the  condition  that each time said  Lessee or those  persons
     designated  by Lessee to enter  upon the roof  that  they  first  execute a
     written Letter Agreement provided by Lessor (a) expressly  indemnifying and
     holding  Lessor free and harmless  from any and all damages  caused by said
     individuals to the Leasehold  Premises,  (b) Indemnifying  Lessors from any
     personal injury damages caused in connection therewith,  (c) provide Lessor
     with a $200.00  deposit or such other sum as Lessor may hereinafter set for
     every  penetration upon the roof, with the express  authorization to permit
     Lessor  to seal  around  all roof cuts and to charge  the  deposit  for the
     actual cost thereof and with the express understanding that at such time as
     the Lessee  vacates  the subject  Premises,  that all  equipment  installed
     thereon by Lessee shall be removed (unless there is an Agreement in writing
     by and between Lessor and Lessee to the contrary). Lessor's Roofer shall be
     responsible  for making any and all roof repairs  required by said removal,
     and Lessee  shall be  responsible  for all charges  incurred in  connection
     therewith.  Lessor shall have the express  authorization to charge Lessee's
     deposit  for  all  costs  in  connection  therewith,  and  (d) at  Lessor'e
     election,  secure a Performance and Material and Labor Bond from Contractor
     in the  amount  of one and  one-half  times  the cost of said  improvement;
     making the Lessor an additional insured and beneficiary.

                              Addendum I - Page 3

<PAGE>
     8.3 Lessee shall be required to submit reasonably  detailed final plans and
     specifications  and  working  drawings  of  the  proposed   alteration  or
     alterations and the name or its Contractor at least thirty (30) days before
     the date it intends to commence the  alterations.  Drawings  shall include,
     but not be  limited  to,  the  disclosure  of the size.  weight and type of
     installation  to be placed  upon the roof.  

     8.4  Lessee's   Contractor  shall  provide  Lessor  with   Certificates  of
     Insurance,  and at the election of Lessor, name the Lessee as an additional
     insured.

CANVASING AND SOLICITATION:

9.  Canvasing,  soliciting  and  distribution  of hand  bills or  other  written
material, and peddling in the Project is prohibited; each Tenant shall cooperate
to prevent same.

AUCTION ON PREMISES:

10.  Lessee shall not conduct or permit to be  conducted  any sale by auction or
liquidation (going out of business sale) on said Premises.

WORK AREAS:

11.  Lessee  shall not be  permitted  to work in the parking lot or loading door
areas. All work must be confined within the Leased Premises.

SIGNAGE:

12. Lessee shall not place or permit to be placed any projecting sign,  marquee,
decoration,  or awning on said  Premises  (a)  without  the  written  consent of
Lessor;  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  All signs which are
permitted shall be conforming to the Lessor's Project and shall be maintained by
Lessee  at  its  sole  expense.  Lessee,  upon  the  request  of  Lessor,  shall
immediately  remove any sign or decoration  which Lessee has placed or permitted
to be placed  in, on or about the  Premises  of which,  in the sole  option  and
discretion of Lessor,  is objectionable or offensive;  and if Lessee fails to do
so, Lessor may enter upon said Premises and remove said item and charge the cost
thereof  to  Lessee.  Lessee  shall not  place or  permit to be placed  upon any
sidewall, rear wall, window, or roof any sign, advertisement,  or notice without
the  written  consent of Lessor,  which  consent  shall only be given  where the
proposed sign,  advertisement,  or notice  complies with the  specifications  of
size,  shape,  design,  color or  material  established  by Lessor and which are
applicable to all Tenants of Lessor's Business Complex.

WINDOWS AND WINDOW COVERINGS:

13.  Lessee shall not place any window  coverings  upon the  Leasehold  Premises
(e.g. curtains, draperies, blinds, etc.) without Lessor's written consent, which
consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld and  provided the proposed  window
covering  complies with the  specifications  established by Lessor and which are
applicable to all Tenants of Lessor in the Business Complex.

     13.1 Lessee shall keep the glass  windows free of dirt and stains and shall
     clean windows on a frequent and regular basis.

LESSEE'S ALARM SYSTEMS:

14.  If Lessee  desires  to  install  an alarm  system,  all  equipment  must be
installed  inside  Lessee's  unit so as not to be  visible  and shall  otherwise
comply to the  standards  set by Lessor for all alarm  systems  contained in the
Business Complex.  All alarm systems must be approved by Lessor.  When equipment
is removed,  the Premises must be restored to its original  condition by Lessee.
Only one alarm sticker per unit placed on Lessee's  door Is permitted,  with the
exception  that corner units may also have a second sticker on the bottom of the
side glass window.

                              Addendum I - Page 4

<PAGE>
EXTERIOR DAMAGE BY LESSEE:

15.  During  the Lease Term and at  expiration  (or early  termination)  of this
Lease,  if Lessee dirties,  soils, or damages the exterior of Lessor's  Business
Complex,  Lessee will be  responsible  for the repair of this damage.  If Lessee
fails to repair the damage  which  Lessee  causes  within  five {5) days of such
occurrence,  then  Lessor may make such  repairs and bill Lessee for the cost of
such repair  plus an  administrative  cost of an  additional  twenty-five  (25%)
percent.

RUBBISH REMOVAL

16. No rubbish,  containers  or debris are to be left outside of Lessee's  unit.
All refuse is to be placed in  designated  trash bins.  Any debris is subject to
immediate removal by Lessor at Lessee's expense. This rule applies to pallets as
well.  Lessee shall not place in any trash box or receptacle  any material which
cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary  manner of trash and garbage
disposal.  .All garbage and refuse  disposal  shall be made in  accordance  with
directions issued from  time-to-time by Lessor.  Lessee will pay for the removal
of trash and debris  created,  produced or resulting  from  Lessee's  activities
where the  volume of such  trash and debris  exceeds  two cubic  yards per week.
Lessor shall have the option to contract for a single trash removal  service for
the entire Complex.

TOXIC MATERIALS:

17.  Lessee,  at its sole  cost,  shall  comply  with all laws  relating  to the
storage, use and disposal of hazardous,  toxic or radioactive matter,  including
those  materials  identified  in  Sections  66680 or Title 22 of the  California
Administrative  Code, Division 4, Chapter 30 ("Title 22") as they may be Amended
from time-to-time (Collectively "Toxic Materials"). If Lessee does store, use or
dispose of any Toxic  Materials,  Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing at least
ten (10) days prior to their first  appearance on the Premises.  Lessee shall be
solely responsible for, and shall defend, indemnify, and hold Lessor, its Agents
and  Contractors  harmless from and against all claims,  costs and  liabilities,
including  attorneys'  fees and costs arising out of or in  connection  with its
storage, use and disposal of Toxic Materials. If the presence of Toxic Materials
on the Premises caused or permitted by Lessee results in  contamination  greater
than the levels established by any Governmental  Agency having jurisdiction over
such contamination, then Lessee shall promptly take any and all action necessary
to clean-up such contamination  whether such clean-up is required by law or as a
condition  to the  issuance  or  continuing  effectiveness  of any  Governmental
approval  which  relates  to the use of the  Premises.  At any time prior to the
expiration of the Lease Term, Lessee shall have the right to conduct appropriate
tests of water and soil and to deliver  to Lessor  the  results of such tests to
demonstrate  that no contamination in excess of permitted levels has occurred as
a result  of  Lessee's  use of the  Premises.  Lessee  shall  further  be solely
responsible  for, and shall defend,  indemnify  and hold Lessor,  its Agents and
Contractors  harmless  from and  against  all  claims,  costs  and  liabilities,
including  attorneys'  fees and costs,  arising out of or in connection with any
removal,  clean-up and the restoration work and materials  required hereunder to
return the Premises and any other Property of whatever nature to their condition
existing prior to the appearance of the Toxic Materials and/or  contamination of
the Premises or such Property, as the case may be Lessee's obligations hereunder
shall survive the termination of the Lease.

RENT ESCALATIONS:

18.  Lessee  agrees  to pay to  Lessor  in  advance,  at such  places  as may be
designated from  time-to-time  by Lessor,  without  deduction or offset.  Lessor
agrees to accept as Rent for the Leased  Premises the following  monthly  Rental
Payment Schedule for the term of this Lease:

     SEPTEMBER 1, 1996 THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1997 = $2,254.00 PER MONTH  
     SEPTEMBER 1, 1997 THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1998 = $2,376.00 PER MONTH
     SEPTEMBER 1, 1998 THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1999 = $2,497.00 PER MONTH

NAME AND ADDRESS OF PREMISES:

19.  Lessor  reserves  the right,  exercisable  with sixty (60) days  notice and
without  liability  to Lessee,  to change the name and address of the  Premises.
Said sixty (60) days notice shall  conclusively be deemed  reasonable  notice to
Lessee.

                              Addendum I - Page 5
<PAGE>
ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENTS:

20. Lessee's payments of rent and other amounts due, shall be considered to have
been  received by Lessor only when  received in person or by mail at: Mid Valley
Management Company, P.O. Box 60800, Los Angeles, CA 90060-0800.  Rental Payments
will not be accepted at any of Lessor's Leasing Offices.

LATE CHARGES AND RETURNED CHECKS:

21. Rent is due on the first of the month.  If not  received by the tenth of the
month, a ten percent (10%) late charge on each delinquent payment will be added.
A ten percent (10%) late charge will also be added on all checks returned unpaid
by the bank.  If more than two (2) checks are returned,  Lessee must  thereafter
pay by cashier's check, and Lessor shall have as an additional  remedy the right
to terminate the Lease.

NO PERSONAL OBLIGATION:

22. The obligations of lessor (which shall  hereinafter  include its Principals)
under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of Lessor.  Lessee shall
look solely to the Real Estate that is the subject of this Lease and to no other
assets of Lessor for  satisfaction  of any liability  with respect to this Lease
and will not seek  recourse  against the Lessor herein nor against any or all of
Lessor's personal assets for such satisfaction.

HEADINGS:

23. The  Titles and  Holdings  of the  various  sections  of this  Addendum  are
intended  solely for the  convenience  of reference only and are not intended to
explain,  modify  or place any  construction  or any of the  provisions  of this
Addendum.

CHANGES IN RULES AND REGULATIONS:

24. Lessor  reserves the right by written notice to Lessee to rescind,  alter or
waive any Rule or Regulation  prescribed  for Lessor's  Business  Complex at any
time when, in Lessor's judgment, it is necessary,  desirable,  proper and in the
best interest of Lessor's Business Complex and its Tenants.  Lessee agrees to be
bound by any changes, revisions or modifications.

     24.1  Lessor  further  reserves  the  right to make  such  other  Rules and
     Regulations  as in its judgment may be necessary  for the safety,  care and
     cleanliness of the Premises and for the preservation of good order therein.
     Lessee agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated
     and any additional Rules and Regulations which are adopted.
                             
WAIVER OF RULES AND REGULATIONS:

25.  Lessor  may waive any one or more of these  Rules and  Regulations  for the
benefit  of Lessee or any other  Tenant,  but no such (a)  waiver by Lessor to a
particular  Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and  Regulations
in favor of  Lessee or any other  Tenant  nor  prevent  Lessor  from  thereafter
enforcing  any such Rules and  Regulations  against any or all of the Tenants of
the  Premises  (b) any such  waiver  shall be deemed  temporary  in  nature  and
cancelable at will by Lessor, and Lessee specifically  acknowledges the right of
Lessor to rescind said waiver at its sole election and discretion.
NON-DISCRIMINATION AND NON-SEGREGATION COVENANT:

26.  Lessee  herein  covenants  by and for  himself or herself  his or her heir,
executors,  administrators,  assignee,  and for all  persons  claiming  under or
through  him or her.  This Lease is made and  accepted  upon and  subject to the
following conditions:

     (a) That there shall be no  discrimination  against or  segregation  of any
     person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex,
     marital status  national  origin or ancestry,  in the Leasing,  Subleasing,
     transferring,  use, occupancy,  tenure and enjoyment of the Premises herein
     Leased;  nor shall Lessee himself,  or any person claiming under or through
     him  or  her,  establish  or  permit  any  such  practice  or  practice  of
     discrimination and/or segregetion with reference to the selection, location
     number,  use and occupancy of Lessees,  Tenants,  Sublessees,  Sub-tenants,
     Assignees and/or Vendees in the Premises herein Leased.

                              Addendum I - Page 6
<PAGE>
OFFER TO LEASE PREMISES:

27. Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's Agent and submission of same
to Lessee  shall not be deemed  an offer to Lessee to Lease.  This  Lease  shall
become binding upon Lessor and Lessee only when fully executed by both Parties.

28. It is hereby agreed by Lessee,  that Lessee is not permitted to wallpaper or
paint within 31324 Via Colinas, Units 106/107 without Lessor's expressed written
permission.  If permission  is granted by Lessor,  Lessee is required to restore
the wall surface areas, with like materials,  to the same condition as they were
prior to the execution of this Lease.

29.  Lessor   agrees  at  Lessors'   cost  to  complete  the  following   tenant
improvements:

          A.   Replace all carpeting and pad  throughout  suites with  carpeting
               and pad pursuant to park standards.
          B.   Strip and wax all tile floors.
          C.   Move door in 12' x 16' room to open inward from reception area.
          D.   Remove door from 12' x 11' office that opens into rear open area.
          E.   Expand 7' x 12' room by eliminating the corridor between the 7' x
               12' and the 12' x 16' rooms.
          F.   Close openings between Unit 105 and Unit 106.

30. Lessee is currently in possession of 31368 Via Colinas, Unit 106 at Westlake
Village  Industrial  Park,  under the Lease dated  FEBRUARY 9, 1995.  Lessor and
Lessee agree that as of the commencement date under this Lease, this Lease shall
supersede and  effectively  terminate the rights and  obligations  of Lessor and
Lessee under that certain  Lease dated  FEBRUARY 9, 1995 (herein  called  "Prior
Lease").

31. Provided Lessee is entitled to a refund of security  deposit and key deposit
under the "Prior  Lease",  Lessor  agrees to transfer  and apply any such refund
amount to  applicable  move-in  costs for the  premises  located  at:  31324 Via
Colinas,  Units 106/107 (herein called "Premises"),  which move-in costs are due
and payable on or prior to the  commencement  date.  Security deposit balance in
excess of Lease requirements and/or costs due will be refunded to Lessee.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:                         AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

LESSOR:                                      LESSEE:
- -------                                      -------
Westlake village industrial park             SYNTHONICS INCORPORATED
By Mid Valley Management Company             A California Corporation
A California Corporation 
Managing Agent

                                             /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             By: Charles Pal, President

/S/ Barbara Sellinger                        /S/ George M. Turner
- ------------------------------               ---------------------------------
By: Barbara Sellinger                        By:  George Turner, Secretary
    Authorized Agent

                              Addendum I - Page 7
<PAGE>
                              ADDENDUM I CONTINUED
                          PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

PERMITTED AND PROHIBITED PARKING

1. Parking is permitted in designated  striped areas only. All other Vehicle not
parked in such areas are subject to being towed away at Lessee's  expense (22658
CVC). Parking is prohibited.

     (a) In areas not striped for parking;
     (b) In aisles;
     (c) Where "No Parking" or "Handicap" signs are posted;
     (d) On ramp;   
     (e) In areas outside  warehouse  doors which are restricted to loading and
     unloading only. This is a fire lane and must not be blocked;
     (f) In specifically assigned and reserved spaces to others than Lessee; and
     (g) In such other areas as may be designated by Lessor, its Agents,  Lessee
     or Licensee.

OVERNIGHT STORAGE OF VEHICLES OR TRAILERS

2. There will be no  overnight  storage of  Vehicles  or Trailers in the parking
lot. Vehicles used and moved on a daily basis are exempt exempt.

DAMAGED VEHICLES

3. There will be no storage of wrecked or damaged Vehicles at any time.

DIRECTIONAL SIGNS AND ARROWS

4. Al1 directional signs and arrows must be observed.

SPEED LIMIT

5. The speed limit shall be five (5) miles per hour.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOCKED VEHICLES AND DAMAGES

6.  Every  Lessee  is  requested  to park  and lock  his/her  own  Vehicle.  All
responsibility  for damage to Vehicles  to be repaired is assumed by  Authorized
Users.  Lessee shall repair or cause to be repaired at its sole cost and expense
any and all damage to the Project Parking  Facility or any put thereof caused by
Lessee, its Authorized Users,  Invitees or Guests, or resulting from Vehicles of
each of them, Lessee specifically waives any claim against Lessor arising out of
damage to said Vehicles.

COMMON AREA PARKING:

7. Lessee  shall be  entitled to park in common with other  Tenants of Lessor In
the parking area for the specific  use as  described  in the  Leasehold.  Lessee
specifically  waives  any claim  against  Lessor  arising  out of damage to said
Vehicles.  Lessee agrees not to overburden the parking  facilities and agrees to
cooperate with Lessor and other Tenants in the use of parking facilities. Lessor
reserves  the right in its absolute  discretion  to  determine  whether  parking
facilities  are  becoming  crowded and in such an event,  to  allocate  parkinq,
spaces  among  Lessee  and of other  Tenants in the event  allocation  is deemed
necessary  by Lessor,  Lessee  shall be entitled to the use of no more than FIVE
(5) parking spaces.  Lessee hereby agrees not to occupy or permit its Employees,
Customers  or its  invitees to occupy  more than the number of spaces  specified
above; nor to park anywhere other than parking stalls assigned and designated as
such by painted signs, parking lines and parking bumpers

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:                         AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

LESSOR:                                      LESSEE:
- -------                                      -------
Westlake village industrial park             SYNTHONICS INCORPORATED
By Mid Valley Management Company             A California Corporation
A California Corporation 
Managing Agent
                                             /S/ Charles S. Palm
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             By: Charles Pal, President

/S/ Barbara Sellinger                        /S/ George M. Turner
- ------------------------------               ---------------------------------
By: Barbara Sellinger                        By:  George Turner, Secretary
    Authorized Agent
<PAGE>
                           NOTICE OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT

     Premises:  31324 VIA COLINAS,  UNITS 106/l07  Westlake  Village  Industrial
Park, Lease dated JULY 8, 1996 between E & L WESTLAKE  INDUSTRIAL,  a California
general  partnership,   Landlord,  and  SYNTHONICS  INCORPORATED,  A  CALIFORNIA
CORPORATION, Tenant.

     This is to notify you that in accordance with the terms of an Assignment of
Leases  which was  recorded  in the  Official  Records  of Los  Angeles  County,
California  on  September  14.  1995,  there  has  been  duly  assigned  by  the
undersigned to  Metropolitan  Life Insurance  Company,  a New York  corporation,
whose address is 101 Lincoln Centre Drive, Sixth Floor, Foster City,  California
94404-1121, the entire interest of the Landlord in the above mentioned Lease.

     The Assignment of Leases sets forth the following provisions:

     "2.  Assignor  irrevocably  authorizes  and  directs  the  lessees  and any
successors  to the  respective  interests  of the  lessees,  upon receipt of any
written  request of Assignee  stating that a default  exists in the payments due
under, or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the
Deed of Trust or the Note,  to pay to  Assignee  the rents due and to become due
under the Leases.  Assignor agrees that the lessees shall have the right to rely
upon any such statement and request by Assignee, that the lessees shall pay such
rents to Assignee  without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such
default actually exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim of Assignor
to the  contrary,  and that  Assignor  shall have no right or claim  against the
lessees for any such rents so paid by the lessees to  Assignee.  Upon the curing
of all defaults,  Assignee  shall give written notice thereof to the lessees and
thereafter,  until the  receipt  of any  further  similar  written  requests  of
Assignee,  if any, the lessees shall pay the rents to Assignor. It is understood
and agreed that neither the  assignment of income,  rents,  issues,  profits and
proceeds  to  Assignee  nor the  exercise  by  Assignee  of any of its rights or
remedies   under   this   Assignment   shall  be  deemed  to  make   Assignee  a
"mortgagee-in-possession" or otherwise responsible or liable in any. manner with
respect to the Property or the use, occupancy,  enjoyment or operation of all or
any portion thereof,  unless and until Assignee,  in person or by agent, assumes
actual possession thereof,  nor shall appointment of a receiver for the Property
by any court at the  request of Assignee or by  agreement  with  Assignor or the
entering into possession of the Property or any part thereof by such receiver be
deemed to make Assignee a "mortgagee-in-possession"  or otherwise responsible or
liable  in any  manner  with  respect  to the  Property  or the use,  occupancy,
enjoyment or operation of all or any portion thereof."

     You are further  notified that all rental  payments  under your Lease shale
continue to be paid as  heretofore  in  accordance  with the terms of your Lease
unless you are  otherwise  notified in writing by  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance
Company.

     Your attention is also particularly called to the following matters;

     1. Under the provisions of such Assignment,  and the Deed of Trust referred
to  therein,  it is  expressly  provided  that  unless  the  written  consent of
Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company  is  first  obtained,   no  cancellation,
surrender, or modification of the Lease may be made and no rentals shall be paid
other than as now provided in the Lease or in such  modification of the Lease as
may receive the written approval of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

     2.  The  interest  of the  Landlord  in the  Lease  has  been  assigned  to
Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company  solely  as  security  for  the  purposes
specified in such Assignment and Metropolitan  Life Insurance Company assumes no
duty,  liability,  or obligation  under the Lease or any extension or renewal of
the Lease either by virtue of such  Assignment or by any  subsequent  receipt or
collection of rents under the Assignment.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             E & L WESTLAKE INDUSTRIAL,
                                             A California general partnership


                                  Exhibit 10.9
                                  ------------- 
                           STANDARD OFFICE LEASE-GROSS
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

1. Basic Lease Provisions ("Basic Lease Provisions")

     1.1 Parties: This Lease. dated, for reference purposes only, August 15,I996
is made by and between The Evelyn L. Mattoon Trust ,(herein called "Lessor") and
Joseph Maher doing  business  under the name of  Christopher  Raphael  Marketing
Design, (herein called "Lessee").

     1.2 Premises:  Suite Number(s) 203 2nd floors,  consisting of approximately
1,692  useable  feet,  more or less,  as defined in paragraph 2 and as shown on
Exhibit "A" hereto (the "Premises").

     1.3 Building:  Commonly  described as being located at 30423 Canwood Street
in the City of Agoura Hills County of Los Angeles,  State of  California as more
particularly described in Exhibit A hereto. and as defined in paragraph 2.

     1.4 Use  Offices of graphic  design  firm and  consulting  firm  subject to
paragraph 6.

     1.5 Term four (4) years commencing September 15, 1996 ("Commencement Date")
and ending September 14, 2000 as defined in paragraph 3.

     1.6 Base Rent: two thousand thirty & 40/100 ($2,030.40) per month,  payable
on the 1st day of each month,  on October 15,  1996,  Lessee shall pay to Lessor
$1,113.45 for rent for October 15, 1996 to October 31, 1996.

     1.7 Base Rent  Increase:  On September  15, 1998 and September 15, 1999 the
monthly  base rent  payable  under  paragraph  1.6 above  shall be  adjusted  as
provided in Addendum - Paragraph 50.

     1.8 Rent Paid Upon Execution:  two thousand thirty & 40/100 ($2,030.40) for
September 15, 1996 through October 14, 1996.

     1.9 Security Deposit: two thousand eighty & 40/100 ($2,080.40).

     1.10  Lessee's  Share of  Operating  Expense  Increase:  0% as  defined  in
paragraph 4.2. 

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

2.1 Premises: The Premises area portion of a building, herein sometimes referred
to as the "Building"  identified in paragraph 13 of the Basic Lease  Provisions.
"Building"  shall  include  adjacent  parking   structures  used  in  connection
therewith. The Premises, the Building. the Common Areas, the land upon which the
same are located,  along with all other  buildings and  improvements  thereon or
thereunder.  are  herein  collectively  referred  to  as  the  "Office  Building
Project".  Lessor  hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for the
term, at the rental.  and upon all of the  conditions  set forth herein the real
property  referred  to in the Basic  Lease  Provisions,  paragraph  1.2.  as the
"Premises", including rights to the Common Area as herein specified.

     2.2 Vehicle  Parking:  So long as Lessee is not in default,  and subject to
the rules and  regulations  attached  hereto,  and as established by Lessor from
time to time,  Lessee  shall be entitled  to use 6 parking  spaces in the Office
Building Project.

     2.2.1.  If  Lessee  commits,  permits  or  allows  any  of  the  prohibited
     activities  described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor
     shall have the right.  without notice, in addition to such other rights and
     remedies that it may have.  to remove or tow away the vehicle  involved and
     charge the cost to Lessee,  which cost shall be  immediately  payable  upon
     demand by Lessor.

     2.2.2 The monthly  parking rate per parking space will be $N/A per month at
     the  commencement of the term of this Lease,  and is subject to change upon
     five (5) days prior written notice to Lessee. Monthly parking fees shall be
     payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>
     2.3  Common  Areas-Definition.  The term  "Common  Areas" is defined as all
areas and  facilities  outside the Premises and within the exterior for boundary
line of the Office  Building  Project that are provided  and  designated  by the
Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and
of other lessees of the Office Building Project and their respective  employees.
suppliers.  shippers,  customers  and  invitees.  including,  but not limited to
common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairways and stairwells, public restroom,
elevators,  escalators,  parking areas to the extent but otherwise prohibited by
this Lease,  loading and  unloading  areas,  trash areas,  roadways.  sidewalks,
walkways, parkways, ramps, driveways. landscaped areas and decorative walls.

     2.4  Common  Areas-Rules  and  Regulations.  Lessee  agrees to abide by and
conform to the rules and  regulations  attached hereto as Exhibit 8 with respect
to the Office  Building  Project and Common Areas,  and to cause its  employees,
suppliers,  shippers, customers. and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor or
such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive  control and
management  of the Common Areas and shall have the right,  from time to time, to
modify,  amend and  enforce  said  rules and  regulations.  Lessor  shall not be
responsible to Lessee for the  noncompliance  with said rules and regulations by
other  lessees,  their  agents,  employees  and invitees of the Office  Building
Project.

     2.5 Common  Areas-Changes.  Lessor shall have the right,  in Lessor's  sole
discretion, from time to time:

     (a) To make changes to the Building interior and exterior and Common Areas,
including. without limitation, changes in the location. size, shape. number, and
appearance  thereof,   including  but  not  limited  to  the  lobbies,  windows,
stairways, air shafts, elevators,  escalators,  restroom, driveways,  entrances.
parking spaces,  parking areas,  loading and unloading areas,  ingress,  egress,
direction of traffic, decorative walls, landscaped areas and walkways; provided.
however,  Lessor shall at all times provide the parking  facilities  required by
applicable law;

     (b) To close  temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance  purposes
so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;  

     (c) To designate other land end Improvements  outside the boundaries of the
Office  Building  Project to be a part of the Common  Areas.  provided that such
other land and Improvements have a reasonable and functional relationship to the
Office Building Project;

     (d) To add additional buildings and Improvements to the Common Areas;

     (e)  To  use  the  Common   Areas  while   engaged  in  making   additional
improvements.  repairs  or  alterations  to the Office  Building  Project of any
portion thereof;

     (f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes In, to or
with respect to tile Common Areas and Office Building  Project as Lessor may, in
the exercise of sound business judgment deem to be appropriate.

3. Term.

     3.1  Term.  The  term  and  Commencement  Date of this  Lease  shall  be as
specified in paragraph 1.5 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

     3.2 Delay in Possession. Notwithstanding said Commencement Date, if for any
reason Lessor cannot  deliver  possession of the Premises to Lessee on said date
and subject to paragraph  3.2.2,  Lessor  shall not be subject to any  liability
therefor,  nor shall  such  failure  affect  the  validity  of this Lease or the
obligations  of Lessee  hereunder or extend the term hereof;  but, in such case,
Lessee  shall not be obligated  to pay rent of perform any other  obligation  of
Lessee  under the terms of this Lease,  except as may be  otherwise  provided in
this  Lease,  until  possession  of the  Premises  is  tendered  to  Lessee,  as
hereinafter defined: provided,  however, that if Lessor shall not have delivered
possession of the Premises  within sixty (60) days following  said  Commencement
Date, as the same may be extended  under the terms of a Work Letter  executed by
Lessor and Lessee, Lessee may, at Lessee's option by notice in writing to Lessor
within ten (10) days  thereafter,  cancel  this Lease in which event the parties

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>
shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder:  provided. however, that, as
to Lessee's  obligations,  Lessee first reimburses Lessor for all costs incurred
for  Non-Standard  Improvements  and, as to Lessor's  obligations,  Lessor shall
return any money previously deposited by Lessee (less any offsets due Lessor for
Non-Standard Improvements); and provided further, that if such written notice by
Lessee is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee's right
to cancel this Lease  hereunder  shall  terminate  and be of no further force or
effect.

          3.2 1 Possession Tendered - Defined.  Possession of the Premises shall
     be  deemed  tendered  to  Lessee  ("Tender  Of  Possession")  when  (1) the
     improvements  to be provided by Lessor  under this Lease are  substantially
     completed,  (2) the Building  utilities  are ready for use in the Premises,
     (3) Lessee has  reasonable  access to the  Premises,  and (4) ten (10) days
     shall  have  expired  following  advance  written  notice  to Lessee of the
     occurrence  of the matters  described  in (1),  (2) and (3),  above of this
     paragraph 3.2.1.

          3.2.2  Delays  Caused by Lessee.  There shall be no abatement of rent.
     and the sixty (60) day period following the Commencement  Date before which
     Lessee's  right to cancel this Lease accrues under  paragraph 3.2, shall be
     deemed  extended to the extent of any delays caused by acts or omissions of
     Lessee, Lessee's agents. employees and contractors.

     3.3  Early  Possession.  If  Lessee  occupies  the  Premises  prior to said
Commencement  Date,  such  occupancy  shall be subject to all provisions of this
Lease,  such occupancy shall not change the  termination  date. and Lessee shall
pay rent for such occupancy.

     3.4 Uncertain Commencement.  In the event Commencement of the Lease term is
defined as the completion of the  improvements,  Lessee and Lessor shall execute
an amendment to this Lease  establishing  the date of Tender of  Possession  (as
defined  in  paragraph  3.2.1) at the  actual  taking of  Possession  by Lessee,
whichever first occurs. as the Commencement Date.

4. Rent

     4.1 Base Rent.  Subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided in paragraph
4.3, and except as may be  otherwise  expressly  provided in this Lease,  Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the Base Rent for the Premises set forth in paragraph 1.6 of
the Basic Lease Provisions, without offset or deduction. Lessee shall pay Lessor
upon  execution  hereof the advance  Base Rent  described in paragraph 18 of the
Basic Lease Provisions.  Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for
less than one month  shall be prorated  based upon the actual  number of days of
the calendar month involved. Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United
States to Lessor at the  address  stated  herein or to such other  persons or at
such other places as Lessor may designate in writing.

     4.2 Deleted

     4.3 Rent Increase. See Addendum

          4.3.1 Shall be adjusted by the increase, if any, in the Consumer Price
     Index of the Bureau of Labor  Statistics of the Department of Labor for All
     Urban Consumers, (1967=100), "All Items," for the city nearest the location
     of the  Building,  herein  referred to as "C.P.I.,"  since the date of this
     Lease.

          4.3.2 The monthly Base Rent payable  pursuant to paragraph 4.3.1 shall
     be calculated as follows:  the Base Rent payable for the first month of the
     term of this Lease,  as set forth in  paragraph  4.1 of this Lease shall be
     multiplied  by a fraction  the  numerator of which shall be the C PI of the
     calendar  month in during which the  adjustment is to take effect,  and the
     denominator  of which shall be the C.P.I.  for the calendar  month in which
     the Base rent be less than the Base Rent payable for the month  immediately
     preceding the date for the rent adjustment.

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>
          4.3.4 Lessee shall continue to pay the rent at the rate  previously in
     effect  until the  increase,  if any, is  determined,  within five (5) days
     following the date on which the increase is  determined,  Lessee shall make
     such  payment  to  Lessor  as will  bring  the  increased  rental  current,
     commencing with the effective date of such increase through the date of any
     rental  installments  then due.  Thereafter the rental shall be paid at the
     increased rate.

          4.3.5 At such time as the amount of any change in rental  required  by
     this  Lease is known or  determined,  Lessor and  Lessee  shall  execute an
     amendment to this Lease selling forth such change.

5. Security Deposit.  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the
security  deposit set forth in paragraph  1.9 of the Basic Lease  Provisions  as
security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations hereunder. If
Lessee fails to pay rent or other  charges due  hereunder or otherwise  defaults
with respect to any provision of this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all
or any portion of said  deposit  for the payment at any rent or other  charge in
default for the payment of any other sum to which Lessor may become obligated by
reason of Lessee's default. or to compensate Lessor for any loss or damage which
Lessor may suffer  thereby.  If Lessor so uses or applies  ail or any portion of
said deposit.  Lessee shall within ten (10) days alter written  demand  therefor
deposit cash with Lessor in an amount  sufficient to restore said deposit to the
full amount then required of Lessee.  If the monthly Base Rent shall,  from time
to time,  increase  during the term of this Lease,  Lessee shall, at the time of
such increase,  deposit with Lessor  additional  money as a security  deposit so
that the total amount of the security  deposit held by Lessor shall at all times
bear the same  proportion to the then current Base Rent as the initial  security
deposit  bears 10 the initial Base Sent set forth in paragraph  1.6 of the Basic
Lease  Provisions.  Lessor shall not be required to keep said  security  deposit
separate  from  its  general  accounts.  If  Lessee  performs  all of  Lessee  s
obligations  hereunder,  said deposit,  or so much thereof as has not heretofore
been applied by Lessor, shall be returned.  without payment of interest or other
increment for its use, to Lessee (or at Lessor's  option,  to the last assignee,
if any, of Lessee's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof and
after Lessee has vacated the Premises.  No trust  relationship is created herein
between Lessor and Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6. Use.

     6.1 Use. The Premises  shall be used and occupied  only for the purpose set
forth in paragraph  1.4 at the Basic Lease  Provisions or any other use which is
reasonably comparable to that use and for no other purpose.

     6.2 Compliance with Law

     (a) Lessor  warrants to Lessee that the Premises,  in the state existing on
the date that the Lease term  commences,  but without  regard to  alterations or
improvements  made by  Lessee  or the use  for  which  Lessee  will  occupy  the
Premises,  does not violate any  covenants  or  restrictions  of record,  or any
applicable  building code,  regulation or ordinance in effect on such Lease term
Commencement  Date.  In the event it is  determined  that this warranty has been
violated,  then it shall be the  obligation of the Lessor.  after written notice
from Lessee,  to promptly,  at Lessor's sole cost and expense.  rectify any such
violation.

     (b) Except as  provided  in  paragraph  6.2(a)  Lessee  shall,  at Lessee's
expense,  promptly  comply  with  all  applicable  statutes  ordinances,  rules,
regulations.  orders,  covenants and restrictions of record, and requirements of
any fire insurance  underwriters or rating  bureaus,  now in effect or which may
hereafter come into effect,  whether or not they reflect a change in policy from
that now existing.  during the term or any part of the term hereof,  relating in
any manner to the Premises and the occupation and use by Lessee of the Premises.
Lessee shall conduct its business in a lawful manner and shall not use or permit
the use of the  Premises  or the Common  Areas in any  manner  that will tend to
create  waste or a  nuisance  of shall tend to disturb  other  occupants  of the
Office Building Project.

     6.3 Condition of Premises.

     (a) Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the
Lease  Commencement  Dale (unless  Lessee is already in  possession)  and Lessor
warrants to Lessee that the plumbing,  lighting.  air conditioning.  and heating
system in the Premises shall be in good operating  condition.  In the event that

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
it is  determined  that this  warranty has been  violated.  then it shall be the
obligation of Lessor, after receipt of written notice train Lessee selling forth
with  specificity  the nature of the  violation,  to promptly,  at Lessor's sole
cost, rectify such violation.

     (b) Except as otherwise  provided in (his Lease,  Lessee hereby accepts the
Premises and the Office Building  Project in their condition  existing as of the
Lease  Commencement  Dale  or the  date  that  Lessee  takes  possession  of the
Premises,  whichever is earlier,  subject to all applicable  zoning.  municipal,
county and state laws,  ordinances and regulations  governing and regulating the
use of the Premises, and any easements. covenants or restrictions of record, and
accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters  disclosed  thereby and by
any exhibits attached hereto.  Lessee  acknowledges that it has satisfied itself
by its own  independent  investigation  that the  Premises  are suitable for its
intended use, and that neither  Lessor nor Lessor's agent or agents has made any
representation  or  warranty  as to the  present  or future  suitability  of the
Premises.  Common Areas, or Office Building  Project for the conduct of Lessee's
business.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Alterations and Common Area Services.

     7.1 Lessor's  Obligations.  Lessor shall keep the Office Building  Project,
including the Premises, interior and exterior walls. roof, and common areas. and
the equipment  whether used exclusively for the Premises or in common with other
premises. in good condition and repair:  provided.  however, Lessor shall not be
obligated to paint, repair of replace wall coverings or to repair or replace any
improvements  that are not  ordinarily  a part of the Building or are above then
Building  standards.  Except as provided  in  paragraph  9.5.  there shall be no
abatement  of  rent  or  liability  of  Lessee  an  account  of  any  injury  or
interference with Lessees business with respect to any improvements, alterations
or repairs made by Lessor to the Office  Building  Project or any part  thereof.
Lessee  expressly  waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect
which  would  otherwise  afford  Lessee the right to make  repairs  at  Lessor's
expense of to  terminate  this Lease  because  of  Lessor's  failure to keep the
Premises in good order condition and repair.

     7.2 Lessee's Obligations.

     (a)  Notwithstanding  Lessor  s  obligation  to keep the  Premises  in good
condition  and  repair,  Lessee  shall be  responsible  for  payment of the cost
thereof  to  Lessor  as  additional  rent  for that  portion  of the cost of any
maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that
serves only Lessee or the Premises,  to the extent such cost is  attributable to
causes beyond normal wear and tear Lessee shall be  responsible  for the cost of
painting,  repairing or replacing wall  coverings.  and to repair or replace any
Premises improvements that are not ordinarily a part of the Building or that are
above then Building standards Lessor may. at its option. upon reasonable notice,
elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost
of which is otherwise Lessee's responsibility hereunder.

     (b) On the last  day of the  term  hereof,  or on any  sooner  termination,
Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition as received,
ordinary  wear and tear  excepted,  clean  and free of  debris.  Any  damage  or
deterioration  of the Premises shall not be deemed  ordinary wear and tear lithe
same could have been prevented by good maintenance  practices by Lessee.  Lessee
shall  repair any  damage to the  Premises  occasioned  by the  installation  or
removal of Lessee's  trade  fixtures.  alterations,  furnishings  and equipment.
Except as  otherwise  stated in this  Lease,  Lessee  shall leave the air lines,
power  panels.   electrical   distribution  systems.   lighting  fixtures,   air
conditioning,   window  coverings,  wall  coverings,  carpets,  wall  panelling,
ceilings and plumbing on the Premises and in good operating condition.

     7.3 Alterations and Additions.

(a)  Lessee  shall  not,   without  Lessor's  prior  written  consent  make  any
alterations, improvements, additions, Utility Installations or repairs in. on of
about the Premises,  or the Office Building  Project.  As used in this paragraph
7.3 the term  "Utility  Installation"  shall  mean  carpeting.  window  and well
coverings, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air
conditioning,   plumbing,   and  telephone  and  telecommunication   wiring  and
equipment.  At the expiration of the term, Lessor may require the removal of any
or all of said alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations,

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>
and the  restoration  of the Premises and the Office  Building  Project to their
prior condition at Lessee's expense. Should Lessor permit Lessee to make its own
alterations.  improvements, additions or Utility Installations, Lessee shall use
only such  contractor as has been expressly  approved by Lessor,  and Lessor may
require Lessee to provide Lessor, at Lessee's sole cost and expense,  a lien and
completion  bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost
of such improvements,  to insure Lessor against any liability for mechanic's and
materialmen's liens and to insure completion of the work. Should Lessee make any
alterations,  improvements, additions or Utility Installations without the prior
approval of Lessor, or use a contractor not expressly approved by Lessor, Lessor
may. at any time during the term of this Lease,  require that Lessee  remove any
part or all of the same.

     (b) Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations in or
about the  Premises or the Office  Building  Project that Lessee shall desire to
make shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with proposed detailed plans.
It  Lessor  shall  give  its  consent  to  Lessee's   making  such   alteration,
improvement,  addition  or Utility  Installation,  the  consent  shall be deemed
conditioned  upon  Lessee  acquiring  a  permit  to do so  from  the  applicable
governmental  agencies,  furnishing  a  copy  thereof  to  Lessor  prior  to the
commencement  of the work.  and compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said
permit in a prompt and expeditious manner.

     (c) Lessee shall pay. when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished
or  alleged  to  have  been  furnished  to or for  Lessee  at or for  use In the
Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's
lien against the Premises,  the Building or the Office Building Project,  or any
interest therein.

     (d) Lessee  shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days  notice  prior to
the commencement of any work in the Premises by Lessee and Lessor shall have the
right  to  post  notices  of  non-responsibility  in or on the  Premises  or the
Building  as  provided  by law.  If Lessee  shall,  in good  faith,  contest the
validity  of any such lien,  claim or demand,  then  Lessee  shall,  at its sole
expense  defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall pay and satisfy any
such  adverse  judgment  that may be  rendered  thereon  before the  enforcement
thereof against the Lessor or the Premises,  the Building or the Office Building
Project,  upon the condition that if Lessor shall require,  Lessee shall furnish
to Lessor a surety  bond  satisfactory  to  Lessor  in an  amount  equal to such
contested lien claim or demand  indemnifying  Lessor  against  liability for the
same and holding the Premises, the Building and the Office Building Project free
from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to
pay  Lessor's  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and costs in  participating  in such
action if Lessor shall decide it is to Lessor's best interest so to do.

     (e) All  alterations,  improvements.  additions  and Utility  Installations
(whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of Lessee),
which may be made to the Premises by Lessee, including but not limited to, floor
coverings,  paneling, doors, drapes, built-ins, moldings, sound attenuation, and
lighting and telephone or communication  systems,  conduit,  wiring and outlets,
shall  be made  and  done  in a good  and  workmanlike  manner  and of good  and
sufficient  quality and materials and shall be the property of Lessor and remain
upon and be  surrendered  with the Premises at the expiration of the Lease term,
unless Lessor  requires  their removal  pursuant to paragraph  7.3(a).  Provided
Lessee is not in  default,  notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  paragraph
7.3(e).  Lessee's  personal  properly  and  equipment,  other than that which is
affixed to the Premises so that it cannot be removed without  material damage to
the Premises or the Building. and other than Utility Installations, shall remain
the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee subject to the provisions of
paragraph 7.2.

     (f) Lessee shall provide Lessor with as-built plans and  specifications for
any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations.

     7.4  Utility  Additions.  Lessor  reserves  the  right  to  install  new or
additional  utility  facilities  throughout the Office Building  Project for the
benefit of Lessor or Lessee. or any other lessee of the Office Building Project,
including, but not by way of limitation, such utilities as plumbing,  electrical
systems,  communication  systems,  and fire protection and detection systems, so
long as such  installations do not  unreasonably  interfere with Lessee's use of
the Premises.

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>
8. Insurance; Indemnity.

     8.1 Liability  Insurance-Lessee.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, obtain
and  keep in force  during  the term of this  Lease a  policy  of  Comprehensive
General Liability insurance utilizing an Insurance Services Office standard form
with Broad Form General Liability  Endorsement  (GL0404),  or equivalent,  in an
amount of not less than  $1,000,000 per occurrence of bodily injury and properly
damage  combined or in a greater  amount as reasonably  determined by Lessor and
shall  insure  Lessee with Lessor as an  additional  insured  against  liability
arising out of the use,  occupancy or  maintenance  of the Premises.  Compliance
with the above  requirement  shall not,  however,  limit the liability of Lessee
hereunder.

     8.2  Liability  Insurance-Lessor.  Lessor  shall  obtain  and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined  Single Limit  Bodily  Injury
and Broad Form Property Damage Insurance, plus coverage against such other risks
Lessor deems advisable from time to time, insuring Lessor but not Lessee against
liability  arising out of the  ownership,  use,  occupancy or maintenance of the
Office Building Project in an amount not less than 1,000,000.00 per occurrence.

     8.3 Property  Insurance-Lessee.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense,  obtain
and keep in force  during  the term at this  Lease for the  benefit  of  Lessee,
replacement  cost fire and  extended  coverage  insurance,  with  vandalism  and
malicious   mischief,   sprinkler  leakage  and  earthquake   sprinkler  leakage
endorsements,  in an amount  sufficient  to cover not less than 100% of the full
replacement  cost,  as the same may exist from time to time,  of all of Lessee's
personal property, fixtures, equipment and tenant improvements.

     8.4 Property Insurance-Lessor. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during
the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage
to the Office Building Project improvements, but not Lessee's personal property,
fixtures,  equipment  or  tenant  improvements,   in  the  amount  of  the  full
replacement  cost  thereof,  as the same may exist from time to time,  utilizing
Insurance  Services  Office standard form, or equivalent,  providing  projection
against  all  perils  included  within  the  classification  of  fire,  extended
coverage,  vandalism,  malicious mischief, plate glass, and such other perils as
Lessor  deems  advisable  or may be  required  by a lender  having a lien on the
Office  Building  Project.  In addition,  Lessor shall obtain and keep in force,
during the term of this Lease,  a policy of rental  value  insurance  covering a
period of one year,  with loss  payable to Lessor,  which  insurance  shall also
cover all  Operating  Expenses for said period.  Lessee will not be named in any
such  policies  carried  by  Lessor  and  shall  have no right  to any  proceeds
therefrom.  The policies  required by these paragraphs 8.2 and 8.4 shall contain
such deductibles as Lessor or the aforesaid  lender may determine.  In the event
that the Premises  shall  suffer an insured loss as defined in paragraph  9.1(f)
hereof, the deductible amounts under the applicable  insurance policies shall be
deemed an Operating  Expense.  Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything
which shall invalidate the insurance  policies  carried by Lessor.  Lessee shall
pay the  entirety of any  increase  in the  property  insurance  premium for the
Office Building  Project over what it was immediately  prior to the commencement
of the term of this Lease if the  increase is  specified  by Lessor's  insurance
carrier  as being  caused by the  nature  of  Lessee's  occupancy  or any act or
omission of Lessee.

     8.5 Insurance Policies.  Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of liability
insurance  policies required under paragraph 8.1 or certificates  evidencing the
existence  and  amounts  of such  insurance  within  seven  (7) days  after  the
Commencement  Date of this Lease.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject
to  reduction  of coverage or other  modification  except after thirty (30) days
prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall. at least thirty (30) days prior to
the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with renewals thereof.

     8.6 Waiver of  Subrogation.  Lessee  and Lessor  each  hereby  release  and
relieve the other,  and waive their entire right of recovery  against the other,
for direct or  consequential  loss or damage  arising  out of or incident to the
perils covered by property  insurance carried by such party.  whether due to the
negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents,  employees,  contractors  and/or
invitees. If necessary all property insurance policies required under this Lease
shall be endorsed to so provide.

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>
     8.7  lndemnity.  Lessee shall  indemnify and hold  harmless  Lessor and its
agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and lenders, from and against
any and all claims for damage to the person or  property of anyone or any entity
arising from Lessee's use of the Office Building Project, or from the conduct of
Lessee's  business  or from any  activity,  work or things  done,  Permitted  or
suffered  by Lessee in or about the  Premises  or  elsewhere  and shall  further
indemnify  and hold harmless  Lessor from and against any and all claims,  costs
and  expenses  arising  from any  breach or default  in the  performance  of any
obligation  on Lessee's part to be performed  under the terms of this Lease,  or
arising  from  any  act of  omission  of  Lessee,  or any  of  Lessee's  agents,
contractors,  employees, or invitees, and from and against all costs, attorney's
fees, expenses and liabilities incurred by Lessor as the result of any such use,
conduct,  activity, work, things done, permitted or suffered, breach, default or
negligence,  and in dealing reasonably  therewith,  including but not limited to
the  defense  or  pursuit  of any  claim or any  action or  proceeding  involved
therein;  and in case any  action or  proceeding  be brought  against  Lessor by
reason of any such matter,  Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same
at  Lessee's  expense by counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to Lessor and Lessor
shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any
such claim in order to be so  indemnified.  Lessee,  as a  material  part of the
consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property of Lessee
or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Office Building Project arising from
any cause and Lessee hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Lessor.

     8.8  Exemption of Lessor from  Liability.  Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor
shall  not be  liable  for  injury to  Lessee's  business  or any loss of income
therefrom  or for loss of or damage to the goods,  wares,  merchandise  or other
properly of Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person
in or about the  Premises or the Office  Building  Project.  nor shall Lessor be
liable  for  injury  to the  person of  Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  agents or
contractors,  whether  such damage or injury is caused by or results from theft,
fire,  steam,  electricity,  gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,  leakage,
obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances,  plumbing,
air  conditioning or lighting  fixtures,  or from any other cause,  whether said
damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other
portions of the Office  Building  Project,  or from other sources or places,  or
from new  construction  or the repair,  alteration or improvement of any part of
the Office  Building  Project,  or of the equipment,  Fixtures or  appurtenances
applicable thereto, and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury
or the means of repairing the same is  inaccessible,  Lessor shall no( be liable
for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other lessee, occupant or
user of the Office Building  Project,  nor from the failure of Lessor to enforce
the  provisions  of any other lease of any other  lessee of the Office  Building
Project.

     8.9 No Representation of Adequate Coverage.  Lessor makes no representation
that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance  specified in this paragraph 8
are adequate to cover Lessee's property or obligations under this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

     9.1 Definitions.

     (a)  "Premises  Damage" shall mean if the Premises are damaged or destroyed
to any extent.

     (b) "Premises  Building Partial Damage" shall mean if the Building of which
the  Premises  are a part is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost to
repair is less than  fifty  percent  (50%) of the then  Replacement  Cost of the
building.

     (c) "Premises  Building  Total  Destruction"  shall mean if the Building of
which the  Premises  are a part is damaged or  destroyed  10 the extent that the
cost to repair Is fifty  percent 950%) or more of the then  Replacement  Cost of
the Building.

     (d) "Office Building Project  Buildings" shall mean all of the buildings on
the Office Building Project site.

     (e) "Office Building Project Buildings Total Destruction" shall mean if the
Office  Building  Project  Buildings are damaged or destroyed to the extent that
the cost of repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then  Replacement  Cost
of the Office Building Project Buildings.

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>
     (f) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction  which was caused by an
event required to be covered by the insurance described in paragraph 8. The fact
that an  Insured  Loss  has a  deductible  amount  shall  not  make  the loss an
uninsured loss.

     (g) "Replacement Cost" shall mean the amount of money necessary to be spent
in order to repair or rebuild the damaged  area to the  condition  that  existed
immediately  prior to the damage  occurring,  excluding all improvements made by
lessees, other than those installed by Lessor at Lessee's expense.

     9.2 Premises Damage; Premises Building Partial Damage.

     (a) Insured Loss:  Subject to the  provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, if
at any time  during the term of this Lease  there is damage  which is an Insured
Loss and  which  tons  into the  classification  of  either  Premises  Damage or
Premises  Building  Partial  Damage,  then Lessor  shall,  as soon as reasonably
possible  and to the  extent  the  required  materials  and  labor  are  readily
available through usual commercial  channels,  at Lessor's expense,  repair such
damage (but not Lessee's fixtures,  equipment or tenant improvements  originally
paid for by Lessee) to its  condition  existing at the time of the  damage,  and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

     (b) Uninsured Loss: Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, if
at any time  during  the term of this  Lease  there  is  damage  which is not an
Insured Loss and which falls  within the  classification  of Premises  Damage or
Premises Building Partial Damage, unless caused by a negligent of willful act of
Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense,  which
damage prevents  Lessee from making any substantial use of the Premises.  Lessor
may at  Lessor's  option  either (i) repair  such  damage as soon as  reasonably
possible at Lessor's  expense,  in which event this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect,  or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days
after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's  intention to cancel
and terminate  this Lease as of the date of the  occurrence  of such damage,  in
which event this Lease shall  terminate as of the date of the occurrence of such
damage.

     9.3 Premises  Building Total  Destruction;  Office  Building  Project Total
Destruction. Subject to the Provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, if at any time
during the term of this Lease  there is damage,  whether or not it is an Insured
Loss, which falls into the classifications of either (i) Premises Building Total
Destruction. or (ii) Office Building Project Total Destruction,  then Lessor may
at  Lessor's  option  either (i) repair such  damage or  destruction  as soon as
reasonably  possible at Lessor's  expense (to the extent the required  materials
are readily  available  through  usual  commercial  channels)  to its  condition
existing at the time of the damage,  but not  Lessee's  fixtures,  equipment  or
tenant improvements,  and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or
(iii) give written  notice to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days after the date of
occurrence  of such damage of Lessor's  intention to cancel and  terminate  this
Lease, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the occurrence
of such damage.

     9.4 Damage Near End of Term.

     (a) Subject to paragraph 9.4(b). it at any time during the last twelve (12)
months of the term of this Lease there is  substantial  damage to the  Premises,
Lessor may at Lessor's  option cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of
occurrence  of such  damage by  giving  written  notice  to  Lessee of  Lessor's
election to do so within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  paragraph  9.4(a),  in the event  that  Lessee has an
option to extend or renew this Lease,  and the time within which said option may
be exercised has not yet expired, Lessee shall exercise such option. if it is to
be exercised at all, no later than twenty (20) days after the  occurrence  of an
Insured Loss falling  within the  classification  of Premises  Damage during the
last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease. If Lessee duly exercises such
option during said twenty (20) day period.  Lessor shall.  at Lessor's  expense,
repair such damage, but not Lessee's fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements,
as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall  continue in full force and
effect.  If Lessee  fails to exercise  such  option  during said twenty (20) day
period. then Lessor may at Lessor's option terminate and cancel this Lease as of
the expiration of said twenty (20) day period by giving written notice to Lessee
of Lessor's  election to do so within ten (10) days after the expiration of said
twenty (20) day period,  notwithstanding  any term or  provision in the grant of
option to the contrary.

                                     Page 9
<PAGE>
     9.5 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

     (a) In the event  Lessor  repairs or  restores  the  Building  or  Premises
pursuant to the Provisions of this paragraph 9, and any part of the Premises are
not usable (including loss of use due to loss of access or essential  services),
the rent  payable  hereunder  (including  Lessee's  Share of  Operating  Expense
lncrease)  for the  period  during  which  such  damage,  repair or  restoration
Continues  shall be  abated,  provided  (1) the damage was not the result of the
negligence  of Lessee.  and (2) such  abatement  shall only be to the extent the
operation and  profitability of Lessee's  business as operated from the Premises
is adversely  affected.  Except for said abatement of rent, if any, Lessee shall
have no claim  against  Lessor  for any  damage  suffered  by reason of any such
damage. destruction. repair or restoration.

     (b) If Lessor  shall be  obligated to repair or restore the Premises or the
Building  under the  provisions of this  Paragraph 9 and shall not commence such
repair or  restoration  within  ninety  (90) days after such  occurrence,  or if
Lessor shall not complete the restoration and repair within six (6) months after
such  occurrence,  Lessee may at Lessee's option cancel and terminate this Lease
by giving Lessor written notice of Lessee's  election to do so at any time prior
to the commencement or completion,  respectively. of such repair or restoration.
In such event this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice.

     (c) Lessee  agrees to  cooperate  with Lessor in  connection  with any such
restoration  and  repair,  including  but not  limited  to the  approval  and/or
execution of plans and specifications required.

     9.6  Termination-Advance  Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning  advance
rent and any  advance  payments  made by  Lessee to  Lessor.  Lessor  shall,  in
addition,  return to  Lessee so much of  Lessee's  security  deposit  as has not
theretofore been applied by Lessor.

     9.7 Waiver.  Lessor and Lessee waive the  provisions  of any statute  which
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10. Real Property Taxes.

     10.1 Payment of Taxes.  Lessor shall pay the real  property tax, as defined
in  Paragraph  10.3,  applicable  to the  Office  Building  Project  subject  to
reimbursement  by Lessee of Lessee's Share of such taxes in accordance  with the
provisions of paragraph 4.2, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 10.2.

     10.2  Additional  Improvements.  Lessee shall not be responsible for paying
any increase in real  property tax specified in the tax  assessor's  records and
work sheets as being caused by  additional  improvements  placed upon the Office
Building  Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the  exclusive  enjoyment of
any  other  lessee.  Lessee  shall,  however.  pay to  Lessor  at the time  that
Operating  Expenses  are  payable  under  paragraph  4.2(c) the  entirety of any
increase  in real  property  tax if  assessed  solely by  reason  of  additional
improvements placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

     10.3  Definition  of "Real  Property  Tax." As used herein,  the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment.  general,
special,  ordinary or extraordinary and any license fee,  commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,  personal income
or estate taxes) imposed on the Office  Building  Project or any portion thereof
by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city,
county,  state or federal  government,  or any school,  agricultural,  sanitary,
fire,  street,  drainage or other improvement  district thereof,  as against any
legal or equitable  Interest of Lessor in the Office Building  Project or in any
portion thereof,  as against  Lessor's right to rent of other income  therefrom,
and as against  Lessor's  business of leasing the Office Building  Project.  The
term "real  property tax" shall also include any tax, fee,  levy,  assessment or
charge (i) in  substitution  of,  partially  or  totally,  any tax,  fee,  levy.
assessment  or  charge  hereinabove  included  within  the  definition  of "real
property tax", or (ii) the nature of which was hereinbefore  included within the
definition  of "real  property  tax", or (iii) which is imposed for a service or
right not charged  prior to June 1, 1978,  or, if previously  charged,  has been
increased  since June 1, 1978,  or (iv) which is imposed as a result of a change
in ownership, as defined by applicable local statutes for property tax purposes,
of the Office Building Project or which is added to a tax or charge hereinbefore
included  within the definition of real properly tax by reason of such change of
ownership,  or (v)  which  is  imposed  try  reason  of  this  transaction,  any
modifications or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.

                                     Page 10
<PAGE>
     10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Improvements or property, the taxes for which
are to be paid  separately  by  Lessee  under  paragraph  10.2  or 10.5  are not
separately assessed,  Lessee's portion of that tax shall be equitably determined
by Lessor from the respective  valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets
or such other  information which may include the cost of construction) as may be
reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

     10.5 Personal Property Taxes.

     (a) Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency  all taxes  assessed  against and
levied  upon  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment  and an  other  personal
properly of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere.

     (b) If any of  Lessee's  said  personal  property  shall be  assessed  with
Lessor's real  property,  Lessee shall Pay to Lessor the taxes  attributable  to
Lessee within ten (10) days after receipt of a written  statement  setting forth
the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.

11. Utilities.

     11.1  Services   Provided  by  Lessor.   Lessor  shall   provide   healing,
ventilation,  air  conditioning as reasonably  required,  reasonable  amounts of
electricity  for normal lighting and office  machines,  water for reasonable and
normal drinking and lavatory use and replacement  ballast for standard  overhead
fixtures.

     11.2  Services  Exclusive to Lessee.  Lessee shall pay for all water.  gas,
heat,  light.  power,  telephone and other  utilities and services  specially or
exclusively  supplied  and/or metered  exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee,
together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered
to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor's option, either Lessee's Share or a
reasonable  proportion to be determined by Lessor charges  jointly  metered with
other premises in the Building.

     11.3 Hours of Service. Said services and utilities shall be provided during
generally  accepted  business  days and hours or such other days or hours as may
hereafter be set forth.  Utilities and services required at other times shall be
subject to advance  request  and  reimbursement  by Lessee to Lessor of the cost
thereof.

     11.4  Excess  Usage by  Lessee.  Lessee  shall not make  connection  to the
utilities  except by or through  existing  outlets arid shall not install or use
machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting
or power,  or  suffer  or  permit  any act that  causes  extra  burden  upon the
utilities  or services,  including  but not limited to security  services,  over
standard  office usage for the Office  Building  Project.  Lessor shall  require
Lessee to reimburse  Lessor for any excess  expenses or costs that may arise out
of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee.  Lessor may, in its sole discretion,
install at Lessee's  expense  supplemental  equipment  and/or separate  metering
applicable to Lessee's excess usage or loading.

     11.5  Interruptions.  There shall be no  abatement of rent and Lessor shall
not  be  liable  in  any  respect  whatsoever  for  the  inadequacy,   stoppage,
interruptions,  or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike,
labor  dispute,  breakdown,  accident,  repair or other  cause  beyond  Lessor's
reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

     12.1  Lessor's  Consent  Required.  Lessee  shall  not  voluntarily  or  by
operation of law assign,  transfer,  mortgage,  sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber all or any part of Lessee's  interest in the Lease or in the  Premises,
without  Lessor's  prior written  consent,  which Lessor shall not  unreasonably
withhold.  Lessor shall respond to Lessee's  request for consent  hereunder in a
timely manner and any attempted assignment,  transfer, mortgage,  encumbrance or
subletting  without such consent shall be void, and shall  constitute a material
default  and breach of this Lease  without  the need for notice to Lessee  under

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>
paragraph 13.1 "Transfer"  within the meaning of this paragraph 12 shall include
the transfer or transfers aggregating: (a) if Lessee is a corporation, more than
twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the voting stock of such  corporation,  or (b) if
Lessee is a partnership,  more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the profit and
loss participation in such partnership.

     12.2 Lessee  Affiliate.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraph 12.1
hereof,  Lessee may  assign or sublet  the  Premises,  or any  portion  thereof,
without Lessor's consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with Lessee,  or to any  corporation  resulting from the
merger or consolidation  with Lessee,  or to any person or entity which acquires
all the  assets of  Lessee  as a going  concern  of the  business  that is being
conducted on the Premises,  all of which are referred to as "Lessee  Affiliate",
provided that before such assignment shall be effective, (a) said assignee shall
assume, in full, the obligations of Lessee under this Lease and (b) Lessor shall
be given written notice of such assignment and  assumption.  Any such assignment
shall not, in any way,  affect or limit the  liability of Lessee under the terms
of this Lease  even if after such  assignment  or  subletting  the terms of this
Lease are  materially  changed or altered  without  the  consent of Lessee,  the
consent of whom shall not be necessary.

     12.3 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

     (a)  Regardless of Lessor's  consent,  no  assignment  or subletting  shall
release Lessee of Lessee's obligations  hereunder or alter the Primary liability
of Lessee to pay the rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder including Lessee's
Share of Operating Expense Increase,  and to perform all other obligations to be
performed by Lessee hereunder.

     (b) Lessor  may accept  rent from any  person  other  than  Lessee  pending
approval or disapproval of such assignment.

     (c) Neither a delay in the approval or  disapproval  of such  assignment or
subletting, nor the acceptance of rent, shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of
Lessor's  right to exercise  its  remedies for the breach of any of the terms or
conditions of this paragraph 12 or this Lease.

     (d) If Lessee's  obligations under this Lease have been guaranteed by third
parties, then an assignment or sublease,  and Lessor's consent thereto shall not
be effective  unless said guarantors give their written consent to such sublease
and the terms thereof.

     (e) The  consent  by  Lessor  to any  assignment  or  subletting  shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent  assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However,
Lessor may consent to subsequent  sublettings and assignments of the sublease or
any amendments or modifications  thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else
liable on the Lease or sublease  and without  obtaining  their  consent and such
action shall not relieve such  persons from  liability  under this Lease or said
sublease:  however, such persons shall not be responsible to the extent any such
amendment or modification enlarges or increases the obligations of the Lessee or
sublessee under this Lease or such sublease.

     (f) In the event of any  default  under  this  Lease,  Lessor  may  proceed
directly  against  Lessee,  any guarantors or any one else  responsible  for the
performance  of this Lease,  including the sublessee,  without first  exhausting
Lessor's  remedies  against any other person or entity  responsible  therefor to
Lessor, or any security held by Lessor or Lessee.

     (g)  Lessor's  written  consent  to any  assignment  or  subletting  of the
Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an  acknowledgment  that no default then
exists under this Lease of the  obligations  to be Performed by Lessee nor shall
such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing  default,  except as may be
otherwise stated by Lessor at the time.

     (h) The discovery of the fact that any financial  statement  relied upon by
Lessor in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was materially false
shall, at Lessor s election, render Lessor's said consent null and void.

     12.4 Additional Terms and Conditions  Applicable to Subletting.  Regardless
of Lessor's  consent,  the  following  terms and  conditions  shall apply to any
subletting  by  Lessee  of all or any part of the  Premises  and shall be deemed
included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated
therein:

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>
     (a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's  interest
in all rentals and income arising from any sublease heretofore or hereafter made
by Lessee,  and Lessor may  collect  such rent and income and apply same  toward
Lessee's obligations under this Lease,  provided,  however, that until a default
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's  Obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may receive,  collect and enjoy the rents accruing  under such sublease.  Lessor
shall not, by reason of this or any other  assignment of such sublease to Lessor
nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee,  be deemed liable
to the  sublessee  for any  failure of Lessee to perform  and comply with any of
Lessee's  obligations  to such  sublessee  under such  sublease.  Lessee  hereby
irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written
notice from Lessor stating that a default exists in the performance of Lessee's.
obligations  under this Lease,  to pay to Lessor the rents due and to become due
under the sublease.  Lessee agrees that such  sublessee  shall have the right to
rely upon any such  statement  and request  from Lessor and that such  sublessee
shall pay such rents to Lessor  without any obligation or right to inquire as to
whether such default exists and  notwithstanding  any notice from or claim, from
Lessee  to the  contrary.  Lessee  shall  have no right or  claim  against  said
sublessee or Lessor for any such rents so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

     (b) No sublease  entered into by Lessee shall be effective unless and until
it has been approved in writing by Lessor. In entering into any sublease, Lessee
shall use only such form of sublessee  as is  satisfactory  to Lessor,  and once
approved  by Lessor,  such  sublease  shall not be changed or  modified  without
Lessor's prior written consent. Any sublease shall, by reason of entering into a
sublease under this Lease, be deemed, for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed
and agreed to conform  and comply  with each and every  obligation  herein to be
performed  by  Lessee  other  than  such  obligations  as  are  contrary  to  or
inconsistent  with  provisions  contained  in a  sublease  to which  Lessor  has
expressly consented in writing.

     (c) In the event Lessee shall default in the performance of its obligations
under this Lease,  Lessor at its option and without any obligation to do so, may
require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake
the  obligations  of Lessee under such sublease from the time of the exercise of
said option to the termination of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall
not be liable for any prepaid rents or security  deposit paid by such  sublessee
to Lessee or for any other prior defaults of Lessee under such sublease.

     (d) No  sublessee  shall  further  assign or sublet  all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

     (e) With respect to any  subletting to which Lessor has  consented,  Lessor
agrees to deliver a copy of any  notice of  default by Lessee to the  sublessee.
Such sublessee shall have the right to cure a default of Lessee within three (3)
days  after  service  of said  notice of default  upon such  sublessee,  and the
sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee
for any such defaults cured by the sublessee.

     12.5  Lessor's  Expenses.  In the event  Lessee  shall assign or sublet the
Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any  assignment or subletting or if
Lessee  shall  request the  consent of Lessor for any act Lessee  proposes to do
then  Lessee  shall pay  Lessor's  reasonable  costs and  expenses  incurred  in
connection  therewith,  including  attorneys,  architects,  engineers  or  other
consultant fees.

     12.6  Conditions  to Consent.  Lessor  reserves the right to condition  any
approval to assign or sublet upon  Lessors  determination  that (a) the proposed
assignee or  sublessee  shall  conduct a business  on the  Premises of a quality
substantially  equal to that of Lessee and consistent with the general character
of the other  occupants of the Office  Building  Project and not in violation of
any  exclusives  or rights  then  held by other  tenants.  and (b) the  proposed
assignee  or  sublessee  be at least as  financially  responsible  as Lessee was
expected to be at the time of the execution of this Lease or of such  assignment
or subletting, whichever is greater.

13. Default; Remedies.

     13.1 Default.  The  occurrence  of any one or more of the following  events
shall constitute a material default of this Lease by Lessee:

                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
     (a) The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee.  Vacation of the
Premises  shall  include the  failure to occupy the  Premises  for a  continuous
period of sixty (60) days or more, whether or not the rent is paid.

     (b) The breach by Lessee of any of the covenants,  conditions or provisions
of paragraphs 7.3(a), (b) or (d) (alterations), 12.1 (assignment or subletting),
13.1(a)  (vacation  or  abandonment),   13.1(e)  (insolvency),   13.1(f)  (false
statement, 16(a) (estoppel certificate),  30(b) (subordination),  33 (auctions),
or 41.1 (easements), all of which are hereby deemed to be material,  non-curable
defaults without the necessity any notice by Lessor to Lessee thereof.

     (c) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other  payment
required to be made by Lessee  hereunder,  as and when due,  where such  failure
shall  continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from
Lessor to Lessee.  In the event the event the Lessor serves Lessee with a Notice
to Pay Rent or Quit  pursuant to  applicable  Unlawful  Detainer  statutes  such
Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also  constitute  the notice  required  by this
subparagraph.

     (d) The  failure  by Lessee to observe  or  perform  any of the  covenants.
conditions  or  provisions  of this Lease to be observed or  performed by Lessee
other than those  referenced in  subparagraphs  (b) and (c),  above,  where such
failure  shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days after  written  notice
thereof from Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's
noncompliance  is such that more than thirty (30) days are  reasonably  required
for its  cure,  then  Lessee  shall not be  deemed  to be in  default  if Lessee
commenced such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
pursues such cure to  completion.  To the extent  permitted by law,  such thirty
(30) day notice shall  constitute the sole and exclusive  notice  required to be
given to Lessee under applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes.

     (e)  (i) The  making  by  Lessee  of any  general  arrangement  of  general
assignment  for the benefit of  creditors;  (ii)  Lessee  becoming a "debtor" as
defined in 11 U. S. C ss.101 or any successor  statute thereto  (unless,  in the
case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60)
days;  (iii) the  appointment  of a trustee of  receiver to take  possession  of
substantially  all of  Lessee's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty
(30)  days;  or (iv) the  attachment,  execution  or other  judicial  seizure of
substantially  all of  Lessee's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease.  where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days. In the event that any provision of this  paragraph  13.1(e) is contrary to
any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

     (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to Lessor by
Lessee, or its successor in interest or by any guarantor of Lessee's  obligation
hereunder, was materially false.

     13.2 Remedies. In the event of any material default or breach of this Lease
by Lessee,  Lessor may at any time thereafter,  with or without notice or demand
and without  limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor
may have by reason of such default:

     (a)  Terminate  Lessee's  right to possession of the Premises by any lawful
means,  in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate and Lessee
shall immediately  surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event
Lessor shall be entitled to recover  from Lessee all damages  incurred by Lessor
by reason  of  Lessee's  default  including,  but not  limited  to.  the cost of
recovering  possession  of  the  Premises;  expenses  of  reletting,   including
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises;  reasonable attorneys fees,
and any real estate commission  actually paid; the worth at the time of award by
the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for
the balance of the term after the time of such award  exceeds the amount of such
rental loss for the same period that Lessee proves could be reasonably  avoided;
that portion of the leasing  commission  paid by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 15
applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.

                                    Page 14
<PAGE> 
     (b) Maintain  Lessee's  right to  possession in which case this Lease shall
continue in effect  whether or not Lessee shall have  vacated or  abandoned  the
Premises.  In such event  Lessor  shall be  entitled  to enforce all of Lessor's
rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due hereunder.

     (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter  available to Lessor under the
laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. Unpaid
installments of rent and other unpaid  monetary  obligations of Lessee under the
terms of this Lease shall bear  interest  from the date due at the maximum  rate
then allowable by law

     13.3 Default by Lessor.  Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor fails
to perform  obligations  required of Lessor within a reasonable [line. but in no
even (later than thirty (30) days after  written  notice by Lessee to Lessor and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose
name and address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished to Lessee in writing,
specifying  wherein  Lessor  has failed to perform  such  obligation;  provided.
however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty
(30) days are  required for  performance  then Lessor shall not be in default if
Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently
pursues the same to completion.

     13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of Base Rent,  Lessee's Share of Operating  Expense  Increase or other
sums due  hereunder  will cause Lessor to incur costs not  contemplated  by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such
costs include,  but are not limited to, processing and accounting  charges,  and
late  charges  which may be imposed on Lessor ,he terms of any mortgage or trust
deed covering the Office Building  Project.  Accordingly,  if any installment of
Base Rent,  Operating Expense  Increase,  or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's  designee  within ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee,  Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to 6% of such overdue amount The parties
hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable  estimate of
the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee.  Acceptance  of
such late  charge by Lessor  shall in no event  constitute  a waiver of Lessee's
default with respect to such overdue amount,  nor prevent Lessor from exercising
any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

14. Condemnation.  If the Premises or any portion thereof or the Office Building
Project are taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of
the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this
Lease  shall  terminate  as to the part so  taken as of the date the  condemning
authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs; provided that if so
much  of the  Premises  or  the  Office  Building  Project  are  taken  by  such
condemnation  as would  substantially  and  adversely  affect the  operation and
profitability  of Lessee's  business  conducted from the Premises.  Lessee shall
have the option,  to be exercised  only in writing within thirty (30) days after
Lessor shall have given Lessee  written notice of such taking (or in the absence
of such notice,  within thirty (30) days after the  condemning  authority  shall
have taken  possession).  to terminate  this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority  takes such  possession.  If Lessee does not  terminate  this Lease in
accordance with the foregoing,  this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises  remaining,  except that the rent and Lessee's
Share of Operating  Expense increase shall be reduced in the proportion that the
floor area of the Premises  taken bears to the total floor area of the Premises.
Common Areas taken shall be excluded  from the Common Areas usable by Lessee and
no  reduction  of rent shall occur with  respect  thereto or by reason  thereof.
Lessor shall have the option in its sole  discretion to terminate  this Lease as
of the taking of  possession  by the  condemning  authority,  by giving  written
notice to Lessee Of such  election  within  thirty  (30) days  alter  receipt of
notice of a taking by  condemnation  of any part of the  Premises  or the Office
Building Project. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises or
the Office  Building  Project  under the Power of eminent  domain or any Payment
made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor,
whether such award shall be made as compensation  lot diminution in value of the
leasehold  or for the  taking  of the  fee or as  severance  damages;  provided,
however,  that Lessee  shall be entitled  to any  separate  award for loss of or

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>
damage to Lessee's trade fixtures,  removable  personal property and unamortized
tenant improvements that have been paid for by Lessee. For that purpose the cost
of such  improvements  shall be amortized  over the original  term of this Lease
excluding any options.  In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason
of such  condemnation,  Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received
by Lessor  in  connection  with  such  condemnation.  repair  any  damage to the
Premises caused by such  condemnation  except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority.  Lessee shall pay any amount in
excess of such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. Broker's Fee.

     (a) The  brokers  involved in this  transaction  are DAUM  Commercial  Real
Estate  Services  "listing  broker" and DAUM  Commercial Real Estate Services as
"cooperating broker," licensed real estate broker(s).  A "cooperating broker" is
defined as any broker  other than the  listing  broker  entitled to a share to a
share of any commission  arising under this Lease.  Upon execution of this Lease
by both parties,  Lessor shall pay to said brokers jointly.  or in such separate
shares  as they may  mutually  designate  in  writing.  a lee as set  forth in a
separate  agreement  between Lessor and said broker(s),  the sum of per separate
agreement for brokerage services rendered by said broker(s)

     (b)  Deleted.

     (c) Lessee and Lessor each  represent and warrant to the other that neither
has had any dealings  with any person,  firm,  broker or finder  (other than the
person(s),  if any,  whose  names are set forth in  paragraph  15(a),  above) in
connection  with the  negotiation of this Lease and/or the  consummation  of the
transaction  contemplated  hereby, and no other broker or other person,  firm or
entity is entitled to any  commission  or finder's fee in  connection  with said
transaction  and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby  Indemnify  and hold the other
harmless from and against any costs, expenses,  attorneys' fees or liability for
compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker,  finder
or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the  indemnifying
party.

16. Estoppel Certificate.

     (a) Each party (as "responding party") shall at any time upon not less than
ten (10) days prior  written  notice from the other party  ("requesting  party")
execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement in writing
(i)  certifying  that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or,
if modified,  stating the nature of such  modification  and certifying that this
Lease,  as so  modified,  is in full  force and effect and the date to which the
rent and other charges are paid in advance,  if any, and (ii) acknowledging that
there are not, to the responding  party's  knowledge any uncured defaults on the
part of the requesting  party,  or specifying  such defaults it any are claimed.
Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective  purchaser
or encumbrance of the Office Building Project or at the business of Lessee.

     (b) At the requesting party's option, the failure to deliver such statement
within such time shall be a material default of this Lease by the Deny who is to
respond. without any further notice to such party or it shall be conclusive upon
such party that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification
except as may be represented by the requesting  party, (ii) there are no uncured
defaults  in the  requesting  party's  performance,  and  (iii) if Lessor is the
requesting party. not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance.

     (c) If Lessor desires to finance,  refinance,  or sell the Office  Building
Project,  or any part thereof,  Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or
purchaser  designated  by Lessor such  financial  statements of Lessee as may be
reasonably  required by such lender or purchaser.  Such statements shall include
the past three (3) years  financial  statements  of Lessee.  All such  financial
statements  shall  be  received  by  Lessor  and such  lender  or  purchases  in
confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.  Lessor's  Liability.  The term  "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner  or  owners,  at the time in  question.  of the fee  title  or a  lessee's
interest  in a ground  lease of the  Office  Building  Project,  and  except  as
expressly  provided in paragraph  15. in the event of any transfer of such title
or interest,  Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent  transfers then
the grantor)  shall be relieved  from and after the date of such transfer of all
liability as respects Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed,  provided
that any funds in the hands of  Lessor or the then  grantor  at the time of such
transfer,  in which Lessee has an  interest,  shall be delivered to the grantee.

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>
The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject
as aforesaid,  be binding on Lessor's successors and assigns,  only during their
respective periods of ownership.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by
a court of  competent  jurisdiction  shall in no way affect the  validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-due Obligations.  Except as expressly herein provided,  any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear  interest at the maximum  rate
then allowable by law or judgments  from the date due.  Payment of such interest
shall not excuse or cure any  default  by Lessee  under  this  Lease;  provided,
however,  that interest shall not be payable on late charges  incurred by Lessee
nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by Lessee.

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  obligations to
be performed under this Lease.

21.  Additional  Rent.  All monetary  obligations  of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease,  including  but not limited to Lessee's  Share of Operating
Expense  Increase and any other expenses  payable by Lessee  hereunder  shall be
deemed to be rent.

22.  Incorporation  of Prior  Agreements;  Amendments.  This Lease  contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. No prior
or  contemporaneous  agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter
shall be effective.  This Lease may be modified in writing  only,  signed by the
parties in interest at the time of the modification.  Except as otherwise stated
in this Lease,  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that neither the real estate broker
listed in paragraph 15 hereof nor any cooperating  broker on the transaction nor
the Lessor or any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or
written warranties or representations to Lessee relative to the condition or use
by Lessee at the Premises or the Office-Building Project and Lessee acknowledges
that Lessee assumes all responsibility  regarding the Occupational Safety Health
Act, the legal use and  adaptability of the Premises and the compliance  thereof
with all  applicable  laws and  regulations  in effect  during  the term of this
Lease.

23. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given by  personal  delivery or by  certified  or  registered
mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if delivered or addressed to Lessee
at to Lessor at the address  noted below of  adjacent  to the  signature  of the
respective  parties,  as the case may be.  Mailed  notices shall be deemed given
upon actual  receipt at the address  required,  or forty-eight  hours  following
deposit in the mail, postage prepaid,  whichever first occurs.  Either party may
by notice to the other specify a different  address for notice  purposes  except
that upon  Lessee's  taking  possession  of the  Premises,  the  Premises  shall
constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes.  A copy of all notices required
or permitted to be given to Lessor  hereunder shall be concurrently  transmitted
to such  party or  parties  at such  addresses  as Lessor  may from time to time
hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24.  Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor  of any  provision  hereof  shall be deemed a
waiver of any other  provision  hereof or at any subsequent  breach by Lessee of
the same or any other  provision.  Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary the obtaining a( Lessor's  consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee. The acceptance of rent hereunder by
Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding  breach by Lessee of any provision
hereof. other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless  of  Lessor's  knowledge  of such  preceding  breach  at the  time at
acceptance at such rent.

25. Recording. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request at the other execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the other a "short form" memorandum of this Lease for
recording purposes.

26. Holding Over. If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of the
Premises or any Part  thereof  after the  expiration  of the term  hereof,  such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease  pertaining  to the  obligations  of Lessee,  except that the rent payable
shall be 125% of the rent payable immediately  preceding the termination date of
this Lease, and all Options, if any, granted under the terms at this Lease shall
be deemed  terminated  and be of no further  effect  during  said month to month
tenancy.

                                    Page 17
<PAGE>
27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. Each provision of this Lease performable by Lessee
shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.
                                    
29. Binding Effect;  Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment or  subletting  by Lessee and subject to the  provisions of paragraph
11,  this  Lease  shall  bind  the  parties.  their  personal   representatives,
successors  and  assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
where the Office Building Project is located and any litigation  concerning this
Lease  between the parties  hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the
Office Building Project is located.

30. Subordination.

     (a) This Lease, and any Option or right of first refusal granted hereby, at
Lessor's  option,  shall be subordinate to any ground lease,  mortgage,  deed of
trust, or any other  hypothecation  or security now or hereafter placed upon the
Office  Building  Project and to any and all advances made on security  thereof,
and to all renewals, modifications,  consolidations, replacements and extensions
thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination,  Lessee's right to quiet possession
of the  Premises  shall not be disturbed if Lessee is not in default and so long
as Lessee  shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the  provisions  of
this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise  terminated pursuant to its terms. If
any  mortgagee,  trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease and any
Options  granted  hereby  prior  to the lien of its  mortgage,  deed of trust or
ground lease,  and shall give written notice  thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and
such  Options  shall be deemed prior to such  mortgage,  deed of trust or ground
lease,  whether this Lease or such Options are dated prior or  subsequent to the
date of said  mortgage,  deed of trust or ground  lease or the date of recording
thereof.

     (b) Lessee  agrees to execute  any  documents  required  to  effectuate  an
attornment, a subordination,  or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein
prior to the lien of any mortgage,  deed of trust or ground  lease,  as the case
may be.  Lessee's  failure to execute such documents  within ten (10) days after
written demand shall constitute a material  default by Lessee hereunder  without
further  notice to Lessee or, at Lessor's  option.  Lessor  shall  execute  such
documents on behalf of Lessee as Lessee's  attorney-in-fact.  Lessee does hereby
make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee's attorney-in-fact and
in Lessee's name,  place and stead, to execute such documents in accordance with
this paragraph 30(b).

31. Attorneys' Fees.

     31.1 If  either  party or the  broker(s)  named  herein  bring an action to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the prevailing  party in
any such action,  trial or appeal  thereon.  shall be entitled to his reasonable
attorneys' fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same
or a separate  suit,  and  whether or not such  action is pursued to decision or
judgment.  The  provisions of this  paragraph  shall inure to the benefit of the
broker named herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

     31.2 The attorneys' fee award shall not be computed in accordance  with any
court fee  schedule,  but  shall be such as to fully  reimburse  all  attorneys'
reasonably incurred in good faith.

     31.3 Lessor shall be entitled to reasonable  attorneys'  fees and all other
costs and expenses  incurred in the preparation and service of notice of default
and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal transaction is
subsequently commenced in connection with such default.

32. Lessor's Access.

     32.1 Lessor and Lessor's  agents shall have the right to enter the Premises
at  reasonable  times for the purpose of  inspecting  the same,  performing  any
services  required  of  Lessor,  showing  the  same to  prospective  purchasers,
lenders, or lessees,  taking such safety measures,  erecting such scaffolding or
other necessary structures,  making such alterations,  repairs,  improvements or
additions  to the  Premises  or to the  Office  Building  Project  as Lessor may
reasonably  deem necessary or desirable and the erecting,  using and maintaining
of utilities,  services,  pipes and conduits  through the Premises  and/or other
premises as long as there is no material  adverse  effect to Lessee's use of the

                                    Page 18
<PAGE>
Premises. Lessor may at any time, place on or about the Premises or the Building
any  ordinary  "For Sale"  signs and Lessor may at any time  during the last 120
days of the term hereof place on or about the Promises any ordinary  "For Lease"
signs.
                                   
     32.2 All activities of Lessor  pursuant to this paragraph  shall be without
abatement of rent, nor shall Lessor have any liability to Lessee for the same.

     32.3  Lessor  shall have the right to retain  keys to the  Premises  and to
unlock a if doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and sales,
and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate
means,  and any such entry shall not be deemed a forceable or unlawful  entry or
detainer of the Premises or an eviction.  Lessee  waives any charges for damages
or injuries or  interference  with  Lessee's  property or business in connection
therewith.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted.  either
voluntarily or involuntarily,  any auction upon the Premises or the Common Areas
without first having obtained  Lessor's Prior written  consent.  Notwithstanding
anything  to the  contrary  in this  Lease,  Lessor  shall not be  obligated  to
exercise any standard of  reasonableness  in  determining  whether to grant such
consent. The holding of any auction on the Premises or Common Areas in violation
of this paragraph shall constitute a material default of this Lease.

34.  Signs.  Lessee  shall not place any sign upon the  Premises  or the  Office
Building Project without Lessor's prior written consent.  Under no circumstances
shall Lessee place a sign on any roof of the Office Building Project.

35.  Merger.  The  voluntary or other  surrender  of this Lease by Lessee,  or a
mutual  cancellation  thereof,  or a  termination  by  Lessor,  shall not work a
merger,  and  shall,  at the  option of Lessor,  terminate  all or any  existing
subtenancies or may, at the option at Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor
of any or all of such subtenancies.

36.  Consents.  Except for  paragraphs  33  (auctions)  and 34  (signs)  hereof,
wherever  in this Lease the  consent of one party is  required  to an act of the
other party such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

37.  Guarantor.  In the event  that there is a  guarantor  of this  Lease,  said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38. Quiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing
and performing all of the covenants,  conditions and provisions on Lessee's part
to be observed and performed  hereunder,  Lessee shall have quiet  possession of
the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the Provisions of this
Lease.  The individuals  executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor  represent and
warrant  to  Lessee  that they are  fully  authorized  and  legally  capable  of
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such execution is binding upon
all parties holding an ownership interest in the Office Building Project.

39. Options.

     39.1  Definition.  As used in this  paragraph  the  word  "Option"  has the
following  meaning:  (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or
to renew  this  Lease or to extend or renew any lease  that  Lessee has on other
property  of  Lessor;  (2) the  option  of right of first  refusal  to lease the
Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first
refusal  to lease  other  space  within  the  Office  Building  Project or other
property of Lessor or the right of first  offer to lease other space  within the
Office Building Project or other property of Lessor;  (3) the right or option to
purchase  the  Premises or the Office  Building  Project,  or the right of first
refusal to purchase the Premises or the Office Building  Project or the right of
first offer to purchase  the  Premises or the Office  Building  Project,  or the
right or option to  purchase  other  property  of Lessor,  or the right of first
refusal to  purchase  other  property  of Lessor or the right of first  offer to
purchase other property of Lessor.

     39.2  Options  Personal.  Each  Option  granted  to Lessee in this Lease is
personal to the original Lessee and may be exercised only by the original Lessee
while  occupying  the  Premises  who does so without  the  intent of  thereafter
assigning this Lease or subletting  the Premises or any portion  thereof and may
not be exercised  or be assigned,  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  by or to any
person or entity other than  Lessee;  provided,  however,  that an Option may be
exercised by or assigned to any Lessee Affiliate as defined in paragraph 12.2 of

                                    Page 19
<PAGE>
this Lease.  The Options,  if any.  herein  granted to Lessee are not assignable
separate and apart from this Lease,  nor may any Option be  separated  from this
Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.

     39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple options to
extend or renew this Lease a later option  cannot be exercised  unless the prior
option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

     39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

     (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option,  notwithstanding  any
provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (i) during the time commencing
from the date Lessor  gives to Lessee a notice of default  pursuant to Paragraph
13.1(c) or 13.1(d) and continuing until the noncompliance alleged in said notice
of default is cured,  or (ii)  during the period of time  commencing  on the day
after a monetary obligation to Lessor is due from Lessee and unpaid (without any
necessity for notice thereof to Lessee) and  continuing  until the obligation is
paid.  or (iii) in the event  that  Lessor  has  given to  Lessee  three or more
notices of default under paragraph 13.1(c), or paragraph 13.1(d), whether or not
the defaults are cured,  during the 12 month period of time immediately prior to
the time that Lessee attempts to exercise the subject Option, (iv) if Lessee has
committed any non-curable breach, including,  without limitation those described
in paragraph 13.1(b), or is otherwise in default of any of the terms,  covenants
or conditions of this Lease.

     (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be
extended  or  enlarged  by reason of  Lessee's  inability  to exercise an Option
because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a).

     (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall  terminate
and be of no further  force or effect,  notwithstanding  Lessee's due and timely
exercise  of the Option,  if,  after such  exercise  and during the term of this
Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation of Lessee for a
period of thirty  (30) days after  such  obligation  becomes  due  (without  any
necessity of Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessee fails to
commence to cure a default  specified in Paragraph  13.1(d)  within  thirty (30)
days after the date that Lessor gives  notice to Lessee of such  default  and/or
Lessee fails  thereafter to diligently  prosecute  said cure to  completion,  or
(iii) Lessor gives to Lessee  three or more notices of default  under  paragraph
13.1(c), or paragraph 13.1(d), whether or not the defaults are cured, or (iv) if
Lessee has committed any non-curable breach,  including without limitation those
described in paragraph 13.1(b),  or is otherwise in default of any of the terms,
covenants and conditions of this Lease.

40. Security Measures-Lessor's Reservations.

     40.1  Lessee  hereby  acknowledges  that  Lessor  shall have no  obligation
whatsoever to provide guard service or other  security  measures for the benefit
of  the  Premises  or  the  Office   Building   Project.   Lessee   assumes  all
responsibility  for the protection of Lessee,  its agents.  and invitees and the
property  of Lessee  and of  Lessee's  agents  and  invitees  from acts of third
parties. Nothing herein contained shall prevent Lessor, at Lessor's sole option,
from providing  security  protection for the Office Building Project or any part
thereof, in which event the cost thereof shall be included within the definition
of Operating Expenses, as set forth in paragraph 4.2(b).

     40.2 Lessor shall have the following rights:

     (a) To change the name,  address or title of the Office Building Project or
building  in which the  Premises  are  located  upon not less than 90 days prior
written notice;

     (b) To, at Lessee's expense, provide and install Building standard graphics
on the door of the  Premises  and such  portions  of the Common  Areas as Lessor
shall reasonably deem appropriate;

     (c) To permit any lessee the  exclusive  right to conduct any business long
as such exclusive does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein;

     (d) To place such signs,  notices or displays  as Lessor  reasonably  deems
necessary or advisable  upon the roof,  exterior of the  buildings or the Office
Building Project on pole signs in the Common Areas;
     
                                     Page 20
<PAGE>
     40.3 Lessee shall not:

     (a) Use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or the
Office Building Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee's business;

     (b) Suffer or permit  anyone,  except in emergency,  to go upon the roof of
the Building.

41. Easements.

     41.1 Lessor reserves to itself the right,  from time to time, to grant such
easements,  rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable, and
to cause  the  recordation  of  Parcel  Maps and  restrictions.  so long as such
easements,  rights,  dedications,  maps  and  restrictions  do not  unreasonably
interfere  with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee shall sign any of the
aforementioned  documents  upon  request  of Lessor  and  failure to do so shall
constitute  a  material  default of this  Lease by Lessee  without  the need for
further notice to Lessee.

     41.2 The  obstruction  of Lessee's  view,  air,  or light by any  structure
erected in the  vicinity of the  Building,  whether by Lessor or third  parties,
shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

42.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary  payment,  and there shall survive the right on the part
of said  party  to  institute  suit for  recovery  of such  sum.  If it shall be
adjudged  that  there was no legal  obligation  on the part of said party to pay
such sum or any part  thereof,  said party shall be entitled to recover such sum
or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of
this Lease.

43.  Authority.  If  Lessee is a  corporation,  trust,  or  general  or  limited
partnership,  Lessee, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represent and warrant that such individual is duly authorized to execute
and deliver  this Lease on behalf of said  entity.  If Lessee is a  corporation,
trust or partnership,  Lessee shall,  within thirty (30) days after execution of
this Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

44. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions,  Exhibits or Addenda
of this Lease and the  typewritten or handwritten  provisions,  if any, shall be
controlled  by the  typewritten  or  handwritten  provisions,  if any,  shall be
controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45.  No  Offer.  Preparation  of this  Lease by  Lessor  or  Lessor's  agent and
submission  of same to  Lessee  shall not be deemed an offer to Lessee to lease.
This Lease shall become  binding upon Lessor and Lessee only when fully executed
by both parties.

46. Lender Modification.  Lessee agrees to make such reasonable modifications to
this  Lease  as  may  be  reasonably  required  by an  institutional  lender  in
connection  with the obtaining of normal  financing or refinancing of the Office
Building Project.

47.  Multiple  Parties.  If more  than one  person  or entity is named as either
Lessor or Lessee herein,  except as otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  the
obligations  of the  Lessor or  Lessee  herein  shall be the  joint and  several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee,
respectively.
                                 
49. Attachments.  Attached hereto are the following documents which constitute a
part of this Lease:

         Addendum

         Exhibit "A" (Floor Plan)

         Exhibit "B" (Rules & Regulations)

         Exhibit "C" (Hazardous Substance & ADA Disclosure)

                                    Page 21
<PAGE>
LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION  CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS  EXECUTED,  THE TERMS OF THIS  LEASE ARE  COMMERCIALLY  REASONABLE  AND
EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND  PURPOSE  OF LESSOR  AND LESSEE  WITH  RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN  PREPARED  FOR  SUBMISSION  TO YOUR
ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL,  NO  REPRESENTATION  OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE
AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKER OR ITS
AGENTS  OR  EMPLOYEES  AS  TO  THE  LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY,  LEGAL  EFFECT,  OR  TAX
CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS LEASE OR THE  TRANSACTION  RELATING  THERETO;  THE PARTIES
SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

LESSOR                                       LESSEE
- ------                                                            

The Evelyn L. Mattoon Trust                  Joseph R. Maher


/S/ Evelyn L. Mattoon                        /S/ Joseph R. Maher
- ----------------------------                 ---------------------------------
By: Evelyn L. Mattoon                        By: Joseph R. Maher, an individual

Executed at Marcus, Iowa 51035               Executed at Agoura Hills, CA 91301
On 08/19/96                                  on 08/15/96
Address: P.O. Box 338                        Address: 4778 Gondola Dr.

                                    Page 22
<PAGE>

                       [STANDARD OFFICE LEASE FLOOR PLAN]

                                   Exhibit A

<PAGE>
                            RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR
                              STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Dated: August 15, 1996

By and Between The Evelyn L. Mattoon Trust (Lessor) and Joseph Maher (Lessee)

                                  GENERAL RULES

     1. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the  obstruction  of any Common Areas,
including driveways, walkways and stairways.

     2. Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in good
faith judges to be a threat to the safety, reputation, or property of the Office
Building Project and its occupants.

     3.  Lessee  shall  not make or  permit  any  noise or odors  that  annoy or
interfere  with  other  lessees  or persons  having  business  within the Office
Building Project.

     4.  Lessee  shall not keep  animals or birds  within  the  Office  Building
Project, and shall not bring bicycles,  motorcycles of other vehicles into areas
not designated as authorized for same.

     5. Lessee shall not make,  suffer or permit  litter  except in  appropriate
receptacles for that purpose.

     6. Lessee  shall not alter any lock or install new or  additional  locks or
bolts.

     7. Lessee  shall be  responsible  for the  inappropriate  use of any toilet
rooms, plumbing or other utilities.  No foreign substances of any kind are to be
inserted therein.

     8. Lessee shall not deface the walls,  partitions or other  surfaces of the
premises or Office Building Project.

     9. Lessee shall not suffer or permit any thing in or around the Premises or
Building  that causes  excessive  vibration or floor  loading in any part of the
Office Building Project.

     10. Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out
of the building  only with the Lessor's  knowledge  and consent,  and subject to
such  reasonable  limitations,  techniques  and timing,  as may be designated by
Lessor.  Lessee  shall be  responsible  for any  damage to the  Office  Building
Project arising from any such activity.

     11. Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor  for services or work
to be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.

     12. Lessor  reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays,
Sundays and legal holidays,  and on other days between the hours of 9:00 PM. and
7:00 AM. of the following day. If Lessee uses the Premises  during such periods,
Lessee shall be  responsible  for securely  locking any doors if may have opened
for entry.

     13.  Lessee  shall  return all keys at the  termination  of its tenancy and
shall be responsible for the cost or replacing any keys that are lost.

     14. No window  coverings,  shades or awnings  shall be installed or used by
Lessee.

     15. No Lessee, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.

     16. Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars
or  cigarettes  in  areas  reasonably  designated  by  Lessor  or by  applicable
governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

     17.  Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air  conditioning  other
than as provided by Lessor.

                               Exhibit B - Page 1
<PAGE> 
     18. Lessee shall not install, maintain or operate any vending machines upon
the Premises without Lessor's written consent.

     19. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, cooking or
food preparation.

     20. Lessee shall comply with all safety.  fire  protection  and  evacuation
regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

     21.  Lessor  reserves  the  right  to  waive  any  one of  these  rules  or
regulations.  and/or as to any particular  Lessee, and any such waiver shall not
constitute  a  waiver  of  any  other  rule  or  regulation  or  any  subsequent
application thereof to such Lessee.

     22. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep its
Premises locked as may be required.

     23.  Lessor  reserves  the right to make such  other  reasonable  rules and
regulations  as it may from  time to time  deem  necessary  for the  appropriate
operation and safety of the Office  Building  Project and its occupants.  Lessee
agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

                                  PARKING RULES

     1. Parking  areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than
full size,  passenger  automobiles  herein  called  "Permitted  Size  Vehicles."
Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as "Oversized
Vehicles."

     2.  Lessee  shall not permit or allow any  vehicles  that  belong to or are
controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees,  suppliers.  shippers, customers, or
invitees to be loaded,  unloaded. or parked in areas other than those designated
by Lessor for such activities.

     3.  Parking  stickers or  Identification  devices  shall be the properly of
Lessor and be returned to Lessor by the holder  thereof upon  termination of the
holder's  parking  privileges.  Lessee  will pay such  replacement  charge as is
reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.

     4. Lessor  reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly  identification
devices  to any  person or entity  that  willfully  refuses  to comply  with the
applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.

     5. Lessor  reserves the right to relocate  all or a part of parking  spaces
from floor to floor,  within one floor.  and/or to reasonably  adjacent  offsite
location(s),  and to reasonably  allocate them between compact and standard size
spaces,  as long as the same  complies  with  applicable  laws.  ordinances  and
regulations.

     6. Users of the  parking  area will obey all posted  signs and park only in
the areas designated for vehicle parking.

     7. Unless  otherwise  instructed.  every  person  using the parking area is
required to park and lock his own vehicle.  Lessor will not be  responsible  for
any damage to  vehicles,  injury to persons  or loss of  property,  all of which
risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

     8. Validation,  if established,  will be permissible only by such method or
methods  as  Lessor  and/or  its  licensee  may  establish  at  rates  generally
applicable to visitor parking.

     9. The maintenance,  washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking
structure or Common Areas is prohibited.

     10.  Lessee  shall be  responsible  for seeing  that all of its  employees,
agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations,  laws
and agreements.

     11. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other
reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem necessary
for the proper operation of the parking area.

     12. Such parking use as is herein  provided is intended merely as a license
only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

                               Exhibit B - Page 2
<PAGE>
                              Hazardous Substances
                                        &
                            American Disabilities Act

     Notice to Owners, Buyers and Tenants Regarding Hazardous Substances and
                            Underground Storage Tanks

Comprehensive Federal, state and local regulations have recently been enacted to
control the use, storage, handling,  clean-up, removal and disposal of hazardous
and toxic wastes and  substances.  Extensive  legislation  has also been adopted
with regard to underground  storage tanks. As real estate licensees,  we are not
experts in the area of hazardous substances and we encourage you to consult with
your legal  counsel with respect to your rights and  liabilities  with regard to
hazardous  substances laws and regulations and to obtain  technical  advice with
regard to the use, storage, handling, clean-up, removal or disposal of hazardous
substances  from  professionals,  such as a civil  engineer,  geologist or other
persons with  experience in these matters to advise you concerning the property.
We also encourage you to review the past uses of the property, which may provide
information  as to the  likelihood of the  existence of hazardous  substances or
storage tanks on the properly.

DAUM  Commercial  Real Estate  Services  will disclose any knowledge it actually
possesses  with respect to the existence of hazardous  substances or underground
storage tanks on the property. DAUM Commercial Real Estate Services has not made
any  investigations  or  obtained  reports  regarding  the  property,  unless so
indicated in a separate document signed by DAUM Commercial Real Estate Services.
DAUM  Commercial  Real  Estate  Services  makes no  representation  or  warranty
regarding the existence or non-existence of hazardous  substances or underground
storage tanks on the property.

With regard to the sale of real property, recently enacted California Health and
Safety Code Section  25359.7  provides  that any owner of  non-residential  real
property  who knows,  or has  reasonable  cause to believe,  that any release of
hazardous substances has come to be located on or beneath real property,  shall,
prior to the sale of real property, give written notice of that condition to the
buyer of the real property.  Failure of the owner to provide written notice when
required shall subject the owner to actual  damages and other remedies  provided
by the law. In addition, where the owner has actual knowledge of the presence of
any hazardous  substance and  knowingly and willfully  fails to provide  written
notice  to the  buyer,  the owner is liable  for a civil  penalty  not to exceed
$5,000 for each separate violation.

With regard to leases of real properly, Section 25359.7 of the California Health
and Safety Code  provides  that any lessee of real  property  who knows,  or has
reasonable cause to believe,  that any release of hazardous  substances has come
to be located on or beneath  the real  property  shall,  upon  discovery  by the
lessee of the presence or suspected  presence of a hazardous  substance release,
give notice of that condition to the owner of the real property.  Failure of the
lessee to provide  written  notice as required to the owner shall make the lease
voidable at the  discretion  of the owner.  The Health and Safety Code  provides
that if the  lessee  has  actual  knowledge  of the  presence  of any  hazardous
substance  release and knowingly or willfully fails to provide written notice as
required  to the owner,  the lessee is liable for a civil  penalty not to exceed
$5000 for each violation.

As used in this notice, the term "hazardous  substances" is used in the broadest
sense and includes all hazardous and toxic  materials,  substances,  or waste as
defined  by  applicable  Federal,  state  and  local  laws and  regulations  and
includes, but is not limited to petroleum products,  paints and solvents,  PCBs,
asbestos, pesticides and other substances.  Hazardous substances may be found on
any type of real property, improved or unimproved, occupied or vacant.

Notice to Owners,  Buyers and Tenants Regarding the "Americans with Disabilities
Act"

<PAGE>
Legislation  known as the "Americans with Disabilities Act" ("ADA") was recently
adopted  and may affect The  Property  and/or its  intended  use. As real estate
licensees, we are not experts in the legal or technical aspects of ADA as it may
pertain to you. We encourage you to consult your legal counsel, architect and/or
other  professionals  with appropriate  experience with regard to your rights or
obligations for compliance with ADA.

DAUM  Commercial  Real  Estate  Services  makes no  representation  or  warranty
regarding the compliance or non-compliance of The Property under ADA.


/s/ Joseph R. Maher                     Dated: 8/15/96
- ---------------------------------       
By: Joseph R. Maher

/S/ Evelyn                              Dated: 8/19/96
- ---------------------------------
By: Evelyn L. Mattoon    

<PAGE>
                      ADDENDUM TO THE OFFICE LEASE - GROSS
                       DATED AUGUST 15,1996 BY AND BETWEEN
                      THE EVELYN L. MATTOON TRUST (LESSOR)
                                       AND
                              JOSEPH MAHER (LESSEE)

50. Re: Paragraph 1.7 & Paragraph 4.3:

Following is the base rent increase  schedule that shall be in effect during the
term of the lease:

September 15, 1998         $2,115.00 per month
September 15, 1999         $2,199.60 per month

51. Re: Paragraph 11 (Utilities):

Lessee  acknowledges that Lessee is responsible for establishing an account with
Southern California Edison Company for electric service to the premises.  Lessee
acknowledges that janitorial service to the suite is Lessee's responsibility.

52. Expansion:

If Lessee requires  additional space during the term of this Lease and Lessee is
not in default or breach of the Lease as defined in Paragraph  13 and  Paragraph
39.4;  with  written  notice to Lessor,  Lessor shall give Lessee First Fight of
Refusal on any space  Lessor owns or manages  (except  Suite 138) in tile office
building  project;  Lessee shall have five (5) business  days to respond to such
notice on whether  Lessee wishes to exercise  such right.  This notice by Lessor
shall be given  when  Lessor  is  notified  that  such  premises  will be coming
available, prior to the space being put up for lease on the "open market".

53. Termination:

In the event Lessor cannot provide increased space to meet Lessee's requirements
for  expansion,  and provided  Lessee is not in default or breach,  according to
Paragraph 13 and Paragraph  39.4;  with ninety (90) days prior  written  notice,
Lessor shall  release  Lessee from the remaining  obligations  of the Lease upon
receipt by Lessor of the following:

     1) Payment of any unamortized Tenant Improvement costs.

     2) Payment of any  unamortized  real estate  brokerage  commission paid for
     purposes of  explanation  and  clarification,  "unamortized"  as used above
     shall mean the total dollars paid out by Lessor divided by forty eight (48)
     months and multiplied by the remaining months left on the Lease term.

     3)  Lessee's  signing of  agreement  to forfeit  Security  Deposit  held by
     Lessor.

Lessee shall leave the space in broom clean condition upon termination.

54. Lessee  acknowledges that the premises is a no-smoking property and will not
permit visitors or employees to smoke in the premises.

55. Tenant Improvements:

Lessor at Lessor's sole cost shall remodel the suite; such remodel shall include
the following scope of work:

     A)  Construct a new  demising  wall to  separate  Suite 203 from Suite 201.
     Close up interior opening in office # 1.

     B) Demolish existing wall in office #3; build two (2) new offices (shown as
     #4 and #5) along west side of suite.

     C) Close up door and interior window in office #6

     D) Install a six foot (6') counter  with a sink and cold  running  water in
     office #7. Floor to be vinyl

     E) Install  Lessor's  standard  carpeting  with black  top-set base through
     suite.

<PAGE>
     F) Remove  wallpaper  in reception  office and open up doorways  into hall.
     Clean oak wainscoting in reception office.

     G) One (1) window in office #5 shall have present  tinting  removed and new
     tinting applied.

     H) All  HVAC,  HVAC  grills,  mini-blinds  shall be  cleaned  and in proper
     working  order.  All  fluorescent  light tubes  shall be in proper  working
     order. All ceiling tiles shall be clean and free of cracks.

56. Possession:

Lessee shall have access and possession for installation of telephone,  computer
lines and furniture and other equipment seven (7) days prior to occupancy.

LESSOR                                       LESSEE
- --------                                     --------                     

The Evelyn L. Mattoon Trust                  Joseph R. Maher


/S/ Evelyn L. Mattoon                        /S/ Joseph R. Maher
- ------------------------------               ----------------------------------
By: Evelyn L. Mattoon                        By: Joseph R. Maher, an individual


                                  Exhibit 10.10
                                  ------------- 

                            DELL FINANCIAL SERVICES
                   
                             LEASE NO: 004591649-001

FULL LEGAL NAME OF LESSEE          BILLING ADDRESS, CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE
FED ID/SOC NUMBER

SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC.       31324 VIA COLINAS, STE 106
                                   THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91362

LEASE TERM (MONTHS)                36

MONTHLY RENT PAYMENT               $183.89          Subject to Applicable Tax

MONTHLY PERSONAL
PROPERTY MGMT FEE                  $4.56            Subject to Applicable Tax

DOCUMENTATION FEE                  $55.00           Subject to Applicable Tax

TYPE OF BUSINESS:                          COMMITMENT FEE (MUST ACCOMPANY LEASE)
- -----------------                          ------------------------------------
XX        Corporation                      2 Advance Rent Payments =  $367.78
____      Proprietorship                          Applicable Taxes =  $ 26.66
____      Limited Liability Company                          Total =  $394.44
____      General Partnership
____      Limited Partnership                                  
____      Limited Liability Partnership     *Advance rent payments are applied
____      Not for Profit                    in the following order: first, last
____      Municipality                      and then in the reverse order due.

EQUIPMENT LOCATION:                GENERAL EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION/SUPPLIER:
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   See Attachment A    

GUARANTOR (IF ANY):                GUARANTOR (IF ANY):                        
FED ID/SOC SEC NUMBER              FED ID/SOC SEC NUMBER

                                   END OF LEASE PURCHASE OPTION:
                                   --------------------------------------
                                   10% Acquisition Cost

                        
                          TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LEASE

     The undersigned Lessee agrees to rent from Lessor and Lessor agrees to rent
the above described equipment and/or computer software (the "Equipment") subject
to all of the terms and conditions herein (the "Lease").  Lessee hereby warrants
and represents  that the Equipment will be used primarily for business  purposes
and not for personal,  family or household purposes and not for personal, family
or household purposes.

     LESSOR  DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,   ANY  WARRANTY  OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR  FITNESS  FOR  ANY
PARTICULAR  PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE  EQUIPMENT.  LESSOR  HEREBY  ASSIGNS ALL
WARRANTIES MADE TO LESSOR BY SUPPLIER AND/OR  MANUFACTURER TO LESSEE, AND LESSEE
AGREES  THAT ALL  CLAIMS OF ANY KIND  RELATING  TO THE  EQUIPMENT  SHALL BE MADE
AGAINST  SUPPLIER  AND/OR  MANUFACTURER.  THIS  LEASE  IS  NON-CANCELABLE,   THE
OBLIGATION TO PAY ALL RENT  PAYMENTS AND OTHER AMOUNTS  PAYABLE UNDER THIS LEASE
IS ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL,  DESPITE ANY  DISSATISFACTION  WITH THE EQUIPMENT
FOR ANY REASON, SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED BY ANY EVENT OR CIRCUMSTANCE, AND SHALL BE
PAID BY LESSEE IRRESPECTIVE OF ANY RIGHT OF OFF-SET,  COUNTERCLAIM,  RECOUPMENT,
DEFENSE OR OTHER RIGHT WHICH LESSEE MAY HAVE AGAINST LESSOR, THE MANUFACTURER OR
SUPPLIER OF THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

     Equipment  shall be deemed  accepted  for  purposes  of this Lease five (5)
business days after shipment.

     1. Term; Rent: The term of the Lease ("Lease Term") shall commence five (5)
business days after  shipment (the  "Commencement  Date").  Lessee agrees to pay
Lessor or its assignees during the Lease Term, in U.S. Dollars, at an address to
be provided by Lessor,  the total Rent Payments  ("Rent  Payments") as specified
herein.  The first Rent Payment is due on the Commencement  Date, and subsequent
Rent Payments are due on the same date of each month thereafter (or the last day
of the  month if there is no such  date).  Lessee  hereby  authorizes  Lessor to
adjust  the Rent  Payment by not more than 15% if the  actual  Acquisition  Cost
(which  is all  amounts  Lessor  has  paid or will  pay in  connection  with the
purchase,  delivery,  and installation of the equipment,  including any trade-up
and buy-out  amounts) differs from the estimated  Acquisition  Cost. If any Rent
Payment or other  amount  payable to Lessor is not paid  within 5 (5) days after
the due date  thereof,  Lessee  shall  pay to Lessor  interest  on any such late
payment from the due date thereof  until  payment at a rate of 18% per annum or,
if less, the highest  interest rate  permitted by applicable  law. At the end of
the Lease Term, this Lease will automatically  renew for additional  three-month
periods  on the same  terms and  conditions  (including  the same  monthly  Rent
Payments)  unless Lessee gives Lessor  ninety (90) days written  notice prior to
the expiration of the Lease Term or any three-month renewal term and returns the
Equipment to the Lessor as provided herein.

     2.  Selection and Ordering of  Equipment:  Lessee shall select the type and
quantity of the  Equipment  subject to this Lease.  If Lessee has entered into a
purchase agreement with any supplier, Lessee hereby assigns all right, title and
interest in such purchase agreement to Lessor effective prior to the passages of
title from supplier to Lessee.

     3. Location;  Use;  Maintenance:  Except for mobile Equipment (e.g.  laptop
computers),  Lessee shall use the Equipment solely at the location  specified in
the Lease, or if none is specified, at Lessee's billing address set forth in the
Lease,  and the  Equipment  shall not be moved  without  Lessor's  prior written
consent.  Lessee  shall,  at its expense,  maintain the Equipment in good repair
condition,  and  functional  order,  shall not use the  Equipment  unlawfully or
unsafely  and shall  not alter the  Equipment  without  Lessor's  prior  written
consent.  Lessor,  its  assignees and agents shall have the right to inspect the
Equipment at the premises  where the Equipment is located.  Lessee shall use the
computer software in accordance with the software license agreement.

     4. Title;  Personal  Property;  Filing:  The Equipment is, and shall at all
times remain,  the property of Lessor,  and Lessee shall have no right, title or
interest therein or thereto except as expressly set forth in this Lease.  Lessee
grants Lessor a purchase money security interest in the Equipment and shall keep
the Equipment free from any and all liens, encumbrances and claims, except those
created by  Lessor,  and shall do or permit  any act or thing  whereby  Lessor's
title of  rights  may be  encumbered  or  impaired.  So long as Lessee is not in
Default  hereunder,  Lessor agrees not to interfere  with Lessee's quiet use and
enjoyment  of the  Equipment  during the Lease  Term or any  renewal  term.  The
Equipment is and shall at all times remain,  personal  property  notwithstanding
that the  Equipment or any part  thereof may now be or  hereafter  become in any
manner  affixed or attached to real property or any  improvements  thereof.  All
additions or improvements to the Equipment of any kind or nature ,made by Lessee
shall become component parts thereof, and title shall immediately vest in Lessor
and be governed by the terms of this Lease.  Lessee will, if  requested,  at its
expense, furnish a landlord or mortgagee waiver with respect to the Equipment in
form satisfactory to Lessor.  Lessee hereby appoints Lessor its attorney-in-fact
to prepare,  execute and sign any instrument or financing statement necessary to
protect Lessor's interest in the Equipment,  to sign the name of Lessee with the
same  force and effect as if signed by Lessee and to file the same at the proper
location or locations.  Lessee further agrees, if Lessor so requests, to execute
any instrument or financing  statement necessary to protect Lessor's interest in
the Equipment and to pay a one-time  Documentation  Fee to cover  Lessor's costs
for such filing and other documentation costs.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

     5. Loss or Damage:  Lessee  assumes and shall bear the entire risk of loss,
theft,  destruction  or damage of or to the Equipment or any item thereof ("Loss
or Damage") from any cause whatsoever, whether or not covered by insurance, from
time to time the  Equipment  is  delivered  to a carrier for  shipment to Lessee
until  its  return to  Lessor,  and no such  loss or  damage  shall  result in a
termination  of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease.  Lessee shall  promptly
notify  Lessor,  and, at the option of Lessor,  shall (1) at  Lessee's  expense,
repair the affected items of Equipment to the satisfaction of Lessor,  or (2) at
Lessee's  expense,  and to the satisfaction of Lessor replace the affected items
of Equipment  with similar or like equipment in good condition and repair and of
similar  manufacture and equal or greater  capacity and  capability,  with clear
title thereto in Lessor; or (3) make payment to Lessor in an amount equal to the
sum of (i) all Rent  Payments on all the  Equipment  or other  amounts  past due
(plus interest thereon) or currently owed to Lessor under this Lease,  including
unpaid  taxes and (ii) all  future  Rent  Payments  that would  accrue  over the
remaining  Lease  Term  plus  the  estimated  fair  market  value  of all of the
Equipment  at the end of the Lease Term,  such sum to be  discounted  to present
value at a discount  rate equal to the lesser of six (6) percent of the latest 1
year  Treasury  Note rate,  or if  required  under  applicable  law,  the lowest
effective discount rate allowable under applicable law ("Discount  Rate").  Upon
Lessor's receipt of such payment,  Lessee shall be entitled to whatever interest
Lessor may have in the Equipment, as-is-where-is,  without any warranty, express
or implied,  including warranty of merchantability or fitness for any particular
purpose.

     6.  Insurance:  Lessee shall  provide,  maintain and pay for (a)  insurance
against  the  loss  or  theft  of or  damage  to the  Equipment,  for  the  full
replacement value thereof, naming Lessor (and/or such other person designated by
Lessor) as a loss payee and (b) public  liability and property damage  insurance
naming Lessor  (and/or such other person  designated by Lessor) as an additional
insured.  All  insurance  shall  be in a form  and  amount  and  with  companies
satisfactory to Lessor and shall contain the insurer's  agreement to give thirty
(30) days written notice to Lessor before cancellation or material change of the
policy.  Upon  Lessor's  request,  Lessee  shall  deliver the policies or copies
thereof or  certificates  of  insurance  to Lessor  (and/or  such  other  person
designated by Lessor).  If Lessee fails to provide or maintain  such  insurance,
Lessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated to obtain such insurance
and in such event,  Lessee  shall repay to Lessor the cost thereof with the next
Rent Payment (not reduced by any amount paid to Lessor as refund or commission).
Lessor reserves the right to terminate any insurance  coverage it may obtain and
Lessor may allow any such  insurance  coverage  to lapse  without  liability  to
Lessee.  Lessee hereby appoints Lessor its  attorney-in-fact to make claims for,
receive payment of, and execute and endorse all documents, checks, or drafts for
loss or damage under any insurance policies.

     7.  Taxes:  Lessee  shall pay or  reimburse  Lessor for all  charges  taxes
(local,  state and  federal),  fines or penalties  which may now or hereafter be
imposed  or levied  upon the sale,  purchase,  ownership,  leasing or use of the
Equipment,  excluding  taxes on Lessor's net income.  Lessor may, at its option,
charge Lessee a liquidated monthly personal property management fee, to be added
to Rent Payments owed under this Lease.

     8. Return: upon expiration of the Lease Term if not renewed or purchase, or
upon demand by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 11 hereof,  Lessee,  at its expense,
shall  return the  Equipment  (including  but not limited to original  software,
media,  documentation,  manuals, cables, power cords, keys, etc.) in good repair
and operable  condition,  ordinary wear and tear  excepted,  to such place or on
board such carrier,  freight prepaid, packed for shipping as Lessor may specify.
Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor any cost of replacement or repair. Should
Lessee fail to comply with the provisions described above, the term of the Lease
shall be extended as outlined in paragraph 1.

     9. Purchase Option: Unless otherwise provided for, if no Default shall have
occurred  and be  continuing  end of this  Lease  shall  not have  been  earlier
terminated,  Lessee shall be  entitled,  at its option,  upon written  notice to
Lessor  at least  ninety  (90) days  prior to the end of the  Lease  Term or any

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
     
renewal  term,  to  purchase  from  Lessor  all,  but not less than all,  of the
Equipment  at the end of such term for the amount of the  purchase  options  set
forth above which if it's the then fair market value of the  Equipment  shall be
as determined by Lessor,  based on the value which would be obtained in an arm's
length  transaction  between an informed  and willing  buyer and an informed and
willing seller under no compulsion to sell. On the date of such purchase, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the full purchase  price for the Equipment in cash (plus any
taxes  levied   thereon)  and  Lessor  shall  sell  the   Equipment  to  Lessee,
AS-IS-WHERE-IS,  WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  WARRANTY OF  MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
                                 
     10. Assignability: (a) Without Lessor's prior written consent, Lessee shall
not (1) assign,  transfer,  pledge,  hypothecate  or  otherwise  dispose of this
Lease, any of the Equipment,  or any interest therein; or (2) sublet or lend any
of the  Equipment or permit any of the Equipment to be used by anyone other than
Lessee or Lessee's  employees.  Any buyer of all Lessee's assets shall,  without
further action,  assume the obligations under this Lease. (b) Lessor may sell or
assign this Lease or the Equipment or grant a security interest in the Equipment
in whole or part without notice to Lessee, and Lessor's  purchaser,  assignee or
secured  party may then sell or assign  this Lease or the  Equipment  or grant a
security  interest in the  Equipment in whole or part without  notice to Lessee,
and Lessor's  purchaser,  assignee or secured party may then sell or assign this
Lease or the Equipment or the security  interest without notice to Lessee.  Each
such purchaser,  assignee or secured party shall have all the rights but none of
the  obligations of Lessor under this Lease.  Lessee shall recognize such sales,
assignments  and/or  security  agreements  and  shall  not  assert  against  the
purchasers,  assignees  and/or  secured  parties any defense,  counter-claim  or
offset  Lessee may have against  Lessor.  Subject to the  foregoing,  this Lease
inures to the  benefit of and is binding  upon the  heirs,  legatees,  personnel
representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

     11. Default and Remedies: (a) Lessee shall be in Default ("Default") if (1)
Lessee  fails to pay any Rent  Payment or any other  amount due under this Lease
within five (5) days after the same becomes due and payable; (2) Lessee fails to
make any  payments  on any lease or  indebtedness  of  Lessee to Lessor  arising
independently  of this  Lease.  In each case within five (5) days after the same
becomes  due and  payable;  (3) Lessee  fails to perform or observe  any term or
covenant  contained in this Lease; (4) Lessee or any Guarantor becomes insolvent
(however  defined) ceases  business as a going concern,  makes an assignment for
the benefit of creditors,  causes a petition of  receivership or in a bankruptcy
to be  filed or have the  same  filed  against  it  (including  a  petition  for
reorganization or an arrangement),  dies or is judicially declared  incompetent:
(5)  Lessee or any  Guarantor  has made or  furnished  to Lessor  any  warranty,
representation  or statement  which is proven to have been false in any material
respect  when made or  furnished;  (6) Lessee  attempts to sell or encumber  the
Equipment,  or suffers any levy,  seizure or  attachment  to be made  thereof or
thereon;  or (7)  Lessee  commits  or fails to commit  any act which  results in
jeopardizing the rights of Lessor or causes Lessor to deem itself insecure as to
its  rights,  (b) If Lease is in  Default.  Lessor,  with or  without  notice to
Lessee, shall have the right to exercise concurrently or separately, and without
any election of remedies to be deemed made, the following remedies:  (1) declare
all Rent Payments due hereunder  immediately due and payable: (2) terminate this
Lease;  (3) without  incurring  any  liability  to Lessee,  enter upon  Lessee's
premises  and  without  any  court  order or other  process  of law  remove  the
Equipment with or without notice to the Lessee;  (4) sell or lease the Equipment
at public  auction or by private sale or lease;  (5) bring an action for damages
or pursue any other remedy available at law or equity. (c) Whether or not Lessor
exercise any of its rights  described in this  paragraph  11, Lessor may recover
from Lessee as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, a sum equal to: (1) all
unpaid Rent Payments including unpaid taxes (together with interest thereon) due
up to the date of delivery of the Equipment to Lessor;  plus (2) all expenses of
any kind incurred by Lessor as a result of Lessee's  Default  including  cost of
recovery, repair, storage, renting and sale, and attorneys' fees and costs; plus
(3) all unpaid rent  Payments  due and to become due after the date of surrender
of the Equipment to Lessor, together with the estimated fair market value of the
Equipment both  discounted to present value at the Discount Rate;  minus (4) the
proceeds  (if any)  received  or to be received  upon  re-lease  (discounted  to
present value at the Discount  Rate) or actual sale of the Equipment or any item

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
thereof as determined by Lessor which determination shall be conclusive.  Lessee
understands  that there can be no assurance that Lessor will be able to re-lease
or sell the Equipment or any item thereof in such circumstances.

     12. Indemnity: Lessee shall indemnify, protect and hold harmless Lessor and
its employees,  agents and assigns from and against all  liabilities  (including
negligence,  tort, and strict liability),  claims,  costs (including  attorneys'
fees and expenses), actions, suits and proceedings of every kind, arising out of
or in connection with this Lease or the Equipment.

     13. Choice of Law;  Arbitration:  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF ILLINOIS.  Any claim or controversy,  including any contract or
tort claim,  between or among Lessor,  Lessee or any  Guarantor  related to this
Lease,  but  excluding  any claim or  controversy  related to the  Equipment  or
manufacturer warranties shall be determined by binding arbitration in accordance
with  Title 9 of the U.S. Code  and the  Commercial  Arbitration  Rules of the
American Arbitration Association. All statutes otherwise applicable shall apply.
Judgment  upon  the  arbitration  award  may  be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction.  This paragraph  shall not apply, in the event Lessee or Guarantor
Defaults,  to Lessor's right to obtain  possession of the Equipment and to bring
suit for any amounts due. This Lease is made in interstate commerce.
                                   
     14.  Finance  Lease:  Lessee  hereby  agrees  that this Lease is a "finance
lease" as defined by Article 2A of the Illinois  Commercial Code, that is Lessee
acknowledges that (1) Lessor did not select manufacture or supply the Equipment,
but did purchase  the  Equipment  for lease to Lessee;  and (2) Lessor has given
Lessee the name of the  supplier  of the  Equipment.  Lessee may have rights and
warranties  under the supply  contracts for the Equipment and Lessee may contact
the supplier of the Equipment for a description of those rights and  warranties.
To the extent  permitted by  applicable  law,  Lessee  hereby waives any and all
rights and remedies  conferred  upon a lessee by Article 2A. 

     15. Miscellaneous: All of the covenants required of Lessee under this Lease
shall survive the expiration of termination of this Lease to the extent required
for their full  observances and performance.  This Lease  constitutes the entire
agreement  between Lessor and Lessee and is  irrevocable  for the Lease Term and
for the  aggregate  Rent  Payments  herein-above  reserved,  and it shall not be
amended, altered, or changed except by a written agreement signed by the parties
hereto.  All notices under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given on the date of receipted delivery of four (4) business days
after  they are  mailed to the  respective  address  herein set forth or to such
other address as the parties may hereafter substitute by written notice. Time is
of the  essence  in  this  Lease.  Any  failure  of  Lessor  to  require  strict
performance by Lessee or any waiver by Lessor of any provision  hereof shall not
be  construed  as a consent  or  waiver  of any other  breach of the same or any
provision.  If any portion of this Lease is deemed invalid,  it shall not affect
the balance of this Lease.

BY SIGNING THIS LEASE,  LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS ON THE FIRST,  SECOND AND THIRD PAGES OF THIS LEASE. LESSEE
REPRESENTS  AND WARRANTS THAT THE  INFORMATION  IN ANY  APPLICATION,  STATEMENT,
TRADE REFERENCE OR FINANCIAL  REPORT SUBMITTED TO LESSOR IS TRUE AND CORRECT AND
UNDERSTANDS  THAT ANY  MATERIAL  MISREPRESENTATION  SHALL  CONSTITUTE  A DEFAULT
HEREUNDER. LESSEE FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT LESSEE HAS FULL POWER AND
AUTHORITY  TO  EXECUTE  AND  DELIVER  THIS  LEASE AND  PERFORM  ITS  OBLIGATIONS
HEREUNDER,  THAT  THIS  LEASE  IS A  VALID  AND  BINDING  OBLIGATION  OF  LESSEE
ENFORCEABLE  AGAINST  LESSEE IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH ITS TERMS AND THAT THE  PERSON
EXECUTING  THIS  LEASE ON BEHALF OF  LESSEE IS DULY  AUTHORIZED  TO DO SO BY ALL
NECESSARY ACTION ON THE PART OF LESSEE.

LESSEE:                                      LESSOR:
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC                  Dell Financial Services L.P.       
                                             P.O. Box 811550 
                                             Chicago, IL 60681-1550
                                             (800) 955-3355
                                             FAX (512) 728-9091

/s/  F. Michael Budd
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd                         SIGNATURE
Its: President & CEO

Date: 11/26/97                               Date: 


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>

                             LEASE NO: 004591649-001

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT
                                  ATTACHMENT A

Attached hereto and apart hereof lease NO: 004591649-001  between DELL Financial
services L.P. as Lessor and SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC as Lessee

LESSEE:                                      LESSOR:
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC                  Dell Financial Services L.P.       
                                             P.O. Box 811550 
                                             Chicago, IL 60681-1550
                                             (800) 955-3355
                                             FAX (512) 728-9091

/s/  F. Michael Budd
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd                         SIGNATURE
Its: President & CEO

Date: 11/26/97                               Date: 


Equipment Location:
- ------------------
31324 VIA COLINAS, STE 106, THOUSAND  OAKS, CA 91362


General Equipment Description Supplier:  
- --------------------------------------
Dell Order # 134359967

Description                                            Quantity
- --------------------------------------       ----------------------------------
INSPIRON M233XT, 13.3" XGA, 16MB, CD                        1
NO MODEM OPTION, ALL NBKS TIED                              1
64MB SDRAM, 1 DIM, INSP, FACT                               1
64MB SDRAM, 1 DIM, INSP, FACT                               1
LI-ION SECONDARY BATTERY, 40 WHR, INSP, FACT                1
11/20X CD-ROM, 680M, INT, INSP, FACT                        1
4.0GB HD, 12.5 MM, INSP, FACT                               1
MICROSOFT IE4.0, FACT                                       1
MS IIE4.0, CD, UPGRADE, NON-INSTALLED                       1
WINDOWS 95 W/CD                                             1
PORT RPD RESP, INIT, INCLUDED                               1
MS OFFICE PRO 97/BSHELF, CD, FAC, US, LAT                   1
NO WARRANTY, YRS 2 & 3, L1                                  1


All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain unchanged




                                  Exhibit 10.11
                                  ------------- 

                            DELL FINANCIAL SERVICES
                   
                             LEASE NO: 004591649-002

FULL LEGAL NAME OF LESSEE          BILLING ADDRESS, CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE
FED ID/SOC NUMBER

SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC.       31324 VIA COLINAS, STE 106
                                   THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91362

LEASE TERM (MONTHS)                36

MONTHLY RENT PAYMENT               $157.46          Subject to Applicable Tax

MONTHLY PERSONAL
PROPERTY MGMT FEE                  $2.71            Subject to Applicable Tax

DOCUMENTATION FEE                  $55.00           Subject to Applicable Tax

TYPE OF BUSINESS:                          COMMITMENT FEE (MUST ACCOMPANY LEASE)
- -----------------                          ------------------------------------
XX        Corporation                      0 Advance Rent Payments =     $.00
____      Proprietorship                          Applicable Taxes =     $.00
____      Limited Liability Company                          Total =     $.00
____      General Partnership
____      Limited Partnership                                  
____      Limited Liability Partnership     *Advance rent payments are applied
____      Not for Profit                    in the following order: first, last
____      Municipality                      and then in the reverse order due.

EQUIPMENT LOCATION:                GENERAL EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION/SUPPLIER:
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   See Attachment A    

GUARANTOR (IF ANY):                GUARANTOR (IF ANY):                        
FED ID/SOC SEC NUMBER              FED ID/SOC SEC NUMBER

                                   END OF LEASE PURCHASE OPTION:
                                   --------------------------------------
                                   10% Acquisition Cost


                          TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LEASE

     The undersigned Lessee agrees to rent from Lessor and Lessor agrees to rent
the above described equipment and/or computer software (the "Equipment") subject
to all of the terms and conditions herein (the "Lease").  Lessee hereby warrants
and represents  that the Equipment will be used primarily for business  purposes
and not for personal,  family or household purposes and not for personal, family
or household purposes.

     LESSOR  DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,   ANY  WARRANTY  OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR  FITNESS  FOR  ANY
PARTICULAR  PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE  EQUIPMENT.  LESSOR  HEREBY  ASSIGNS ALL
WARRANTIES MADE TO LESSOR BY SUPPLIER AND/OR  MANUFACTURER TO LESSEE, AND LESSEE
AGREES  THAT ALL  CLAIMS OF ANY KIND  RELATING  TO THE  EQUIPMENT  SHALL BE MADE
AGAINST  SUPPLIER  AND/OR  MANUFACTURER.  THIS  LEASE  IS  NON-CANCELABLE,   THE
OBLIGATION TO PAY ALL RENT  PAYMENTS AND OTHER AMOUNTS  PAYABLE UNDER THIS LEASE
IS ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL,  DESPITE ANY  DISSATISFACTION  WITH THE EQUIPMENT
FOR ANY REASON, SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED BY ANY EVENT OR CIRCUMSTANCE, AND SHALL BE
PAID BY LESSEE IRRESPECTIVE OF ANY RIGHT OF OFF-SET,  COUNTERCLAIM,  RECOUPMENT,
DEFENSE OR OTHER RIGHT WHICH LESSEE MAY HAVE AGAINST LESSOR, THE MANUFACTURER OR
SUPPLIER OF THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

     Equipment  shall be deemed  accepted  for  purposes  of this Lease five (5)
business days after shipment.

     1. Term; Rent: The term of the Lease ("Lease Term") shall commence five (5)
business days after  shipment (the  "Commencement  Date").  Lessee agrees to pay
Lessor or its assignees during the Lease Term, in U.S. Dollars, at an address to
be provided by Lessor,  the total Rent Payments  ("Rent  Payments") as specified
herein.  The first Rent Payment is due on the Commencement  Date, and subsequent
Rent Payments are due on the same date of each month thereafter (or the last day
of the  month if there is no such  date).  Lessee  hereby  authorizes  Lessor to
adjust  the Rent  Payment by not more than 15% if the  actual  Acquisition  Cost
(which  is all  amounts  Lessor  has  paid or will  pay in  connection  with the
purchase,  delivery,  and installation of the equipment,  including any trade-up
and buy-out  amounts) differs from the estimated  Acquisition  Cost. If any Rent
Payment or other  amount  payable to Lessor is not paid  within 5 (5) days after
the due date  thereof,  Lessee  shall  pay to Lessor  interest  on any such late
payment from the due date thereof  until  payment at a rate of 18% per annum or,
if less, the highest  interest rate  permitted by applicable  law. At the end of
the Lease Term, this Lease will automatically  renew for additional  three-month
periods  on the same  terms and  conditions  (including  the same  monthly  Rent
Payments)  unless Lessee gives Lessor  ninety (90) days written  notice prior to
the expiration of the Lease Term or any three-month renewal term and returns the
Equipment to the Lessor as provided herein.

     2.  Selection and Ordering of  Equipment:  Lessee shall select the type and
quantity of the  Equipment  subject to this Lease.  If Lessee has entered into a
purchase agreement with any supplier, Lessee hereby assigns all right, title and
interest in such purchase agreement to Lessor effective prior to the passages of
title from supplier to Lessee.

     3. Location;  Use;  Maintenance:  Except for mobile Equipment (e.g.  laptop
computers),  Lessee shall use the Equipment solely at the location  specified in
the Lease, or if none is specified, at Lessee's billing address set forth in the
Lease,  and the  Equipment  shall not be moved  without  Lessor's  prior written
consent.  Lessee  shall,  at its expense,  maintain the Equipment in good repair
condition,  and  functional  order,  shall not use the  Equipment  unlawfully or
unsafely  and shall  not alter the  Equipment  without  Lessor's  prior  written
consent.  Lessor,  its  assignees and agents shall have the right to inspect the
Equipment at the premises  where the Equipment is located.  Lessee shall use the
computer software in accordance with the software license agreement.

     4. Title;  Personal  Property;  Filing:  The Equipment is, and shall at all
times remain,  the property of Lessor,  and Lessee shall have no right, title or
interest therein or thereto except as expressly set forth in this Lease.  Lessee
grants Lessor a purchase money security interest in the Equipment and shall keep
the Equipment free from any and all liens, encumbrances and claims, except those
created by  Lessor,  and shall do or permit  any act or thing  whereby  Lessor's
title of  rights  may be  encumbered  or  impaired.  So long as Lessee is not in
Default hereunder, Lessor agrees not to interfere with Lessee's quiet use and
enjoyment  of the  Equipment  during the Lease  Term or any  renewal  term.  The
Equipment is and shall at all times remain,  personal  property  notwithstanding
that the  Equipment or any part  thereof may now be or  hereafter  become in any
manner  affixed or attached to real property or any  improvements  thereof.  All
additions or improvements to the Equipment of any kind or nature ,made by Lessee
shall become component parts thereof, and title shall immediately vest in Lessor
and be governed by the terms of this Lease.  Lessee will, if  requested,  at its
expense, furnish a landlord or mortgagee waiver with respect to the Equipment in
form satisfactory to Lessor.  Lessee hereby appoints Lessor its attorney-in-fact
to prepare,  execute and sign any instrument or financing statement necessary to
protect Lessor's interest in the Equipment,  to sign the name of Lessee with the
same  force and effect as if signed by Lessee and to file the same at the proper
location or locations.  Lessee further agrees, if Lessor so requests, to execute
any instrument or financing  statement necessary to protect Lessor's interest in
the Equipment and to pay a one-time  Documentation  Fee to cover  Lessor's costs
for such filing and other documentation costs.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

     5. Loss or Damage:  Lessee  assumes and shall bear the entire risk of loss,
theft,  destruction  or damage of or to the Equipment or any item thereof ("Loss
or Damage") from any cause whatsoever, whether or not covered by insurance, from
time to time the  Equipment  is  delivered  to a carrier for  shipment to Lessee
until  its  return to  Lessor,  and no such  loss or  damage  shall  result in a
termination  of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease.  Lessee shall  promptly
notify  Lessor,  and, at the option of Lessor,  shall (1) at  Lessee's  expense,
repair the affected items of Equipment to the satisfaction of Lessor,  or (2) at
Lessee's  expense,  and to the satisfaction of Lessor replace the affected items
of Equipment  with similar or like equipment in good condition and repair and of
similar  manufacture and equal or greater  capacity and  capability,  with clear
title thereto in Lessor; or (3) make payment to Lessor in an amount equal to the
sum of (i) all Rent  Payments on all the  Equipment  or other  amounts  past due
(plus interest thereon) or currently owed to Lessor under this Lease,  including
unpaid  taxes and (ii) all  future  Rent  Payments  that would  accrue  over the
remaining  Lease  Term  plus  the  estimated  fair  market  value  of all of the
Equipment  at the end of the Lease Term,  such sum to be  discounted  to present
value at a discount  rate equal to the lesser of six (6) percent of the latest 1
year  Treasury  Note rate,  or if  required  under  applicable  law,  the lowest
effective discount rate allowable under applicable law ("Discount  Rate").  Upon
Lessor's receipt of such payment,  Lessee shall be entitled to whatever interest
Lessor may have in the Equipment, as-is-where-is,  without any warranty, express
or implied,  including warranty of merchantability or fitness for any particular
purpose.

     6.  Insurance:  Lessee shall  provide,  maintain and pay for (a)  insurance
against  the  loss  or  theft  of or  damage  to the  Equipment,  for  the  full
replacement value thereof, naming Lessor (and/or such other person designated by
Lessor) as a loss payee and (b) public  liability and property damage  insurance
naming Lessor  (and/or such other person  designated by Lessor) as an additional
insured.  All  insurance  shall  be in a form  and  amount  and  with  companies
satisfactory to Lessor and shall contain the insurer's  agreement to give thirty
(30) days written notice to Lessor before cancellation or material change of the
policy.  Upon  Lessor's  request,  Lessee  shall  deliver the policies or copies
thereof or  certificates  of  insurance  to Lessor  (and/or  such  other  person
designated by Lessor).  If Lessee fails to provide or maintain  such  insurance,
Lessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated to obtain such insurance
and in such event,  Lessee  shall repay to Lessor the cost thereof with the next
Rent Payment (not reduced by any amount paid to Lessor as refund or commission).
Lessor reserves the right to terminate any insurance  coverage it may obtain and
Lessor may allow any such  insurance  coverage  to lapse  without  liability  to
Lessee.  Lessee hereby appoints Lessor its  attorney-in-fact to make claims for,
receive payment of, and execute and endorse all documents, checks, or drafts for
loss or damage under any insurance policies.

     7.  Taxes:  Lessee  shall pay or  reimburse  Lessor for all  charges  taxes
(local,  state and  federal),  fines or penalties  which may now or hereafter be
imposed  or levied  upon the sale,  purchase,  ownership,  leasing or use of the
Equipment,  excluding  taxes on Lessor's net income.  Lessor may, at its option,
charge Lessee a liquidated monthly personal property management fee, to be added
to Rent Payments owed under this Lease.

     8. Return: upon expiration of the Lease Term if not renewed or purchase, or
upon demand by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 11 hereof,  Lessee,  at its expense,
shall  return the  Equipment  (including  but not limited to original  software,
media,  documentation,  manuals, cables, power cords, keys, etc.) in good repair
and operable  condition,  ordinary wear and tear  excepted,  to such place or on
board such carrier,  freight prepaid, packed for shipping as Lessor may specify.
Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor any cost of replacement or repair. Should
Lessee fail to comply with the provisions described above, the term of the Lease
shall be extended as outlined in paragraph 1.

     9. Purchase Option: Unless otherwise provided for, if no Default shall have
occurred  and be  continuing  end of this  Lease  shall  not have  been  earlier
terminated,  Lessee shall be  entitled,  at its option,  upon written  notice to
Lessor  at least  ninety  (90) days  prior to the end of the  Lease  Term or any

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
     
renewal  term,  to  purchase  from  Lessor  all,  but not less than all,  of the
Equipment  at the end of such term for the amount of the  purchase  options  set
forth above which if it's the then fair market value of the  Equipment  shall be
as determined by Lessor,  based on the value which would be obtained in an arm's
length  transaction  between an informed  and willing  buyer and an informed and
willing seller under no compulsion to sell. On the date of such purchase, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the full purchase  price for the Equipment in cash (plus any
taxes  levied   thereon)  and  Lessor  shall  sell  the   Equipment  to  Lessee,
AS-IS-WHERE-IS,  WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  WARRANTY OF  MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
                                 
     10. Assignability: (a) Without Lessor's prior written consent, Lessee shall
not (1) assign,  transfer,  pledge,  hypothecate  or  otherwise  dispose of this
Lease, any of the Equipment,  or any interest therein; or (2) sublet or lend any
of the  Equipment or permit any of the Equipment to be used by anyone other than
Lessee or Lessee's  employees.  Any buyer of all Lessee's assets shall,  without
further action,  assume the obligations under this Lease. (b) Lessor may sell or
assign this Lease or the Equipment or grant a security interest in the Equipment
in whole or part without notice to Lessee, and Lessor's  purchaser,  assignee or
secured  party may then sell or assign  this Lease or the  Equipment  or grant a
security  interest in the  Equipment in whole or part without  notice to Lessee,
and Lessor's  purchaser,  assignee or secured party may then sell or assign this
Lease or the Equipment or the security  interest without notice to Lessee.  Each
such purchaser,  assignee or secured party shall have all the rights but none of
the  obligations of Lessor under this Lease.  Lessee shall recognize such sales,
assignments  and/or  security  agreements  and  shall  not  assert  against  the
purchasers,  assignees  and/or  secured  parties any defense,  counter-claim  or
offset  Lessee may have against  Lessor.  Subject to the  foregoing,  this Lease
inures to the  benefit of and is binding  upon the  heirs,  legatees,  personnel
representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

     11. Default and Remedies: (a) Lessee shall be in Default ("Default") if (1)
Lessee  fails to pay any Rent  Payment or any other  amount due under this Lease
within five (5) days after the same becomes due and payable; (2) Lessee fails to
make any  payments  on any lease or  indebtedness  of  Lessee to Lessor  arising
independently  of this  Lease.  In each case within five (5) days after the same
becomes  due and  payable;  (3) Lessee  fails to perform or observe  any term or
covenant  contained in this Lease; (4) Lessee or any Guarantor becomes insolvent
(however  defined) ceases  business as a going concern,  makes an assignment for
the benefit of creditors,  causes a petition of  receivership or in a bankruptcy
to be  filed or have the  same  filed  against  it  (including  a  petition  for
reorganization or an arrangement),  dies or is judicially declared  incompetent:
(5)  Lessee or any  Guarantor  has made or  furnished  to Lessor  any  warranty,
representation  or statement  which is proven to have been false in any material
respect  when made or  furnished;  (6) Lessee  attempts to sell or encumber  the
Equipment,  or suffers any levy,  seizure or  attachment  to be made  thereof or
thereon;  or (7)  Lessee  commits  or fails to commit  any act which  results in
jeopardizing the rights of Lessor or causes Lessor to deem itself insecure as to
its  rights,  (b) If Lease is in  Default.  Lessor,  with or  without  notice to
Lessee, shall have the right to exercise concurrently or separately, and without
any election of remedies to be deemed made, the following remedies:  (1) declare
all Rent Payments due hereunder  immediately due and payable: (2) terminate this
Lease;  (3) without  incurring  any  liability  to Lessee,  enter upon  Lessee's
premises  and  without  any  court  order or other  process  of law  remove  the
Equipment with or without notice to the Lessee;  (4) sell or lease the Equipment
at public  auction or by private sale or lease;  (5) bring an action for damages
or pursue any other remedy available at law or equity. (c) Whether or not Lessor
exercise any of its rights  described in this  paragraph  11, Lessor may recover
from Lessee as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, a sum equal to: (1) all
unpaid Rent Payments including unpaid taxes (together with interest thereon) due
up to the date of delivery of the Equipment to Lessor;  plus (2) all expenses of
any kind incurred by Lessor as a result of Lessee's  Default  including  cost of
recovery, repair, storage, renting and sale, and attorneys' fees and costs; plus
(3) all unpaid rent  Payments  due and to become due after the date of surrender
of the Equipment to Lessor, together with the estimated fair market value of the
Equipment both  discounted to present value at the Discount Rate;  minus (4) the
proceeds  (if any)  received  or to be received  upon  re-lease  (discounted  to
present value at the Discount Rate) or actual sale of the Equipment or any item

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
thereof as determined by Lessor which determination shall be conclusive.  Lessee
understands  that there can be no assurance that Lessor will be able to re-lease
or sell the Equipment or any item thereof in such circumstances.

     12. Indemnity: Lessee shall indemnify, protect and hold harmless Lessor and
its employees,  agents and assigns from and against all  liabilities  (including
negligence,  tort, and strict liability),  claims,  costs (including  attorneys'
fees and expenses), actions, suits and proceedings of every kind, arising out of
or in connection with this Lease or the Equipment.

     13. Choice of Law;  Arbitration:  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF ILLINOIS.  Any claim or controversy,  including any contract or
tort claim,  between or among Lessor,  Lessee or any  Guarantor  related to this
Lease,  but  excluding  any claim or  controversy  related to the  Equipment  or
manufacturer warranties shall be determined by binding arbitration in accordance
with  Title 9 of the  U.S.  Code  and the  Commercial  Arbitration  Rules of the
American Arbitration Association. All statutes otherwise applicable shall apply.
Judgment  upon  the  arbitration  award  may  be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction.  This paragraph  shall not apply, in the event Lessee or Guarantor
Defaults,  to Lessor's right to obtain  possession of the Equipment and to bring
suit for any amounts due. This Lease is made in interstate commerce.
                                   
     14.  Finance  Lease:  Lessee  hereby  agrees  that this Lease is a "finance
lease" as defined by Article 2A of the Illinois  Commercial Code, that is Lessee
acknowledges that (1) Lessor did not select manufacture or supply the Equipment,
but did purchase  the  Equipment  for lease to Lessee;  and (2) Lessor has given
Lessee the name of the  supplier  of the  Equipment.  Lessee may have rights and
warranties  under the supply  contracts for the Equipment and Lessee may contact
the supplier of the Equipment for a description of those rights and  warranties.
To the extent  permitted by  applicable  law,  Lessee  hereby waives any and all
rights and remedies  conferred  upon a lessee by Article 2A. 

     15. Miscellaneous: All of the covenants required of Lessee under this Lease
shall survive the expiration of termination of this Lease to the extent required
for their full  observances and performance.  This Lease  constitutes the entire
agreement  between Lessor and Lessee and is  irrevocable  for the Lease Term and
for the  aggregate  Rent  Payments  herein-above  reserved,  and it shall not be
amended, altered, or changed except by a written agreement signed by the parties
hereto.  All notices under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given on the date of receipted delivery of four (4) business days
after  they are  mailed to the  respective  address  herein set forth or to such
other address as the parties may hereafter substitute by written notice. Time is
of the  essence  in  this  Lease.  Any  failure  of  Lessor  to  require  strict
performance by Lessee or any waiver by Lessor of any provision  hereof shall not
be  construed  as a consent  or  waiver  of any other  breach of the same or any
provision.  If any portion of this Lease is deemed invalid,  it shall not affect
the balance of this Lease.

BY SIGNING THIS LEASE,  LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS ON THE FIRST,  SECOND AND THIRD PAGES OF THIS LEASE. LESSEE
REPRESENTS  AND WARRANTS THAT THE  INFORMATION  IN ANY  APPLICATION,  STATEMENT,
TRADE REFERENCE OR FINANCIAL  REPORT SUBMITTED TO LESSOR IS TRUE AND CORRECT AND
UNDERSTANDS  THAT ANY  MATERIAL  MISREPRESENTATION  SHALL  CONSTITUTE  A DEFAULT
HEREUNDER. LESSEE FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT LESSEE HAS FULL POWER AND
AUTHORITY  TO  EXECUTE  AND  DELIVER  THIS  LEASE AND  PERFORM  ITS  OBLIGATIONS
HEREUNDER,  THAT  THIS  LEASE  IS A  VALID  AND  BINDING  OBLIGATION  OF  LESSEE
ENFORCEABLE  AGAINST  LESSEE IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH ITS TERMS AND THAT THE  PERSON
EXECUTING  THIS  LEASE ON BEHALF OF  LESSEE IS DULY  AUTHORIZED  TO DO SO BY ALL
NECESSARY ACTION ON THE PART OF LESSEE.

LESSEE:                                      LESSOR:
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC                  Dell Financial Services L.P.       
                                             P.O. Box 811550 
                                             Chicago, IL 60681-1550
                                             (800) 955-3355
                                             FAX (512) 728-9091

/s/  F. Michael Budd
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd                         SIGNATURE
Its: President & CEO

Date: 5/22/98                                Date: 


                                     Page 5
<PAGE>

                             LEASE NO: 004591649-002

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT
                                  ATTACHMENT A

Attached hereto and apart hereof lease NO: 004591649-002  between DELL Financial
services L.P. as Lessor and SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC as Lessee

LESSEE:                                      LESSOR:
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC                  Dell Financial Services L.P.       
                                             P.O. Box 811550 
                                             Chicago, IL 60681-1550
                                             (800) 955-3355
                                             FAX (512) 728-9091

/s/  F. Michael Budd
- ------------------------------------         -----------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd                         SIGNATURE
Its: President & CEO

Date: 5/22/98                                Date: 


Equipment Location:
- ------------------
31324 VIA COLINAS, STE 106, THOUSAND  OAKS, CA 91362


General Equipment Description Supplier:  
- --------------------------------------
Dell Order # 161205919

Description                                            Quantity
- --------------------------------------       ----------------------------------
INSPIRON M233XT, 13.3" XGA, 16MB, CD                        1
NO MODEM OPTION, ALL NBKS TIED                              1
64MB 1DIMM, 64MB 1 DIMM, 144TOTAL, INSP, FACT               1
LI-ION SECONDARY BATTERY, 40WHR, INSP, FACT                 1
10/24X CDROM, 680M, INSP, FACT                              1
6.4GB HD, 12.5MM, INSP, FACT                                1
MICROSOFT IE4.0, FACT                                       1
W98, ELIGIBILITY, XPS, INSP, AMF, FACT                      1
WINDOWS 95 W/CD                                             1
PORT RPD RESP, INIT, INCLUDED                               1
MS OFFICE PRO97/BSHELF, CDWD, FAC, US, 13000                1
NO WARRANTY, YRS 2 & 3, L1                                  1


All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain unchanged





                                  Exhibit 10.12
                                  ------------- 

AMERICORP FINANCIAL INC.
South Adams Road
Birmingham, MI 48009
(248) 723-4500

                                  LEASE 5976-2

DESCRIPTION OF LEASED EQUIPMENT              SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS
- -------------------------------              ---------------------------------
See Schedule A                                36 MONTHLY PAYMENTS OF $285.75

                                             PAYABLE AT SIGNING OF THE LEASE

                                                         ___ SECURITY DEPOSIT

                                          X OTHER 1st and 36th AMOUNT $571.50
                                         ---

EQUIPMENT LOCATION: (if other than below)

Dear Lessee, we have written this Lease in plain language because we want you to
fully understand its terms. For purposes of clarity,  the terms "You" and "Your"
mean the lessee and the terms "We", "Us" and "Our" mean the lessor.

     1. Lease Terms. In consideration of our purchase of the Equipment  selected
by you, we hereby lease to you and you hereby lease from us the equipment listed
above and on any attached schedule  (hereinafter the "Equipment"),  on the terms
and conditions  set forth herein.  This Lease will be accepted by us on the date
signed below by an authorized representative of ours. Any Advance Payment by you
shall be held as security  for your  performance  of this Lease and shall not be
deemed an  acceptance by us. YOU CANNOT CANCEL THIS LEASE AFTER WE HAVE ACCEPTED
IT.

     2. NET FINANCE LEASE. YOU AGREE THAT YOU ARE  UNCONDITIONALLY  OBLIGATED TO
PAY ALL RENT AND OTHER  AMOUNTS  DUE FOR THE ENTIRE  LEASE  TERM NO MATTER  WHAT
HAPPENS, EVEN IF THE EQUIPMENT IS DAMAGED OR DESTROYED, IF IT IS DEFECTIVE OR IF
YOU CAN NO LONGER USE IT. YOU ARE NOT  ENTITLED TO SET-OFF  AGAINST  RENT OR ANY
OTHER  AMOUNTS  DUE TO US OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM WE TRANSFER  THIS LEASE,  WHETHER
YOUR CLAIM  ARISES OUT OF THIS LEASE,  ANY  STATEMENT  BY US, OUR  LIABILITY  OR
SUPPLIER'S  OR  MANUFACTURER'S  LIABILITY,  STRICT  LIABILITY,   NEGLIGENCE,  OR
OTHERWISE. THIS LEASE IS A FINANCE LEASE AS DEFINED IN ARTICLE 2A OF THE UNIFORM
COMMERCIAL  CODE. YOU HAVE SELECTED THE EQUIPMENT AND THE SUPPLIER BASED ON YOUR
OWN JUDGMENT AND ARE FULLY  SATISFIED  THEREWITH.  YOU MAY HAVE RIGHTS UNDER THE
PURCHASE  CONTRACT FROM THE SUPPLIER WHOM YOU HAVE CHOSEN AND SHOULD CONTACT THE
SUPPLIER FOR A DESCRIPTION OF ANY SUCH RIGHTS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT WE ARE NOT AN
AGENT OF THE SUPPLIER.

     3. WAIVER OF WARRANTIES. WE MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY
MATTER   WHATSOEVER,   INCLUDING   THE   CONDITION   OF   THE   EQUIPMENT,   ITS
MERCHANTABILITY,   ITS  FITNESS  FOR  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE,   ITS  DURABILITY  OR
SUITABILITY.  YOU LEASE THE EQUIPMENT AS IS. AND WITH ALL FAULTS. WE SHALL IN NO
EVENT BE LIABLE  FOR  CONSEQUENTIAL,  INCIDENTAL,  OR  SPECIAL  DAMAGES.  IF THE
EQUIPMENT  IS NOT  PROPERLY  INSTALLED,  DOES  NOT  OPERATE  AS  REPRESENTED  OR
WARRANTED BY SUPPLIER,  OR IS UNSATISFACTORY  FOR ANY REASON, YOU SHALL MAKE ANY
CLAIM SOLELY  AGAINST  SUPPLIER AND SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY US ALL RENTS AND OTHER
AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS LEASE.  YOU WAIVE ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES  UNDER SECTIONS
508 TO 522 OF ARTICLE 2A OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OR COMPARABLE PROVISIONS
OF  APPLICABLE  LAW,  WHICH SUCH  WAIVER  INCLUDES  YOUR RIGHT TO: (i) CANCEL OR
REPUDIATE THIS LEASE; (ii) REJECT OR REVOKE  ACCEPTANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT;  (iii)
RECOVER DAMAGES FROM US; and (iv) GRANT A SECURITY  INTEREST IN ANY EQUIPMENT IN
YOUR POSSESSION.

     NO SALESPERSON OR OWNER IS AUTHORIZED TO CHANGE ANY TERM OF THIS LEASE. YOU
HAVE NOT RELIED ON ANY  STATEMENTS WE OR OUR EMPLOYEES HAVE MADE. WE WILL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DELAY IN  DELIVERY OR  INSTALLATION.  WE HAVE NOT MADE AND DO NOT
MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, DIRECT OR INDIRECT.

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>
     4. Your  Warranties to Us. You and any  guarantor  represent and warrant to
us:

          A.   You have read and understand this Lease

          B.   You  authorized us to insert in this Lease the serial numbers and
               other identification data of the Equipment.

          C.   The Equipment will be used for business purposes only and not for
               any persons, family, or household purposes.

          D.   The financial information and other statements provided to us are
               accurate and correct and will be updated upon our request  during
               the term of the Lease.

          E.   You have the authority to enter into this Lease,  have authorized
               the person(s)  executing it and certify that all  signatures  are
               genuine,  that this  Lease and any  Guaranty  do not  breach  the
               provisions of any law or regulation or any agreement to which you
               or Guarantor is a party.

          F.   You have  selected  the  Equipment  and  Supplier  and are  fully
               satisfied therewith.

          G.   You will pay all costs  normally  paid in a net lease,  including
               taxes, insurance, shipping, repairs, and collection costs.

     5. ASSIGNMENTS.  YOU SHALL NOT SELL, ASSIGN,  SUBLEASE, OR PERMIT A LIEN ON
THIS LEASE,  THE EQUIPMENT,  ANY  ACCESSORIES  ATTACHED  THERETO OR ANY INTEREST
HEREIN. We may assign the Lease and ownership of the Equipment without notice to
you.  You agree that our  assignee  will have all or our rights under this Lease
and title to the Equipment,  but will have not obligations hereunder.  You agree
that our assignee will not be subject to any claims that you may have against us
or any third  party  and you shall not  assert  any  defense,  counterclaim,  or
set-off against our assignee.

     6. Operation and Maintenance of Equipment.  You are solely  responsible for
the installation, operation, and maintenance of the Equipment. You will keep the
Equipment  in good  working  condition  and repair,  at your  expense,  and will
operate and maintain the Equipment in  compliance  with all laws relating to its
possession,  use, or maintenance  and in the manner intended by the Supplier and
in  compliance  with  and in a  manner  to keep  the  Equipment  covered  by all
applicable manufacturer's and supplier' maintenance contracts,  warranties,  and
manuals.  You will not make any  modification,  alteration,  or  addition to the
Equipment,  other than  normal  operating  repairs,  without  our prior  written
consent. All alterations shall be our property.  You will allow us access to the
Equipment at any location at any reasonable time to inspect same.

     7. Lease Payments. You understand that time is of the essence. You will pay
all lease payments,  plus other charges provided herein and applicable taxes, in
advance on the dates  designated by us. The term of the Lease shall commence and
the first rent  payment  shall be due on the date the  Equipment is delivered to
you. Rent is  thereafter  due on the same day of each month or at such a time as
we may designate in writing.  You must pay the rent and other sums due hereunder
even if you are  dissatisfied  with the Equipment or have a claim  regarding It.
You  authorize us to adjust  lease  payments up to twenty  percent  (20%) in the
event the actual total cost of the  Equipment is  different  than our  estimate.
Payments  will be made at such  place as we may from time to time  designate  in
writing. You agree that we may apply any payment made to any amounts owing us at
our sole discretion, whether such payment application has been designated by you
or not. If this Lease does not commence  for any reason,  you agree that we will
keep any advance payment made. You authorize us to insert the Commencement  Date
for all purposes of the Lease,  the serial numbers of the  Equipment,  and other
information into this Lease.

     8. Return of Equipment.  At the termination of the Lease, you will, at your
expense, immediately crate, insure, and ship the Equipment and operating manuals
to a  destination  designated  by us, in as good a condition as  received,  less
normal  wear and tear.  You will pay us an  amount  equal to the  monthly  lease
payment for any month,  or part  thereof,  from the date of  termination  of the
Lease until the Equipment is received by us as provided herein.

                                     Page 2
     
<PAGE>

     9. Ownership and Title. We are the sole owner of the Equipment and no title
or right shall pass to you during the Lease term. You understand that we own all
residual  rights to the Equipment.  We may inspect the Equipment at any location
and affix  markings on the  Equipment  (or, at our request,  you agree to do so)
indicating we are the owner and you will not remove such markings. You will list
the Equipment as "Leased  Equipment" on your personal  property tax return.  The
Equipment  will not be affixed to realty and you will,  at our  request,  obtain
such  owner  and/or  mortgagee  waivers as we  request.  You will  maintain  the
Equipment so that it may be removed from any realty or building without damage.

     10.  Taxes,  Assessments,   and  Fees.  You  agree  to  pay  licensing  and
registration  fees for the Equipment and all excise taxes,  sales and use taxes,
personal  property taxes, and all other taxes,  assessments,  fees and penalties
which may be levied,  assessed and/or imposed by any governmental  entity during
the term of this Lease arising from the acquisition, ownership, leasing, rental,
sale, purchase, possession, or use of the Equipment, whether due before or after
the  termination of this Lease;  to show the Equipment as leased  equipment.  On
your personal property tax returns,  and upon our request,  you shall pay to us,
in advance  and/or at the times  requested by us, the taxes which we  anticipate
will be due or  assessed  on the  Equipment  during  the lease  term.  You shall
reimburse  us upon  demand  for any amount  expended  for such  charges,  taxes,
assessments,  fees, or penalties paid by us hereunder, plus any amount due under
Section 15 hereunder. You agree to reimburse us for reasonable costs incurred in
collecting  any charges,  taxes,  assessments,  or fees for which you are liable
hereunder.  Your  obligations to pay such taxes which are due or assessed during
the lease term shall survive the  expiration of this Lease.  You authorize us to
file financing  statements  without your signature with respect to the Equipment
and  if a  signature  is  required  by  law,  you  hereby  appoint  us  as  your
attorney-in-fact  to execute  such  financing  statements.  For  purposes of any
filing,  you hereby grant us a security interest in all payments  receivable and
the  Equipment,  and all your  interest  therein,  and all proceeds and products
thereof.

     11. Risk of Loss Insurance.  You assume the entire risk of loss, theft, and
damage to the Equipment  until  redelivery to us at the expiration of the Lease,
whether  or not  covered by  insurance.  No such loss will  relieve  you of your
obligations  hereunder.  You will, at your own expense, keep the Equipment fully
insured  against loss in such amounts as are  acceptable  to us, but in no event
for less than the unpaid  balance of the Lease  payments  plus the then  current
fair market  value of the  Equipment.  If you do not provide us with  acceptable
insurance,  we may, but are not required to, purchase such insurance for you and
add a charge  to the  payments  which  will  include  the  premium  cost,  costs
associated  with  effecting the  insurance and a carrying  charge of one and one
half percent  (1-1/2%) per month on the unpaid  premium cost or the rate allowed
by  applicable  law,  whichever  is lower.  You also  agree to  maintain  public
liability,  personal injury, and property damage insurance in amounts acceptable
to us. All insurance shall be with companies  acceptable to us and shall name us
or, if directed by us, our assignee as  additional  insured and sole loss payee.
Each policy shall provide that the insurance cannot be invalidated against us by
any act, omission,  or neglect by you and cannot be modified or canceled without
thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice  to us.  You  will  furnish  us  with
satisfactory evidence of the insurance coverage required hereunder. All proceeds
from such insurance shall be applied,  at our option,  toward the replacement or
repair of the  equipment  or the  payment  of your  obligations  hereunder.  You
appoint us as your  attorney-in-fact  to make claim for, receive payment of, and
execute and endorse all documents, checks, or drafts for loss, damage, or return
premium under any such insurance policy.

     12. Indemnity.  We are not responsible for and you shall be responsible for
arid  indemnify  and hold us, and any  assignee  of ours,  harmless  against all
claim,  damages,  losses,  liabilities,  injuries  to  persons or  property  and
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) arising or resulting from the ownership,
manufacture,   selection,   transportation,   installation,   maintenance,  use,
possession,  operation  (regardless  of  where,  how,  and by whom)  control  or
condition  (whether  or not latent or  discoverable),  delivery or return of the
Equipment.  This  indemnification  continues  even after the  termination of the
Lease term.

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>

     13.  Default.  You will be in default of this Lease if any of the following
occur:  (a) You fail to pay any lease payment,  or any other sums hereunder when
due and such  failure  continues  for five (5) days;  (b) you  breach  any term,
condition,  warranty,  or  representation  of this Lease or any other  agreement
between us; (c) you or any Guarantor  become  insolvent,  assign your assets for
the benefit of your creditors,  enter into  (voluntarily or  involuntarily)  any
proceeding  in  bankruptcy  or  receivership  or breach  any term of any loan or
credit agreement; (d) you or any Guarantor dies, merges, transfers a majority of
its stock or assets, or ceases doing business; or (e) you or any Guarantor gives
us reasonable cause to be insecure about your ability to perform your respective
obligations under this Lease.
                                
     14. Remedies.  Upon any default, we shall have the right to: (a) accelerate
all sums under the Lease and require that you pay, as compensation  for our loss
and not as a  penalty,  all  unpaid  rents for the  remainder  of the Lease term
(which we will  discount to their  present  value at a discount rate of six (6%)
percent)  plus all other  amounts due,  including  all expenses in enforcing our
rights,  plus the fair market value of similar equipment of like age, and/or (b)
retake  immediate  possession of the Equipment  without any court order or other
process  of law and for  such  purpose  you  agree  that we may  enter  upon any
premises  where the  Equipment  may be and remove it with or without  notice and
without  being liable to you in any suit or action or other  proceedings  and we
may, at our option, sell or re-lease the Equipment at any public or private sale
for cash or on credit and you will be liable  for the  expense  incurred  in the
repossession,  recovery,  storage,  repair,  sale, release,  and courts cost, in
addition to any arrears in rent and the balance of the lease  payments and other
sums charged  hereunder,  together with reasonable  attorney's  fees,  provided,
however,  that we will credit you with the net proceeds of disposition,  if any,
of the  Equipment,  and/or  (c)  require  you to return the  Equipment  to us as
provided  herein,  and/or (d) pursue any other remedy that we may have under law
or equity.  You agree to pay us all costs of  enforcing  our  rights,  including
reasonable  attorney fees which are stipulated to be in the minimum amount of at
lease twenty percent (20%) of the remaining  balance of all rental payments plus
all of our actual costs.  Our rights shall be cumulative,  and if we take action
upon one it shall not preclude us from any other rights or remedies hereunder or
at law or equity to which we may be entitled. All sums above are immediately due
and  payable.  You  remain  liable for any loss,  destruction,  or injury to the
Equipment  until the  Equipment is resumed in the manner  herein  provided.  The
provisions  of this Lease are severable and shall not be affected or impaired if
any one provision is held unenforceable, invalid, or illegal.

     15. Late Charge.  If any payment due under this Lease is not paid when due,
you will pay a late charge to us equal to ten percent (10%) of each late payment
or Fifteen Dollars ($15.00)  whichever is greater,  plus interest upon each late
payment  calculated at the rate of one and  three-quarters  percent  (1.75%) per
month, or any part thereof, commencing one month after the due date of such late
payment.  These charges  shall apply only when  permitted by law and, if greater
than allowed, shall be reduced to the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

     16. Reimbursement. You agree that we have the right, but not the obligation
to perform such acts and incur such expenses as we deem  necessary,  in our sole
discretion, for the protection and preservation of the Equipment,  including the
payment  of taxes,  insurance,  or  maintenance  costs.  Any  amounts so paid or
incurred by us shall be at your expense and shall be immediately due from you to
us. Additionally,  you agree that you shall pay us interest at the higher of one
and three quarters  percent  (1.75%) per month or the maximum  applicable  legal
rate from the date advanced.

     17. Michigan Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED, GOVERNED, INTERPRETED,
AND ENFORCED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE Of MICHIGAN AND SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE FULLY AND SOLELY  EXECUTED,  PERFORMED AND/OR OBSERVED IN THE STATE
OF MICHIGAN.  THE PARTIES HERETO EXPRESSLY  CONSENT TO PERSONAL  JURISDICTION OF
THE STATE OF MICHIGAN IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN ANY COURT THEREIN,
STATE OR FEDERAL,  ARISING FROM OR ALLEGING FACTS ARISING FROM THE  TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREIN. YOU AND ANY GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING  HEREUNDER  OR  UNDER  THE
GUARANTY.

     18. Service of Process. You and any Guarantor agree that service of process
for any action or proceeding shall be valid if mailed by certified mail,  return
receipt  requested,  with delivery directed to you, Guarantor or your registered
agent, as the case may be.

                                     Page 4

<PAGE>
     19.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Lease  contains  our  entire  agreement  and
supersedes any conflicting  provisions of any order or other  agreement.  Except
for the insertion of data as provided  herein,  this Lease may not be amended or
modified except by a writing signed by you and an authorized officer of ours.

     20. Financial  Statements.  For purposes of filing, you grant us a security
interest in your rights in the Equipment and all products and proceeds  thereof,
including insurance proceeds.  You agree to sign all financing  statements which
we may require.  You  authorize us to file  financing  statements  regarding the
Equipment  without  your  signature  and if a signature  is required by law, you
hereby appoint us as your  attorney-in-fact to execute all financing  statements
and you will pay us the cost of preparing and filing such statements.
                          
     21. Severability. In the event any provision herein is in conflict with and
unenforceable  under  applicable law, such provision shall be deemed  inoperable
only to the extent of such  conflict  and shall be deemed  modified  only to the
extent  necessary to be  enforceable.  In the event this Lease is  determined to
include  interest  payments higher than allowed by law, then any excess interest
shall be applied to the repayment of principal and, in such event, interest will
be charged at the highest rate allowed by law. We will not charge or receive and
you will not pay interest in excess of the legal rate.
                                     

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF LEASED EQUIPMENT

We hereby  certify that all of the  Equipment  referred to in the Lease has been
delivered to and has been  received by the Lessee,  that the Equipment is in all
respects  satisfactory  to the  Lessee,  and that the  Equipment  is accepted by
Lessee for all purposes under the Lease.

SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.             ACCEPTED BY: AMERICORP FINANCIAL, INC.
                                          Lessor at Birmingham, Michigan


/s/ F. Michael Budd                       /S/ Stephen Sambor
- -----------------------------------       -------------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd                      By:  Stephen Sambor
Its:  President                           Its: Vice President

Date:  June 19, 1998                      Commencement Date:  June 19, 1998


LESSEE FULL LEGAL NAME:  Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

Billing Address:         31324 Via Colinas
                         Suite 106
                         Westlake Village, Los Angles County, CA 91362

TELEPHONE NUMBER:        (818) 707-6000


SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

/s/ F. Michael Budd
- -----------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd
Its:  President

                                     Page 5

<PAGE>
                            Americorp Financial, Inc.
                              877 South Adams Road
                              Birmingham, MI 48009
                       Tel: (248) 723-4500/(800) 233-1574
                               Fax: (248) 723-4501

                                   SCHEDULE A


Schedule  Forming  Part of Lease # 5976-2  between  Americorp  Financial,  Inc.,
Lessor, and Synthonics Technologies, Inc., dated June 19, 1998.


QTY                      DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT                SERIAL NO.
- --------                 ----------------------------            --------------
 1                       EPSON ELP7000XB                         APM084067C

 1                       EPSON 35/7000 SOFT TRVL CASE









LESSEE:  Synthonics Technologies, Inc.    LESSOR:  Americorp Financial, Inc.


/s/ F. Michael Budd                       /S/ Stephen Sambor
- -----------------------------------       -------------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd                      By:  Stephen Sambor
Its:  President                           Its: Vice President

Date:  June 19, 1998                      Commencement Date:  June 19, 1998




                                  Exhibit 10.13
                                  ------------- 
                          
                           SANWA LEASING CORPORATION

                                 Lease Agreement
                             
                             Lease #: ____________

Lessee:   CHRISTOPHER RAPHAEL MARKETING DESIGN

Terms and Equipment - See Equipment Schedule attached to and made a part hereof

     1.  LEASE  AGREEMENT;  PAYMENTS:  We agree to lease to you and you agree to
lease from us the  equipment  ("Equipment")  listed below or  identified  in any
attached equipment schedule ("Equipment Schedule"). You promise to pay to us the
lease  payments  according  to the terms of the  payment  schedule  shown on the
Equipment Schedule hereto.

     2. GENERAL TERMS; PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS;  EFFECTIVENESS: You agree to all the
terms and conditions on all signed pages of this Lease. This Lease is a complete
and exclusive  statement of our  agreement.  The Equipment  will not be used for
personal,  family or household  purposes.  If the Equipment cost varies from the
estimate,  you agree that we may adjust the Lease payment  accordingly upward or
downward up to twenty percent (20%).  You acknowledge  receipt of a copy of this
Lease and  acknowledge  that you have  selected the  Equipment  and reviewed the
supply  contract  under  which we will obtain the  equipment.  THIS LEASE IS NOT
BINDING  ON US AND WILL NOT  COMMENCE  UNTIL WE ACCEPT  IT IN OUR TROY  MICHIGAN
OFFICE. You appoint us as your  attorney-in-fact to execute,  deliver and record
financing  statements on your behalf to show our interest in the Equipment.  You
agree that we are authorized without notice to you to supply missing information
or correct obvious errors in this Lease.  Any security deposit you have given us
may be used by us to cover any costs or losses we may suffer due to your default
of this Lease.

     3. LATE / OTHER CHARGES:  If any payment is not made when due, you agree to
pay a late charge at the rate of 15 % of such late payment or $25,  whichever is
greater,  and each month  thereafter,  a finance charge of one and three-quarter
percent  (1  3/4%) on any  unpaid  balance.  You also  agree to pay $25 for each
collection call made by us and pay $25 for each returned  check.  You also agree
to pay a documentation fee of $35.

     4. RENEWAL: After the original Lease term expires, this Lease automatically
renews for successive one (1) month terms unless you send us written notice that
you do not want it to renew at least sixty (60) days before the end of any term.

     5.  EQUIPMENT  OWNERSHIP:  We are and shall  remain  the sole  owner of the
Equipment. You agree to keep the Equipment free from liens and encumbrances.

     6. NO  WARRANTIES:  We are leasing the  Equipment  to you "AS IS",  WITH NO
WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR
FITNESS FOR A  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE.  We assign to you for the term of this Lease
any transferable  manufacturer or supplier warranties.  We are not liable to you
for any breach of those  warranties.  You agree that upon your acceptance of the
Equipment, you will have no set-offs or counter-claims against us.

     7. MAINTENANCE; USE; INSTALLATION: You are responsible for installation and
maintenance of, and for any damage to, the Equipment.  You must maintain and use
the  Equipment in  compliance  with all laws and  regulations.  If the Equipment
malfunctions,  is  damaged,  lost or stolen,  you agree to  continue to make all
payments  due  under  this  Lease.  

     8.  EQUIPMENT  LOCATION:  You will keep the  Equipment  only at the address
shown on the  Equipment  SCHEDULE  hereto,  and you  will not move it from  that
address without our prior written consent.

     9.  INSURANCE:  Until this Lease is paid in full and the Equipment has been
returned to us, you will: 1) keep the Equipment insured for its full replacement
value  against all types of loss,  including  theft,  and name us as loss payee;
and, 2) provide and maintain an acceptable  general public  liability  insurance
policy. If you do not provide us with acceptable evidence of insurance,  we may,
but will have no  obligation  to,  obtain  insurance for you and add a charge to
your monthly payments which will include the premium cost and related costs.

                                   Page 1 of 5
<PAGE>

     10. LIABILITY:  WE ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSSES OR INJURIES TO YOU OR
ANY THIRD PARTIES  CAUSED BY THE EQUIPMENT OR ITS USE. You agree to reimburse us
for and to defend us against  any claims  for losses or  injuries  caused by the
Equipment and any costs or attorney fees relative to those claims.

     11.  TAXES/PERSONAL  PROPERTY TAX FEES:  You agree to show the Equipment as
"leased property" on all personal property tax returns.  You agree to pay us all
personal  property tax assessed against the Equipment or at our sole election we
may opt to charge you a liquidated  monthly  personal  property tax fee. We will
advise you in writing of your personal  property tax fee. You agree to reimburse
us for  applicable  sales  and/or use tax and all other taxes,  fees,  fines and
penalties  which may be imposed,  levied or assessed  by any  federal,  state or
local government or agency which relate to this Lease, the Equipment or its use

     12. ASSIGNMENT:  YOU MAY NOT SELL, PLEDGE, TRANSFER, ASSIGN OR SUBLEASE THE
EQUIPMENT OR THIS LEASE.  We may sell,  assign or transfer this Lease and/or the
Equipment.  The now owner will have the same rights that we have,  but you agree
you will not assert against the now owner any claims,  defenses or set-offs that
you may have against us or any supplier.

     13.  DEFAULT  /DAMAGES:  If you fail to make any Lease  payment when due or
otherwise  default on this Lease, we may accelerate the remaining balance due on
the Lease and demand the immediate  return of the Equipment to us. If you do not
return the  Equipment to us within ten (10) days of our notice of your  default,
you will also pay a liquidated  Equipment charge equal to anticipated  lease-and
residual  value of the Equipment.  We may also use any remedies  available to us
under the Uniform  Commercial Code or any other applicable law. You agree to pay
our  attorney's  fees at 25 % of the  amount  you owe,  plus all  actual  costs,
including  all costs of any  Equipment  repossession.  You agree that we have no
duty to mitigate any damages to us caused by your default.  You waive any notice
of our  repossession  or  disposition  of the  Equipment.  By  repossessing  any
Equipment,  we do not waive our rights to collect  the balance due on the Lease.
We will not be responsible to you for any  consequential or incidental  damages.
Our delay or failure to enforce our rights  under this Lease will not prevent us
from doing so at a later time.

     14.  CHOICE  OF  LAW;  JURISDICTION;  VENUE;  NON-JURY  TRIAL:  You and any
Guarantor  agree that this Lease will be deemed fully  executed and performed in
the  State of  Michigan  and  will be  governed  by  Michigan  law.  You and any
Guarantor expressly agree to: (A) BE SUBJECT TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE
STATE OF  MICHIGAN;  (B) ACCEPT VENUE IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN MICHIGAN,
AND (C) WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.  Any Lease  charges  which  exceed the
amount allowed by law shall be reduced to the maximum allowed.

     15.  FINANCE  LEASE;  AMENDMENTS:  THIS LEASE IS A *FINANCE LEASE UNDER THE
UNIFORM  COMMERCIAL CODE AS ADOPTED IN MICHIGAN  ("UCC").  THIS LEASE MAY NOT BE
AMENDED  EXCEPT BY A WRITING WHICH WE HAVE SIGNED.  YOU WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES YOU MAY HAVE UNDER UCC 2A-508 THROUGH  2A-522.  INCLUDING ANY RIGHT
TO: (A) CANCEL  THIS  LEASE;  (B) REJECT  TENDER OF T HE  EQUIPMENT;  (C) REVOKE
ACCEPTANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT; (D) RECOVER DAMAGES FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY; AND
(E) MAKE DEDUCTIONS OR SET-OFFS,  FOR ANY REASON, FROM AMOUNTS DUE US UNDER THIS
LEASE. IF ANY PART OF THIS LEASE IS INCONSISTENT  WITH UCC 2A, THE TERMS OF THIS
LEASE WILL GOVERN.

     16.  EQUIPMENT  RETURN:  At the end of the Lease term, you will immediately
crate, insure and ship the Equipment,  in good working condition, to us by means
we designated, with all expenses to be prepaid by you. If you fail to return the
Equipment to us as agreed, you shall pay to Lessor 1 1/2 times the regular Lease
payment  for any  month or  partial  month  from the end of the term  until  the
Equipment is returned.  You will be responsible  for any damage to the Equipment
during shipping.

     17. SAVINGS:  It any provision of this Lease is  unenforceable,  invalid or
illegal, the remaining provisions will continue to be effective.
    

                                  Page 2 of 5
<PAGE>

     18. FAX LEASE:  If you transmit this Lease to us by fax, the fax version of
this Lease, as received by us, shall  constitute the original Lease and shall be
binding on you as if it were manually signed. We may treat and rely upon any fax
version of this Lease as the signed  original.  However,  no fax version of this
lease shall become  effective and binding against us until manually signed by us
in our Michigan office. If you elect to sign and transmit this Lease by fax, you
waive notice of our acceptance of the Lease,  and waive receipt of a copy of the
accepted Lease.

IMPORTANT:  NEITHER THE SUPPLIER  NOR ANY  SALESPERSON  ARE THE LESSOR'S  AGENT.
THEIR  STATEMENTS  WILL NOT AFFECT THE RIGHTS OR  OBLIGATIONS  PROVIDED  IN THIS
LEASE.

THIS LEASE MAY NOT BE CANCELED.

Accepted in Troy, Michigan, on ___________19_____

CHRISTOPHER RAPHAEL MARKETING                        SANWA LEASING CORPORATION
       (Lessee)                                             (Lessor)


By: /s/ Joseph R. Maher                      By:  ____________________________
- ------------------------         
Joseph R. Maher                              Print name: _____________________

Title:  Owner                                Title: __________________________

Date: 2/5/96                                 Date:  __________________________

                                  Page 3 of 5

<PAGE>
                             UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

In this  guaranty,  I or ME means  Guarantor(s),  and YOU  means  SANWA  LEASING
CORPORATION.

I have read and  understand  Lease  number  152384 and  Schedule A thereto  (the
"Lease"),  between you, as lessor, and CHRISTOPHER  RAPHAEL MARKETING DESIGN, as
Lessee, and expressly incorporate the lease and its terms, conditions,  consents
and waivers into this  Guaranty.  If Lessee fails to make any Lease payment when
due or  otherwise  defaults  on the  Lease,  I agree to  immediately  pay you in
accordance  with the default  provisions of the Lease and will perform all other
obligations  of Lessee under the Lease. I also agree that if you later modify or
alter the terms or  conditions  of the lease with the Lessee,  I waive notice of
any  modifications  and understand that I will be responsible for those payments
and  obligations.  You do not have to notify me if the Lessee is in  default.  I
will reimburse you for all expenses and attorney fees you incur in enforcing any
of your  rights  against  the  Lessee  or me.  I agree  that you may  treat  any
telefacsimile  of this Guaranty  bearing my signature as a binding  original.  I
CONSENT TO MICHIGAN: LAW, JURISDICTION OVER MY PERSON, AND VENUE IN ANY MICHIGAN
COURT AND WAIVE ANY TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  MATTER  RELATING  TO THE  LEASE,  THIS
GUARANTY OR THE EQUIPMENT.

I understand that I may transmit this Unconditional  Guaranty to you by fax, and
that the fax version of this  Unconditional  Guaranty,  as received by you, will
constitute  an original  guaranty and be binding upon me as if it were  manually
signed  and  delivered  to you.  You may  rely  upon  any  fax  version  of this
Unconditional Guaranty and treat any such fax version as a duly signed original,
which I have  delivered to you. I waive notice of  acceptance of any fax version
of this Unconditional Guaranty and waive receipt of any copy thereof.


Dated:  2/5/96 


Personal Guaranty


Signature (Do not title):/S/ Joseph R. Maher

Print name:  Joseph R. Maher

                                  Page 4 of 5

<PAGE>

                       SCHEDULE A LGI Reference # 10148139

Lessee:             CHRISTOPHER RAPHAEL MARKETING DESIGN

Mailing Address:    31194 LA BAYA DRIVE SUITE 202 THOUSAND OAKS CA 91362

Equipment Address:  31194 LA BAYA DRIVE SUITE 202 THOUSAND OAKS CA 91362

Supplier:           COMPUSA - OXNARD 2241 NORTH ROSE AVENUE OXNARD, CA 93030

Months    Monthly Pay    Tax       Total
  36        $367.60      $0.00     $367.60 Monthly Payment    

          $735.20 Security Deposit due and payable with first payment.
                                                                  
                                    Equipment
                                 --------------

1  APPLE MAC                       1  MONITOR                 1  PRINTER
1  SOFTWARE      


LESSEE CHRISTOPHER RAPHAEL MARKETING DESIGN          Subtotal:  $9,485.66
BY:  /s/ Joseph R. Maher                             Freight:        0.00
Print Name:  Joseph R. Maher                         Tax:          782.57
Title: Owner                                         Total:    $10,268.23
Date:  2/5/96 


                                  Page 5 of 5



                                  Exhibit 10.14
                                  ------------- 
                                          
                   AT & T Capital Corporation Lease Agreement

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMER:  This lease has been written in "Plain English". When we
use the words you and your in this Lease,  we mean you, our  customer,  which is
the Lessee indicated below.  When we use the words we, as and our in this lease,
we mean the lessor, AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. Our address is P. O. Box
9104, Framingham, MA 01701.

CUSTOMER INFORMATION:

Lessee Name   
- -----------
Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

Billing Street Address/City/County/State/Zip:               Phone Number:
- --------------------------------------------                -------------
31324 Via Colinas #106                                      818-991-9021
Westlake Village, CA 91362

Approval Number: 003866952         Lease #  _________________

Customer #0000000                  Federal Tax ID #

SUPPLIER INFORMATION

Supplier Name
- -------------         
Omnidata ("SUPPLIER")

Street Address/City/State/Zip                               Supplier Phone
- -----------------------------                               --------------
2500 Townsgate Rd, Unit 1, Westlake Village, CA 91361       805-371-4400

EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION      Quantity             Make Model                 Serial Number
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please See Attached Equipment Addendum

END OF LEASE PURCHASE OPTION:      Fair Market Value


TERM AND LEASE PAYMENT SCHEDULE
- -------------------------------

Lease Term                Lease Payment              Additional Provisions
 24 MONTHS                 $2266.00*


You agree to pay us at the time you sign this lease:

     A. Total  Advance Lease  payment: 2 (Months) =    $4,532.00 
     B. Sales /use tax on Advance Lease Payment   =    $  373.90 
     C. One - Time  Documentation Fee             =    $  100.00 
     D. Total A + B + C                           =    $5,005.90

     If more thin one lease  payment is  required  in  advance,  the  additional
     amount will be applied at the end of the original term.

     *Plus Applicable Taxes

INSURANCE & TAXES
- -----------------
You are required to provide and maintain insurance related to the Equipment, and
to pay any property use or other taxes related to this lease or Equipment.  (See
Sections 4 and 6 on this Lease). If you are tax-exempt,  you agree to furnish us
with satisfactory evidence of your exemption.


                                   Page 1 of 6
<PAGE>
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
- --------------------
BY SIGNING THIS LEASE: (i) YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE
TERMS AND  CONDITIONS  OF THIS  LEASE,  (ii) YOU AGREE  THAT THIS LEASE IS A NET
LEASE THAT YOU CANNOT TERMINATE OR CANCEL, YOU HAVE AN UNCONDITIONAL  OBLIGATION
TO MAKE ALL  PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS LEASE.  AND YOU CANNOT  WITHHOLD SET OFF OR
REDUCE SUCH PAYMENTS FOR ANY REASON,  (iii) YOU WILL USE THE EQUIPMENT  ONLY FOR
BUSINESS  PURPOSES  (iv) YOU WARRANT THAT THE PERSON  SIGNING THIS LEASE FOR YOU
HAS THE  AUTHORITY  TO DO SO AND TO GRANT  THE  POWER OF  ATTORNEY  SET FORTH IN
SECTION I OF THIS  LEASE (v) YOU  CONFIRM  THAT YOU  DECIDED  TO ENTER INTO THIS
LEASE RATHER THAN  PURCHASE THE  EQUIPMENT FOR THE TOTAL CASH PRICE AND (vi) YOU
AGREE THAT THIS  LEASE  WILL 13E  GOVERNED  BY THE LAWS OF THE  COMMONWEALTH  OF
MASSACHUSETTS  AND YOU CONSENT TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF ANY COURT LOCATED WITHIN
MASSACHUSETTS.  YOU AND WE  EXPRESSLY  WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY.  YOU
AGREE  THAT (i) YOU HAVE HAD A  SUFFICIENT  OPPORTUNITY  TO READ AND  REVIEW THE
TERMS OF EACH  PROVISION  OF THIS LEASE AND REVIEW THE SAME WITH YOUR COUNSEL If
YOU DEEM SUCH REVIEW NECESSARY, (ii) THAT YOU HAVE RECEIVED EACH OF THE FIVE (5)
PAGES OF THIS  LEASE AND THAT SUCH  PAGES ARE CLEAR AND  LEGIBLE  AND (iii) THAT
THIS LEASE IS COMPLETE AND THAT NONE OF THE PROVISIONS ARE MISSING OR ILLEGIBLE.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT WE ARE RELYING ON YOUR  REPRESENTATION  THAT THIS LEASE IS
COMPLETE AND LEGIBLE.

AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES                SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC
- -----------------------------                --------------------------- 
LESSOR                                       LESSEE

                                             /s/ F. Michael Budd
- -------------------------------              ---------------------------------
Authorized Signature                         By: F. Michael Budd, President
                                             Authorized Signature

_______________________________              Date:  11/26/97 
Print Name & Title         Date                  
                                                 
DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE

By signing below, you, the Lessee, agree:

A) That all equipment  described in the lease identified below ("Equipment") has
been  delivered,  inspected,  installed and is  unconditionally  and irrevocably
accepted by you as satisfactory for all purposes of the lease;

and

B) That we, AT&T Capital Leasing Services,  Inc., are authorized to purchase the
Equipment and start billing you under the lease.

Lease Number:  __________________            Customer Number: _______________


Synthonics Technologies, Inc.
Lessee Name


- --------------------------------------
Authorized Signature


- --------------------------------------
Title                      Date

                                  Page 2 of 6

<PAGE>

1. LEASE; DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE. You agree to lease the equipment described on
the first page of this lease agreement (collectively,  "Equipment") on the terms
and conditions &hewn set forth in this lease ("Lease"). If you have entered into
any purchase or Supply  contract  ("Supply  Contract')  with any  Supplier,  you
assign  to us  your  rights  under  such  Supply  Contract,  but  none  of  your
obligations  (other  than  the  obligation  to pay  for the  Equipment  if it is
accepted by you as stated below and you timely  deliver to us such documents and
assurances as we request).  If you have not entered into a Supply Contract,  you
authorize us to enter into a Supply  Contract on your  behalf.  You will arrange
for the delivery of the  Equipment to you. When you receive the  Equipment,  you
agree to inspect it to determine if it is in good working order. This Lease will
begin on the date when the Equipment is delivered to you and the Equipment  will
be deemed irrevocably  accepted by you upon the earlier of a) the delivery to us
or a signed  Delivery and Acceptance  Certificate (if requested by us), or b) 10
days after  delivery of the  Equipment to you if  previously  you have not given
written notice to us of your  non-acceptance.  The first Least Payment is due on
or before the date the  Equipment  is  delivered  to you.  The  remaining  Lease
Payments  will be due on the day of each  subsequent  month lot such  other time
period  specified  in this Lease)  designated  by us. You will make all payments
required  under this Lease to us at such  address as we may  specify in writing.
You  authorize  us to adjust the Law Payment by not more (than 15% if the actual
Total  Cash Price  (which is all  amounts  we have paid in  connection  with the
purchase,  delivery and  installation of die Equipment,  including tiny trade-up
and buy-out  amounts)  differs from the estimated Total Cash Price. If any Lease
Payment or other amount  payable  under this Lease is not paid within 10 days of
its due  date,  you will pay us a late  charge  not to  exceed  7% of each  late
payment (or such lesser rate as is the maximum rate allowable  under  applicable
law).

2. NO WARRANTIES.  We are leasing the Equipment to you "AS-IS".  YOU ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT WE DO NOT MANUFACTURE THE EQUIPMENT.  WE DO NOT REPRESENT THE  MANUFACTURER
OR THE SUPPLIER,  AND YOU HAVE  SELECTED THE  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIER  BASED UPON
YOUR  OWN  JUDGMENT.  WE MAKE  NO  WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,  INCLUDING
WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE.
YOU AGREE THAT  REGARDLESS OF CAUSE. WE ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR AND YOU WILL NOT
MAKE ANY  CLAIM  AGAINST  US FOR ANY  DAMAGES,  WHETHER  CONSEQUENTIAL,  DIRECT,
SPECIAL,  OR  INDIRECT.  YOU AGREE THAT NEITHER  SUPPLIER  NOR ANY  SALESPERSON,
EMPLOYEE OR AGENT OF SUPPLIER IS OUR AGENT OR HAS ANY  AUTHORITY TO SPEAK FOR US
OR TO BIND US IN ANY WAY.  We  transfer  to you for the term of this  Lease  any
warranties made by the manufacturer or Supplier under a Supply Contract.

3.  EQUIPMENT  LOCATION;  USE AND  REPAIR;  RETURN.  You  will  keep and use the
Equipment only at the Equipment  Location shown on the first page of this Lease.
You may not move the Equipment  without our pilot written  consent.  At your own
cost and expense,  you will keep the Equipment  eligible for any  manufacturer's
certification  and in compliance with all applicable laws and in good condition,
except for ordinary wear and tear. You will not make any alterations,  additions
or  replacements  to the  Equipment  without  our  prior  written  consent.  All
alterations, additions or replacements will become part of the Equipment and our
property  at no cost or  expense  to us. We may  inspect  the  Equipment  at any
reasonable  time.  Unless you purchase the  Equipment  in  accordance  with this
Lease, at the end of this Lease you will immediately return the Equipment to us,
in as good condition as when you received it, except for ordinary wear and tear,
to any place in the United States that we tell you. You will pay all expenses of
deinstalling,  crating and  shipping,  and you will insure the Equipment for its
full replacement value during shipping.

4.  TAXES AND FEES.  You will pay when due,  either  directly  or to us upon our
demand,  all taxes,  fines and penalties relating to this Lease or the Equipment
that  are now or in the  future  assessed  or  levied  by any  slate,  local  or
government  authority.  We will file all personal  property tax use or other tax
returns (unless we notify you otherwise in writing) and you agree to pay us a he
for  making  such  ratings.  We do not  have to  contest  any  taxes,  fines  or
penalties.  You will pay  estimated  property  taxes with each Lease  Payment or
annually, as invoiced.

5. LOSS OR DAMAGE.  As between  you and us,  you are  responsible  for any loss,
theft,  destruction of, or damage to, the Equipment  (collectively  "Loss") from
any cause at all,  whether or riot  insured,  until it is delivered to us at the
end of this Lease.  You are required to make all Lease Payments even if there is
a Loss.  You must notify us in writing  immediately  of any Loss.  Then,  at our
option, you will either (a) repair the Equipment so that it is in good condition
and working order, eligible for any manufacturer's certification,  or (b) pay us
die amounts specified in Section 9(b) below.*

                                  Page 3 of 6
<PAGE>
6.  INSURANCE.  You will  provide and  maintain A your own expense (a)  property
insurance  against the loss,  theft,  damage or destruction to the Equipment for
its full  replacement  value,  naming us as lost payee, and (b) public liability
and third party property insurance, naming us as in additional insured. You will
give us certificates  of other evidence of such insurance when  requested.  Such
insurance  will be in a form,  amount and with  companies  acceptable 10 us, and
will provide that we will be given 30 days advance notice of any cancellation or
material change of such  insurance.  If you do not give us evidence of insurance
acceptable to us, we have the right,  but not the obligation to obtain insurance
covering our interest in the Equipment for the term of this Lease. Including any
renewal of extensions,  from an insurer of our choice, including an insurer that
is our  affiliate.  We may add the  costs  of  acquiring  and  maintaining  such
insurance,  and our  fees for our  services  in  placing  and  maintaining  such
insurance  (collectively,  "Insurance Charge") to the amounts due from you under
this Lease. You will pay the insurance Charge in equal installments allocated to
the remaining Lease Payments. If we purchase insurance,  you will cooperate with
our  insurance  agent  with  respect  to the  placement  of  insurance  and  the
processing   of  claims.   Nothing  in  this  Lease  will  create  an  insurance
relationship of any type between us and any other prison.  You acknowledge  that
we are not  required to secure or  maintain  any  insurance,  and we will not be
liable to you if we terminate  any  insurance  coverage  that we arrange.  If we
replace  or renew  any  insurance  coverage,  we are not  obligated  to  provide
replacement  or  renewal  coverage  under  the same  terms,  costs,  limits,  or
conditions as the previous coverage.

7. TITLE;  RECORDING. We true the owner of and will hold title to the Equipment.
You will  keep the  Equipment  free of all liens and  encumbrances.  Unless  the
Purchase Option price shown on the first page of this Lease is $1.00,  you agree
that this transaction is a true lease. However, if this transaction is deemed to
be a lease  intended  for  security,  you  grant us a  purchase  money  security
interest in (he Equipment (including any replacement,  substitutions, additions.
attachments and proceeds). You will deliver to us signed financing statements or
other  documents  we request to  protect  our  interest  in the  Equipment.  YOU
AUTHORIZE US TO FILE A COPY OF THIS LEASE AS A FINANCING  STATEMENT  AND APPOINT
US OR OUR DESIGNEE AS YOUR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO EXECUTE AND FILE, ON YOUR BEHALF.
FINANCING STATEMENTS COVERING THE EQUIPMENT.

8. DEFAULT.  Each of the following is a "Default" under this Lease; (a) you fail
to pay any Lease Payment or any other payment within 10 days of its due date (b)
you do not  perform  any of your  other  obligations  under this Lease or in any
other agreement with us or with any of our affiliates and this failure continues
for 10 days after we have  notified  you of it, (c) you  become  insolvent,  you
dissolve  or are  dissolved,  or you assign  your assets for the benefit of your
creditors.   or  enter   (voluntarily  or   involuntarily)   any  bankruptcy  or
reorganization  proceeding;  (d) any  guarantor  of this  Lease  dies,  does nor
perform its  obligations  under the guaranty,  or becomes  subject to one of the
events listed in clause (c) above.

9. REMEDIES. If a Default occurs, we may do one or more of the following: (a) we
may cancel of terminate this Least or any or all other  agreements  that we have
entered  into  with  you;  (b) we may  require  you to  immediately  pay us,  as
compensation  for lots of our bargain  and not as a penalty,  a sum equal to (i)
the present  value of all unpaid Lease  Payments  for the  remainder of the term
plus the present value or our  anticipated  residual  interest in the Equipment,
each discounted at 5% per year,  compounded monthly, plus (ii) all other amounts
due or (hat become duo under this  Lease;  (c) we may require you to deliver the
Equipment  to us as set forth in Section  3; (d) we or our agent may  peacefully
repossess  the  Equipment  without  court order and you will not make any claims
against us for damages or trespass of any other reason;  and (c) we may exercise
any other right or remedy available at law or in equity. You agree to pay all of
our costs of enforcing our rights against you, including  reasonable  attorneys'
fees.  If we take  possession  of the  Equipment,  we agree to sell or otherwise
dispose of it with of without  notice,  T a public or private sale. and to apply
the net  proceeds  (after  we have  deducted  all  cost  related  to the sale or
disposition  of the Equipment) to the amounts that you owe us. You agree that if
notice of sale is required by law to be given 10 days  notice  shall  constitute
reasonable  notice.  You will remain  responsible  for any amounts  that are due
after we have applied such net proceeds.

10.  FINANCE  LEASE STATUS.  You agree that if Article  2A-Leases of the Uniform
Commercial Code applies in this Lease,  this Lease will be considered a "finance
lease" as the term is defined in Article 2A. By signing  this  Lease,  you agree
that either (a) you have reviewed,  approved. and received. a copy of the Supply

                                  Page 4 of 6

<PAGE>
Contract at (b) that we have informed you of the identity of the Supplier,  that
you may have  rights  under the Supply  Contract,  and that you may  contact the
Supplier  for a  description  of  those  rights.  TO  THE  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  YOU WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS  AND  REMEDIES  CONFERRED  UPON A
LESSEE BY ARTICLE 2A.

11. ASSIGNMENT.  YOU MAY NOT ASSIGN, SELL, TRANSFER OR SUBLEASE THE EQUIPMENT OR
YOUR INTEREST IN THIS LEASE. We may,  without  notifying you, sell.  assign,  or
transfer  this  Lease and our  rights to the  Equipment.  You agree that the new
owner will have the same rights and  benefits  that we have now under this Lease
but not our obligations.  The rights of the new owner will not be subject to any
claims,  defenses or set-off that you may have  against us. NO BROKER,  AGENT OR
OTHER THIRD PARTY IS  AUTHORIZED  TO ASSIGN ANY OF OUR RIGHTS  UNDER THIS LEASE.
ANY SUCH ASSIGNMENT MY BE EFFECTED SOLELY BY US.

12.  PURCHASE  OPTION;  AUTOMATIC  RENEWAL If no  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing under this Lease, you will have the option at the end of the original
or any renewal term to purchase all (but not less than all) or the  Equipment At
the  Purchase  Option  price  shown on the first  page of this  Lease,  plus any
applicable taxes. Unless the Purchase Option price is $1.00, you must give us at
least 30 days written  notice  before the end of the original term of this Lease
that you will  purchase the  Equipment or that you will return the  Equipment to
us.  If you do not give us such  written  notice  or if you do not  purchase  or
deliver the Equipment in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease,
the  Lease  will  automatically  renew  for an  additional  12 - month  term and
thereafter  renew for successive one month terms unlit you deliver the Equipment
to us.  During such  renewal(s)  the Lease  Payment will remain the same. We may
cancel an automatic  renewal term by sending you written notice 10 days prior to
such renewal term. If the Fair Market Value  Purchase  Option has been selected,
we will use out  reasonable  judgment to determine the  Equipment's  fair market
value. If you do not Agree with our determination of the Equipment's fair market
value,  the fair market  value (on a retail  basis) will be  determined  at your
expense by an independent appraiser selected by us. Upon payment of the Purchase
Option  price,  we shall  transfer our interest in the  Equipment to you "AS IS,
WHERE IS" without any representation or warranty  whatsoever And this Lease will
terminate.

13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  You we responsible  for any losses,  damages,  penalties,
claims, suits and actions (collectively, "Claims"), whether based on a theory of
strict  liability  or  otherwise  caused by or related  to (a) the  manufacture,
installation,  ownership,  use, lease, possession, or delivery, of the Equipment
or (b) any defects of the  Equipment.  You agree to  reimburse  us for and if we
request. to defend us against any Claims.

14.  CREDIT  INFORMATION.  YOU  AUTHORIZE US OR ANY OF OUR  AFFILIATES TO OBTAIN
CREDIT BUREAU  REPORTS,  AND MAKE OTHER CREDIT  INQUIRIES  THAT WE DETERMINE ARE
NECESSARY.  ON WRITTEN REQUEST.  WE WILL INFORM YOU WHETHER WE 14AVE REQUESTED A
CONSUMER CREDIT REPORT AND THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ANY CONSUMER CREDIT REPORTING
AGENCY THAT FURNISHED A REPORT.  YOU ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE WE
MAY USE OR REQUEST ADDITIONAL CREDIT BUREAU REPORTS TO UPDATE OUR INFORMATION 60
LONG AS YOUR OBLIGATIONS TO US ARE OUTSTANDING.

15.  MISCELLANEOUS.  You agree that the terms and  conditions  contained in this
Least make up the entire agreement between you and us regarding the lease of the
Equipment.  This Lease is not  binding on us until we sign it. Any change in any
of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease must be in writing and signed by us.
You agree.  however,  that we are  authorized.  without notice to you, to supply
missing information or correct obvious errors in this Lease. If we delay or fail
to enforce any of our rights under this Lease,  we will still be able to enforce
those rights at a later time. All notices shall be given in writing by the party
sending  the notice and shall be  effective  when  deposited  in the U.S.  Mail.
addressed to the party  receiving  the notice at its address  shown on the first
page of this Lease (or to any other address  specified by that party in writing)
with  postage  prepaid.  All of our  rights and  indemnities  will  survive  the
termination  of this Lease.  It is the  express  intent of the  parties,  not to
violate any applicable  usury laws or to exceed the maximum amount of time price
differential or interest as applicable,  permitted to be charged or collected by
applicable law, and any such excess payment will be applied to Lease Payments in
inverse order of maturity,  and any remaining excess will be refunded to you. If
you do not perform any of your  obligations  under this Lease, we have the right
but not the obligation, to take any action or pay any amounts that we believe we
necessary to protect our interests.  You agree to reimburse us immediately  upon
our demand for any such  amounts that we pay. If more than one Lessee his signed
this Lease, each of you agree that your liability is joint and several.

                                  Page 5 of 6

<PAGE>
                                PERSONAL GUARANTY

THIS PERSONAL GUARANTY CREATES SPECIFIC LEGAL OBLIGATIONS. When we use the words
you and  your in this  Personal  Guaranty,  we mean  the  Personal  Guarantor(s)
indicated below. When we use the words we, us and our in this Personal Guaranty,
we mean AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.

         In  consideration  of our entering into the lease agreement  identified
above  ("Lease"),  you  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  guarantee  to us. our
successors and assigns the prompt payment and  performance of all obligations of
the Customer Identified above ("Lessee") under the Lease. You agree that this is
a guaranty of payment and not of  collection,  and that we can proceed  directly
against you without first proceeding against the Lessee or against the equipment
covered by the Lease.  You waive all defenses and  notices,  including  those of
protest,  presentment  and  demand.  You  agree  that we can  renew.  extend  or
otherwise  modify the terms or the Lease and you will be bound by such  changes.
If the  Lessee  defaults  under the  Lease,  you will  immediately  perform  all
obligations of the Lessee under the Lease, including, but not limited to, paying
all  amounts  due under the Lease.  You will pay to us all  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees)  incurred  by us in  enforcing  our rights  against you or the
Lessee.  This is a continuing  guaranty which will not be discharged or affected
by your death and will bind your heirs and personal  representatives.  You waive
any rights to seek repayment from the Lessee until we have been paid in full for
all  amounts  owed by the  Lessee  under the  Lease.  If more than one  personal
guarantor  has  signed  this  Personal  Guaranty,  each of you  agree  that your
liability is joint and several.  You  authorize us or any of our  affiliates  to
obtain credit bureau  reports  regarding  your personal  credit,  and make other
credit inquiries that we determine are necessary.

THIS  PERSONAL  GUARANTY  IS  GOVERNED  BY  THE  LAWS  OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH  OF
MASSACHUSETTS.  YOU CONSENT TO THE  JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL,  STATE OR FEDERAL
COURT LOCATED WITHIN MASSACHUSETTS.  YOU EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY.


NOT APPLICABLE                               NOT APPLICABLE           
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Personal Guarantor                           Personal Guarantor


- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Print Name                                   Print Name


Date: _________________________              Date: _______________________


                                  Page 6 of 6

<PAGE>
                             ADDENDUM - SCHEDULE A
                             TO LEASE AGREEMENT NO.

SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

This  Addendum  is made part of the  Lease  agreement  ("Agreement")  identified
above, by and between  Synthonics;  Technologies,  Inc. and AT&T Capital Leasing
Services, Inc. ("Leasing Services"). Capitalized terms used but not defined will
have the same meaning given to them in the Agreement.

Omnidata, 2500 Townsgate Rd, Unit 1, Westlake Village, CA 91361
Telephone (805) 371-4400

(1) System 1 Computers     (3) System 2 Computers    (2)  System 3 Computers
- ----------------------     ----------------------    ------------------------
200 MHZ (MMX)              166MHZ INTEL              INTEL P11 266MHZ
64MB RAM EDO               32MB RAM                  INTEL PORTLAND FX 512KB MB
WESTERN DIGITAL 3.2gb HDD  WESTERN DIGITAL 3.2gb HDD 128MB RAM
DIAMOND MM FIRE            2MB 3D DIAMOND VGA        16 MB ELSA GLORIA VC 
  GL 1000 PRO 8MB VGA 17"  PANASONIC.27              4GB ATA IDE HDO 
17" PANASONIC.27 MON       NETWORK CARD              17" PANASONIC.27
NETWORK CARD               512KB CACHE               NETWORK CARD 
512KB CACHE                24x TOSHIBA CDROM         24x TOSHIBA CDROM 
24X TOSHIBA  CDROM         SONY  3.5"FDD             SONY  3.5"FDD  
SONY 3.5"                  WIN 95 OEM                WINDOWS NT 
WIN 95 OEM                 MS MOUSE                  MS MOUSE 
MS MOUSE                   FUJ 4725 KB               FUJ 4725 KB 
FUJ 4725 KB                MIDTOWER 230W             ATX FF TOWER 25OW 
MIDTOWER 23OW

**System 1.    (1) Jeff Van Dam's System - with MSNATRL KB, 64MBRAM, SB64 SOUND 
               AND CL SPEAKERS
     
               (2) w/o MMK, w/ 128MBRAM, ENHANCED KB PwerMac G3 W/64mb 4 mbSGRAM
               upgrade + AV17"

PowerMac G3 W/64mb 4mbSCRAM upgrade + AV17

Server:
- -------
Full tower 25OW, (2) Seagate 9gb SCSI HDD, Adaptec SCSI Controller, HP Surestore
24gb DAT + Media,  (2) 100BT NIC, (1) 10BT NIC,  33.6 U.S.R Modem,  15" CTX MON,
INTEL 200MMX CPU, TX 512CACHE,  FDD 1.44 Sony, Enhanced Fujitsu KB, 64Mbram, PS2
Mouse, 2MR VGA, Windows NT SVR

Communications Software:                       Additional Software
- ------------------------------------           -----------------------------
Microsoft Exchange Server 25clt                Adobe PhotoShop 4.0 PCv
Microsoft Exchange Internet Connector          Autodesk Multimedia 3D Studio MAX
Symantec PC An)rwhere32 7.5 host & remote      Quark Express 4.0
                                               Adobe Illustrator 7.0 Mac
Additional Hardware                            Adobe Photoshop 4.0 Mac
- ------------------------------------           3D Studio R4
100BT HUB                                     
(9pcs.) 280 VA UPS
(1 pc.) 1000VA APC UPS
Linocolor Saphir Ultra Scanner
3Com Impact TM IQ xtrnl ISDN Modem
Cables/Connectors Networking

BY SIGNING BELOW.  YOU CERTIFY THAT YOU HAVE RECEIVED AND REVIEWED THIS PAGE AND
THAT EACH OF THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH ON THIS PAGE IS CLEAR AND LEGIBLE.

This Addendum supplements and amends the Agreement only to the extent and in the
manner set forth,  and in all other  respects the Agreement  will remain in full
force and effect.

AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.         Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

                                            /s/ F. Michael Budd
                                            ----------------------------------
Title: ________________________             By: F.Michael Budd 
                                            Its: President and CEO            
Date:  ________________________
                                            Date: 11/26/97



                                  Exhibit 10.15
                                  ------------- 
                                          
                   AT & T Capital Corporation Lease Agreement

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMER:  This lease has been written in "Plain English". When we
use the words you and your in this Lease,  we mean you, our  customer,  which is
the Lessee indicated below.  When we use the words we, as and our in this lease,
we mean the lessor, AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. Our address is P. O. Box
9104, Framingham, MA 01701.

CUSTOMER INFORMATION:

Lessee Name   
- -----------
Synthonics Technologies, Inc.

Billing Street Address/City/County/State/Zip:               Phone Number:
- --------------------------------------------                -------------
31324 Via Colinas #106                                      818-991-9021
Westlake Village, CA 91362

Approval Number: 003871854         Lease #  _________________

Customer #0000000                  Federal Tax ID#

SUPPLIER INFORMATION
- --------------------
Supplier Name
- -------------         
Beatty & Associates ("SUPPLIER")

Street Address/City/State/Zip                               Supplier Phone
- -----------------------------                               --------------
2450 Tapo Street, #207, Simi Valley, CA 93063               805-579-0199

EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION      Quantity             Make Model                 Serial Number
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Pentium li 300 Mhz
With all Related Items and Accessories

END OF LEASE PURCHASE OPTION:      Fair Market Value


TERM AND LEASE PAYMENT SCHEDULE
- -------------------------------

Lease Term                Lease Payment              Additional Provisions
 24 MONTHS                 $205.00*


You agree to pay us at the time you sign this lease:

     A. Total  Advance Lease  payment: 1 (Months) =    $205.91 
     B. Sales /use tax on Advance Lease Payment   =    $ 16.91 
     C. One - Time  Documentation Fee             =    $100.00 
     D. Total A + B + C                           =    $321.91

     If more thin one lease  payment is  required  in  advance,  the  additional
     amount will be applied at the end of the original term.

     *Plus Applicable Taxes


INSURANCE & TAXES
- -----------------
You are required to provide and maintain insurance related to the Equipment, and
to pay any property use or other taxes related to this lease or Equipment.  (See
Sections 4 and 6 on this Lease). If you are tax-exempt,  you agree to furnish us
with satisfactory evidence of your exemption.

                                   Page 1 of 7

<PAGE>
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
- --------------------
BY SIGNING THIS LEASE: (i) YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE
TERMS AND  CONDITIONS  OF THIS  LEASE,  (ii) YOU AGREE  THAT THIS LEASE IS A NET
LEASE THAT YOU CANNOT TERMINATE OR CANCEL, YOU HAVE AN UNCONDITIONAL  OBLIGATION
TO MAKE ALL  PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS LEASE.  AND YOU CANNOT  WITHHOLD SET OFF OR
REDUCE SUCH PAYMENTS FOR ANY REASON,  (iii) YOU WILL USE THE EQUIPMENT  ONLY FOR
BUSINESS  PURPOSES  (iv) YOU WARRANT THAT THE PERSON  SIGNING THIS LEASE FOR YOU
HAS THE  AUTHORITY  TO DO SO AND TO GRANT  THE  POWER OF  ATTORNEY  SET FORTH IN
SECTION I OF THIS  LEASE (v) YOU  CONFIRM  THAT YOU  DECIDED  TO ENTER INTO THIS
LEASE RATHER THAN  PURCHASE THE  EQUIPMENT FOR THE TOTAL CASH PRICE AND (vi) YOU
AGREE  THAT THIS  LEASE  WILL BE  GOVERNED  BY THE LAWS OF THE  COMMONWEALTH  OF
MASSACHUSETTS  AND YOU CONSENT TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF ANY COURT LOCATED WITHIN
MASSACHUSETTS. YOU AND WE EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY.

YOU HEREBY AGREE THAT,  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY RULE OF EVIDENCE TO THE CONTRARY, IN
ANY HEARING,  TRIAL OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE, WE MAY
PRODUCE A FACSIMILE COPY OF THIS LEASE RATHER THAN THE ORIGINAL COPY THEREOF AND
THAT SUCH  FACSIMILE  COPY SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LEASE.  TO
THE EXTENT (IF ANY) THAT THIS LEASE CONSTITUTES  CHATTEL PAPER UNDER THE UNIFORM
COMMERCIAL  CODE, NO SECURITY  INTEREST IN THIS LEASE MAY BE CREATED THROUGH THE
TRANSFER  AND  POSSESSION  OF ANY COPY OR  COUNTERPART  HEREOF  EXCEPT  THE COPY
STAMPED IN RED "LESSOR'S ORIGINAL". YOU AGREE THAT (i) YOU HAVE HAD A SUFFICIENT
OPPORTUNITY  TO READ AND  REVIEW THE TERMS OF EACH  PROVISION  OF THIS LEASE AND
REVIEW THE SAME WITH YOUR COUNSEL IF YOU DEEM SUCH REVIEW  NECESSARY,  (ii) THAT
YOU  UNDERSTAND  Tilt TERMS OF THIS LEASE,  (iii) THAT YOU HAVE RECEIVED EACH OF
THE SIX (6) PAGES OF THIS  LEASE AND THAT SUCH PAGES ARE CLEAR AND  LEGIBLE  AND
(iv) THAT THIS LEASE IS COMPLETE AND THAT NONE OF THE  PROVISIONS ARE MISSING OR
ILLEGIBLE.  YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT WE ARE RELYING ON YOUR REPRESENTATION THAT THIS
LEASE IS COMPLETE AND LEGIBLE.  TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY PROVISIONS ARE MISSING OR
ILLEGIBLE YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF OUR STANDARD FORM LEASE (FAXABLE
VERSION) IN USE AT THE TIME YOU ENTERED INTO THIS LEASE.

AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.          SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC
- -----------------------------                --------------------------- 
LESSOR                                       LESSEE

                                             /s/ F.Michael Budd
- -------------------------------              ---------------------------------
Authorized Signature                         By: F. Michael Budd, President
                                             Authorized Signature

_______________________________              Date:  12/4/97 
Print Name & Title         Date                  

                                  Page 2 of 7
           
<PAGE>
                             DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE
                            ------------------------

DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE

By signing below, you, the Lessee, agree:

A) That all equipment  described in the lease identified below ("Equipment") has
been  delivered,  inspected,  installed and is  unconditionally  and irrevocably
accepted by you as satisfactory for all purposes of the lease;

and

B) That we, AT&T Capital Leasing Services,  Inc., are authorized to purchase the
Equipment and start billing you under the lease.

AFTER  COMPLETING THIS  CERTIFICATE  PLEASE FAX IT TO LEASING  SERVICES AT (800)
952-3256.  YOU AGREE  THAT WE MAY TREAT  AND RELY UPON ANY FAX  VERSION  OF THIS
CERTIFICATE AS THE SIGNED ORIGINAL.

Lease Number:  __________________            Customer Number: 0000000


Synthonics Technologies, Inc.
- -----------------------------
Lessee Name

/s/ F.Michael Budd
- --------------------------------------
Authorized Signature

By:       F. Michael Budd
Title:    President & CEO          Date: 12/4/97

                                  Page 3 of 7

<PAGE>

1. LEASE; DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE. You agree to lease the equipment described on
the first page of this lease agreement (collectively,  "Equipment") on the terms
and conditions &hewn set forth in this lease ("Lease"). If you have entered into
any purchase or Supply  contract  ("Supply  Contract')  with any  Supplier,  you
assign  to us  your  rights  under  such  Supply  Contract,  but  none  of  your
obligations  (other  than  the  obligation  to pay  for the  Equipment  if it is
accepted by you as stated below and you timely  deliver to us such documents and
assurances as we request).  If you have not entered into a Supply Contract,  you
authorize us to enter into a Supply  Contract on your  behalf.  You will arrange
for the delivery of the  Equipment to you. When you receive the  Equipment,  you
agree to inspect it to determine if it is in good working order. This Lease will
begin on the date when the Equipment is delivered to you and the Equipment  will
be deemed irrevocably  accepted by you upon the earlier of a) the delivery to us
or a signed  Delivery and Acceptance  Certificate (if requested by us), or b) 10
days after  delivery of the  Equipment to you if  previously  you have not given
written notice to us of your  non-acceptance.  The first Least Payment is due on
or before the date the  Equipment  is  delivered  to you.  The  remaining  Lease
Payments  will be due on the day of each  subsequent  month lot such  other time
period  specified  in this Lease)  designated  by us. You will make all payments
required  under this Lease to us at such  address as we may  specify in writing.
You  authorize  us to adjust the Law Payment by not more (than 15% if the actual
Total  Cash Price  (which is all  amounts  we have paid in  connection  with the
purchase,  delivery and  installation of die Equipment,  including tiny trade-up
and buy-out  amounts)  differs from the estimated Total Cash Price. If any Lease
Payment or other amount  payable  under this Lease is not paid within 10 days of
its due  date,  you will pay us a late  charge  not to  exceed  7% of each  late
payment (or such lesser rate as is the maximum rate allowable  under  applicable
law).

2. NO WARRANTIES.  We are leasing the Equipment to you "AS-IS".  YOU ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT WE DO NOT MANUFACTURE THE EQUIPMENT.  WE DO NOT REPRESENT THE  MANUFACTURER
OR THE SUPPLIER,  AND YOU HAVE  SELECTED THE  EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIER  BASED UPON
YOUR  OWN  JUDGMENT.  WE MAKE  NO  WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,  INCLUDING
WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE.
YOU AGREE THAT  REGARDLESS OF CAUSE. WE ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR AND YOU WILL NOT
MAKE ANY  CLAIM  AGAINST  US FOR ANY  DAMAGES,  WHETHER  CONSEQUENTIAL,  DIRECT,
SPECIAL,  OR  INDIRECT.  YOU AGREE THAT NEITHER  SUPPLIER  NOR ANY  SALESPERSON,
EMPLOYEE OR AGENT OF SUPPLIER IS OUR AGENT OR HAS ANY  AUTHORITY TO SPEAK FOR US
OR TO BIND US IN ANY WAY.  We  transfer  to you for the term of this  Lease  any
warranties made by the manufacturer or Supplier under a Supply Contract.

3.  EQUIPMENT  LOCATION;  USE AND  REPAIR;  RETURN.  You  will  keep and use the
Equipment only at the Equipment  Location shown on the first page of this Lease.
You may not move the Equipment  without our pilot written  consent.  At your own
cost and expense,  you will keep the Equipment  eligible for any  manufacturer's
certification  and in compliance with all applicable laws and in good condition,
except for ordinary wear and tear. You will not make any alterations,  additions
or  replacements  to the  Equipment  without  our  prior  written  consent.  All
alterations, additions or replacements will become part of the Equipment and our
property  at no cost or  expense  to us. We may  inspect  the  Equipment  at any
reasonable  time.  Unless you purchase the  Equipment  in  accordance  with this
Lease, at the end of this Lease you will immediately return the Equipment to us,
in as good condition as when you received it, except for ordinary wear and tear,
to any place in the United States that we tell you. You will pay all expenses of
deinstalling,  crating and  shipping,  and you will insure the Equipment for its
full replacement value during shipping.

4.  TAXES AND FEES.  You will pay when due,  either  directly  or to us upon our
demand,  all taxes,  fines and penalties relating to this Lease or the Equipment
that  are now or in the  future  assessed  or  levied  by any  slate,  local  or
government  authority.  We will file all personal  property tax use or other tax
returns (unless we notify you otherwise in writing) and you agree to pay us a he
for  making  such  ratings.  We do not  have to  contest  any  taxes,  fines  or
penalties.  You will pay  estimated  property  taxes with each Lease  Payment or
annually, as invoiced.

5. LOSS OR DAMAGE.  As between  you and us,  you are  responsible  for any loss,
theft,  destruction of, or damage to, the Equipment  (collectively  "Loss") from
any cause at all,  whether or riot  insured,  until it is delivered to us at the
end of this Lease.  You are required to make all Lease Payments even if there is
a Loss.  You must notify us in writing  immediately  of any Loss.  Then,  at our
option, you will either (a) repair the Equipment so that it is in good condition
and working order, eligible for any manufacturer's certification,  or (b) pay us
die amounts specified in Section 9(b) below.*

                                  Page 4 of 7
<PAGE>
6.  INSURANCE.  You will  provide and  maintain A your own expense (a)  property
insurance  against the loss,  theft,  damage or destruction to the Equipment for
its full  replacement  value,  naming us as lost payee, and (b) public liability
and third party property insurance, naming us as in additional insured. You will
give us certificates  of other evidence of such insurance when  requested.  Such
insurance  will be in a form,  amount and with  companies  acceptable 10 us, and
will provide that we will be given 30 days advance notice of any cancellation or
material change of such  insurance.  If you do not give us evidence of insurance
acceptable to us, we have the right,  but not the obligation to obtain insurance
covering our interest in the Equipment for the term of this Lease. Including any
renewal of extensions,  from an insurer of our choice, including an insurer that
is our  affiliate.  We may add the  costs  of  acquiring  and  maintaining  such
insurance,  and our  fees for our  services  in  placing  and  maintaining  such
insurance  (collectively,  "Insurance Charge") to the amounts due from you under
this Lease. You will pay the insurance Charge in equal installments allocated to
the remaining Lease Payments. If we purchase insurance,  you will cooperate with
our  insurance  agent  with  respect  to the  placement  of  insurance  and  the
processing   of  claims.   Nothing  in  this  Lease  will  create  an  insurance
relationship of any type between us and any other prison.  You acknowledge  that
we are not  required to secure or  maintain  any  insurance,  and we will not be
liable to you if we terminate  any  insurance  coverage  that we arrange.  If we
replace  or renew  any  insurance  coverage,  we are not  obligated  to  provide
replacement  or  renewal  coverage  under  the same  terms,  costs,  limits,  or
conditions as the previous coverage.

7. TITLE;  RECORDING. We true the owner of and will hold title to the Equipment.
You will  keep the  Equipment  free of all liens and  encumbrances.  Unless  the
Purchase Option price shown on the first page of this Lease is $1.00,  you agree
that this transaction is a true lease. However, if this transaction is deemed to
be a lease  intended  for  security,  you  grant us a  purchase  money  security
interest in (he Equipment (including any replacement,  substitutions, additions.
attachments and proceeds). You will deliver to us signed financing statements or
other  documents  we request to  protect  our  interest  in the  Equipment.  YOU
AUTHORIZE US TO FILE A COPY OF THIS LEASE AS A FINANCING  STATEMENT  AND APPOINT
US OR OUR DESIGNEE AS YOUR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO EXECUTE AND FILE, ON YOUR BEHALF.
FINANCING STATEMENTS COVERING THE EQUIPMENT.

8. DEFAULT.  Each of the following is a "Default" under this Lease; (a) you fail
to pay any Lease Payment or any other payment within 10 days of its due date (b)
you do not  perform  any of your  other  obligations  under this Lease or in any
other agreement with us or with any of our affiliates and this failure continues
for 10 days after we have  notified  you of it, (c) you  become  insolvent,  you
dissolve  or are  dissolved,  or you assign  your assets for the benefit of your
creditors.   or  enter   (voluntarily  or   involuntarily)   any  bankruptcy  or
reorganization  proceeding;  (d) any  guarantor  of this  Lease  dies,  does nor
perform its  obligations  under the guaranty,  or becomes  subject to one of the
events listed in clause (c) above.

9. REMEDIES. If a Default occurs, we may do one or more of the following: (a) we
may cancel of terminate this Least or any or all other  agreements  that we have
entered  into  with  you;  (b) we may  require  you to  immediately  pay us,  as
compensation  for lots of our bargain  and not as a penalty,  a sum equal to (i)
the present  value of all unpaid Lease  Payments  for the  remainder of the term
plus the present value or our  anticipated  residual  interest in the Equipment,
each discounted at 5% per year,  compounded monthly, plus (ii) all other amounts
due or (hat become duo under this  Lease;  (c) we may require you to deliver the
Equipment  to us as set forth in Section  3; (d) we or our agent may  peacefully
repossess  the  Equipment  without  court order and you will not make any claims
against us for damages or trespass of any other reason;  and (c) we may exercise
any other right or remedy available at law or in equity. You agree to pay all of
our costs of enforcing our rights against you, including  reasonable  attorneys'
fees.  If we take  possession  of the  Equipment,  we agree to sell or otherwise
dispose of it with of without  notice,  T a public or private sale. and to apply
the net  proceeds  (after  we have  deducted  all  cost  related  to the sale or
disposition  of the Equipment) to the amounts that you owe us. You agree that if
notice of sale is required by law to be given 10 days  notice  shall  constitute
reasonable  notice.  You will remain  responsible  for any amounts  that are due
after we have applied such net proceeds.

10.  FINANCE  LEASE STATUS.  You agree that if Article  2A-Leases of the Uniform
Commercial Code applies in this Lease,  this Lease will be considered a "finance
lease" as the term is defined in Article 2A. By signing  this  Lease,  you agree
that either (a) you have reviewed,  approved. and received. a copy of the Supply

                                  Page 5 of 7

<PAGE>
Contract at (b) that we have informed you of the identity of the Supplier,  that
you may have  rights  under the Supply  Contract,  and that you may  contact the
Supplier  for a  description  of  those  rights.  TO  THE  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY
APPLICABLE  LAW,  YOU WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS  AND  REMEDIES  CONFERRED  UPON A
LESSEE BY ARTICLE 2A.

11. ASSIGNMENT.  YOU MAY NOT ASSIGN, SELL, TRANSFER OR SUBLEASE THE EQUIPMENT OR
YOUR INTEREST IN THIS LEASE. We may,  without  notifying you, sell.  assign,  or
transfer  this  Lease and our  rights to the  Equipment.  You agree that the new
owner will have the same rights and  benefits  that we have now under this Lease
but not our obligations.  The rights of the new owner will not be subject to any
claims,  defenses or set-off that you may have  against us. NO BROKER,  AGENT OR
OTHER THIRD PARTY IS  AUTHORIZED  TO ASSIGN ANY OF OUR RIGHTS  UNDER THIS LEASE.
ANY SUCH ASSIGNMENT MY BE EFFECTED SOLELY BY US.

12.  PURCHASE  OPTION;  AUTOMATIC  RENEWAL.  If no Default has  occurred  and is
continuing under this Lease, you will have the option at the end of the original
or any renewal term to purchase all (but not less than all) or the  Equipment At
the  Purchase  Option  price  shown on the first  page of this  Lease,  plus any
applicable taxes. Unless the Purchase Option price is $1.00, you must give us at
least 30 days written  notice  before the end of the original term of this Lease
that you will  purchase the  Equipment or that you will return the  Equipment to
us.  If you do not give us such  written  notice  or if you do not  purchase  or
deliver the Equipment in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease,
the  Lease  will  automatically  renew  for an  additional  12 - month  term and
thereafter  renew for successive one month terms unlit you deliver the Equipment
to us.  During such  renewal(s)  the Lease  Payment will remain the same. We may
cancel an automatic  renewal term by sending you written notice 10 days prior to
such renewal term. If the Fair Market Value  Purchase  Option has been selected,
we will use out  reasonable  judgment to determine the  Equipment's  fair market
value. If you do not Agree with our determination of the Equipment's fair market
value,  the fair market  value (on a retail  basis) will be  determined  at your
expense by an independent appraiser selected by us. Upon payment of the Purchase
Option  price,  we shall  transfer our interest in the  Equipment to you "AS IS,
WHERE IS" without any representation or warranty  whatsoever And this Lease will
terminate.

13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  You we responsible  for any losses,  damages,  penalties,
claims, suits and actions (collectively, "Claims"), whether based on a theory of
strict  liability  or  otherwise  caused by or related  to (a) the  manufacture,
installation,  ownership,  use, lease, possession, or delivery, of the Equipment
or (b) any defects of the  Equipment.  You agree to  reimburse  us for and if we
request. to defend us against any Claims.

14.  CREDIT  INFORMATION.  YOU  AUTHORIZE US OR ANY OF OUR  AFFILIATES TO OBTAIN
CREDIT BUREAU  REPORTS,  AND MAKE OTHER CREDIT  INQUIRIES  THAT WE DETERMINE ARE
NECESSARY.  ON WRITTEN REQUEST.  WE WILL INFORM YOU WHETHER WE 14AVE REQUESTED A
CONSUMER CREDIT REPORT AND THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ANY CONSUMER CREDIT REPORTING
AGENCY THAT FURNISHED A REPORT.  YOU ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE WE
MAY USE OR REQUEST ADDITIONAL CREDIT BUREAU REPORTS TO UPDATE OUR INFORMATION 60
LONG AS YOUR OBLIGATIONS TO US ARE OUTSTANDING.

15.  MISCELLANEOUS.  You agree that the terms and  conditions  contained in this
Least make up the entire agreement between you and us regarding the lease of the
Equipment.  This Lease is not  binding on us until we sign it. Any change in any
of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease must be in writing and signed by us.
You agree.  however,  that we are  authorized.  without notice to you, to supply
missing information or correct obvious errors in this Lease. If we delay or fail
to enforce any of our rights under this Lease,  we will still be able to enforce
those rights at a later time. All notices shall be given in writing by the party
sending  the notice and shall be  effective  when  deposited  in the U.S.  Mail.
addressed to the party  receiving  the notice at its address  shown on the first
page of this Lease (or to any other address  specified by that party in writing)
with  postage  prepaid.  All of our  rights and  indemnities  will  survive  the
termination  of this Lease.  It is the  express  intent of the  parties,  not to
violate any applicable  usury laws or to exceed the maximum amount of time price
differential or interest as applicable,  permitted to be charged or collected by
applicable law, and any such excess payment will be applied to Lease Payments in
inverse order of maturity,  and any remaining excess will be refunded to you. If
you do not perform any of your  obligations  under this Lease, we have the right
but not the obligation, to take any action or pay any amounts that we believe we
necessary to protect our interests.  You agree to reimburse us immediately  upon
our demand for any such  amounts that we pay. If more than one Lessee his signed
this Lease, each of you agree that your liability is joint and several.

                                  Page 6 of 7

<PAGE>
                                PERSONAL GUARANTY

THIS PERSONAL GUARANTY CREATES SPECIFIC LEGAL OBLIGATIONS. When we use the words
you and  your in this  Personal  Guaranty,  we mean  the  Personal  Guarantor(s)
indicated below. When we use the words we, us and our in this Personal Guaranty,
we mean AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc.

     In consideration of our entering into the lease agreement  identified above
("Lease"),  you unconditionally and irrevocably  guarantee to us. our successors
and  assigns  the prompt  payment  and  performance  of all  obligations  of the
Customer  Identified  above ("Lessee") under the Lease. You agree that this is a
guaranty of payment  and not of  collection,  and that we can  proceed  directly
against you without first proceeding against the Lessee or against the equipment
covered by the Lease.  You waive all defenses and  notices,  including  those of
protest,  presentment  and  demand.  You  agree  that we can  renew.  extend  or
otherwise  modify the terms or the Lease and you will be bound by such  changes.
If the  Lessee  defaults  under the  Lease,  you will  immediately  perform  all
obligations of the Lessee under the Lease, including, but not limited to, paying
all  amounts  due under the Lease.  You will pay to us all  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees)  incurred  by us in  enforcing  our rights  against you or the
Lessee.  This is a continuing  guaranty which will not be discharged or affected
by your death and will bind your heirs and personal  representatives.  You waive
any rights to seek  repayment  from the Lessee9  until we have been paid in full
for all amounts  owed by the Lessee  under the Lease.  If more than one personal
guarantor  has  signed  this  Personal  Guaranty,  each of you  agree  that your
liability is joint and several.  You  authorize us or any of our  affiliates  to
obtain credit bureau  reports  regarding  your personal  credit,  and make other
credit inquiries that we determine are necessary.

THIS  PERSONAL  GUARANTY  IS  GOVERNED  BY  THE  LAWS  OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH  OF
MASSACHUSETTS.  YOU CONSENT TO THE  JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL,  STATE OR FEDERAL
COURT LOCATED WITHIN MASSACHUSETTS.  YOU EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY.


NOT APPLICABLE                               NOT APPLICABLE           
- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Personal Guarantor                           Personal Guarantor


- -------------------------------              -------------------------------
Print Name                                   Print Name


Date: _________________________              Date: _______________________


                                  Page 7 of 7

                            


                                  Exhibit 10.16
                                  ------------- 

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                           Effective Date: July 1,1996

EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  initiated  as of the day,  month and year  first  written
above, but with an effective date established  subject to any and all conditions
precedent contained herein, by and between

     1.   Columbine  Financial  Corporation  (a Utah  corporation)  with offices
          located at 31368 Via Colinas,  Suite 106, Westlake Village,  CA 91362,
          hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYER, and

     2.   F.  Michael  Budd (an  individual)  residing  at 743 Cedar  Point Pl.,
          Westlake Village, CA 91361, hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYEE.

                                    Recitals

WHEREAS, EMPLOYER is, as of the date first written above, an underfunded company
with limited  financial  resources  engaged in business  activities that require
significant  cash flows and financial  resources in order to maintain the status
of an ongoing  concern and in order to be successful in its business  endeavors,
and

WHEREAS,  EMPLOYEE  represents  that  EMPLOYEE has  considerable  experience  in
start-up business  enterprises,  and furthermore EMPLOYEE agrees to become bound
by this  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  if and only if certain  conditions  precedent as
expressed herein are achieved, and

WHEREAS,   both  EMPLOYER  and  EMPLOYEE   desire  to  continue  the  successful
development of Columbine Financial  Corporation,  its successors or assigns in a
manner that serves to produce  benefits  for equity  shareholders  of  Columbine
Financial Corporation, its successors or assigns,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises hereof and the mutual covenants
and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  intending to be legally  bound,  hereby
agree as follows:

EMPLOYER  employs the  EMPLOYEE  and EMPLOYEE  accepts  employment,  upon terms,
conditions and covenants as follows:

                              Terms and Conditions

1.   Effective Date of Agreement: The effective date shall be July 1, 1996.

2.   Term:  The term of  employment  shall be for the period  starting as of the
     effective date established herein and terminating at the end of the day, 31
     December,  2000, unless terminated at an earlier date, subject to the terms
     and conditions contained herein.

3.   Base Salary:  EMPLOYEE shall  receive,  for all services  rendered,  a base
     salary  of  $240,000  per  year,  payable  monthly  and  prorated  for  any
     fractional   month  of  employment.   Any  additional  bonus  or  incentive
     compensation  shall  be  made  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of
     appropriate bonus or incentive  compensation  agreements that may be issued
     from time to time.  Salary  payments  shall be subject to  withholding  and
     other  applicable  deductions,  as  required by law.  Base salary  shall be
     reviewed  annually within 30 days of the anniversary date of this agreement
     and  adjusted  based  on  EMPLOYER  corporate  performance  and  individual
     performance as judged by the EMPLOYER'S compensation committee. Adjustments
     to base salary  shall not exceed 30% of the base salary in existence at the
     time of review  without  the express  written  consent of a majority of the
     Board of Directors.  Base salary  adjustments shall be based on performance
     and become effective on the anniversary date of this agreement.

                                  Page 1 of 7

<PAGE>

     Payment of the first year of base salary in amounts exceeding  $150,000 per
     year shall be deferred until the first  anniversary date of this agreement.
     This deferment  shall be in effect unless altered by mutual consent of both
     parties and memorialized in written form.

     Deferred  payments  will be made either (a) as a lump sum payment or (b) as
     twelve equal monthly  payments  commencing on the anniversary  date of this
     agreement as determined  by EMPLOYER.  The only interest due and payable on
     the deferred  payment  amount shall be that incurred on the unpaid  balance
     with said interest calculated at a rate of 7% per year, compounded monthly,
     with in initiation date for the interest-due  calculation commencing on the
     first day of the thirteenth  (13th) month of the  anniversary  date of this
     agreement.

4.   Stock Options:  Upon commencing  full-time  employment,  and subject to the
     approval  of the Board of  Directors,  EMPLOYEE  shall  receive  options to
     purchase up to 750,000 shares of Company stock at a purchase price of $0.50
     per share or at a price established by the Board of Directors,  as required
     by law.  These  options  are  vested 20% upon date of hire and 20% per year
     thereafter.  Vested  options may be exercised  anytime over a period of ten
     (10) years from date of hire.

     All  non-vested  options are  forfeited  by EMPLOYEE  upon  termination  of
     employment  with the EMPLOYER.  Upon  termination,  the EMPLOYEE shall have
     ninety (90) days from the last date of  employment,  to purchase any vested
     options.  All options not purchased after ninety (90) days will be returned
     to the EMPLOYER by the EMPLOYEE and such options shall be  considered  null
     and void.

5.   Incentive Bonus: EMPLOYEE shall, upon the effective date of this Agreement.
     participate in any existing or future  qualified  incentive bonus plan that
     has been  approved  or  subsequently  shall  be  approved  by the  Board of
     Directors of Columbine Financial Corporation.

6.   Duties:  The  duties  of  EMPLOYEE  shall be  Chief  Technical  Officer  of
     Columbine Financial Corporation.

7.   Full Time  Engagement:  The EMPLOYEE  shall devote his full and entire time
     and attention to the EMPLOYER'S business.

8.   Trade Secrets:  EMPLOYEE shall not, except in the normal performance of his
     duties, divulge to any person, firm or firms,  corporation or corporations,
     any trade secret having to do with the business of EMPLOYER that shall come
     to  the  knowledge  of  EMPLOYEE  by  reason  of  this  Agreement  and  the
     relationship of EMPLOYEE and EMPLOYER created by this Agreement, during the
     term of this Agreement and for one ( 1) year after the  termination of this
     Agreement.

9.   Work For Hire:  EMPLOYEE agrees that all inventions,  computer programs and
     products  created by EMPLOYEE  either for use by EMPLOYER or which could be
     used by EMPLOYER in furtherance of EMPLOYER'S business activity,  which are
     created or conceived during the course of employment by EMPLOYER,  shall be
     considered as Works Made For Hire and all rights to said Works shall and do
     vest in EMPLOYER and shall be duly and appropriately assigned to EMPLOYER.

10.  Facilities: EMPLOYEE shall have an office, facilities and services that are
     suitable to the position and  appropriate for the performance of EMPLOYEE'S
     duties at the  EMPLOYER'S  offices  cited  above or at some other  mutually
     agreeable and suitable location.

11.  Reimbursable Expenses: EMPLOYER shall reimburse EMPLOYEE for all reasonable
     expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  Employee's   business,   e.g.

                                  Page 2 of 7

<PAGE>

     entertainment,  travel, etc. Employee will be reimbursed upon submission of
     an itemized account of such  expenditures  with receipts where  practicable
     and as  required  by law.  Undocumented  expenses  shall not be  considered
     reimbursable expenses.

12.  Medical  Reimbursement  Plan:  As a part of the  benefits  due  under  this
     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,  EMPLOYEE and his immediate family, shall receive, as
     a part of the  Executive  Medical  Reimbursement  Plan of the  EMPLOYER,  a
     EMPLOYER-paid  preferred-provider health insurance plan. EMPLOYER agrees to
     reimbursement  for  incidental  and  standard  policy-  deductible  medical
     expenses not paid by such plan,  but in no case shall EMPLOYER be obligated
     to reimburse  for  expenses  exceeding  the limits of the health  insurance
     policy or any deductible expenses exceeding 20% of incurred expenses.  This
     provision  #12 is not  required  to become  effective  until and unless the
     EMPLOYER has raised at least an additional $3 million in operating  capital
     from any non-debt generating mechanism, including but not limited to equity
     sales, following the effective date of this Agreement.

13.  Disability Income Plan: As a part of the benefits due under this EMPLOYMENT
     AGREEMENT  EMPLOYER shall purchase for the benefit of EMPLOYEE a disability
     income policy in the maximum  amount  permitted by the insurance  industry,
     but such disability income policy is not required to exceed the actual base
     salary income of EMPLOYEE.  Such  coverage  shall be maintained by EMPLOYER
     for as long as EMPLOYEE is in the employ of the  EMPLOYER.  This  provision
     #13 is not required to become  effective  until and unless the EMPLOYER has
     raised at least an  additional  $3 million in  operating  capital  from any
     non-debt generating  mechanism,  including but not limited to equity sales,
     following the effective date of this Agreement.

14.  Failure  to  Perform:  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in this  EMPLOYMENT
     AGREEMENT  to the  contrary,  if EMPLOYEE is unable to perform or is absent
     from employment for a period of more than six calendar weeks,  EMPLOYER may
     terminate  this  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  without  further  cause,  and  all
     obligations of EMPLOYER hereunder shall terminate. Failure to perform shall
     be determined solely by a majority vote of the Board of Directors.  If such
     Failure  to Perform is caused by a health or  disability  problem  then the
     EMPLOYER will coordinate such termination with the waiting periods with the
     Disability Income Plan mentioned if it is effective.

15.  Termination and Severance:  This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT may be terminated, at
     will, at any time and without cause,  by either party upon thirty (30) days
     written notice to the other.

     If EMPLOYER elects to terminate,  EMPLOYER shall pay to EMPLOYEE  severance
     pay of twelve (12) months base salary,  benefits and all accrued but unpaid
     bonus plan compensation,  subject to withholding and deductions.  Severance
     pay  (including  accrued  bonus  pay)  shall be paid  out in equal  monthly
     payments  during the twelve months  immediately  following  termination  of
     full-time employment with the EMPLOYER.  The severance liability (including
     accrued  bonus pay) by the EMPLOYER is owed to the EMPLOYEE  regardless  of
     EMPLOYEE'S status of employment with another company.

     If EMPLOYEE elects to terminate, EMPLOYEE shall receive salary and benefits
     up to the last day of  employment  and all  accrued  but unpaid  bonus plan
     compensation but no severance pay.

     The severance liability of this provision #15, to the EMPLOYEE by EMPLOYER,
     is valid only if the EMPLOYER successfully  completes a major funding event
     (i.e.  Initial Public Offering,  Venture Capital Funding,  Over-the-Counter
     Trading,  etc.) that provides a minimum of $3,000,000  additional operating
     capital from any non-debt generating  mechanism,  including but not limited
     to equity sales, following the effective date of this Agreement.

                                  Page 3 of 7

<PAGE>

16.  Death  of  EMPLOYEE:  In  the  event  EMPLOYEE  dies  during  the  term  of
     Employment,  EMPLOYER shall pay to EMPLOYEE's  estate,  as a death benefit,
     all amounts and benefits  which would have been due had the  EMPLOYEE  been
     terminated,  as of the date of death,  by the EMPLOYER.  EMPLOYER agrees to
     purchase a term life policy paying death  benefits equal to one year's base
     salary in effect at the time of death,  subject to the terms and conditions
     of said term life policy.

17.  Arbitration:  Any  controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to this
     EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,   or  the  breach  thereof,   shall  be  settled  by
     arbitration  in the City of Pasadena,  State of  California,  in accordance
     with the then  governing  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association.
     Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any
     court of competent jurisdiction.

18.  Notice: Any notice required to be given shall be either:

     a)   personally delivered, or

     b)   sent by US Postal Service,  postage  pre-paid,  Certified Mail, Return
          Receipt Requested

     to the EMPLOYER at the place of employment  and to the EMPLOYEE at the last
     residence address given to and on file with the EMPLOYER.

19.  No  Waiver of  Defaults:  A waiver  of a breach  of any  provision  of this
     EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
     subsequent breach.

20.  Assignment:  The services of EMPLOYEE are personal and unique and therefore
     EMPLOYEE may not assign this  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT nor delegate the duties
     and obligations hereunder except in the normal course of business.

21.  Headings  and  Captions:  The  headings  and  captions  contained  in  this
     Agreement are for convenience  purposes only and are not  determinative nor
     are they to be  considered  in  construction  of the  terms  or  provisions
     herein.

22.  Force  Majeure:  Both parties  agree that neither party shall not be liable
     for: any

     a)   losses; 
     b)   damage, including consequential damages;
     c)   detention;
     d)   delay or failure to perform in whole or in part  resulting from causes
          beyond the control of either party, including but not limited to: acts
          of  God;   acts  or  omissions  of  either  party;   fires;   strikes;
          insurrections;  riots; embargoes; delays in transportation;  inability
          to obtain  supplies;  or  requirements  or  regulations  of the United
          States government or any other civil or military authority.

     Delays or  non-performance  excused  by this  provision  shall  not  excuse
     payment of any amount due hereunder owed at the time of the occurrence.

23.  Entire Agreement:  With the sole exceptions of any Compromise Agreements by
     and between F. Michael  Budd and  Synthonics  Incorporated,  dated prior to
     this  agreement,  it is agreed between the parties hereto that there are no
     other  agreements  or  understandings  between them relating to the subject
     matter  of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  supersedes  all  other  prior
     agreements,  oral or  written,  between  the  parties  and is intended as a
     complete  and  exclusive  statement of the  Agreement  between the parties.
     Neither  this  Agreement,  nor its  execution,  have  been  induced  by any
     reliance, representation, stipulation, warranty, agreement or understanding
     of any kind other than those herein  expressed and those herein  referenced
     and hereto  attached.  No change or modification of this Agreement shall be
     valid unless the same be in writing and signed by the parties.

                                  Page 4 of 7

<PAGE>

INTENDING  TO BE LEGALLY  BOUND,  the  parties  have  executed  this  EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT as of the date last entered below.

Columbine Financial Corporation


/S/  Charles S. Palm
- ------------------------------          Date: 6/25/96           
By:  Charles S. Palm
Its: President    


/S/ F. Michael Budd
- ------------------------------          Date: 6/25/96
F. Michael Budd - Employee


                                  Page 5 of 7

<PAGE>

                        INCENTIVE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

                           Effective Date: July 1,1996

This Agreement is made by and between

     1.   Columbine  Financial  Corporation  (a Utah  corporation)  with offices
          located at 31368 Via Colinas,  Suite 106, Westlake Village,  CA 91362,
          hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYER, and

     2.   F. Michael Budd (an individual)  residing at 31368 Via Colinas,  Suite
          106, Westlake Village, CA 91361, hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYEE.

and is to be construed and interpreted  only as part of and subject to the terms
and conditions of the preceding  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT to which this Agreement is
attached as an integral part.

                                    Recitals

WHEREAS, EMPLOYER is, as of the date first written above, an underfunded company
with limited  financial  resources  that must conserve  operating  capital,  but
nevertheless desires to provide adequate compensation and incentives to EMPLOYEE
for the purpose of  achieving  aggressive  revenue and profit  projections,  and
WHEREAS,  EMPLOYEE  recognizes  and  acknowledges  EMPLOYER's  need to  conserve
capital, and

WHEREAS,  both  EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE  acknowledge  and agree that an aggressive
reward and incentive compensation plan serves the best interests of both parties
as well as the  interests  of the  equity  holders  of  EMPLOYER  by virtue of a
rapidly expanding and highly profitable business operation,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises hereof and the mutual covenants
and considerations set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally
bound, EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE hereby agree as follows:

                              Terms and Conditions

Integral Part of Previous  Agreement:  This Agreement is to be interpreted as an
integral  part  of and  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions,  including  all
conditions precedent, of the preceding and attached EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

Board Approval  Required:  This Incentive Bonus Agreement is subject to approval
by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of Columbine Financial  Corporation
and without such  approval,  as  evidenced  by an attached  copy of a Resolution
passed by said Board, this agreement is null and void, and will be considered to
have never been valid for any purpose.

                                  Page 6 of 7

<PAGE>

Incentive Bonus: In addition to EMPLOYEE'S  regular base salary,  EMPLOYEE shall
receive  incentive  compensation  based on a fraction of total  pre-tax  profits
generated for Columbine Financial Corporation, its successors or assigns and all
affiliated  subsidiaries  as determined in accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting   principles  as  applied  to  the  Columbine  Financial  Corporation
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  following  table  shall  be  used  in
calculating the yearly incentive bonus:

          Calendar Year                 Fraction of Pretax Profit
          -------------                 ------------------------      
               1996                               0.05
               1997                               0.04
               1998                               0.03
               1999                               0.02
               2000                               0.02

Calculation  Examples:  Examples  of  an  incentive  bonus  payment  calculation
follows,  based on calendar years 1996 through 2000, assuming annual revenues of
$5M, $25M, $150M, $500M, $600M and pre-tax profits of $1.455M,  $7.425M,  $45.M,
$150M, and $180M, respectively:

Incentive Bonus = ($1.455M) x (0.05) = $   72,750  
Incentive Bonus = ($7.425M) x (0.04) = $  297,000 
Incentive Bonus = ($45M)    x (0.03) = $1,350,000 
Incentive Bonus = ($150M)   x (0.02) = $3,000,000 
Incentive Bonus = ($180M)   x (0.02) = $3,600,000                         


Bonus  Payment:   All  bonus  moneys  shall  be  determined  by  the  EMPLOYER's
accountants  and verified by independent  auditors in accordance  with generally
accepted   accounting   principles.   Such  additional   compensation  shall  be
determined,  and paid to Employee within ten (10) days after the fiscal year end
close is  approved  by an  independent  auditor  with all  payments  subject  to
withholding and other applicable deductions.

INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY  BOUND,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Incentive
Compensation  Agreement to be executed as of the effective date of the preceding
and attached EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

Columbine Financial Corporation


/S/  Charles S. Palm
- ------------------------------           
By:  Charles S. Palm
Its: President    


/S/ F. Michael Budd
- ------------------------------          
F. Michael Budd - Employee

                                  Page 7 of 7



                                  Exhibit 10.17
                                  -------------

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                          Effective Date: July 1, 1996

EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  initiated  as of the day,  month and year  first  written
above, but with an effective date established  subject to any and all conditions
precedent contained herein, by and between

          1.   Columbine Financial Corporation (a Utah corporation) with offices
               located at 31368 Via Colinas,  Suite 106,  Westlake  Village,  CA
               91362, hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYER, and

          2.   Charles  S.  Palm  (an  individual)  residing  at  3819  Mainsail
               Circle,   Westlake Village, CA 91361,  hereinafter referred to as
               EMPLOYEE.

                                    Recitals

WHEREAS, EMPLOYER is, as of the date first written above, an underfunded company
with limited  financial  resources  engaged in business  activities that require
significant  cash flows and financial  resources in order to maintain the status
of an ongoing  concern and in order to be successful in its business  endeavors,
and

WHEREAS,  EMPLOYEE  represents  that  EMPLOYEE has  considerable  experience  in
start-up business  enterprises,  and furthermore EMPLOYEE agrees to become bound
by this  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  if and only if certain  conditions  precedent as
expressed herein are achieved, and

WHEREAS,   both  EMPLOYER  and  EMPLOYEE   desire  to  continue  the  successful
development of Columbine Financial  Corporation,  its successors or assigns in a
manner that serves to produce  benefits  for equity  shareholders  of  Columbine
Financial Corporation, its successors or assigns,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises hereof and the mutual covenants
and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  intending to be legally  bound,  hereby
agree as follows:

EMPLOYER  employs the  EMPLOYEE  and EMPLOYEE  accepts  employment,  upon terms,
conditions and covenants as follows:

                              Terms and Conditions

1.   Effective Date of Agreement: The effective date shall be July 1, 1996.

2.   Term:  The term of  employment  shall be for the period  starting as of the
     effective date established herein and terminating at the end of the day, 31
     December,  2000, unless terminated at an earlier date, subject to the terms
     and conditions contained herein.

3.   Base Salary:  EMPLOYEE shall  receive,  for all services  rendered,  a base
     salary  of  $240,000  per  year,  payable  monthly  and  prorated  for  any
     fractional   month  of  employment.   Any  additional  bonus  or  incentive
     compensation  shall  be  made  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  of
     appropriate bonus or incentive  compensation  agreements that may be issued
     from time to time.  Salary  payments  shall be subject to  withholding  and
     other  applicable  deductions,  as  required by law.  Base salary  shall be
     reviewed  annually within 30 days of the anniversary date of this agreement
     and  adjusted  based  on  EMPLOYER  corporate  performance  and  individual
     performance as judged by the EMPLOYER'S compensation committee. Adjustments
     to base salary  shall not exceed 30% of the base salary in existence at the
     time of review  without  the express  written  consent of a majority of the
     Board of Directors.  Base salary  adjustments shall be based on performance
     and become effective on the anniversary date of this agreement.

                                  Page 1 of 7
<PAGE>
      
     Payment of the first year of base salary in amounts exceeding  $150,000 per
     year shall be deferred until the first  anniversary date of this agreement.
     This deferment  shall be in effect unless altered by mutual consent of both
     parties and memorialized in written form.

     Deferred  payments  will be made either (a) as a lump sum payment or (b) as
     twelve equal monthly  payments  commencing on the anniversary  date of this
     agreement as determined  by EMPLOYER.  The only interest due and payable on
     the deferred  payment  amount shall be that incurred on the unpaid  balance
     with said interest calculated at a rate of 7% per year, compounded monthly,
     with in initiation date for the interest-due  calculation commencing on the
     first day of the thirteenth  (13th) month of the  anniversary  date of this
     agreement.

4.   Stock Options:  Upon commencing  full-time  employment,  and subject to the
     approval  of the Board of  Directors,  EMPLOYEE  shall  receive  options to
     purchase up to 750,000 shares of Company stock at a purchase price of $0.50
     per share or at a price established by the Board of Directors,  as required
     by law.  These  options  are  vested 20% upon date of hire and 20% per year
     thereafter.  Vested  options may be exercised  anytime over a period of ten
     (10) years from date of hire.

     All  non-vested  options are  forfeited  by EMPLOYEE  upon  termination  of
     employment  with the EMPLOYER.  Upon  termination,  the EMPLOYEE shall have
     ninety (90) days from the last date of  employment,  to purchase any vested
     options.  All options not purchased after ninety (90) days will be returned
     to the EMPLOYER by the EMPLOYEE and such options shall be  considered  null
     and void.

5.   Incentive Bonus: EMPLOYEE shall, upon the effective date of this Agreement.
     participate in any existing or future  qualified  incentive bonus plan that
     has been  approved  or  subsequently  shall  be  approved  by the  Board of
     Directors of Columbine Financial Corporation.

6.   Duties:  The  duties  of  EMPLOYEE  shall be  Chief  Technical  Officer  of
     Columbine Financial Corporation.

7.   Full Time  Engagement:  The EMPLOYEE  shall devote his full and entire time
     and attention to the EMPLOYER'S business.

8.   Trade Secrets:  EMPLOYEE shall not, except in the normal performance of his
     duties, divulge to any person, firm or firms,  corporation or corporations,
     any trade secret having to do with the business of EMPLOYER that shall come
     to  the  knowledge  of  EMPLOYEE  by  reason  of  this  Agreement  and  the
     relationship of EMPLOYEE and EMPLOYER created by this Agreement, during the
     term of this Agreement and for one ( 1) year after the  termination of this
     Agreement.

9.   Work For Hire:  EMPLOYEE agrees that all inventions,  computer programs and
     products  created by EMPLOYEE  either for use by EMPLOYER or which could be
     used by EMPLOYER in furtherance of EMPLOYER'S business activity,  which are
     created or conceived during the course of employment by EMPLOYER,  shall be
     considered as Works Made For Hire and all rights to said Works shall and do
     vest in EMPLOYER and shall be duly and appropriately assigned to EMPLOYER.

10.  Facilities: EMPLOYEE shall have an office, facilities and services that are
     suitable to the position and  appropriate for the performance of EMPLOYEE'S
     duties at the  EMPLOYER'S  offices  cited  above or at some other  mutually
     agreeable and suitable location.


                                  Page 2 of 7

<PAGE>

11.  Reimbursable Expenses: EMPLOYER shall reimburse EMPLOYEE for all reasonable
     expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  Employee's   business,   e.g.
     entertainment,  travel, etc. Employee will be reimbursed upon submission of
     an itemized account of such  expenditures  with receipts where  practicable
     and as  required  by law.  Undocumented  expenses  shall not be  considered
     reimbursable expenses.

12.  Medical  Reimbursement  Plan:  As a part of the  benefits  due  under  this
     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,  EMPLOYEE and his immediate family, shall receive, as
     a part of the  Executive  Medical  Reimbursement  Plan of the  EMPLOYER,  a
     EMPLOYER-paid  preferred-provider health insurance plan. EMPLOYER agrees to
     reimbursement  for  incidental  and  standard  policy  deductible   medical
     expenses not paid by such plan,  but in no case shall EMPLOYER be obligated
     to reimburse  for  expenses  exceeding  the limits of the health  insurance
     policy or any deductible expenses exceeding 20% of incurred expenses.  This
     provision  #12 is not  required  to become  effective  until and unless the
     EMPLOYER has raised at least an additional $3 million in operating  capital
     from any non-debt generating mechanism, including but not limited to equity
     sales, following the effective date of this Agreement.

13.  Disability Income Plan: As a part of the benefits due under this EMPLOYMENT
     AGREEMENT  EMPLOYER shall purchase for the benefit of EMPLOYEE a disability
     income policy in the maximum  amount  permitted by the insurance  industry,
     but such disability income policy is not required to exceed the actual base
     salary income of EMPLOYEE.  Such  coverage  shall be maintained by EMPLOYER
     for as long as EMPLOYEE is in the employ of the  EMPLOYER.  This  provision
     #13 is not required to become  effective  until and unless the EMPLOYER has
     raised at least an  additional  $3 million in  operating  capital  from any
     non-debt generating  mechanism,  including but not limited to equity sales,
     following the effective date of this Agreement.

14.  Failure  to  Perform:  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in this  EMPLOYMENT
     AGREEMENT  to the  contrary,  if EMPLOYEE is unable to perform or is absent
     from employment for a period of more than six calendar weeks,  EMPLOYER may
     terminate  this  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  without  further  cause,  and  all
     obligations of EMPLOYER hereunder shall terminate. Failure to perform shall
     be determined solely by a majority vote of the Board of Directors.  If such
     Failure  to Perform is caused by a health or  disability  problem  then the
     EMPLOYER will coordinate such termination with the waiting periods with the
     Disability Income Plan mentioned if it is effective.

15.  Termination and Severance:  This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT may be terminated, at
     will, at any time and without cause,  by either party upon thirty (30) days
     written notice to the other.

     If EMPLOYER elects to terminate,  EMPLOYER shall pay to EMPLOYEE  severance
     pay of twelve (12) months base salary,  benefits and all accrued but unpaid
     bonus plan compensation,  subject to withholding and deductions.  Severance
     pay  (including  accrued  bonus  pay)  shall be paid  out in equal  monthly
     payments  during the twelve months  immediately  following  termination  of
     full-time employment with the EMPLOYER.  The severance liability (including
     accrued  bonus pay) by the EMPLOYER is owed to the EMPLOYEE  regardless  of
     EMPLOYEE'S status of employment with another company.

     If EMPLOYEE elects to terminate, EMPLOYEE shall receive salary and benefits
     up to the last day of  employment  and all  accrued  but unpaid  bonus plan
     compensation  but  no  severance  pay.  

     The severance liability of this provision #15, to the EMPLOYEE by EMPLOYER,
     is valid only if the EMPLOYER successfully  completes a major funding event
     (i.e.  Initial Public Offering,  Venture Capital Funding,  Over-the-Counter
     Trading,  etc.) that provides a minimum of $3,000,000  additional operating
 
                                  Page 3 of 7

<PAGE>

     capital from any non-debt generating  mechanism,  including but not limited
     to equity sales, following the effective date of this Agreement.

16.  Death  of  EMPLOYEE:  In  the  event  EMPLOYEE  dies  during  the  term  of
     Employment,  EMPLOYER shall pay to EMPLOYEE's  estate,  as a death benefit,
     all amounts and benefits  which would have been due had the  EMPLOYEE  been
     terminated,  as of the date of death,  by the EMPLOYER.  EMPLOYER agrees to
     purchase a term life policy paying death  benefits equal to one year's base
     salary in effect at the time of death,  subject to the terms and conditions
     of said term life policy. 


17.  Arbitration:  Any  controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to this
     EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,   or  the  breach  thereof,   shall  be  settled  by
     arbitration  in the City of Pasadena,  State of  California,  in accordance
     with the then  governing  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association.
     Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any
     court of competent jurisdiction.

18.  Notice: Any notice required to be given shall be either:

     a)   personally delivered, or

     b)   sent by US Postal Service,  postage  pre-paid,  Certified Mail, Return
          Receipt Requested

     to the EMPLOYER at the place of employment  and to the EMPLOYEE at the last
     residence address given to and on file with the EMPLOYER.

19.  No  Waiver of  Defaults:  A waiver  of a breach  of any  provision  of this
     EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
     subsequent breach.

20.  Assignment:  The services of EMPLOYEE are personal and unique and therefore
     EMPLOYEE may not assign this  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT nor delegate the duties
     and obligations hereunder except in the normal course of business.

21.  Headings  and  Captions:  The  headings  and  captions  contained  in  this
     Agreement are for convenience  purposes only and are not  determinative nor
     are they to be  considered  in  construction  of the  terms  or  provisions
     herein.

22.  Force  Majeure:  Both parties  agree that neither party shall not be liable
     for: any

     a)   losses;

     b)   damage, including consequential damages;

     c)   detention;

     d)   delay or failure to perform in whole or in part  resulting from causes
          beyond the control of either party, including but not limited to: acts
          of  God;   acts  or  omissions  of  either  party;   fires;   strikes;
          insurrections;  riots; embargoes; delays in transportation;  inability
          to obtain  supplies;  or  requirements  or  regulations  of the United
          States government or any other civil or military authority.

     Delays or  non-performance  excused  by this  provision  shall  not  excuse
     payment of any amount due hereunder owed at the time of the occurrence

23.  Entire Agreement:  With the sole exceptions of any Compromise Agreements by
     and between  Charles S. Palm and  Synthonics  Incorporated,  dated prior to
     this  agreement,  it is agreed between the parties hereto that there are no
     other  agreements  or  understandings  between them relating to the subject
     matter  of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement  supersedes  all  other  prior
     agreements,  oral or  written,  between  the  parties  and is intended as a
     complete  and  exclusive  statement of the  Agreement  between the parties.

                                  Page 4 of 7
<PAGE>

     Neither  this  Agreement,  nor its  execution,  have  been  induced  by any
     reliance, representation, stipulation, warranty, agreement or understanding
     of any kind other than those herein  expressed and those herein  referenced
     and hereto  attached.  No change or modification of this Agreement shall be
     valid unless the same be in writing and signed by the parties.

     INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY  BOUND,  the parties have executed this  EMPLOYMENT
     AGREEMENT as of the date last entered below.

     Columbine Financial Corporation


     /S/ LeRoy K. Spears
     ------------------------------           
     By:  LeRoy K. Spears
     Its: Chairman    


     /S/ Charles S. Palm
     ------------------------------
     Charles S. Palm - Employee

                                  Page 5 of 7

<PAGE>

                        INCENTIVE COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                           Effective Date: July 1,1996

This Agreement is made by and between

     1.   Columbine  Financial  Corporation  (a Utah  corporation)  with offices
          located at 31368 Via Colinas,  Suite 106, Westlake Village,  CA 91362,
          hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYER, and

     2.   Charles S. Palm (an  individual)  residing  at 3819  Mainsail  Circle,
          Westlake Village, CA 91361, hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYEE.

and is to be construed and interpreted  only as part of and subject to the terms
and conditions of the preceding  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT to which this Agreement is
attached as an integral part.

                                    Recitals

WHEREAS, EMPLOYER is, as of the date first written above, an underfunded company
with limited  financial  resources  that must conserve  operating  capital,  but
nevertheless desires to provide adequate compensation and incentives to EMPLOYEE
for the purpose of  achieving  aggressive  revenue and profit  projections,  and
WHEREAS,  EMPLOYEE  recognizes  and  acknowledges  EMPLOYER's  need to  conserve
capital, and

WHEREAS,  both  EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE  acknowledge  and agree that an aggressive
reward and incentive compensation plan serves the best interests of both parties
as well as the  interests  of the  equity  holders  of  EMPLOYER  by virtue of a
rapidly expanding and highly profitable business operation,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises hereof and the mutual covenants
and considerations set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally
bound, EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE hereby agree as follows:

                              Terms and Conditions

Integral Part of Previous  Agreement:  This Agreement is to be interpreted as an
integral  part  of and  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions,  including  all
conditions precedent, of the preceding and attached EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

Board Approval  Required:  This Incentive Bonus Agreement is subject to approval
by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of Columbine Financial  Corporation
and without such  approval,  as  evidenced  by an attached  copy of a Resolution
passed by said Board, this agreement is null and void, and will be considered to
have never been valid for any purpose.

                                  Page 6 of 7

<PAGE>

Incentive Bonus: In addition to EMPLOYEE'S  regular base salary,  EMPLOYEE shall
receive  incentive  compensation  based on a fraction of total  pre-tax  profits
generated for Columbine Financial Corporation, its successors or assigns and all
affiliated  subsidiaries  as determined in accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting   principles  as  applied  to  the  Columbine  Financial  Corporation
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  following  table  shall  be  used  in
calculating the yearly incentive bonus:

          Calendar Year                 Fraction of Pretax Profit
          -------------                 ------------------------      
               1996                               0.05
               1997                               0.04
               1998                               0.03
               1999                               0.02
               2000                               0.02

Calculation  Examples:  Examples  of  an  incentive  bonus  payment  calculation
follows,  based on calendar years 1996 through 2000, assuming annual revenues of
$5M, $25M, $150M, $500M, $600M and pre-tax profits of $1.455M,  $7.425M,  $45.M,
$150M, and $180M, respectively:

Incentive Bonus = ($1.455M) x (0.05) = $   72,750  
Incentive Bonus = ($7.425M) x (0.04) = $  297,000 
Incentive Bonus = ($45M)    x (0.03) = $1,350,000 
Incentive Bonus = ($150M)   x (0.02) = $3,000,000 
Incentive Bonus = ($180M)   x (0.02) = $3,600,000

Bonus  Payment:   All  bonus  moneys  shall  be  determined  by  the  EMPLOYER's
accountants  and verified by independent  auditors in accordance  with generally
accepted   accounting   principles.   Such  additional   compensation  shall  be
determined,  and paid to Employee within ten (10) days after the fiscal year end
close is  approved  by an  independent  auditor  with all  payments  subject  to
withholding and other applicable deductions.

INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY  BOUND,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Incentive
Compensation  Agreement to be executed as of the effective date of the preceding
and attached EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

Columbine Financial Corporation


/s/ F. Michael Budd
- -------------------------------
By:  F. Michael Budd for
     LeRoy K. Spears, Chairman

 
/S/ Charles S. Palm
- ------------------------------
Charles S. Palm - Employee


                                  Page 7 of 7



                                  Exhibit 10.18
                                  -------------
                      
                       First Colony Life Insurance Company

                            Lynchburg, Virginia 24505

                                 A Stock Company


Will pay the Beneficiary  the death proceeds as defined in this Policy.  Payment
will be made after the following have been received at the home office:

     * this Policy;

     * due proof that the Insured died while this Policy was In force;

     * a written claim for the death  proceeds  completed or) a form supplied by
     the Company and

     *an  authorization,  on a form supplied by the Company,  from the Insured's
     next of kin or other  authorized  person  which will  allow the  Company to
     obtain and disclose information concerning the Insured.

Any  payment is subject to the  provisions  oil this page arid on the  following
pages.

The  consideration  for this Policy is the  application and payment of the Total
Initial Premium on or before policy delivery. Subsequent premiums are payable on
each Premium Due Date during the insured's lifetime.

The Owner may return this Policy  within 20 days after its  delivery.  To return
this Policy,  take it or mail it to the Company or to the agent  through whom it
was purchased.  Immediately upon delivery or mailing, this Policy will be deemed
void from the beginning. Any premium paid will be returned.

Signed at the home office at 700 Main Street,  Lynchburg,  Virginia, on the Date
of Issue.


/S/ Ronald V. Dolan                               /S/ David H. McMahan
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------
Ronald V. Dolan, President                        David H. McMahan, Secretary


                           GRADED PREMIUM LIFE POLICY
                           Insurance Payable at Death
               See Schedule for Amount of Insurance and Premiums
                   Premiums Payable during Insured's Lifetime
                 Premium Subject to Change as Shown in Schedule
                 But Will Not Exceed Specified Maximum Premium
                   Cash Values Available as Shown in Schedule
                  Exchangeable on or before the Exchange Date
                        Non-participating - No Dividends

Insured:            CHARLES S. PALM           5,005,232        Policy Number

Amount of
Insurance:          5,000,000                 APRIL 28, 1997    Policy Date

Total
Initial Premium:    $8,070.00                 APRIL 28, 1997    Date of Issue

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>
      
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT. The entire contract consists of this Policy and the application. A
copy of the  application  was  attached  at issue.  All  statements  made in the
application  are,  in the  absence  of  fraud,  deemed  representations  and not
warranties.  No statement will void this Policy or be used in defense of a claim
unless it is contained in the application. Only the President, a Vice President,
or the  Secretary  of the  Company  can  change or waive any  provision  of this
Policy. Any change or waiver must be made in writing.

POLICY DATE. Policy anniversaries,  policy years, policy months, and Premium Due
Dates are determined from the Policy Date.

PREMIUM  PAYMENTS.  Each premium  after the first is payable at the home office.
Payment may also be made to a Company agent in exchange for a receipt  signed by
the President or Secretary of the Company and countersigned by the agent.

     Each  premium  after the first is payable in advance.  Any premium not paid
when due is in  default.  If a premium has not been paid by the end of the grace
period,  this Policy will  terminate as of the due date of such premium.  Policy
termination is subject to the terms of this Policy.

     As of any  policy  anniversary,  the Owner may  change  the mode of premium
payment with the Company's  consent.  Written  request must be filed at the home
office. The modes available are annual, semiannual, and quarterly.  Premiums may
also be paid by automatic  bank draft.  Premiums are based on the rates then use
for the class to which the Insured belongs.

     That  portion  of the  premium  paid for the  period  beyond the end of the
policy month of death will be paid to the Beneficiary.

     No premiums will be refunded except as specifically stated in this Policy.

GRACE  PERIOD.  A grace  period  of 31  days is  allowed  for  payment,  without
interest,  of any premium after the first. This Policy will stay in force during
that period.  If the Insured dies during the grace period,  the premium required
to keep this  Policy in force to the end of the  policy  month of death  will be
deducted from the proceeds.

REINSTATEMENT.  This Policy may be re-instated unless:

     1. it has been surrendered;

     2. the period of extended term insurance has expired; or

     3. the total loan under this Policy,  including interest,  has exceeded the
     cash value.

To  reinstate,  the  following  must be received at the home office  within five
years after default *in premium payment.

     1. evidence of insurability satisfactory to the Company;

     2. payment of all past-due  premiums  with interest  calculated  from their
     respective  Premium Due Dates at the  Reinstatement  interest rate shown in
     the Schedule; and

     3. payment or  reinstatement  of any policy loan including  interest at the
     Policy Loan interest rate shown in the Schedule.

After the application for reinstatement  has been approved by the Company,  this
Policy will be reinstated on the day the above conditions are satisfied.

OWNER AND BENEFICIARY. The designations of Owner and Beneficiary in the Schedule
remain in effect until changed by the Owner.

     The Owner has all rights  stated in this  Policy.  The Owner may amend this
Policy during the Insured's Lifetime with the Company's  consent.  The rights of
the Owner are subject to the rights of an irrevocable beneficiary.

     The interest of a beneficiary  terminates if that  beneficiary  dies before
the Insured. If no beneficiary  survives at the Insured's death, payment will be
made to the Owner or the Owner's estate or successors.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

CHANGE OF OWNER AND BENEFICIARY.  The Owner may change the designations of Owner
and  Beneficiary  during the  Insured's  lifetime.  Any change is subject to the
consent of an irrevocable beneficiary. Written notice of change must be riled at
the home office In a form acceptable to the Company.  The new  designation  will
then take effect as of the date the Owner signed the notice.  Such a change does
not affect any payment  made or other  action  taken by the  Company  before the
notice is received.

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>

This Policy is a legal contract between the Owner and First Colony  Life
Insurance Company.

                          READ YOUR POLICY CARE FULLY.
                          
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                         Page
Schedule - General Policy Information ..................................   5  
Schedule - Table of Nonforfeiture Values ...............................   6
Schedule - Table of Premiums ...........................................   7
GENERAL PROVISIONS .....................................................   2,8
         The Contract ..................................................   2
         Policy Date ...................................................   2
         Premium Payments ..............................................   2
         Grace Period ..................................................   2
         Reinstatement .................................................   2
         Owner and Beneficiary .........................................   2
         Change of Owner & Beneficiary .................................   3
         Assignment ....................................................   8
         Incontestability ..............................................   8
         Misstatement ..................................................   8
         Suicide .......................................................   8
         Payment of Proceeds ...........................................   8
         Amount of Death Proceeds ......................................   8
         Non-Participating .............................................   8  
NONFORFEITURE PROVISIONS ...............................................   8
         Nonforfeiture Options .........................................   8
         Net Cash Value ................................................   8
         Paid Up Insurance .............................................   8
         Extended Term Insurance .......................................   8
         Automatic Option ..............................................   8
         Basis of Values ...............................................   9
         Table of Nonforfeiture Values .................................   9
POLICY LOANS ...........................................................   10
         Cash Loan .....................................................   10
         Automatic Premium Loan Option .................................   10
         Deferral ......................................................   10
         Interest and Repayment ........................................   10
EXCHANGE OPTION ........................................................   11
SETTLEMENT OPTIONS .....................................................   11,12
         General Provisions ............................................   11
         Death of Payee ................................................   11
         First Installment .............................................   12
         Interest ......................................................   12
         Option 1 - Fixed Period .......................................   12
         Option 2 - Life Income with  Installments  Certain ............   12
         Option 3 - Interest ...........................................   12
         Option 4 - Fixed  Installments ................................   12
         Option 5 - Single Premium Annuity .............................   12
         Other Settlement Options ......................................   12
         Option 1 Table ................................................   13
         Option 2 Table ................................................   13,14

                                    Page 4

<PAGE>
                                 S C H E D U L E

                    Benefit          Annual Premium             Premium Period
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$5,000,000      Graded Premium Life     $8,070.00*                I year(s)

*Subsequent  annual  and  maximum  annual  premiums  are  shown in the  Table of
Premiums.

                                 Interest Rates

            Basis of Values - 5.5% a year, compounded annually
            Reinstatement   - 6.0% a year, compounded annually
            Policy Loan     - 7.4% a year, payable in advance

                                 Mortality Table

Commissioners  1980 Standard  Ordinary Smoker or Nonsmoker  Mortality Table, Sex
Distinct, Age Nearest Birthday


                                                             REQUALIFICATION
 
                                                  APRIL 28, 2018 EXPIRY DATE

                                                  APRIL 28, 2007 Exchange Date

Premium
Due Dates:  28TH DAY OF APRIL OF EACH YEAR

Beneficiary:  SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC.        PREFERRED Premium
                                             NO NICOTINE USE Classification

Owner:  SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES INC.       Age Nearest:  54  M  Birthday

The Beneficiary and Owner are subject to change as Provided herein.

Insured:  CHARLES S PALM

Amount of Insurance:  $5,000,000           5,005,232 Policy Number

APRIL 28, 1997 Policy Date                 APRIL 28, 1997 Date of Issue

Total Initial Premium: $8,070.00

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>      
                          Table of Nonforfeiture Values
                         -------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

End of         Attained       Guaranteed                   Extended Term
Policy         Age of         Cash or Loan       Paid-Up    Insurance
Year           Insured        Value            Insurance   Years   Days
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>    <C>

1 - 37            55 - 91     $       0.00             0      0          0
38                92            530,000.00       625,000      0        158
39                93            595,000.00       695,000      0        166
40                94            685,000.00       790,000      0        177
41                95            830,000.00       945,000      0        194
42                96          1,080,000.00     1,205,000      0        217
43                97          1,560,000.00     1,710,000      0        251
44                98          2,105,000.00     2,265,000      0        247
45                99          2,765,000.00     2,920,000      0        213
46                100         5,000,000.00     5,000,000      0          0
</TABLE>


This Policy provides for a later generation of cash values.


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>      
               S C H E D U L E *CONTINUED*        Pol. No 5,005,232

                                Table of Premiums

The Annual Premium is that premium which the Company anticipates will be payable
on the date  shown.  The  Premiums  payable are subject to change but will never
exceed the maximum annual premiums shown in this Table.

Any change in premium will be due to a re-evaluation  by the Company of expected
future mortality,  interest,  expenses,  and/or Persistency.  The Company's past
experience will not be a factor in such change. Change will be applied uniformly
to a class of  insureds.  Class  will be  determined  by 1. issue age and sex 2.
premium  classification  3. amount of  insurance  and 4. the number of years the
insurance has been in force.  The Company will mail notice of any such change in
premium. Premiums will not be changed more than once a year. Any change does not
alter the  nonforfeiture  values.  No change in  classification  or premium will
occur on account of the deterioration of the insured's health.

Rider Premiums are included.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                         Maximum                                 Maximum
Policy Yr     Annual      Annual   Policy Yr      Annual         Annual
Beginning     Premium     Premium   Beginning     Premium        Premium
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------       
<S>          <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
APRIL 28                           APRIL 28
1997       $  8,070.00   8,070.00   2022         $392,920.00     857,270.00
1998         11,720.00  11,720.00   2023          439,620.00     936,770.00
1999         15,370.00  15,370.00   2024          485,820.00   1,025,270.00
2000         19,420.00  19,420.00   2025          535,420.00   1,125,270.00
2001         23,470.00  23,470.00   2026          588,870.00   1,237,970.00
2002         27,220.00  27,220.00   2027          648,370.00   1,361,170.00
2003         31,270.00  31,270.00   2028          749,970.00   1,492,070.00
2004         35,370.00  35,370.00   2029          983,320.00   1,628,070.00
2005         39,570.00  39,570.00   2030        1,298,870.00   1,767,970.00
2006         43,820.00  43,820.00   2031        1,523,520.00   1,908,970.00
2007         55,570.00 190,270.00   2032        1,723,570.00   2,052,970.00
2008         69,270.00 211,370.00   2033        2,055,570.00   2,201,970.00
2009         83,620.00 234,070.00   2034        2,150,670.00   2,358,470.00
2010        101,670.00 258,670.00   2035        2,241,420.00   2,527,570.00
2011        120,370.00 285,070.00   2036        2,327,620.00   2,716,370.00
2012        138,770.00 313,870.00   2037        2,408,770.00   2,956,570.00
2013        149,770.00 346,370.00   2038        2,784,570.00   3,299,670.00
2014        164,320.00 383,170.00   2039        2,954,520.00   3,845,570.00
2015        179,770.00 425,670.00   2040        3,118,270.00   4,081,770.00
2016        200,570.00 474,470.00   2041        3,488,520.00   4,441,420.00
2017        223,820.00 529,270.00   2042        3,650,670.00   4,600,070.00
2018        250,070.00 588,070.00
2019        279,720.00 650,670.00
2020        313,270.00 716,470.00
2021        350,870.00 784,770.00

</TABLE>

                                     Page 7

<PAGE>
                         GENERAL PROVISIONS (Continued)

ASSIGNMENT.  The Company is not  responsible  for the  validity or effect of any
assignment  of this  Policy.  No  assignment  will bind the Company  until it is
received at the home office.

INCONTESTABILITY. This Policy is not contestable, except for fraud, after it has
been in force during the  Insured's  lifetime for a period of two years from the
Date of Issue.  This  provision also applies to any rider  providing  additional
benefits which is included with this Policy on the Date of issue.

MISSTATEMENT.  If the Insured's age or sex is misstated, any amount payable will
be adjusted to that amount which the premiums paid would have purchased based on
the correct information.

     "Attained  age" is the age shown in the Schedule  plus the number of years,
including fractions, elapsed from the Policy Date.

SUICIDE. If the Insured,  while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two years
after the Date of Issue,  the death proceeds under this Policy will be an amount
equal to the premiums paid less any loan against this Policy.

PAYMENT OF PROCEEDS. Any payments by tile Company under this Policy will be made
from the home  office.  This Policy must be  returned to the  Company.  Unless a
settlement option is elected, the proceeds will be paid in one sum.

AMOUNT OF THE DEATH PROCEEDS.  The proceeds  payable at the death of the Insured
will be:

     1. the Amount of Insurance shown in tile Schedule subject to any adjustment
     for misstatement; plus

     2. that  portion of the premium  paid for the period  beyond the end of the
     policy month of death; less

     3. any  premium  required  to keep  this  Policy in force to the end of the
     policy month of death; less

     4. the  amount  of any  policy  loan.  Any  proceeds  payable  will also be
     adjusted  due to a  successful  contest  of this  Policy  or for  death  as
     provided in the Suicide provision.

NONPARTICIPATING.  This Policy does not share in any distribution of surplus. No
dividends are payable.

                            NONFORFEITURE PROVISIONS

NONFORFEITURE OPTIONS. A nonforfeiture option may be elected by written request.
Such  request must be received at the home office not later than 60 days after a
premium is due but not paid and before the Insured's  death.  The net cash value
is the cash value less any policy  loan.  The  following  options  apply if this
Policy has a positive net cash value.

     Net Cash Value. The Owner may surrender this Policy for its net cash value.
     It may be surrendered  only as of the date to which premiums were paid. The
     amount  payable  upon  surrender  will be the net cash  value on that date.
     Payment may be deferred up to six months  after  request is received at the
     home office.

     Paid  - Up  Insurance.  This  Policy  may be  continued  as  level  paid-up
     insurance  from the date of  default,  which is the date to which  premiums
     were paid.  The amount  will be that which the net cash value will  provide
     when applied as a net single  premium at the  Insured's  attained age. This
     paid-up  insurance will be payable at the same time as the insurance  under
     this  Policy.  It will be  subject  to the  applicable  provisions  of this
     Policy.

     Extended  Term  Insurance.  This  option  is  available  if  extended  term
     insurance  values  are  shown in the Table of  Nonforfeiture  Values in the
     Schedule. The Amount of Insurance less any policy loan will be continued in
     force as level term 'insurance from the date of default. The period of such
     term  insurance  will be that which the net cash value  will  provide  when
     applied as a net single premium at the Insured's attained age.

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>

     Automatic Option. This option applies if:

          1. the unpaid premium has riot been paid by an automatic premium loan;
          and

          2. no option above has been elected.

          When the grace  period  expires,  this  Policy  will be  continued  as
          extended  term  insurance,  if  available.   Otherwise,   the  paid-up
          insurance  option  will  apply.  The  Owner may elect one of the other
          available options within 60 days after the date to which premiums were
          paid.

     Paid-up or extended term  insurance may be  surrendered at any time for its
net cash value.  This value is the net single premium at the Insured's  attained
age for any benefits  remaining under such insurance,  less any policy loan made
after the date of default. A surrender within 30 days after a policy anniversary
will be for an amount not less than the value on such anniversary, less any loan
made since the anniversary.

BASIS OF VALUES.  All calculations,  including net single premium  calculations,
are based on the  mortality  tables and rate of interest  shown in the Schedule.
Death is assumed to occur at the end of the policy year. Riders are ignored when
determining  nonforfeiture values under this Policy.  Values are in no case less
than the minimum  values  required by the state in which this Policy was issued.

TABLE OF  NONFORFEITURE  VALUES.  The values shown assume that no policy loan is
made and that premiums have been paid to the end of the policy year. If premiums
are paid for part of the year, values will be prorated.

     Negative values are shown as zero in the Table. All  calculations  will use
the actual negative value.

                                     Page 9
<PAGE>      
                            POLICY LOANS

CASH LOAN. The Company will make a loan upon the sole security and assignment of
this  Policy.  The Owner may obtain the loan while this Policy is in force other
than as extended term insurance.

     The loan value of this Policy is the cash value as of the next  Premium Due
Date. For paid-up insurance,  the loan value is the cash value at the end of the
current  policy  year.  The amount  advanced as a policy loan may not exceed the
loan value less:

     1. the amount of any existing policy loan;
 
     2. loan interest to the end of tile current policy year; and

     3. any premium in default.

AUTOMATIC PREMIUM LOAN OPTION. This option may be elected in the application. It
may also be elected by written  request  received at the home office  before the
end of the grace period for an unpaid premium. The Owner may revoke the election
by written request to the home office.

     If elected,  this option provides automatic payment of an unpaid premium by
policy loan.  The loan will be made at tile end of the grace  period.  After two
consecutive  premiums  have been paid by loan,  the Company may change to a less
frequent mode of premium payment if there is sufficient loan value.

     If there is not  sufficient  value to advance the premium and  interest for
the loan,  no  automatic  premium  loan  will be made.  The  premium  will be in
default.   Any  remaining   value  will  be  applied  'in  accordance  with  the
Nonforfeiture Options provision.

     While this Policy remains in force,  the Owner may resume premium  payments
at any time without furnishing evidence of insurability.

DEFERRAL.  The  Company may defer  making a policy  loan up to six months  after
written request is received at the home office.  However,  a loan for payment of
premiums to the Company will not be deferred.

INTEREST AND REPAYMENT.  Interest is payable  annually in advance on each policy
anniversary.  The Policy Loan interest  rate is shown in the Schedule.  Interest
not paid when due is added to the loan and bears interest at the same rate.

     All or any part of a policy  loan may be  repaid  while  this  Policy is in
force during the Insured's Lifetime. After policy lapse, loans made prior to the
end of the grace period may not be repaid unless this Policy is reinstated.

     When the total loan including  interest exceeds the cash value, this Policy
will  terminate.  Notice of  termination  will be mailed to the Owner and to any
assignee of record.  Termination  will be  effective 31 days after the notice is
mailed.

                                     Page 10
      
<PAGE>
 EXCHANGE OPTION
                  
While this Policy is in force,  it may be  exchanged  for a new policy as of any
Premium Due Date on or before the Exchange Date shown in the Schedule.  Evidence
is not  required  except  that any riders  included  in the new  policy  will be
subject to satisfactory evidence of insurability.

To exchange this Policy, the Owner must:

     1. submit written request to the home office; and

     2. return this Policy to the home office. The Company will pay the net cash
     value, if any, to the Owner.  The policy date of the new policy will be the
     date of exchange. The date of exchange is the Premium Due Date on which the
     exchange is effective.

Except for  Preferred  and graded  premium  plans,  the new policy may be on any
whole life or endowment plan:

     1. offered by the Company on the date of exchange; and

     2. with a premium  per $1,000  which is higher  than the premium per $1,000
     for this Policy as of the date of exchange.

The amount of insurance of the new policy:

     1. may not exceed  the net amount at risk under this  Policy on the date of
     exchange; and

     2. may not be less  than the  minimum  for the plan  selected.  There  will
     always be at least one plan available for exchange.  The net amount at risk
     referred to above is the amount then in force less the cash value.

Using the  Company's  rates then in effect for the new policy,  premiums will be
determined  by: 

     1. the Insured's sex and age nearest birthday on the date of exchange; and

     2. the premium  classification of the new policy.  The new policy will have
     the same premium classification as this Policy, except when exchanging to a
     plan that does not  provide  for the same  premium  classification  as this
     Policy.  In such a case,  the new  policy will be  classified  as standard
     unless  this  Policy  is  in  a  rated  classification.  Then  the  premium
     classification of the new policy will be a rated classification.

                               SETTLEMENT OPTIONS

GENERAL PROVISIONS. Policy proceeds may be paid in a single sum or left with the
Company for payment under one or more of the following  settlement options.  The
amount  applied  under an option  must be at least  $2,000.  The  amount of each
payment under an option must be at least $50. 

     The Owner,  with the consent of any irrevocable  beneficiary,  may elect or
revoke a settlement  option at any time before the  proceeds are payable.  If no
settlement  option  election is then in effect,  the payee may make an election.
Written  notice of election or revocation  must be filed at the home office in a
form  satisfactory  to the  Company.  The notice will then take effect as of the
date the Owner or payee  signed  the  notice.  An  election  does not affect any
payment made or other action taken by the Company before the notice is received.
A payee that is not a natural person may elect a settlement option only with the
Company's consent.

     An  assignee  cannot  elect  any  settlement  option.  Change  of  owner or
beneficiary automatically revokes any election in effect.

DEATH OF PAYEE.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  at the death of the last payee a
final payment will be made to the payee's estate. For Options 1 and 2, the final
payment will be the commuted value of the remaining unpaid installments certain.
Such  value  will  be  computed  based  on the  rate  of  interest  used  in the
calculation of the payments. For Options 3 and 4, the final payment will be the
unpaid proceeds with any unpaid interest to the date of death of the payee.

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>

FIRST  INSTALLMENT.  The first  installment under Options 1, 2, and 4 is payable
on the effective date of the option. The effective date is:

     1. the Premium Due Date on which the net cash value is payable,
     2. the date of the Insured's death; or 
     3. any later date agreeable with the Company

INTEREST.  The  guaranteed  interest rate for Options 1, 2, 3, and 4 is 2 1/2% a
year,  compounded  annually,  Excess  interest  may be declared  annually by the
Company.

OPTION 1. Fixed Period.  Proceeds will be paid for a fixed period. The amount of
the payments is determined from the Option I Table.

OPTION 2. Life Income with Installments Certain.  Proceeds will be paid in equal
installments  throughout the certain period. After the certain period,  payments
will continue to be made throughout the payee's lifetime. The amount and certain
period of the payments are determined  from the Option 2 Table. At some ages the
same amount is payable for different periods certain. In such a case the Company
will  assume  that the  longest  period was  chosen.  Satisfactory  proof of the
payee's age is  required.  The Company  may require  evidence  that the payee is
living on the date of each payment.

OPTION 3.  Interest.  Interest on the proceeds will be paid in the manner agreed
upon when the option is elected.

OPTION 4. Fixed  Installments.  Proceeds will be paid in fixed  installments  at
regular intervals until proceeds, together with interest on the unpaid balance,
are exhausted.

OPTION 5. Single Premium  Annuity.  Proceeds will be used to purchase any single
premium annuity the Company offers at the time proceeds are applied. The annuity
payments will be 102% of the payments otherwise purchased by the single premium.

OTHER  SETTLEMENT  OPTIONS.  Proceeds  may  be  applied  in any  other  mutually
agreeable manner.

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>


                         SETTLEMENT OPTIONS (Continued)

                    OPTION 1 TABLE Fixed Period Installments
       Installments for fixed number of years for each $1,000 of proceeds

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Term of
Installments                        Semi
Payments            Annual         Annual         Quarterly       Monthly
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C> 

 1                                 $503.09        $252.32        $84.28
 2                  $506.17         254.65         127.72         42.66
 3                   341.60         171.85          86.19         28.79
 4                   259.33         130.47          65.44         21.86
 5                   210.00         105.65          52.99         17.70
 6                   177.12          89.11          44.69         14.93
 7                   153.65          77.30          38.77         12.95
 8                   136.07          68.45          34.33         11.47
 9                   122.40          61.58          30.88         10.32
 10                  111.47          56.08          28.13          9.38
 15                   78.80          39.64          19.88          6.64
 20                   62.58          31.48          15.79          5.27
 25                   52.95          26.64          13.36          4.46
 30                   46.61          23.45          11.76          3.93

</TABLE>


             OPTION 2 TABLE - Life Income with Installments Certain
          Monthly installments are shown for each $1,000 of proceeds.
         Age is nearest birthday when the first installment is payable.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Age                          No. of Months Certain
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Male              Female         60        120       180       240
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
                    12*            $2.63     $2.63     $2.62     $2.61
                    13              2.64      2.64      2.63      2.63
                    14              2.66      2.66      2.65      2.65
10*                 15              2.67      2.67      2.66      2.66
11                  16              2.69      2.69      2.68      2.68
12                  17              2.71      2.71      2.70      2.70
13                  18              2.73      2.73      2.72      2.71
14                  19              2.74      2.74      2.74      2.73
15                  20              2.76      2.76      2.76      2.75
16                  21              2.78      2.78      2.78      2.77
17                  22              2.81      2.81      2.80      2.79
18                  23              2.83      2.83      2.82      2.81
19                  24              2.85      2.85      2.84      2.84
20                  25              2.88      2.88      2.87      2.86
21                  26              2.90      2.90      2.89      2.88
22                  27              2.93      2.93      2.92      2.91
23                  28              2.95      2.95      2.94      2.93
24                  29              2.98      2.98      2.97      2.96
25                  30              3.01      3.01      3.00      2.99
26                  31              3.04      3.04      3.03      3.02
27                  32              3.08      3.08      3.07      3.05
28                  33              3.11      3.11      3.09      3.08
29                  34              3.14      3.14      3.12      3.11
30                  35              3.18      3.18      3.16      3.15
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
*Also applies to younger ages

                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
                          OPTION 2 TABLE - (Continued)
                      Life Income with Installments Certain
          Monthly installments are shown for each $1,000 of proceeds.
         Age is nearest birthday when the first installment is payable.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Age                          No. of Months Certain
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Male              Female         60        120       180       240
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
31                  36              3.22      3.22      3.20      3.18
32                  37              3.27      3.26      3.24      3.22
33                  38              3.31      3.30      3.28      3.25
34                  39              3.36      3.34      3.32      3.29
35                  40              3.40      3.39      3.36      3.33
36                  41              3.45      3.43      3.41      3.37
37                  42              3.50      3.48      3.45      3.41
38                  43              3.55      3.53      3.50      3.45
39                  44              3.61      3.59      3.55      3.50
40                  45              3.66      3.64      3.60      3.54
41                  46              3.72      3.70      3.65      3.59
42                  47              3.78      3.76      3.71      3.64
43                  48              3.85      3.82      3.77      3.69
44                  49              3.92      3.88      3.82      3.74
45                  50              3.99      3.95      3.88      3.79
46                  51              4.06      4.02      3.95      3.84
47                  52              4.14      4.09      4.01      3.90
48                  53              4.22      4.17      4.08      3.95
49                  54              4.31      4.25      4.15      4.01
50                  55              4.40      4.33      4.22      4.07
51                  56              4.49      4.42      4.29      4.12
52                  57              4.59      4.50      4.37      4.18
53                  58              4.69      4.60      4.44      4.24
54                  59              4.80      4.69      4.52      4.30
55                  60              4.91      4.79      4.60      4.36
56                  61              5.02      4.90      4.69      4.41
57                  62              5.15      5.01      4.77      4.47
58                  63              5.28      5.12      4.86      4.53
59                  64              5.42      5.23      4.94      4.59
60                  65              5.56      5.35      5.03      4.64
61                  66              5.72      5.48      5.12      4.70
62                  67              5.87      5.61      5.21      4.75
63                  68              6.04      5.74      5.30      4.80
64                  69              6.22      5.87      5.39      4.85
65                  70              6.40      6.01      5.48      4.90
66                  71              6.59      6.16      5.56      4.94
67                  72              6.79      6.30      5.65      4.98
68                  73              7.00      6.45      5.73      5.02
69                  74              7.23      6.60      5.82      5.05
70                  75              7.46      6.76      5.90      5.09
71                  76              7.70      6.91      5.97      5.12
72                  77              7.95      7.07      6.05      5.14
73                  78              8.22      7.23      6.12      5.17
74                  79              8.50      7.38      6.18      5.19
75                  80              8.78      7.54      6.24      5.20
76                  81              9.08      7.69      6.30      5.22
77                  82              9.40      7.84      6.35      5.23
78                  83              9.72      7.98      6.39      5.24
79                  84             10.05      8.13      6.43      5.25
80                  85             10.39      8.26      6.47      5.26
and                 and
over                over
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------
*Also applies to younger ages

                           GRADED PREMIUM LIFE POLICY
                           Insurance Payable at Death
               See Schedule for Amount of Insurance and Premiums
                   Premiums Payable during Insured's Lifetime
                 Premium Subject to Change as Shown in Schedule
                 But Will Not Exceed Specified Maximum Premium
                   Cash Values Available as Shown in Schedule
                  Exchangeable on or before the Exchange Date
                        Nonparticipating - No Dividends

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>

                      FIRST COLONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              Lynchburg, Virginia
      
                                   ENDORSEMENT

This Policy is amended to include the following additional section:

     "REQUALIFICATION  OPTION".  The  Owner  may  elect to  requalify  for a new
     premium guarantee period in a new Graded Premium Life policy. Riders may be
     included in the new policy subject to Company approval.

     This Option may be elected to be effective as of a policy anniversary:

     1. on or before the Requalification Expiry Date shown in the Schedule; and

     2. on or after the later or the  following:  

          the tenth policy  anniversary;  and 

          the  anniversary at which premiums for this Policy are first scheduled
          to increase annually as shown in the Table of Premiums.

     To requalify, the Owner must:

     1. file  written  request in a form  acceptable  to the Company at least 60
     days  prior  to the  policy  anniversary  on  which  this  option  is to be
     effective;

     2. return this Policy to the home office;

     3. provide satisfactory evidence of the insurability of the Insured; and

     4. pay the required premium.

Following  Company  approval,  this  Option  will  be  effective  on the  policy
anniversary as of which it was elected.

The  Company  will issue the new Graded  Premium  Life  policy at the  Insured's
attained age. The Table of Premiums of the new policy will show the premiums for
the new guarantee  period.  The premiums for the new policy will be based on the
premium rates in use on the effective date of this Option.

The policy date of the new policy will be the effective date of this Option. The
contestability  and suicide  periods of the new policy will be measured from the
date specified in the new policy.

Other policy  provisions  will be the same as under this Policy except that this
Option will be unavailable after the Requalification Expiry Date."


                                        /s/ David H. McMahan
                                        --------------------
                                        David H. McMahan

                                     Page 15
<PAGE>
                       FIRST COLONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               Lynchburg, Virginia
            

                             ENDORSEMENT

The  provision  of this  Policy  entitled  "INCONTESTABILITY"  under the heading
"GENERAL PROVISIONS" is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"This Policy is not contestable  after it has been in force during the Insured's
lifetime for a period of two years from the Date of Issue.  This  provision also
applies to any rider providing  additional  benefits which is included with this
Policy on the Date of issue."


                                        /s/ David H. McMahan
                                        --------------------
                                        David H. McMahan


                                    Page 16
<PAGE>
                      FIRST COLONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              Lynchburg, Virginia
                                                              

                         ACCELERATED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

This Rider provides for an accelerated payment of life insurance proceeds. It is
not intended or designed to provide  health,  nursing  home,  or long-term  care
insurance. Receipt of an accelerated death benefit payment will reduce the death
proceeds of values provided by the Policy.

Disclosure:  Receipt of an accelerated death benefit payment may be taxable. The
Owner of the Policy should seek assistance from a tax advisor before electing to
receive a payment.

BENEFIT
- -------
The Company will make an accelerated  death benefit  payment to the Owner of the
Policy subject to the  provisions of this Rider.  The  requirements  for payment
are:

     the Owner's written request for an accelerated death benefit payment;

     proof  acceptable  to the Company  that the Owner is eligible for a payment
     according to the terms of this Rider;

     Written approval of payment from any irrevocable beneficiary; and

     full release of any collateral assignment of the Policy except a collateral
     assignment to the Company.

Payment will be made in a single sum. The Company will make only one accelerated
death benefit payment under this Rider.

The Company will not make an accelerated death benefit payment if:

     it does not receive all of the  requirements for payment as stated above at
     its home office; 

     the  Policy is being  continued  as  extended  term  insurance  on the date
     payment is to be made;  o there is less than one year  remaining  until any
     expiry or maturity  date for the Policy on the date  payment is to be made;
     or

     the  Policy  is being  contested  or has been  voided  as the  result  of a
     successful contest.

BENEFIT LIMITATIONS
- -------------------
The Owner  requests  the  amount of  accelerated  death  benefit  subject to the
maximums stated below.

The maximum  accelerated  death  benefit  available  for request is equal to the
difference between (1) and (2) below.

     1. An amount equal to the lesser of (a) and (b) below:
          (a) The sum of the following:

               75% of the  difference  between the primary  death benefit on the
               date the Company approves payment of an accelerated death benefit
               and the loan value on that date; and

               the loan  value on the date the  Company  approves  payment of an
               accelerated death benefit. (b) $500,000.

     2. The amount of any policy loan, including interest, against the Policy.

The primary death  benefit is the death benefit  provided by the Policy and does
not include any accidental  death  benefits,  the amount of the death benefit of
any riders,  or any  benefits  payable  because of the death of any person other
than the Insured. If the Policy provides for policy loans, loan value is defined
in the Policy; otherwise, loan value is defined to be zero.

The maximum  aggregate amount of accelerated  death benefit payments the Company
will make under all  policies  issued by the  Company on the  Insured's  life is
$500,000.

                                    Page 17
<PAGE>

ELIGIBILITY
- -----------
To be eligible to receive an accelerated  death benefit payment,  the Owner must
provide the following to the Company:

     evidence  acceptable  to the Company that the,  Insured is living and has a
     life expectancy of six months or less;  this evidence must include,  but is
     not limited to, certification by a physician approved by the Company who is
     licensed to practice  medicine in the United States or Canada and is acting
     within the scope of that license;

     evidence that election of this benefit is voluntary and without coercion on
     the part of any third party,  including any creditor or government  agency;
     and

     evidence  that only one of the  Insureds  is living if the ['obey is a last
     survivor policy.

GENERAL PROVISIONS
- ------------------

Wherever used in this Rider,  the term ""Policy"  means the Policy to which this
Rider is attached.  This Rider is a part of the Policy.  Policy provisions apply
to this Rider except where modified by this Rider.

If the  Policy is in a grace  period at the time an  accelerated  death  benefit
payment is made, the premium required to remove the Policy from the grace period
will be deducted from the payment.

The Owner will remain liable for any required  premium payments under the Policy
after  the  Company  makes  an  accelerated  death  benefit  payment.  After  an
accelerated  death  benefit  payment  has been made,  the amount of any  premium
required  to keep the  Policy in force  that is not paid or waived  through  the
Owner's exercise of a waiver benefit will be added to the hen,

There is no premium or cost of  insurance  charge for this  Rider;  however,  an
administrative  fee  that  will  not  exceed  $250  will be  deducted  from  the
accelerated death benefit prior to payment to the Owner.

                                    Page 18
<PAGE>

EFFECT OF AN ACCELERATED DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENT

The accelerated death benefit will be treated as a hen against the primary death
benefit.  This lien will limit the availability of' any surrender benefit and of
any future policy loans or partial  withdrawals  (surrenders)  under the Policy,
they will be available  only to the extent that values  under the Policy  exceed
the sum of the Hen amount and any  outstanding  policy loan.  This lien will not
affect the death benefit of any rider attached to the Policy however.

The lien amount at any time will equal:

     the amount of the accelerated death benefit payment made to the Owner; plus

     the administrative fee; plus

     the amount of any  premium  required  to remove  the Policy  from the grace
     period; plus

     any unpaid premiums added to the lien, plus

     accrued hen interest; less

     any lien repayments.

Interest  at the policy  loan  interest  rate(s)  stated in the  Policy  will be
charged on the portion of the lien amount  equal to the  difference  between the
loan value and any  outstanding  policy  loan.  Interest  will be charged on the
portion of the hen amount that exceeds this difference at a rate no greater than
the greater of:

     the current yield on a 90-day treasury bill on the date of payment; and

     the current maximum  adjustable policy loan interest rate allowed by law on
     the date of payment in the state in which the Policy was delivered.

After payment of the accelerated  death benefit,  the proceeds payable under the
Policy at the death of the Insured win equal:

     the death proceeds as defined in the Policy; less

     the lien amount as of the date of death.

TERMINATION

This Rider will terminate on the earliest of the following dates:

     the date of maturity or termination of the Policy; and

     the date the  Owner's  written  request  for  termination  of this Rider is
     signed; the request must be received at the home office.

If at any time the lien amount  equals or exceeds the death  proceeds as defined
in the Policy,  the Policy will terminate.  Termination will occur 31 days after
the Company has mailed  notice of  termination  to the last known address of the
Owner,  unless all or part of the lien amount is repaid within 31 days after the
date the notice is mailed.  The Company will accept a partial  repayment only if
the death proceeds of the Policy would exceed the lien amount after  application
of the partial repayment.

                                    Page 19


                                   Exhibit 21
                                  -------------

          SUBSIDIARIES OF SYNTHONICS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (The "Company")

     (1)  Synthonics  Incorporated,   a  California  Corporation   (Wholly-owned
subsidiary). Its primary focus since its founding has been to develop technology
that will have an extremely positive impact on any industry where success can be
enhanced by improving measurement accuracy,  eliminating dangerous environments,
extending  human vision  capabilities,  or  replacing  animation  with  realism.
Virtually all efforts to date have been focused on market  research,  technology
concept definition, technology design, and technology validation.

     (2)  Christopher  Raphael  Inc.,  a California  Corporation.  (Wholly-owned
subsidiary).  The  objective  of  Christopher  Raphael  is  to  solicit  content
contracts  with  prominent  customers  that will  display  the  content to large
audiences  that, in turn will promote demand for the Company's  software  tools.
This  subsidiary is capable of outputting 3D graphical  content in many formats.
CD-ROMs, DVDs, kiosks,  interactive websites, and asset databases are all within
Christopher Raphael's capabilities.

     (3)  SynthaScan  (Wholly-owned  subsidiary).  This  company  has done  some
preliminary  development work on a 3D copier. At present,  Synthonics is seeking
an alliance partner to supplement its own expertise in the development of the 3D
copier. Until a partner is secured, SynthaScan is not investing time or money on
any future development.

     (4) Acuscape LLC, a California  Limited  Liability  Company  (Joint Venture
Partner).  The Company  owns a 30% joint  venture  equity  interest in Acuscape.
Acuscape is headquarter in Glendale,  CA, and is completing development of their
first product  offering.  Acuscape  utilizes the Company's  technologies  in the
creation its own  analysis and  treatment  planning  software  tools for medical
professionals.


<TABLE> <S> <C>
 
<ARTICLE>                                  5 

        
<S>                                 <C>            <C>             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                             9-MOS         12-MOS          12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                   DEC-31-1998    DEC-31-1997     DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                      JAN-01-1998    JAN-01-1997     JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                        SEP-30-1998    DEC-31-1997     DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                  101,653        311,610         525,731
<SECURITIES>                                  0              0               0
<RECEIVABLES>                            38,626          8,332               0
<ALLOWANCES>                                  0              0               0
<INVENTORY>                                   0              0           4,296   
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                        142,946        322,609         538,694
<PP&E>                                  248,489        240,968         180,854
<DEPRECIATION>                         (148,324)      (116,434)        (80,682)    
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                          460,119        655,092         691,589
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                 1,105,231        347,499         195,012
<BONDS>                                       0              0               0
                         0              0               0
                             100,000        500,000               0
<COMMON>                                199,483        178,234         159,020
<OTHER-SE>                             (944,595)      (370,641)        337,557
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>            460,119        655,092         691,589
<SALES>                                 179,947        417,574         208,224
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                        179,947        417,574         208,224
<CGS>                                   105,740        264,850          53,816
<TOTAL-COSTS>                         1,658,517      1,694,408       1,092,290
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          6,326        (26,073)         (5,101)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                     (1,607,976)    (1,576,899)       (950,212)
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                      (29,992)        (9,142)         (7,229)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               0              0               0
<INCOME-TAX>                                  0         (1,700)           (800)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           0              0               0
<DISCONTINUED>                                0              0               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                               0              0               0
<CHANGES>                                     0              0               0
<NET-INCOME>                         (1,607,976)    (1,578,599)       (951,012)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                             (0.08)         (0.10)          (0.07)
<EPS-DILUTED>                             (0.08)         (0.10)          (0.07)

         

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission